Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Logan_Conformed_Project_Manual_09.16.15 - Copy
CITY OF RENTON Project No. CAG-15-134 Logan Avenue N - Airport Way to N 6th Street Project INDEX VOLUME I I. CALL FOR BIDS II. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS 2. SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY, CITY OF RENTON 3. SUMMARY OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY, CITY OF RENTON Ill. PROJECT PROPOSAL 1. *PROJECT PROPOSAL COVER SHEET 2. *PROPOSAL 3. *SCHEDULE OF PRICES 4. *NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION 5. *CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS 6. *DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE UTILIZATION CERTIFICATION 7. **LOCAL AGENCY DBE WRITTEN CONFIRMATION TEMPLATE 8. *PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE 9. **SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 10. *BID SECURITY IV. AGREEMENT FORMS 1. AGREEMENT 2. CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON 3. FAIR PRACTICES POLICY AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE 4. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM AFFIDAVIT 5. CONTRACT AGREEMENT (FHWA) * Submit with Bid ** Submit within one hour after Bids are due. Submit at Notice of Award V. REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTACTS 1. REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION (AND AMENDMENT) VI. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 1. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS VII. APPENDICES APPENDIX A - Prevailing Hourly Minimum Wage Rates APPENDIX B - City Of Renton Standard Plans APPENDIX C - WSDOT Standard Plans APPENDIX D - King County Metro Transit Standard Plans APPENDIX E - Geotechnical Report APPENDIX F - Environmental Documents APPENDIX G – Electric Lightwave Specifications APPENDIX H – Renton Stadium Event Calendar APPENDIX I – Boeing Lot 11 Lighting As-Builts VOLUME Il - PLANS City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ I. CALL FOR BIDS Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 1 City of Renton August 2015 CITY OF RENTON Logan Avenue N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Federal Aid Number: STPUL-1131(002) Project No. CAG-15-134 CALL FOR BIDS Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Renton, at the City Clerk's Office, located on the 7th floor of Renton City Hall until 2:00 PM on Tuesday, September 1, 2015, at which time the Bid packages will be opened and publicly read in the Conferencing Center, room #511, located on the 5th floor of Renton City Hall. Renton City Hall is located at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA, 98057. A Pre-Bid conference will be held in the Conferencing Center, room #726, located on the 7th floor of Renton City Hall on Tuesday, August 18, 2015 at 9:00 AM. All potential Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend. Approved Plans, Specifications, Addenda, and Plan Holders List for this project are available on-line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http://www.bxwa.com. Click on bxwa.com; Posted Projects; Public Works; City of Renton; Projects Bidding. (Note: Bidders are encouraged to Register as a Bidder, in order to receive automatic email notification of future Addenda and to be placed on the Bidders List), contact Builders Exchange of Washington at 425-258-1303 should you require further assistance. All Bid Proposals shall be accompanied by a Bid Proposal deposit (certified check or Surety bond) in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such Bid Proposal. Should the successful Bidder fail to enter into such Contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the Specifications, the Bid Proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Renton. The City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or waive any and/or all informalities. The City of Renton in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C.2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, nondiscrimination in Federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all Bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any Contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to submit Bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an Award. The improvement for which Bids will be received is described below: Construct the Logan Avenue N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project. The project consists of the construction of approximately 2,500 linear feet of roadway, utility, and signal improvements. The Work includes but is not limited to: clearing and grubbing, excavation, removal of pavements and utilities, paving, constructing curbs and sidewalks, storm sewer and water main pipes and structures, dewatering, traffic signal and illumination systems, landscaping, installation of franchise utility conduit and structures, and all other Work necessary to complete the Work as specified and shown in the Contract Provisions. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 2 City of Renton August 2015 _________________________________________ Jason A. Seth, Deputy City Clerk Published: Daily Journal of Commerce: August 5, 2015 Daily Journal of Commerce: August 12, 2015 Daily Journal of Commerce: August 19, 2015 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ II. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 4 City of Renton August 2015 INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS The following supplements the information in the Call for Bids: 1. Special Project Information. The Contract Documents, including Standard Specifications, and all applicable laws and regulations apply to this project. The following items particular to this project are repeated here for emphasis: a. Pre-Bid Conference. A Pre-Bid conference will be held in the Conferencing Center, room #726, located on the 7th floor of Renton City Hall on Tuesday, August 18, 2015 at 9:00 AM. All potential Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend. This will be your only opportunity to ask direct questions related to the project. Information from the Pre-Bid conference will not be made available to Bidders who do not attend. The Engineer will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as the Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. b. Prevailing Wages. This project has Federal funding. Therefore, both State and Davis-Bacon Prevailing Wages must be paid on this project. For each Work classification, the higher of the two rates will apply. The Prevailing Wages in effect at time of Advertisement are provided in Appendix A. It is the Bidder's responsibility to obtain wage information for any Work classifications that are not included. Certified payrolls will be required on a weekly basis from the Contractor, Subcontractors of all tiers, and certain material manufacturers and deliverers, depending on the regulations. c. Traffic Control and Hours of Work. This project is in a busy, congested area. Traffic Control and the safety of the travelling public will be paramount. The Contractor will be required to follow the requirements of Special Provision 1-07.23 and the Project’s Traffic Control Plan. Night Work may be required to meet the construction schedule; at night additional lane closures may be permitted. d. There is high groundwater on the project site. Dewatering for installation of subsurface elements of Work will be necessary. e. Utilities. The entire underground utility system must remain in service until the new system is in place and energized; effective coordinating and scheduling with the affected utilities will be crucial in order to stay in schedule. See Special Provision 1- 07.17 for detailed information. f. NPDES Permit. The City of Renton will secure the NPDES permit, and will be the sole owner of the permit. The Contractor shall abide and be considered the operator of the construction site as described in the permit. The City of Renton shall file the Notice of Intent as required in the permit, 60 days prior to discharging stormwater from the project. See Special Provision Section 1-07.6 and 8-01 for details. 1. Any omissions, discrepancies or need for interpretation must be brought in writing to the attention of the Project Engineer. Written Addenda to clarify questions that arise may then be issued. No oral statements by Owner, Engineer, or any other representative of the Owner shall, in any way, modify the Contract Documents, whether made before or after letting the Contract. 2. If a Bidder has any questions regarding the project, the Bidder may either: Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 5 City of Renton August 2015 • Submit questions in writing to Renton City Hall – Transportation Systems Attn: James Wilhoit, PE. 1055 S Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057 • Submit questions via e-mail: JWilhoit@Rentonwa.gov. Put "Logan Ave N" in the subject line No other type of inquiry will be accepted. 3. All Bids must be self-explanatory. Partial Bids will not be accepted. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City may request further information on particular points. The Bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City as to its financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the Work. 4. The construction Contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder. The total price of all schedules combined will be used to determine the low Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to Award any or all Schedules of the Bid to meet the needs of the City. 5. Payment for this Work will be made in cash warrants. 6. Data from soils investigations is included as Appendix E, provided for informational purposes only. It is the Bidders' responsibility to familiarize themselves adequately with the project site and existing subsurface condition as needed to prepare their Bid. 7. The Contractor and all Subcontractors of all tiers must be in possession of a current City of Renton business license while conducting Work for the City. 8. Bidding Checklist Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name and address of the Bidder, and the name and number of the project for which the Bid is submitted. It is the responsibility of each Bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed below and in the Table of Contents are included in their copy of the Contract Provisions. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents prior to the time Bids are due. a. Proposal - Bidders must Bid on all items and all Schedules contained in the Proposal. If any unit price is left blank, it will be considered no charge for that Bid item, regardless of what has been placed in the extension column. b. Non-Collusion Declaration c. Certification for Federal-Aid Contracts d. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification – DBE 18% Goal e. Local Agency DBE Written Confirmation. These written confirmations may be submitted with your Bid in the same envelope, or may be submitted in a separate envelope labeled as such, up to one (1) hour after the time Bids are due – until 3:00pm. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 6 City of Renton August 2015 f. Proposed Subcontractors -The Proposed Subcontractors List may be submitted with your Bid in the same envelope, or may be submitted in a separate envelope labeled as such, up to one (1) hour after the time Bids are due – until 3:00 pm. g. Bid Security/Bid Bond - The Bid security accompanying the Proposal must in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount Bid, including sales tax, if applicable, and may be in the form of a Bid Bond using the form included in these Contract Provisions, a certified or cashier's check made payable without reservation to the Director of Finance of the City of Renton. Surety must be authorized to do business in the State of Washington, and must be on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington per Section 1-02.7 of the Standard Specifications. The bond form included in these Contract Provisions MUST be used; no substitute will be accepted. If an attorney-in-fact signs the bond, a certified and effectively dated copy of their Power of Attorney must accompany the bond. 9. Contract Checklist The following forms are to be executed by the successful Bidder after the Contract is awarded. a. Agreement - Two copies to be executed by the successful Bidder. b. Contract Bond - Two copies to be executed by the successful Bidder and its Surety company. This bond covers successful completion of all Work and payment of all laborers, Subcontractors, suppliers, etc. The bond form included in these Bid Documents MUST be used; no substitute will be accepted. If an Attorney-in-fact signs the bond, a certified and effectively dated copy of their Power of Attorney must accompany the bond. c. Certificates of Insurance -To be executed by an insurance company acceptable to the Owner, on ACORD Forms. Required coverages are listed in Section 1-07.18 of the Special Provisions. The Owner and Perteet, Inc. shall be named as "Additional Insureds" on the insurance policies. d. Bids & Quotes List - Names and addresses of all firms (Contractors as well as suppliers) that submitted a Bid or quote, successful or not, to the Bidder as part of Bidding the Contract. The submittal shall note which of those firms are DBE firms, and which firms were successful and will participate in the Contract. The above Bid and Contract Documents must be executed by the Contractor's President or Vice-President if a corporation, or by a partner if a partnership. In the event another person has been duly authorized to execute Contracts, a copy of the resolution or other minutes establishing this authority must be attached to the Proposal and Agreement documents. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 7 City of Renton August 2015 Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 8 City of Renton August 2015 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N-Airport Way to N 6 'h Street Pro j ect Ill. PROJECT PROPOSAL Project: Logan Ave N-Airport Way toN 6th Street Project Project No. CAG-15-134 Company: Address: Phone No: ~ ek..., S.eh ex c 4 va ±-; (\f I 7 h c ;).JJJ.. 1.> '' '(). 1 ~ ,rf . e-/IJ I Bi d Amount: $ L/1 L/J_ f 1 l/}2 , fl_ Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 9 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Conditions Agreement see 'IV'NW bxwa .com-Always Venfy Scale CITY OF RENTON Logan Avenue N-Airport Way to N 6th Street Project Federal Aid Number: STPUL-1131(002) CAG-15-134 TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and/or Gentlemen: PROPOSAL The undersigned (Bidder) hereby certify that the Bidder has examined the location and construction details of the proposed Work and has read and thoroughly understands the Contract Documents governing the Work embraced in this improvement, and the nature of the Work, and the method by which payment will be made for said Work, and hereby proposes to undertake and complete the Work detailed in and in accordance with these Contract Documents, and the following schedule of rates and prices. The Bidder understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only and are subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all quantities of Work as either increased or decreased in accordance with the Contract Documents. As evidence of good faith, (check one) Iiir6i'd bond, or D cashier's check, or D certified check made payable to the City of Renton equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Price is attached hereto. Bidder understands that, should this offer be accepted by Owner within 90 calendar days after the day of Bid Opening and the Bidder fails or refuses to enter into an Agreement and furnish the required performance bond and liability insurance within 10 calendar days after Notice of Award, the Contract shall be null and void and the Bid Deposit or Bond accompanying this Proposal shall be forfeited and become the property of Owner as liquidated damages, all as provided for in the Contract Documents. Bidder hereby agrees to complete the Physical Work in all respects within 140 working days from the date of written Notice to Proceed. Bidder also hereby agrees to provide vehicular paved access to Renton Stadium between August 15, 2015 and November 24, 2015 as shown on the Traffic Control Plan and in accordance with Special Provision Section 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety. If the Work is not completed within this time period, Bidder shall pay liquidated damages to Owner as specified in Section 1-08.9 ofthe Standard Specifications. In addition, Bidder shall compensate Owner for actual engineering inspection and supervision costs and any other legal fees incurred by Owner as a result of such delay. Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 10 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see WW'N bxwa com-Always Verify Scale . . Page9 I ADDENDUM #2 1 PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE A) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6TH STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. Item Description A1 A2 Roadway Surveying 1-05SP 1 LS A3 1-05SP 1 LS A4 1-07 LS A5 1-07SP 50 EA A6 le 1-0BSP 1 LS A7 Mobilization 1-09 LS AB Project Temporary Traffic 1-10SP LS Control A9 Traffic Control Supervisor 1-10SP 1,400 HR A10 Uniformed Police Officer 1-10SP 100 HR A1 1 Pedestrian Traffic Control 1-10SP LS A12 Clearing and Grubbing 2-01SP 1 A13 Roadside Cleanup 2-01 EST A14 ng Existing Drainage 2-02SP 640 LF A15 Removing Drainage Structure 2-02SP 13 EA A16 Saw Cutting 2-02SP 3 ,980 LF A17 2-02SP 1,130 SY A18 2-02SP 430 SY A19 2-02SP 1,250 LF A20 Removing Cement Cone. Curb 2-02SP 3 ,210 LF Contract Documents -Logan Ave N Page 11 City of Renton August2015 Provided to Bu ilders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Cond itions Agreement see www.bxwa .com-Always Verity Scale Page 10 I ADDENDUM #21 PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE A) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6TH STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul Crushed Surfacing Top Course HMA Cl. 1/2 ln. PG 64-22 HMA Cl. 3/Bin. PG 64-22 Commercial HMA A29 Planing Bituminous Pavement A30 HMA Price Adjustment A31 Gravel Backfill for Drains A32 A33 A34 A35 A36 Catch Basin Type 1 A37 Catch Basin Type 2 48 ln. Diam . A38 Adjust Manhole A39 Adjust Catch Basin Contract Documents -Logan Ave N City of Renton 2-02SP 2-03 2-03 4 -04 5-04 5-04 5-04 5-04SP 5-04SP 7-01 7-04SP 7-04SP 7-04SP 7-04SP 7-05SP 7-05SP 7-05 7-05 10 9,400 190 4,000 10 ,100 40 150 130 1 69 140 940 40 140 12 7 2 16 HUND CY TON TON TON TON TON SY CALC CY LF LF LF LF EA EA EA EA 9~. 00 Page 12 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa .com -Always Verify Scale Page 11 I ADDENDUM #2 1 PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE A) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6TH STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. Filtration Standard Bioretention Filtration Standard Unit 4'x6 ' A45 Plugging Existing Pipe A46 Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B A47 Dewatering A48 Resetting Existing Hydrant A49 Inlet Protection ASO Erosion/Water Pollut ion Control A51 High V isibility Fence A 52 and A 53 A 54 A 55 A 56 A 57 Contract Documents -Logan Ave N City of Renton 7-0SSP 7-0SSP 7-06SP 7-06SP 7-08SP 7-08 7-08SP 7 -14 8 -01 8-01SP 8 -01 8-01SP 8-02SP 8 -02 8-02 8 -02 8-02 5 5 3 2 4 7 ,000 1 1 21 1 ,150 648 1,914 4 46 145 9 EA EA EA EA EA SF LS EA EA EST LF SY CY EA EA EA EA Page 13 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa com-Always Verify Scale Page 12 I ADDENDUM #2 1 PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE A) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6TH STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. A 58 A 59 A60 Plant Selection Prunus A61 Laurocerasus 'Mt. Vernon' I Mt Vernon Laurel A62 Plant Selection Rosa Pink Knock Out Plant Selection Sedum Rupestre A63 'Ange lina' I Ange li na Sedum (1 A64 Teucrium A65 I Wa ll Germander (1 A66 Bark or Wood Chip Mulch A67 Root Barrier A68 Property Restoration A69 Cement Cone. Traffic Curb and Gutter A70 Cement Cone. Traffic Curb A71 Cement Cone. Pedestrian Curb A72 Extruded Curb A73 Driveway Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton 8-02 8-02 8-02 8-02 8-02 8-02 8-02 8 -02 8-02SP 8-02SP 8-02SP 8 -04 8 -04 8-04 8-04 8-06 2 9 16 1,743 260 2,700 47 828 299 480 2 ,980 900 120 600 260 EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA CY LF EST LF LF LF LF SY Amount Page 14 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Cond it ions Agreement see W\NW.bxwa .com-Always Verify Scale Page 13 I ADDENDUM #21 PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE A) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6TH STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. Raised Pavement Marker Type 2 Remove and Replace A77 Monument, Monument Case, and Cover A78 Cement Cone. Sidewalk A79 Decorative Cement Concrete Sidewalk ABO Ramp A81 A82 Ramp A83 Detectable Warning Surface A84 Cement Cone. Bus Shelter Pad A85 Illumination System, Complete A86 A87 A88 A89 A90 Permanent Signing Contract Documents -Logan Ave N City of Renton 8-09 8 -09 8-13SP 8-14SP 8-14SP 8-14SP 8-14SP 8-14SP 8-14SP 8-14SP 8-20SP 8-20SP 8-20SP 8-20SP 8-20SP 8 -21 52 5 9 1,810 60 43 44 103 220 10 1 HUND HUND EA SY SY SY SY SY SF SY LS LS LS LS LS LS Amount zo. $0 f!~-oo 11S'. oc:. Page 15 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Cond itions Agreement see www . bxwa com -Always Verify Scale f Page 14 I ADDENDUM #2 1 PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE A) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6TH STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e . to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail , and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. A91 Plastic Line A92 Plast ic Stop Line 8-22 230 LF A93 Plastic Crosswalk Line 8-22 420 SF A94 Plast ic Traffic Arrow 8-22 33 EA A95 Painted Curb 8-22SP 190 LF A96 Removing Pa int Line 8-22 170 LF A97 Removing Plastic Traffic 8-22 8 EA Marki A98 Temporary Pavement Mark ing 8 -23 10,700 LF A99 Field Offi c e Bui ld ing 8-30SP LS Total Schedule A (Roadway)* ............................................................... $ ~ /)/1 :J?/ • '-> *All applicable sales tax shall be included in the unit and lump sum Bid price per Section 1-07 .2( 1) and WAC 458-20-171 . Contract Documents -Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 16 August2015 Prov ided to Bu ilders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Cond it ions Agreement see www.bxwa .com -Always Verify Scale Page 15 I ADDENDUM #21 PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE B) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6™ STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. Item Description 81 Roadway Surveying 82 Mobilization 1-09 1 LS 83 Project Temporary T raffic 1-10SP 1 LS Control 84 Saw Cutting 2-02SP 210 LF 85 Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul 2-03 20 CY 86 Crushed Surfacing Top Course 4-04 10 TON 87 HMA Cl. 1/2 ln . PG 64-22 5-04 40 TON 88 Planing Bituminous Pavement 5-04SP 110 SY 89 Plugging Existing Pipe 7-08SP 2 EA 7-08SP LS 7-09 150 LF 7-09 290 LF 7-09 3 ,100 SF 814 Gate Valve 6 ln . 7-12 3 EA 815 Gate Valve 8 ln. 7-12 EA 816 Gate Valve 12 ln . 7-12 3 EA 817 Hydrant Assembly 7-14 4 EA 818 Remove and Salvage Hydrant 7-14SP 2 EA 819 Raised Pavement Marker Type 8-09 .ob 1 820 Raised Pavement Marker Type 8-09 HUND 'JZS" 1tf .oo 2 , Contract Documents -Logan Ave N Page 17 City of Renton August 2015 Provided to Bu i lders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see .....ww.bxwa .com -Always Verify Scale Page 16 I ADDENDUM #21 Schedule B Sub-Total ............................................................................. $ Schedule B Sales Tax (9.5%) .................................................................. $ Total Schedule B (Water}* ....................................................................... $ I "J., 9~'. Vf I '{&, 3 3 Ce . 'II *The Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency retail sales tax on the Schedule B Contract price per Section 1-07 .2(2) and WAC 458-20-170. Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 18 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Conditions Agreement see .....ww .bxwa .com-Always Verify Scale Page 17 I ADDENDUM #21 PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE C) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6TH STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. C1 7-04SP 15 LF 7-0BSP 3 EA 7-08 30 SF 7-08SP 5 LF 7-0BSP 1 LS lnline Check Valve 7-20SP 2 EA Total Schedule C (Storm Drain)* . .. .... .. .. .... ... ........ .. ...... .... ...... .. .. .. .. . $ I'/.SI9 .DO , .. All applicable sales tax shall be included in the unit and lump sum Bid price per Section 1-07 .2( 1) and WAC 458-20-171 . Contract Documents -Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 19 August2015 Provided to Bu i lders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa .com-Always Verify Scale PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE D) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 61H STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note : Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Pr ice column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item , the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. SCHEDULE D-ELECTRIC LIGHTWAVE IMPROVEMENTS D1 Roadway Surveying 1-0SSP LS D2 Mobilization 1-09 LS 03 Clearing and Grubbing 2-01SP 0.10 ACRE D4 Ditch Excavation Incl. Haul 2-03 40 CY D5 Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul 2-03 80 TON D6 Install Conduit Pipe 4 ln. Diam. 8-20SP 970 LF D7 Install Small Cable Vault 8-20SP 2 EA DB Connection to Existing 8-20SP 2 EA Communications Vault Schedule D Sub-Total ............................................................................. $ 't 'I , 91'1. () 0 Schedule D Sales Tax (9.5%) .................................................................. $ 4, 7 t.J T . > 3 Total ScheduleD (ELECTRIC LIGHTWAVE)* ................................... $ S-~ t~/. {J *The Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency retail sales tax on the Schedule D Contract price per Section 1-07.2(2) and WAC 458 -20-170. Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 20 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA Inc . For usage Cond itions Agreement see 'NVV'-N bxwa com-Always Ve ri fy Scale PROPOSAL (BID SCHEDULE E) LOGAN AVENUE N-AIRPORT WAY TON 6TH STREET PROJECT ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount spec ified for any item , the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. E1 Roadway Surveying 1-0SSP LS E2 Mobilization 1-09 LS E3 Clearing and Grubbing 2-01SP 0.10 ACRE E4 Ilium Boeing 8-20SP LS Lot 1 Schedule E Sub-Total ............................................................................. $ 11-'115'". 6() Schedule E Sales Tax (9.5%) .................................................................. $ t , ~ 16~ . Co3 Total Schedule E (THE BOEING COMPANY)* ................................... $ ~S /~3 • fo3 I *The Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency retail sales tax on the Schedule D Contract price per Section 1-07.2(2) and WAC 458-20-170. Contract Documents -Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 21 August2015 Prov ided to Bu i lders Excha nge of WA, Inc. For usage Cond itions Agreement see WVVIN bxwa com-Always Verify Scale · .. TOTAL OF SCHEDULES: Schedule A brought forward $_4~,'-'J"-")<-..L..f/,'--"J"'------.,..11--"/_.----'(o=--=-s-- Schedule B brought forward $._.!..../ ..L..'f ...... S...,,r-3o::::......!<.J--'(p~·----="--='-- Schedule C brought forward $,_-L/_'iz_t.,_s.~.L......L}--J9~· .... OwO~- Schedule D brought forward $._..,;.~-9~,!---oi']:-----=-=-:J..L../_.,._...5~3"'------ Schedule E brought forward $ __ $>_5" ____ /_l,;....::J::;...__._~..:....~=------ TOTAL BID PRICE Note : Determination of low Bidder will be based solely on the 'Total Bid Price '. Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 22 August2015 Provided to Bu i lders Exchange of WA, Inc For usage Conditions Agreement see 'W'N'N bxwa com-Always Verify Scale Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 23 City of Renton August 2015 Failure to return this Declaration as part of the Bid Proposal package will make the Bid nonresponsive and ineligible for Award. NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the Proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive Bidding in connection with the project for which this Proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this Proposal, I am deemed to have signed and have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS To report Bid rigging activities call: I -800-424-9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll-free “hotline” Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible Bid rigging, Bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the “hotline” to report such activities. The “hotline” is part of USDOT’s continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction Contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 24 City of Renton August 2015 Local Agency Disadvan tag ed Business Enterprise Utilizati on Certification To be el 1g1ble for award of this contract the bidder must fill out and submit, as part of its b1d proposal, the followmg Disadvantaged Business Enterp ri se Utilization Cert•ficatio n relating to Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements. The Contracting Agency shal conSider as non-responsive and shall reject any bid proposal that does not contain a DBE Certification wh1ch properly demonstrates that th e btdder wiD meet the DBE participation requirements 1n one of the manners provrded for in the proposed contracl The Bidder must submit good fatth effort documentatiOn ontv in (he event the bidder's efforts to so lic1t suff ~ent DBE partiCipation has been unsuccessful. The successful bidder's Disadvantage Busmess Enterpnse UtiizatJon CertlficatJOn shall be deemed a part of the rP-sultmo contra ct. lnform<dion nn r.erhfierl finrns IS RvRilable from OMWBE, teiAJ'lhone 360-664-9750 r.>r Toll Free 1-866-208-1064. ~ o\.,a.nJ~ ~X C6.Ve. ~ : ,.,~ .z., ' certifies that the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) F ox 1 l Name of ilkldar F1rms listed below nave been contacted regard ing participation on th1s project. If th1s bidder is successful o n this project and is awa rded the contract, 1t shal assure that subcontracts or supply agreements are executed with those firms where a n ·Amount to be Applied Towards Goar is listed. (If necessary, use additJonal sheet.) Column 1 C!iumn 2 '* Column 3 Co lumn4 ** Project Role Amount to NameofDBE (Prime, Joint Venture, De scription of Work be Applied Su~ontrac;tor, Certificate Number Manufacturer, Regular Towards Goal Dealer) 1. Aue..-1(. CG ).er}..-; ~ \) S"' rv\OObO 1-:J i ~c..o.-c\-~I'I.J, &\c~&c.J ~f,.a.,.h~·{ t. 1'~2 JIA .~ ~ . 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7, 8, 9, 10. Disadvantaged Business Enterpnse Subcontracting Goal: IS% DBE Total $ \1 f~l , ~~ ,(1:1 Box2 Box 3 Regular Dealer slatus must be approved pnor to btd subml ttal by the Offi ce of Equal Opportunity, Wash, State Dept, of Transportatton , on each co ntract. •• See the se cbon 'Credtllng DBE Partrctpatoon ToWGrtl Meeti ng the Goat 1n the Contract Document. ••• The Con lracl 1ng Agenc; wll util ize th is ammonl to dete nmne whether or nol the hrdder h<ls met lhe goaL In ll·e e~en l ol an ant hmet tc: dtlferenca betw een thi s total and the sum of the 1nd 1v dual am oun ts hsted above. then lhe sum of the amounts lsted shall preva il and the total wtR be revrsed a•cord lngl y. Part lopal on In e•cess or the goal ilmou nl wil be cons dered voluntary or race-<~eulral part l:tpatlon. .... SR DOT Fonn 272-056A EF 0 712 0 1 I Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 25 August2015 Prov ided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc For usage Conditions Agreement see wwvv bxwa com-Always Verify Scale 09/01/2015 TUE 13:28 FAX Local Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation o·ocument As an authorized representative of the DJsa~vlo'lnh~glild Busltieas Enterprise (DBE), I oonflrni that wa have been contaclecl by lhe referenced bidder wllh regard to the r~foranced project and If t11e bidder Is awarded the oont~ot we will enter Into an agreema11t with tll.a blddet·lo partlolp~te In the projeol consistent with the Information provided In the bidder's Qlaadv&niQg&;~rJ. Bus!neea Enterprise UllllzpiiQ(l Cerllllqalion. SR Contract Tille: City of Renton -Logan Ave N B!c!c.let'a aualnaae Nama; DSE!'s Buslnoss Nomo: Amaya Electric --------------~~---------------------- oaa s1ona1Ure: t£'rJ.J.. tut~ifl etA DBE'II Tlllm: Estimator --------------------~---------------- DmtQ: _91_1 _12_0_15 _____________________ _ The ~;~nlrlas must bet conslslant with what Is shown on lhe bidder's Ol!ledvanleged Busln~ss Enl~tprlt:e Utl111;ll1lon C&rltnoallon. Failure to do &CI will re&ullln bid raj~ollon, SE!O oonlraol provlsloni D/ssvantag~d Bus/nt~lili Gnlf.frprilifJ Or:1ndltlon of Award Parl/c:lpstlo11. PEieorltlUon of Watk Electrical Contracting Alnounlto be Applied Towards Goal: _4/ ..!.I..::A..;.,.1.~:..;1 ~L-1.:..;·:...;·~;..:];._, ____ ~--~- Contraol Documents-Logan Ave N Cl!y of Renlon Page 28 Augusl20115 ~002/002 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ IV. AGREEMENT FORMS Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 28 City of Renton August 2015 AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. CAG-15-134 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this __________ day of ___________, 20____. by and between THE CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "City” and _________________________________, hereinafter referred to as "Contractor." Now, therefore the parties agree as follows: 1. Project. Contractor shall complete all Work and furnish all labor, tools, materials, and equipment for the project entitled Logan Avenue N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project, Project No. CAG-15-134, including all changes to the Work and force account Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents, as described in Section 1-04.2 of the Special Provisions. 2. Payments. City shall pay Contractor at the unit and lump sum prices, and by force account as specified in the Proposal according to the Contract Documents as to time, manner, and condition of payment. The payments to Contractor include the costs for all labor, tools, materials and equipment for the Work. 3. Completion Date. Contract time shall commence upon City's Notice to Proceed to Contractor. The Work under this Agreement shall be completed within the time specified in the Proposal. If the Physical Work under this Agreement is not completed within the time specified, Contractor shall pay liquidated damages and all engineering inspection and supervision costs to City as specified in the Proposal. 4. Attorney's Fees. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney's and expert witness fees. 5. Disclaimer. No liability of Contractor shall attach to City by reason of entering into this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. 6. Counterparts. This Agreement is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above-written. CONTRACTOR CITY OF RENTON President/Partner/Owner Mayor ATTEST Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 29 City of Renton August 2015 Secretary City Clerk d/b/a (Firm Name) check one Individual Partnership Corporation Incorporated in ______________________ Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices: Attention: If business is a CORPORATION, the name of the corporation should be listed in full and both the President and Secretary must sign the Contract. OR, if one signature is permitted by corporation by-laws, a copy of the by-laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the Contract Document. If the business is a PARTNERSHIP, the full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b/a (doing business as) and firm or trade name. Any one partner may sign the Contract. If the business is an INDIVIDUAL PROPRIETORSHIP, the name of the owner should appear followed by d/b/a and name of the company. Proposal -Signature Page The Bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this Proposal he/she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirement s and signed all certificates contained herein. A Proposal guaranty in an amount of fi ve percent (5%) of the total Bid, based upon the approximate estimate of quantities at the above process and in the form as indicated below is attached hereto: Certified Check Proposal Bond D ($ Payable to the City of Renton ~ In the Amount of 5 % of the Bid Receipt is hereby acknowledged of Addendum(s) No .(s) __ __,; ___ _, __ ....::~=-----_____ -71----ff-----'-_____ , & ___ _ Proposal Must be Signed Firm Name Address Authorized Official(s) ~ ol.c.-V\S.A..b £ X.t.c:..vc . .'t ;.,..,, , h C.. ?J')t.J //"'-t~ .rt. Evr City of Renton Business License No. W'.l) o\ok,.·, 1\:,G Su.c(c$5fJ k,d A e( State of Washington Contractor's License No. :r 0 II!IN E. z 'r'IK ~ Federal ID No. I Y-fl J. 211 {, Note: 1) This Proposal form is not transferable and any alteration of the finn· s name entered hereon without prior pennission from the City of Renton will be cause for considering the Proposal irregular and subsequent rejection of the Bid 2) Please refer to Section 1-02.6 of the Standard Specifications re: "Preparation of Proposal." Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 30 August2015 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc . For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa .com-Always Verify Scale Subcontractor List Prepared in compliance with RCW 39.30.060 a~ amended To Be Submitted with the Bid Proposal Project Name: £rt,a.n A~..t.n &(. AI" /J ; 'f ""l-ult+f +o tV ,~~ sY · fr()jfi.J Failure to list Subcontractors who are proposed to perform the Work of IIV AC (heating, ventilation and air conditioning), plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, or naming more than one Subcontractor to perform the same Work will result in your Bid being nonresponsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s) that are proposed to perform the Work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing. ac; described in chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in chapter 19.28 RCW mu st be listed below. The Work to be performed is to be listed below the Subcontractor(s) name. The requirement to name the Prime Contract Bidder's proposed HYAC, plumbing and electrical Subcontractors applies only to proposed HV AC, plumbing. and electrical Subcontractors who will contract directly with the Prime Contract Bidder submitting the Bid to the public entity. If no Subcontractor is listed below, the Bidder acknowledges that it doe s not intend to use any Subcontractor to perform those items of Work. Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Bidder. are notified that in the opinion of the enforcement agency PVC or metal conduit, junction boxes. etc, are considered electrical equipment and must be installed by a licensed electrical Contractor, even if the ins tallation is for future use and no wiring or electric current is connected during the project. A licensed electrical Contractor must be li sted to perform the Work . Contract Documents -Logan Ave N City of Renton Page 31 August 2015 Provided to Bu i lders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Cond itions Agreement see 'NWW.bXV-~a com-Always Verify Scale Proposal Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we , [Contracto r] Johansen Excavating, Inc . _________ o.f [address] P. 0. Box 674, Buckley, WA 98321 as Principa l, and [Surety] Berkle y Insurance Com pany a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of ...;;D;;.....;;.;el'=a.;..;w...;.;a;;_re;....__':'""""""':~---:~---=---=----=----:-"-'7:'-' and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton in the sum of five (5) percent of the total amount of the bid proposal of said Principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein Is herewith submitting his/her or its sealed proposal for the following highway construction, to wit: Lo gan Avenue N-Airp ort Wa y toN 6th Street, Federal Aid Number: STPUL-1131(002), Projec t No . CAG-15-134 said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, if the said proposal bid by said Principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded to said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall furnish performance bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten (10) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise It shall remain and be In full force and effect. IN THE EVENT the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of Renton in accordance with the terms of the Proposal and furnish a performance bond with Surety or Sureties approved by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award , then Principal shall forfeit the Bid Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and forfeit to the City of Renton the amount of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this 26th day of Aygus t , 2015 [Title] Contract Documents-Logan Ave N City of Renton Berkley Insurance Compan [Surety) By: Karen C. Swanson [Attorney-In-Fact] [Address] 412 Mount Kemble A venue Morristown . NJ 07960 (206) 223-5842 [Telephone Number) Page 32 Proposal Bond August 2015 POWER OF A ITORNEY BERKLEY INSURANCE COMPANY WILMINGTON, DELAWARE No. BI-1220d NOTICE: The warning found elsewhere in this Power of Attorney affects the validity thereof. Please review carefully . KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that BERKLEY INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing un.der the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office in Greenwich, CT, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Karen C. Swanson; Julie R. Truitt,· Brent E. Heilesen; Clzristoplzer Kinyon; Jamie Diemer,· Carley Espiritu; Peter J. Comfort; or Jennifer L. Snyder of Propel Insurance of Tacoma, WA its true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety only as delineated below and to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds and undertakings, with the exception of Financial Guaranty Insurance, providing that no single obligation shall exceed Fifty Million and 00/100 U.S. Dollars (U.S.$50,000,000.00), to the same extent as if such bonds had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office in their own proper persons . This Power of Attorney shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to the following resolutions which were duly and validly adopted at a meeting ofthe Board of Directors ofthe Company held on January 25,2010: RESOLVED, that, with respect to the Surety business written by Berkley Surety Group, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President of the Company, in conjunction with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney authorizing and qualifying the attorney-in-fact named therein to execute bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations on behalf of the Company, and to affix the corporate seal of the Company to powers of attorney executed pursuant hereto; and said officers may remove any such attorney-in-fact and revoke any power of attorney previously granted; and further RESOLVED, that such power of attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated; and further RESOLVED, that such power of attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney-in-fact named; and further RESOLVED, that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal ofthe Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligation of the Company; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. The Company may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Company, notwithstanding the fact that they may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued . ] ] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COf!JP'}]Y has cau~d these resents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and it s ~ e corporate seal hereunto affixed thisLtZ'aay of -'2015. c Oil ·~ ~ . Attest: _ £1-ff" -Berkley Insurance Company ~ ~ (SealJ By ---""7"'-7-~~<-// ________ _ 5 . Ira S. L~ an § ] Senior Vice President & Secretary Se ·-[,f) .... 0 ~~WARNING: THIS POWER INVALID IF NOT PRINTED ON BLUE "BERKLEY" SECURITY PAPER. "0 c 0 Q) a .~ STATE OF CONNECTICUT) Q) "' E ) ss: ] § COUNTY OF FAIRFIELD ) 1. ;1 ·-o -f!L ~I -/ ] ~ Sworn to before me, a Notary Public in the State of Connecticut, this I 0 day o rJ lA ,~~ , 2015, bylr.a S. Lederman and ~ ::: Jeffrey M. Hafter who are sworn to me to be the Senior Vice President and Secreta ' arHTJJsenior Vice Pre £ide t, respectively, of § ~Berkley Insurance Company. MARlA C. RUNDBAKEN 2 ~ NOTARY PUBLIC <t:: c MY COMMISSION EXPIRES Not Public, State of Connecticut I .g APRIL 30, 2019 ~ G CERTIFICATE z ~I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of BERKLEY INSURANCE COMPANY, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a ~ ~true, correct and complete copy of the original Power of Attorney; that said Power of Attorney has not been revoked or rescinded ~ -5 and that the authority of the Attorney-in-Fact set forth therein, who executed the bond or un ertaking to which this Power of Attorney is attached, is in full force and effect as of this date. Given under my hand and seal of the Company, this ..dJe_ day of IS (Seal) Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 34 City of Renton August 2015 2A , .. "'\ .. Instructions for Inquiries and Notices Under the Bond Attached to This Power Berkley Surety Group is the affiliated underwriting manager for the surety business of: Acadia Insurance Company, Berkley Insurance Company, Berkley Regional Insurance Company, Carolina Casualty Insurance Company, Union Standard Insurance Company, Continental Western Insurance Company, and Union Insurance Company. To verify the authenticity of the bond, please call (866) 768-3534 or email BSGinquiry(a berkleysurety.com Any written notices, inquiries, claims or demands to the surety on the bond to which this Rider is attached should be directed to: Berkley Surety Group 412 Mount Kemble Avenue Suite 3ION Morristown, NJ 07960 Attention: Surety Claims Department Or email BSGClaim(a berkleysurety.com Please include with all notices the bond number and the name of the principal on the bond. Where a claim is being asserted, please set forth generally the basis of the claim. In the case of a payment or performance bond, please identify the project to which the bond pertains. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 34 City of Renton August 2015 2B Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 33 City of Renton August 2015 CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned _______________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ as Principal, and _____________________________________ corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ________________________ as a Surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become Surety upon bonds of Contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of $_______________________________ for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at ______________, Washington, this ______________ day of ___________, 20___. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG-15-134 providing for construction of the Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project; the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the Contract, and undertake to perform the Work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, this Performance and Payment Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the condition that Principal: • Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by Owner in the manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract; • Pays all laborers, mechanics, Subcontractors, lower tier Subcontractors, material persons, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or materials to the Project; • Indemnifies and holds Owner, its officers, and agents harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages, and costs for such payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and paying Owner all expenses that Owner may incur in making good any default by Principal; and • Indemnifies and holds Owner harmless from all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages and costs, including property damages and personal injuries, resulting from any defect appearing or developing in the material provided or workmanship performed under the Contract. • Pays all taxes incurred on said Contract under Title 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW. The indemnities to Owner shall also inure to the benefit of the Consulting Engineers and other design professionals retained by Owner in connection with the Project. No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect Surety's obligation on the Performance Bond. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 34 City of Renton August 2015 Surety hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work, with the exception that Surety shall be notified if the Contract time is extended by more than twenty percent (20%). If any modification or change increases the total amount to be paid under the Contract, Surety's obligation under this Performance and Payment Bond shall automatically increase in a like amount. Any such increase shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the original amount of the Performance and Payment Bond without the prior written consent of Surety. This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this instrument in two (2) identical counterparts this _______ day of _________________, 20 ___. Principal Surety Signature Signature Title Title Name and address of local office of agent and/or Surety Company: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington per Section 1-02.7 of the Standard Specifications. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 35 City of Renton August 2015 CITY OF RENTON FAIR PRACTICES POLICY AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE hereby confirms and declares that: (Name of Contractor/Subcontractor/Consultant) I. It is the policy of the above-named Contractor/Subcontractor/Consultant, to offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and applicants for employment without regard to their race; religion/creed; national origin; ancestry; sex; the presence of a physical sensory, ornamental disability; age over 40; sexual orientation or gender identity; pregnancy; HIV/AIDS and Hepatitis status; use of a guide dog/service animal; marital status; parental/family status; military status; or veteran’s status. II. The above-named Contractor/Subcontractor/Consultant complies with all applicable Federal, State and local laws governing non-discrimination in employment. III. When applicable, the above-named Contractor/Subcontractor/Consultant will seek out and negotiate with minority and women Contractors for the Award of subcontracts. Print Agent/Representative’s Name Print Agent/Representative’s Title Agent/Representative’s Signature Date Signed Instructions: This document MUST be completed by each Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant and/or supplier. Include or attach this document(s) with the Contract. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 36 City of Renton August 2015 CITY OF RENTON CONTRACT CAG-15-134 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM AFFADAVIT _______________________________hereby confirms and declares that it: (Name of Contractor) 1. Will be responsible for following all confined space requirements established by the provisions in WAC 296-809 and its chapters, will coordinate entry operations with the City of Renton when employees from the Contractor will be working in or near City confined spaces, and will communicate with the City regarding confined space entry operations exclusively through the City’s assigned construction inspector and/or the City’s project manager. 2. Will discuss its intended entry operations with the City of Renton Public Works contact including the program followed during confined space entry and will debrief the City on any hazards confronted or created at the completion of entry operations. 3. Will place signs stating, “Danger, Follow Confined Space Entry Procedure Before Entering” at each confined space to be entered, and will never leave the confined space open and unattended. Print Agent/Representative's Name Print Agent/Representative's Title ____ Agent/Representative's Signature Date Signed Instructions: This document MUST be completed and submitted by the Contractor prior to starting Work on this Contract. City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ V. REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 38 City of Renton August 2015 Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts FHWA-1273 – Electronic Version – Revised May 1, 2012 I. General II. Nondiscrimination III. Nonsegregated Facilities IV. Davis-Bacon and Related Act Provisions V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act Provisions VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract VII. Safety: Accident Prevention VIII. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act X. Compliance with Governmentwide Suspension and Debarment Requirements XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying ATTACHMENTS A. Employment and Materials Preference for Appalachian Development Highway System or Appalachian Local Access Road Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only) I. GENERAL 1. Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated in each construction contract funded under Title 23 (excluding emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The contractor (or subcontractor) must insert this form in each subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The applicable requirements of Form FHWA-1273 are incorporated by reference for work done under any purchase order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider. Form FHWA-1273 must be included in all Federal-aid design-build contracts, in all subcontracts and in lower tier subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services, purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The design-builder shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider. Contracting agencies may reference Form FHWA-1273 in bid proposal or request for proposal documents, however, the Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated (not referenced) in all contracts, subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services related to a construction contract). 2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following sections, these contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract. 3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient grounds for withholding of progress payments, withholding of final payment, termination Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 39 City of Renton August 2015 of the contract, suspension / debarment or any other action determined to be appropriate by the contracting agency and FHWA. 4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not use convict labor for any purpose within the limits of a construction project on a Federal-aid highway unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal-aid highway does not include roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors. II. NONDISCRIMINATION The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The provisions of 23 CFR Part 230 are not applicable to material supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts. In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply with the following policies: Executive Order 11246, 41 CFR 60, 29 CFR 1625-1627, Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633. The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in 41 CFR 60-1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000, the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60-4.3. Note: The U.S. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to determine compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29 CFR 1625-1627. The contracting agency and the FHWA have the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633. The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix A, with appropriate revisions to conform to the U.S. Department of Labor (US DOL) and FHWA requirements. 1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625-1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 40 City of Renton August 2015 contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO: a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and the Federal Government to ensure that it has made every good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect to all of its terms and conditions of employment and in their review of activities under the contract. b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy the following statement: "It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, pre-apprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training." 2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active EEO program and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so. 3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum: a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer. b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor. c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and women. d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees. e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 41 City of Renton August 2015 4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minorities and women in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived. a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority and women applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration. b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, the contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system meets the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where implementation of such an agreement has the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Federal nondiscrimination provisions. c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to refer minorities and women as applicants for employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring such applicants will be discussed with employees. 5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed: a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel. b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices. c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons. d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 42 City of Renton August 2015 6. Training and Promotion: a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minorities and women who are applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts should be aimed at developing full journey level status employees in the type of trade or job classification involved. b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. The contracting agency may reserve training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 140(a). c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance requirements for each. d. The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of employees who are minorities and women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion. 7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use good faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minorities and women. Actions by the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent, will include the procedures set forth below: a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minorities and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the contracting agency and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information. d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union to provide sufficient referrals (even Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 43 City of Renton August 2015 though it is obligated to provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the requirements of this paragraph. In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the contracting agency. 8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants / Employees with Disabilities: The contractor must be familiar with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and all rules and regulations established there under. Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in all employment activities unless to do so would cause an undue hardship. 9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the administration of this contract. a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers and lessors of their EEO obligations under this contract. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations. 10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b): a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State DOT’s U.S. DOT-approved DBE program are incorporated by reference. b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the contracting agency deems appropriate. 11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following the date of the final payment to the contractor for all contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the contracting agency and the FHWA. a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following: (1) The number and work hours of minority and non-minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project; Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 44 City of Renton August 2015 (2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment opportunities for minorities and women; and (3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities and women; b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual report to the contracting agency each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non- minority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA-1391. The staffing data should represent the project work force on board in all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. If on-the-job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report training data. The employment data should reflect the work force on board during all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensure that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities" includes waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, washrooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees. The contractor shall provide separate or single-user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas to assure privacy between sexes. IV. Davis-Bacon and Related Act Provisions This section is applicable to all Federal-aid construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The requirements apply to all projects located within the right-of-way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal-aid highway. This excludes roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt. Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to other projects. The following provisions are from the U.S. Department of Labor regulations in 29 CFR 5.5 “Contract provisions and related matters” with minor revisions to conform to the FHWA-1273 format and FHWA program requirements. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 45 City of Renton August 2015 1. Minimum wages a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph 1.b. of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH–1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. b. (1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (i) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 46 City of Renton August 2015 contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs 1.b.(2) or 1.b.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2. Withholding The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract, or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contracting agency may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 3. Payrolls and basic records a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 47 City of Renton August 2015 social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. b. (1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee ( e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH–347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the contracting agency for transmission to the State DOT, the FHWA or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the contracting agency.. (2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a “Statement of Compliance,” signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under §5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (ii) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 48 City of Renton August 2015 (iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (3) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH–347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the “Statement of Compliance” required by paragraph 3.b.(2) of this section. (4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 3.a. of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the contracting agency, the State DOT, the FHWA, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FHWA may, after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or the State DOT, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and trainees a. Apprentices (programs of the USDOL). Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 49 City of Renton August 2015 specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. b. Trainees (programs of the USDOL). Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. c. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. d. Apprentices and Trainees (programs of the U.S. DOT). Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal- aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 50 City of Renton August 2015 Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert Form FHWA-1273 in any subcontracts and also require the subcontractors to include Form FHWA-1273 in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. 7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of eligibility. a. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). b. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). c. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. V. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT The following clauses apply to any Federal-aid construction contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 51 City of Renton August 2015 1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section. 3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The FHWA or the contacting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2.) of this section. 4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (1.) through (4.) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1.) through (4.) of this section. VI. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts on the National Highway System. 1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the contracting agency. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635.116). Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 52 City of Renton August 2015 a. The term “perform work with its own organization” refers to workers employed or leased by the prime contractor, and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor, agents of the prime contractor, or any other assignees. The term may include payments for the costs of hiring leased employees from an employee leasing firm meeting all relevant Federal and State regulatory requirements. Leased employees may only be included in this term if the prime contractor meets all of the following conditions: (1) the prime contractor maintains control over the supervision of the day-to-day activities of the leased employees; (2) the prime contractor remains responsible for the quality of the work of the leased employees; (3) the prime contractor retains all power to accept or exclude individual employees from work on the project; and (4) the prime contractor remains ultimately responsible for the payment of predetermined minimum wages, the submission of payrolls, statements of compliance and all other Federal regulatory requirements. b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid or propose on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract. 2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph (1) of Section VI is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract provisions. 3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract. 4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only after the contracting agency has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 53 City of Renton August 2015 5. The 30% self-performance requirement of paragraph (1) is not applicable to design-build contracts; however, contracting agencies may establish their own self-performance requirements. VII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. 1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract. 2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704). 3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C.3704). VIII. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, Form FHWA-1022 shall be posted on each Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project: 18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows: Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 54 City of Renton August 2015 "Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed, or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection with the construction of any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Roads Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented; Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both." IX. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. By submission of this bid/proposal or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, proposer, Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows: 1. That any person who is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract is not prohibited from receiving an award due to a violation of Section 508 of the Clean Water Act or Section 306 of the Clean Air Act. 2. That the contractor agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Section X in every subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements. X. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts, design-build contracts, subcontracts, lower-tier subcontracts, purchase orders, lease agreements, consultant contracts or any other covered transaction requiring FHWA approval or that is estimated to cost $25,000 or more – as defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. 1. Instructions for Certification – First Tier Participants: Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 55 City of Renton August 2015 a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective first tier participant is providing the certification set out below. b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective first tier participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective first tier participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction. c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the contracting agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the contracting agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default. d. The prospective first tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the contracting agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective first tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. “First Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). “Lower Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). “First Tier Participant” refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). “Lower Tier Participant” refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers). f. The prospective first tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction. g. The prospective first tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transactions," provided by the department or contracting agency, entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 56 City of Renton August 2015 h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration. i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require the establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of the prospective participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph (f) of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default. * * * * * 2. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion – First Tier Participants: a. The prospective first tier participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: (1) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; (2) Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (3) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (a)(2) of this certification; and Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 57 City of Renton August 2015 (4) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. b. Where the prospective participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants: (Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions requiring prior FHWA approval or estimated to cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200) a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below. b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. “First Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). “Lower Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). “First Tier Participant” refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). “Lower Tier Participant” refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers). e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 58 City of Renton August 2015 g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration. h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. * * * * * Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-- Lower Tier Participants: 1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency. 2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. * * * * * XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed $100,000 (49 CFR 20). 1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 59 City of Renton August 2015 the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. 3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting its bid or proposal that the participant shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. Contract Documents – Logan Ave N Page 60 City of Renton August 2015 ATTACHMENT A - EMPLOYMENT AND MATERIALS PREFERENCE FOR APPALACHIAN DEVELOPMENT HIGHWAY SYSTEM OR APPALACHIAN LOCAL ACCESS ROAD CONTRACTS This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid projects funded under the Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965. 1. During the performance of this contract, the contractor undertaking to do work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work, shall give preference to qualified persons who regularly reside in the labor area as designated by the DOL wherein the contract work is situated, or the subregion, or the Appalachian counties of the State wherein the contract work is situated, except: a. To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing in the area are not available. b. For the reasonable needs of the contractor to employ supervisory or specially experienced personnel necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract work. c. For the obligation of the contractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract, provided that the number of nonresident persons employed under this subparagraph (1c) shall not exceed 20 percent of the total number of employees employed by the contractor on the contract work, except as provided in subparagraph (4) below. 2. The contractor shall place a job order with the State Employment Service indicating (a) the classifications of the laborers, mechanics and other employees required to perform the contract work, (b) the number of employees required in each classification, (c) the date on which the participant estimates such employees will be required, and (d) any other pertinent information required by the State Employment Service to complete the job order form. The job order may be placed with the State Employment Service in writing or by telephone. If during the course of the contract work, the information submitted by the contractor in the original job order is substantially modified, the participant shall promptly notify the State Employment Service. 3. The contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred to him by the State Employment Service. The contractor is not required to grant employment to any job applicants who, in his opinion, are not qualified to perform the classification of work required. 4. If, within one week following the placing of a job order by the contractor with the State Employment Service, the State Employment Service is unable to refer any qualified job applicants to the contractor, or less than the number requested, the State Employment Service will forward a certificate to the contractor indicating the unavailability of applicants. Such certificate shall be made a part of the contractor's permanent project records. Upon receipt of this certificate, the contractor may employ persons who do not normally reside in the labor area to fill positions covered by the certificate, notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (1c) above. 5. The provisions of 23 CFR 633.207(e) allow the contracting agency to provide a contractual preference for the use of mineral resource materials native to the Appalachian region. 6. The contractor shall include the provisions of Sections 1 through 4 of this Attachment A in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ VI. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ Amendments to the Standard Specifications Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 63 City of Renton August 2015 INTRODUCTION 1 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2 2014 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 3 4 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 5 6 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this Contract 7 and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational 8 purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the 9 Amendment or the latest date of revision. 10 11 Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard 12 Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 13 14 Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms 15 August 3, 2015 16 1-01.3 Definitions 17 The definition for “Engineer” is revised to read: 18 19 The Contracting Agency’s representative who directly supervises the engineering and 20 administration of a construction Contract. 21 22 The definition for “Inspector” is revised to read: 23 24 The Engineer’s representative who inspects Contract performance in detail. 25 26 The definition for “Project Engineer” is revised to read: 27 28 Same as Engineer. 29 30 The following new term and definition is inserted after the definition for “Proposal Form”: 31 32 Reference Information – Information provided to the Contractor by the Contracting 33 Agency that is not part of the Contract. 34 35 The definition for “Working Drawings” is revised to read: 36 37 Drawings, plans, diagrams, or any other supplementary data or calculations, including a 38 schedule of submittal dates for Working Drawings where specified, which the Contractor 39 must submit to the Engineer. 40 41 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions 42 August 3, 2015 43 1-02.8(1) Noncollusion Declaration 44 The third paragraph is revised to read: 45 46 Therefore, by including the Non-collusion Declaration as part of the signed bid Proposal, 47 the Bidder is deemed to have certified and agreed to the requirements of the 48 Declaration. 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 64 City of Renton August 2015 1 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal 2 This section is revised to read: 3 4 For projects scheduled for Bid opening in Olympia, the Proposal shall be sealed and 5 submitted in the envelope provided with it to the address below or shall be submitted 6 electronically via Trns·Port Expedite® software and BidExpress®. The Bidder shall fill in 7 all blanks on this envelope to ensure proper handling and delivery. Bids are to be 8 received no later than until 11:00:59 A.M. Pacific time on the date of Bid opening: 9 10 Washington State Department of Transportation 11 Room 2D20 12 310 Maple Park Avenue SE 13 Olympia WA 98501-2361 14 15 For projects scheduled for Bid opening in other locations the Proposal shall be sealed 16 and submitted in the envelope provided with it at the location and time identified in the 17 Special Provisions. The Bidder shall fill in all blanks on this envelope to ensure proper 18 handling and delivery. 19 20 Proposals that are received as required will be publicly opened and read as specified in 21 Section 1-02.12. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Proposal when 22 the Proposal or Bid deposit is received after the time specified for receipt of Proposals 23 or received in a location other than that specified for receipt of Proposals. 24 25 When a Bid deposit is furnished in a physical format as specified in Section 1-02.7 the 26 Bid deposit shall be submitted in a sealed envelope marked as “BID SUPPLEMENT” 27 and with the Bidder’s company name, project title, and Bid date. 28 29 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal 30 The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 31 32 Unless specifically allowed in the Contract, emailed requests to withdraw, revise, or 33 supplement a Proposal are not acceptable. 34 35 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals 36 This section is revised to read: 37 38 1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and may be rejected if: 39 40 a. The Bidder is not prequalified; 41 42 b. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the Award, or 43 enter into the Contract; 44 45 c. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; 46 47 d. The Proposal form is not properly executed; 48 49 e. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if 50 applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 65 City of Renton August 2015 f. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business 1 Enterprise Utilization Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; 2 3 g. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the 4 Bidder’s completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification 5 that they are in agreement with the Bidder’s DBE participation commitment, if 6 applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is 7 submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; 8 9 h. The Bidder fails to submit Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Good Faith 10 Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the 11 documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to 12 meet the Condition of Award was made; or 13 14 i. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet 15 the material terms of the Bid invitation. 16 17 2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: 18 19 a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; 20 21 b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the 22 amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting 23 Agency; 24 25 c. The authorized Proposal Form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not 26 used or is altered; 27 28 d. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, 29 alternate Bids, or conditions; 30 31 e. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; 32 33 f. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership 34 submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be 35 rejected); or 36 37 g. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. 38 39 Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract 40 January 5, 2015 41 1-03.3 Execution of Contract 42 The first paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 Within 20 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the 45 signed Contracting Agency-prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by 46 Section 1-07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4, and 47 shall be registered as a Contractor in the State of Washington. 48 49 1-03.4 Contract Bond 50 The last word of item 3 is deleted. 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 66 City of Renton August 2015 1 Item 4 is renumbered to 5. 2 3 The following is inserted after item 3 (after the preceding Amendments are applied): 4 5 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the 6 project under Titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 7 8 1-03.5 Failure to Execute Contract 9 The first sentence is revised to read: 10 11 Failure to return the insurance certification and bond with the signed Contract as 12 required in Section 1-03.3, or failure to provide Disadvantaged, Minority or Women’s 13 Business Enterprise information if required in the Contract, or failure or refusal to sign 14 the Contract, or failure to register as a Contractor in the State of Washington shall result 15 in forfeiture of the Proposal bond or deposit of this Bidder. 16 17 Section 1-04, Scope of the Work 18 August 3, 2015 19 1-04.3 Vacant 20 This section, including title, is revised to read: 21 22 1-04.3 Reference Information 23 Reference Information provided to the Contractor is not part of the Contract. The 24 Contracting Agency does not guarantee the accuracy of the Reference Information and 25 is not responsible for the content of the Reference Information in any manner. Any use 26 of Reference Information by the Contractor is done solely at the Contractor’s risk. 27 28 1-04.4 Changes 29 In the third paragraph, item number 1 and 2 are revised to read: 30 31 A. When the character of the Work as altered differs materially in kind or nature from 32 that involved or included in the original proposed construction; or 33 34 B. When an item of Work, as defined elsewhere in the Contract, is increased in 35 excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original Contract 36 quantity. For the purpose of this Section, an item of Work will be defined as any 37 item that qualifies for adjustment under the provisions of Section 1-04.6. 38 39 The following two new sentences are inserted at the beginning of the eighth paragraph: 40 41 Within 14 calendar days of delivery of the change order the contractor shall endorse 42 and return the change order, request an extension of time for endorsement or respond 43 in accordance with Section 1-04.5. The Contracting Agency may unilaterally process the 44 change order if the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements. 45 46 The last two paragraphs are deleted. 47 48 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 67 City of Renton August 2015 1-04.4(2) Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP) 1 1-04.4(2)A General 2 A VECP is a Contractor proposed change to the Contract Provisions which will 3 accomplish the projects functional requirements in a manner that is equal to or 4 better than the requirements in the Contract. The VECP may be: (1) at a less cost 5 or time, or (2) either no cost savings or a minor increase in cost with a reduction in 6 Contract time. The net savings or added costs to the Contract Work are shared by 7 the Contractor and Contracting Agency. 8 9 The Contractor may submit a VECP for changing the Plans, Specifications, or other 10 requirements of the Contract. The Engineer’s decision to accept or reject all or part 11 of the proposal is final and not subject to arbitration under the arbitration clause or 12 otherwise subject to litigation. 13 14 The VECP shall meet all of the following: 15 16 1. Not adversely affect the long term life cycle costs. 17 18 2. Not adversely impact the ability to perform maintenance. 19 20 3. Provide the required safety and appearance. 21 22 4. Provide substitution for deleted or reduced Disadvantaged Business 23 Enterprise Condition of Award Work, Apprentice Utilization and Training. 24 25 VECPs that provide a time reduction shall meet the following requirements: 26 27 1. Time saving is a direct result of the VECP. 28 29 2. Liquidated damages penalties are not used to calculate savings. 30 31 3. Administrative/overhead cost savings experienced by either the 32 Contractor or Contracting Agency as a result of time reduction accrue to 33 each party and are not used to calculate savings. 34 35 1-04.4(2)B VECP Savings 36 1-04.4(2)B1 Proposal Savings 37 The incentive payment to the Contractor shall be one-half of the net savings of 38 the proposal calculated as follows: 39 40 1. (gross cost of deleted work) – (gross cost of added work) = (gross 41 savings) 42 43 2. (gross savings) – (Contractor’s engineering costs) – (Contracting 44 Agency’s costs) = (net savings) 45 46 3. (net savings) / 2 = (incentive pay) 47 48 The Contracting Agency’s costs shall be the actual consultant costs billed to 49 the Contracting Agency and in-house costs. Costs for personnel assigned to 50 the Engineer’s office shall not be included. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 68 City of Renton August 2015 1-04.4(2)B2 Added Costs to Achieve Time Savings 1 The cost to achieve the time savings shall be calculated as follows: 2 3 1. (cost of added work) + (Contractor’s engineering costs - Contracting 4 Agency’s engineering costs) = (cost to achieve time savings) 5 6 2. (cost to achieve time savings) / 2 = (Contracting Agency’s share of 7 added cost) 8 9 If the timesaving proposal also involves deleting work and, as a result, creates 10 a savings for the Contracting Agency, then the Contractor shall also receive 11 one-half of the savings realized through the deletion. 12 13 1-04.4(2)C VECP Approval 14 1-04.4(2)C1 Concept Approval 15 The Contractor shall submit a written proposal to the Engineer for 16 consideration. The proposal shall contain the following information: 17 18 1. An explanation outlining the benefit provided by the change(s). 19 20 2. A narrative description of the proposed change(s). If applicable, the 21 discussion shall include a demonstration of functional equivalency or 22 a description of how the proposal meets the original contract scope of 23 work. 24 25 3. A cost discussion estimating any net savings. Savings estimates will 26 generally follow the outline below under the section, “Proposal 27 Savings”. 28 29 4. A statement providing the Contracting Agency with the right to use all 30 or any part of the proposal on future projects without future obligation 31 or compensation. 32 33 5. A statement acknowledging and agreeing that the Engineer’s 34 decision to accept or reject all or part of the proposal is final and not 35 subject to arbitration under the arbitration clause or otherwise be 36 subject to claims or disputes. 37 38 6. A statement giving the dates the Engineer must make a decision to 39 accept or reject the conceptual proposal, the date that approval to 40 proceed must be received, and the date the work must begin in order 41 to not delay the contract. If the Contracting Agency does not approve 42 the VECP by the date specified by the Contractor in their proposal the 43 VECP will be deemed rejected. 44 45 7. The submittal will include an analysis on other Work that may have 46 costs that changed as a result of the VECP. Traffic control and 47 erosion control shall both be included in addition to any other 48 impacted Work. 49 50 After review of the proposal, the Engineer will respond in writing with 51 acceptance or rejection of the concept. This acceptance shall not be 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 69 City of Renton August 2015 construed as authority to proceed with any change contract work. Concept 1 approval allows the Contractor to proceed with the Work needed to develop 2 final plans and other information to receive formal approval and to support 3 preparation of a change order. 4 5 1-04.4(2)C2 Formal Approval 6 The Contractor’s submittal to the Engineer for formal approval shall include the 7 following: 8 9 1. Deleted Work – Include the calculated quantities of unit price Work to 10 be deleted. Include the proposed partial prices for portions of lump 11 sum Work deleted. For deletion of force account items include the 12 time and material estimates. 13 14 2. Added Work – Include the calculated quantities of unit price Work to 15 be added, either by original unit Contract prices or by new, negotiated 16 unit prices. For new items of Work include the quantities and 17 proposed prices. 18 19 3. Contractor’s Engineering Costs – Submit the labor costs for the 20 engineering to develop the proposal; costs for Contractor employees 21 utilized in contract operations on a regular basis shall not be included. 22 23 4. Schedule Analysis – If the VECP is related to time savings, the 24 Contractor shall submit a partial progress schedule showing the 25 changed Work. The submittal shall also include a discussion 26 comparing the partial progress schedule with the approved progress 27 schedule for the project. 28 29 5. Working Drawings – Type 3 Working Drawings shall be submitted; 30 those drawings which require engineering shall be a Type 3E. 31 32 Formal approval of the proposal will be documented by issuance of a change 33 order. The VECP change order will contain the following statements which the 34 Contractor agrees to by signing the change order: 35 36 1. The Contractor accepts design risk of all features, both temporary 37 and permanent, of the changed Work. 38 39 2. The Contractor accepts risk of constructability of the changed Work. 40 41 3. The Contractor provides the Contracting Agency with the right to use 42 all or any part of the proposal on future projects without further 43 obligation or compensation. 44 45 VECP change orders will contain separate pay items for the items that are 46 applicable to the Proposal. These are as follows: 47 48 1. Deleted Work. 49 50 2. Added Work. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 70 City of Renton August 2015 3. The Contractor’s engineering costs, reimbursed at 100 percent of the 1 Contractor’s cost. 2 3 4. Incentive payment to the Contractor. 4 5 When added Work costs exceed Deleted Work costs, but time savings make a 6 viable proposal, then items 3 and 4 above are replaced with the following: 7 8 3. The Contracting Agency’s share of added cost to achieve time 9 savings. 10 11 4. The Contractor’s share of savings from deleted Work. 12 13 1-04.4(2)C3 Authority to Proceed with Changed Work 14 The authority for the Contractor to proceed with the VECP Work will be 15 provided by one of the following options: 16 17 1. Execution of the VECP change order, or 18 19 2. At the Contractor’s request the Contracting Agency may provide 20 approval by letter from the Engineer for the Work to proceed prior to 21 execution of a change order. All of the risk for proceeding with the 22 VECP shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Additionally, the 23 following criteria are required to have been met: 24 25 a) Concept approval has been granted by the Contracting Agency. 26 27 b) All design reviews and approvals have been completed, 28 including plans and specifications. 29 30 c) The Contractor has guaranteed, in writing, the minimum savings 31 to the Contracting Agency. 32 33 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes 34 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 35 36 Payments or credits for changes amounting to $25,000 or less may be made under the 37 Bid item “Minor Change”. 38 39 1-04.5 Procedure and Protest by the Contractor 40 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 41 42 The Contractor accepts all requirements of a change order by: (1) endorsing it, (2) 43 writing a separate acceptance, (3) not responding within the allotted time as outlined in 44 Section 1-04.4, or (4) not protesting in the way this Section provides. 45 46 Section 1-05, Control of Work 47 August 4, 2014 48 1-05.1 Authority of the Engineer 49 In this Section, “Project Engineer” is revised to read “Engineer”. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 71 City of Renton August 2015 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 1 2 The Engineer’s decisions will be final on all questions including the following: 3 4 The first sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 The Engineer represents the Contracting Agency with full authority to enforce Contract 7 requirements. 8 9 1-05.2 Authority of Assistants and Inspectors 10 The first paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 The Engineer may appoint assistants and Inspectors to assist in determining that the 13 Work and materials meet the Contract requirements. Assistants and Inspectors have 14 the authority to reject defective material and suspend Work that is being done 15 improperly, subject to the final decisions of the Engineer. 16 17 In the third paragraph, “Project Engineer” is revised to read “Engineer”. 18 19 1-05.3 Plans and Working Drawings 20 This Section’s title is revised to read: 21 22 Working Drawings 23 24 This Section is revised to read: 25 26 The Contract may require the Contractor to submit W orking Drawings for the 27 performance of the Work. Working Drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor 28 electronically to the Engineer in PDF format; drawing details shall be prepared in 29 accordance with conventional detailing practices. If the PDF format is found to be 30 unacceptable, at the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide paper copies 31 of the Working Drawings with drawings on 11 by 17 inch sheets and calculations/text on 32 8½ by 11 inch sheets. 33 34 Working Drawings will be classified under the following categories: 35 36 1. Type 1 – Submitted for Contracting Agency information. Submittal must be 37 received by the Contracting Agency a minimum of 7 calendar days before Work 38 represented by the submittal begins. 39 40 2. Type 2 – Submitted for Contracting Agency review and comment. Unless 41 otherwise stated in the Contract, the Engineer will require up to 20 calendar 42 days from the date the Working Drawing is received until it is returned to the 43 Contractor. The Contractor shall not proceed with the Work represented by the 44 Working Drawing until comments from the Engineer have been addressed. 45 46 3. Type 2E – Same as a Type 2 Working Drawing with Engineering as described 47 below. 48 49 4. Type 3 – Submitted for Contracting Agency review and approval. Unless 50 otherwise stated in the Contract, the Engineer will require up to 30 calendar 51 days from the date the Working Drawing is received until it is returned to the 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 72 City of Renton August 2015 Contractor. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s written approval before 1 proceeding with the Work represented by the Working Drawing. 2 3 5. Type 3E – Same as a Type 3 Working Drawing with Engineering as described 4 below. 5 6 All Working Drawings shall be considered Type 3 Working Drawings except as 7 specifically noted otherwise in the Contract. Unless designated otherwise by the 8 Contractor, submittals of Working Drawings will be reviewed in the order they are 9 received by the Engineer. In the event that several Working Drawings are received 10 simultaneously, the Contractor shall specify the sequence in which they are to be 11 reviewed. If the Contractor does not submit a review sequence for simultaneous 12 Working Drawing submittals, the review sequence will be at the Engineer’s discretion. 13 14 Working Drawings requiring Engineering, Type 2E and 3E, shall be prepared by (or 15 under the direction of) a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of 16 Washington, and in accordance with WAC 196-23-020. Design calculations shall carry 17 the Professional Engineer’s signature and seal, date of signature, and registration 18 number on the cover page. The cover page shall also include the Contract number, 19 Contract title and sequential index to calculation page numbers. 20 21 If more than the specified number of days is required for the Engineer’s review of any 22 individual Working Drawing or resubmittal, an extension of time will be considered in 23 accordance with Section 1-08.8. 24 25 Review or approval of Working Drawings shall neither confer upon the Contracting 26 Agency nor relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the accuracy of the Drawings 27 or their conformity with the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all risk and all costs of 28 any Work delays caused by rejection or nonapproval of Working Drawings. 29 30 Unit Bid prices shall cover all costs of Working Drawings. 31 32 Section 1-06, Control of Material 33 August 3, 2015 34 1-06.1(4) Fabrication Inspection Expense 35 This section is revised to read: 36 37 In the event the Contractor elects to have items fabricated beyond 300 miles from 38 Seattle, Washington, the Contracting Agency will deduct from monies due or that may 39 become due to the Contractor all costs to perform plant approval and fabrication 40 acceptance inspection for the items listed in Table 1 and costs for initial plant approval 41 for items listed in Table 2. Plants currently listed on the QPL for the items shown in 42 Table 1 and Table 2 in this section do not require plant approval. 43 44 Table 1: Items Requiring Plant Approval and Fabrication Acceptance Inspection 45 Anchor Bolts (ASTM A449 & F1554 Grade 105) Precast Concrete Vaults (Electrical, Utility, Drainage, etc.) Bridge Bearings (Cylindrical, Disc, Fabric Pad, Low Rise, Pin, Pendulum, and Spherical) Precast Concrete Girders and Precast Bridge Components Cattle Guards Prestressed Concrete Girders Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 73 City of Renton August 2015 Coated Piling and Casing Prestressed Concrete Panels Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts Fabricated / Welded Miscellaneous Metal Drainage Items: Grate Inlets, and Drop Inlets Precast Reinforced Concrete Split Box Culverts Longitudinal Seismic Restrainers Precast Reinforced Concrete Three Sided Structures Metal Bridge Railing and Handrail Prestressed Concrete Piles Metal Castings for Concrete Drainage, electrical, and Utility Items Retrofit Guardrail Posts with Welded Base Plates Modular Expansion Joints Signal Standards Paint & Powder Coating Facilities for Table 1 items Signing Material Precast Concrete Bridge Deck Panels Sign Structures – Cantilever , Sign Bridge, and Bridge Mounted, Roadside Type PLT / PLU Precast Concrete Catch Basins, Manholes, Inlets, Drywells, and Risers Soldier Piles Precast Concrete Drain, Perforated Underdrain, Culvert, Storm Sewer, and Sanitary Sewer Pipe Steel Bridges and Steel Bridge Components Precast Concrete Floor Panels Steel Column Jackets Precast Concrete Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes, Cable Vaults Steel Light Standards, and High Mast Light Poles Precast Concrete Marine Pier Deck Panels Strip Seal Expansion Joints Precast Concrete Pier Caps Structural Steel for Ferry Terminal Berthing, Pedestrian and Vehicle Loading Structures Precast Concrete Retaining Walls, including Lagging Panels Timber Bridges Precast Concrete Roof Panels Treated Timber and Lumber 6 inch by 6 inch or larger Precast Concrete Structural Earth Walls, Noise Barrier Walls, Wall Panels, and Wall Stem Panels Welded Structural Steel (Miscellaneous) Precast Concrete Traffic Barrier 1 Table 2: Items Requiring Initial Plant Approval Only 2 Epoxy Coating of Dowels and Tiebars for Concrete Pavement Precast Concrete Blocks for Structural Earth Walls Guardrail Posts and Blocks Steel Pipe Piling 3 The deductions for fabrication inspection costs will be as shown in the Payment Table 4 below. 5 6 Zone Place of Fabrication or Inspection Site Reduction in Payment 1 Within 300 airline miles from Seattle None* 2 Between 300 and 3,000 airline miles from Seattle $700.00 per inspection day** Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 74 City of Renton August 2015 3 Over 3,000 airline miles from Seattle $1,000 per inspection day,** but not less than $2,500 per trip * Fabrication inspection expense does not apply for initial acceptance inspection in Zone 1. Re-inspection of items due to unacceptable workmanship or scheduling errors made by the Contractor, fabricator, or facility applying protective coatings will be assessed at $60.00 per hour but not less than $120.00 per inspection. ** An inspection day includes any calendar day or portion of a calendar day spent by one inspector inspecting, on standby, or traveling to and from, a place of fabrication. An additional cost per inspection day will be assessed for each additional inspector. Reimbursement will be assessed at $280.00 per day for weekends and holidays for each on site inspector in travel status, but not engaged in inspection or travel activities when fabrication activities are not taking place. 1 Where fabrication of an item takes place in more than one zone, the reduction in 2 payment will be computed on the basis of the entire item being fabricated in the farthest 3 of zones where any fabrication takes place on that item. 4 5 The rates for Zones 2 and 3 shall be applied for the full duration of time for all 6 fabrication inspection activities, to include, but not be limited to: plant approvals, 7 prefabrication meetings, fabrication, coatings, and final inspection. When an inspection 8 is for more than one Contract the fabrication inspection costs shall be prorated as 9 determined by the Engineer. 10 11 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 12 August 3, 2015 13 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed 14 The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: 15 16 A copy of all safety plans (e.g., fall protection work plan) that are developed by the 17 Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer as a Type 1 Working Drawing. When 18 requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide training to WSDOT employees 19 working on-site for any activity covered by a safety plan. Costs for training that is 20 provided solely to Contracting Agency employees will be paid to the Contractor in 21 accordance with Section 1-09.4. 22 23 1-07.2 State Taxes 24 This section is revised to read: 25 26 The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the state 27 sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The 28 Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a Bid on a 29 misunderstood tax liability. 30 31 The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor, retainage or 32 lien the bond, in the amount the Contractor owes the State Department of Revenue, 33 whether the amount owed relates to the Contract in question or not. Any amount so 34 deducted will be paid into the proper State fund on the contractor’s behalf. For 35 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 75 City of Renton August 2015 additional information on tax rates and application refer to applicable RCWs, WACs or 1 the Department of Revenue’s website. 2 3 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax: Work Performed on City, County, or Federally-4 Owned Land 5 This section including title is revised to read: 6 7 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-171 – Use Tax 8 For Work designated as Rule 171, Use Tax, the Contractor shall include for 9 compensation the amount of any taxes paid in the various unit Bid prices or other 10 Contract amounts. Typically, these taxes are collected on materials incorporated into 11 the project and items such as the purchase or rental of; tools, machinery, equipment, or 12 consumable supplies not integrated into the project. 13 14 The Summary of Quantities in the Contract Plans identifies those parts of the project 15 that are subject to Use Tax under Section 1-07.2(1). 16 17 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax: Work on State-Owned or Private Land 18 This section including title is revised to read: 19 20 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-170 – Retail Sales Tax 21 For Work designated as Rule 170, Retail Sales Tax, the Contractor shall collect from 22 the Contracting Agency, Retail Sales Tax on the full Contract price. The Contracting 23 Agency will automatically add this Retail Sales Tax to each payment to the Contractor 24 and for this reason; the Contractor shall not include the Retail Sales Tax in the unit Bid 25 prices or in any other Contract amount. However, the Contracting Agency will not 26 provide additional compensation to the Prime Contractor or Subcontractor for Retail 27 Sales Taxes paid by the Contractor in addition to the Retail Sales Tax on the total 28 contract amount. Typically, these taxes are collected on items such as the purchase or 29 rental of; tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the 30 project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit Bid prices or in any other Contract 31 amounts. 32 33 The Summary of Quantities in the Contract Plans identifies those parts of the project 34 that are subject to Retail Sales Tax under Section 1-07.2(2). 35 36 1-07.2(3) Services 37 This section is revised to read: 38 39 Any contract wholly for professional or other applicable services is generally not subject 40 to Retail Sales Tax and therefore the Contractor shall not collect Retail Sales Tax from 41 the Contracting Agency on those Contracts. Any incidental taxes paid as part of 42 providing the services shall be included in the payments under the contract. 43 44 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control 45 This section’s title is revised to read: 46 47 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention 48 49 This section’s content is deleted. 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 76 City of Renton August 2015 1 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic 2 In the second paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence: 3 4 Accessibility to existing or temporary pedestrian push buttons shall not be impaired. 5 6 Section 1-08, Prosecution and Progress 7 August 3, 2015 8 1-08.1 Subcontracting 9 The eighth paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 On all projects, the Contractor shall certify to the actual amounts paid to Disadvantaged, 12 Minority, Women’s, or Small Business Enterprise firms that were used as 13 Subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, manufacturers, regular dealers, or service 14 providers on the Contract. This Certification shall be submitted to the Project Engineer 15 on a monthly basis each month between Execution of the Contract and Physical 16 Completion of the Contract using the application available at: 17 https://remoteapps.wsdot.wa.gov/mapsdata/tools/dbeparticipation. The monthly report is 18 due 20 calendar days following the end of the month. A monthly report shall be 19 submitted for every month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion 20 regardless of whether payments were made or work occurred. 21 22 The ninth paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph: 23 24 The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of RCW 39.04.250, 39.76.011, 25 39.76.020, and 39.76.040, in particular regarding prompt payment to Subcontractors. 26 Whenever the Contractor withholds payment to a Subcontractor for any reason 27 including disputed amounts, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Subcontractor 28 with a copy to the Contracting Agency identifying the reason for the withholding and a 29 clear description of what the Subcontractor must do to have the withholding released. 30 Following receipt of a progress payment from the Contracting Agency, a Monthly 31 Payment Summary form shall be submitted to the Engineer in PDF format within 20 32 calendar days. The Monthly Payment Summary shall include all Subcontractors that 33 completed Work that was paid on the progress estimate by the Contracting Agency. 34 Retainage withheld by the Contractor prior to completion of the Subcontractors work is 35 exempt from reporting as a payment withheld and is not included in the withheld 36 amount. The Monthly Payment Summary form is available from the Engineer. The 37 Contracting Agency’s copy of the notice to Subcontractor for deferred payments shall be 38 submitted with the Monthly Payment Summary. 39 40 1-08.1(1) Subcontract Completion and Return of Retainage Withheld 41 This section is revised to read: 42 43 The following procedure shall apply to all subcontracts entered into as a part of 44 this Contract: 45 46 Requirements 47 1. Upon request, the Engineer will provide a copy of any or all progress payment 48 estimates, with regard to contract payments to any interested party to the 49 project. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 77 City of Renton August 2015 2. The Contractor shall make payment to the Lower Tier Subcontractor not later 1 than ten calendar days after receipt of payment for work satisfactorily 2 completed by the Lower Tier Subcontractor, to the extent of the Lower Tier 3 Subcontractor’s interest therein. 4 5 3. In the event the Contractor believes they have the right under the Contract or 6 Subcontract to withhold payment in part or whole from a Lower Tier 7 Subcontractor they shall provide immediate notification to that Lower Tier 8 Subcontractor and the Engineer. The notice shall include an accounting of 9 payments to date, the value and reason for the withheld amount, and an 10 explanation of what must be done to have the withheld amount released. The 11 Lower Tier Subcontractor shall be paid within eight calendar days after the 12 Subcontractor completes the remedial action identified. 13 14 4. Every subcontract and lower tier subcontract shall have a dispute resolution 15 process incorporated for resolving issues between the parties to the 16 subcontract, or one shall be established as necessary. 17 18 5. If the parties agree, the WSDOT will make a third party neutral available 19 provided the parties to the dispute agree that the cost of doing so is split 20 between them. 21 22 6. The Engineer will withhold the same amount of funds from the Contractor as 23 was withheld if the issue is not resolved by the next progress estimate. 24 25 7. Failure by a Contractor or Subcontractor to comply with these requirements 26 may result in one or more of the following: 27 28 a) Reflected in the Prime Contractor’s Performance Evaluation. 29 30 b) Cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in 31 part. 32 33 c) Sanctions as provided by the Contract; subcontract; or by law under 34 applicable prompt payment statutes including RCW 39.04.250. 35 36 8. The Subcontractor shall make a written request to the Contractor for the 37 release of the Subcontractor’s retainage or retainage bond. 38 39 9. Within 10 calendar days of the request, the Contractor shall determine if the 40 subcontract has been satisfactorily completed including any required lien 41 releases, documentation and material testing and shall inform the 42 Subcontractor, in writing, of the Contractor’s determination. 43 44 10. If the Contractor determines that the subcontract has been satisfactorily 45 completed, the Subcontractor’s retainage or retainage bond shall be released 46 by the Contractor within 10 calendar days from the date of the written notice. If 47 the Contractor determines that the Subcontractor has not achieved satisfactory 48 completion of the subcontract, the Contractor must provide the Subcontractor 49 with written notice, stating specifically why the subcontract Work is not 50 satisfactorily completed and what has to be done to achieve completion. The 51 Contractor shall release the Subcontractor’s retainage or retainage bond within 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 78 City of Renton August 2015 10 calendar days after the Subcontractor has satisfactorily completed the Work 1 identified in the notice. 2 3 11. In determining whether satisfactory completion has been achieved, the 4 Contractor may require the Subcontractor to provide documentation such as 5 certifications and releases, showing that all laborers, lower-tiered 6 Subcontractors, suppliers of material and equipment, and others involved in 7 the Subcontractor’s Work have been paid in full. The Contractor may also 8 require any documentation from the Subcontractor that is required by the 9 subcontract or by the Contract between the Contractor and Contracting 10 Agency or by law such as affidavits of wages paid, material acceptance 11 certifications and releases from applicable governmental agencies to the 12 extent that they relate to the Subcontractor’s Work. 13 14 12. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Specification and 15 the Subcontractor’s retainage or retainage bond is wrongfully withheld, the 16 Subcontractor may seek recovery against the Contractor under applicable 17 prompt pay statutes in addition to any other remedies provided for by the 18 subcontract or by law. 19 20 Conditions 21 1. This clause does not create a contractual relationship between the Contracting 22 Agency and any Subcontractor as stated in Section 1-08.1. Also, it is not 23 intended to bestow upon any Subcontractor, the status of a third-party 24 beneficiary to the Contract between the Contracting Agency and the 25 Contractor. 26 27 2. This Section of the Contract does not apply to retainage withheld by the 28 Contracting Agency from monies earned by the Contractor. The Contracting 29 Agency shall continue to process the release of that retainage based upon the 30 Completion Date of the project as defined in Section 1-08.5 Time for 31 Completion and in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth 32 in RCW 60.28. 33 34 Payment 35 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any additional costs involved in 36 paying retainage to the Subcontractors prior to total project completion. Those 37 costs shall be incidental to the respective Bid items. 38 39 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment 40 January 5, 2015 41 1-09.6 Force Account 42 In the third paragraph of item number 3, the last sentence is revised to read: 43 44 In the event that prior quotations are not obtained and the vendor is not a firm 45 independent from the Contractor or Subcontractor, then after-the-fact quotations may be 46 obtained by the Engineer from the open market in the vicinity and the lowest such 47 quotation may be used in place of submitted invoice. 48 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 79 City of Renton August 2015 Section 1-10, Temporary Traffic Control 1 August 4, 2014 2 1-10.1(1) Materials 3 The following material reference is deleted from this Section: 4 5 Barrier Drums 9-35.8 6 7 1-10.1(2) Description 8 The first paragraph is revised to read: 9 10 The Contractor shall provide flaggers, and all other personnel required for labor for 11 traffic control activities and not otherwise specified as being furnished by the 12 Contracting Agency. 13 14 1-10.2(1) General 15 In the third paragraph, the first two sentences are revised to read: 16 17 The primary and alternate TCS shall be certified by one of the organizations listed in the 18 Special Provisions. Possession of a current Washington State TCS card and flagging 19 card by the primary and alternate TCS is mandatory. 20 21 1-10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor 22 The first paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be present on the project whenever flagging or 25 other traffic control labor is being utilized or less frequently, as authorized by the 26 Engineer. 27 28 The last paragraph is revised to read: 29 30 The TCS may perform the Work described in Section 1-10.3(1)A Flaggers or in Section 31 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor and be compensated under those Bid items, 32 provided that the duties of the TCS are accomplished. 33 34 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans 35 The first paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 The Traffic Control Plan or Plans appearing in the Contract Documents show a method 38 of handling vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic. All construction signs, flaggers, and 39 other traffic control devices are shown on the Traffic Control Plan(s) except for 40 emergency situations. If the Contractor proposes adding the use of flaggers to a Plan, 41 this will constitute a modification requiring approval by the Engineer. The modified Plans 42 shall show locations for all the required advance warning signs and a safe, protected 43 location for the flagging station. If flagging is to be performed during hours of darkness, 44 the Plan shall include appropriate illumination for the flagging station. 45 46 In the second paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 80 City of Renton August 2015 Any Contractor-proposed modification, supplement or replacement shall show the 1 necessary construction signs, flaggers, and other traffic control devices required to 2 support the Work. 3 4 1-10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards 5 In the second paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 6 7 The National Cooperative Highway Research Project (NCHRP) Report 350 and the 8 AASHTO Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) have established 9 requirements for crash testing. 10 11 In the third paragraph, “NCHRP 350” is revised to read “NCHRP 350 or MASH”. 12 13 In the fourth paragraph, “NCHRP 350” is revised to read “NCHRP 350 or MASH”. 14 15 In the fifth paragraph, “NCHRP 350” is revised to read “NCHRP 350 or MASH”. 16 17 1-10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor 18 The first paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 The Contractor shall furnish all personnel for flagging, for the execution of all 21 procedures related to temporary traffic control and for the setup, maintenance and 22 removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to 23 control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. 24 25 1-10.3(1)A Flaggers and Spotters 26 This Section’s title is revised to read: 27 28 Flaggers 29 30 The first paragraph is revised to read: 31 32 Flaggers shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where 33 directed by the Engineer. All flaggers shall possess a current flagging card issued by 34 the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. The flagging card shall be 35 immediately available and shown to the Contracting Agency upon request. 36 37 The last paragraph is deleted. 38 39 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor 40 This Section is revised to read: 41 42 In addition to flagging duties, the Contractor shall provide personnel for all other traffic 43 control procedures required by the construction operations and for the labor to install, 44 maintain and remove any traffic control devices shown on Traffic Control Plans. 45 46 1-10.3(3)B Sequential Arrow Signs 47 This Section is supplemented with the following: 48 49 A sequential arrow sign is required for all lane closure tapers on a multilane facility. A 50 separate sequential arrow sign shall be used for each closed lane. The arrow sign shall 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 81 City of Renton August 2015 not be used to laterally shift traffic. When used in the caution mode, the four corner 1 mode shall be used. 2 3 1-10.3(3)C Portable Changeable Message Signs 4 This Section is revised to read: 5 6 Where shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan or where ordered by the Engineer, 7 the Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain portable changeable message signs 8 (PCMS). A PCMS shall be placed behind a barrier or guardrail whenever possible, but 9 shall at a minimum provide 4 ft. of lateral clearance to edge of travelled lane and be 10 delineated by channelization devices. The Contractor shall remove the PCMS from the 11 clear zone when not in use unless protected by barrier or guardrail. 12 13 1-10.3(3)F Barrier Drums 14 This Section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 15 16 1-10.3(3)F Vacant 17 18 1-10.3(3)K Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signal 19 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 The Project Engineer or designee will inspect the signal system at initial 22 installation/operation and approve the signal timing. Final approval will be based on the 23 results of the operational inspection. 24 25 1-10.4(2) Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals 26 In the second paragraph, the first and second sentences are revised to read: 27 28 “Flaggers” will be measured by the hour. Hours will be measured for each flagging 29 station, shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, when that station is staffed in 30 accordance with Section 1-10.3(1)A. 31 32 The first sentence of the last bulleted item in this Section is revised to read: 33 34 Installing and removing Barricades, Traffic Safety Drums, Cones, Tubular Markers and 35 Warning Lights and Flashers to carry out approved Traffic Control Plan(s). 36 37 1-10.5(2) Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals 38 This Section is deleted and replaced with the following: 39 40 “Traffic Control Supervisor”, lump sum. 41 42 The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 43 Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1-10.2(1)B. 44 45 “Pedestrian Traffic Control”, lump sum. 46 47 The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 48 Contractor in performing the Work for pedestrian traffic control defined in Section 1-10. 49 50 “Flaggers”, per hour. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 82 City of Renton August 2015 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 1 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred 2 by the Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1-10.3(1)A. 3 4 “Other Traffic Control Labor”, per hour. 5 6 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 7 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all labor costs incurred 8 by the Contractor in performing the Work specified for this item in Section 1-10.4(2). 9 10 “Construction Signs Class A”, per square foot. 11 12 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 13 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 14 the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1-10.3(3)A. In the event that 15 “Do Not Pass” and “Pass With Care” signs must be left in place, a change order, as 16 described in Section 1-04.4, will be required. When the Bid Proposal contains the item 17 “Sign Covering”, then covering those signs indicated in the Contract will be measured 18 and paid according to Section 8-21. 19 20 “Sequential Arrow Sign”, per hour. 21 22 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 23 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 24 the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1-10.3(3)B. 25 26 “Portable Changeable Message Sign”, per hour. 27 28 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 29 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 30 the Contractor in performing the Work for procuring all portable changeable message 31 signs required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the project. 32 33 “Transportable Attenuator”, per each. 34 35 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 36 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 37 the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1-10.3(3)J except for costs 38 compensated separately under the items “Operation of Transportable Attenuator” and 39 “Repair Transportable Attenuator”. 40 41 “Operation of Transportable Attenuator”, per hour. 42 43 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 44 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 45 the Contractor in performing the Work for operating transportable attenuators on the 46 project. 47 48 “Repair Transportable Attenuator”, by force account. 49 50 All costs of repairing or replacing transportable attenuators that are damaged by the 51 motoring public while in use as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan will be paid 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 83 City of Renton August 2015 for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. To provide a common Proposal for 1 all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated the amount of force account for 2 “Repair Transportable Attenuator” and has entered the amount in the Proposal to 3 become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. Transportable attenuators damaged 4 due to the Contractor’s operation or damaged in any manner when not in use shall be 5 repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 6 7 “Other Temporary Traffic Control”, lump sum. 8 9 The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 10 Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1-10, and which costs are not 11 compensated by one of the above-listed items. 12 13 “Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signal”, lump sum. 14 15 The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 16 Contractor in performing the Work as described in Section 1-10.3(3)K, including all 17 costs for traffic control during manual control, adjustment, malfunction, or failure of the 18 portable traffic control signals and during replacement of failed or malfunctioning 19 signals. 20 21 Section 2-01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup 22 August 3, 2015 23 2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Materials and Debris 24 This section is revised to read: 25 26 The Contractor shall meet all requirements of state, county, and municipal regulations 27 regarding health, safety, and public welfare in the disposal of all usable material and 28 debris. 29 30 The Contractor shall dispose of debris by one or more of the disposal methods 31 described below. 32 33 2-01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 – Open Burning 34 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 35 36 All burning operations shall be strictly in accordance with these authorizations. 37 38 The second paragraph is deleted. 39 40 2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 – Chipping 41 This section is revised to read: 42 43 Wood chips may be disposed of on-site in accordance with the following: 44 45 1. Chips shall be no larger than 6 square inches and no thicker than ½ inch. 46 47 2. Chips shall be disposed outside of environmentally sensitive areas, and in 48 areas that aren’t in conflict with permanent Work. 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 84 City of Renton August 2015 3. Chips shall not be incorporated into the embankment but may be spread on 1 slopes where feasible at depths no greater than 2 inches. 2 3 4. Chips shall be tractor-walked into the ground. 4 5 2-01.3(1) Clearing 6 In the second paragraph, item number 3 (up until the colon) is revised to read: 7 8 3. Follow these requirements for all stumps that will be buried deeper than 5 feet from 9 the top, side, or end surface of the embankment or any structure and are in a 10 location that will not be terraced as described in Section 2-03.3(14): 11 12 Section 2-02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions 13 January 5, 2015 14 2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and Other Drainage Structures 15 This Section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 16 17 2-02.3(2)A Bridge Removal 18 2-02.3(2)A1 Bridge Demolition Plan Submittal 19 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2E Working Drawing consisting of a Bridge 20 Demolition Plan, showing the method of removing the existing bridge(s), or portions 21 of bridges, as specified. 22 23 The Bridge Demolition Plan shall show all equipment, sequence of operations, and 24 details required to complete the Work, including containment, collection, and 25 disposal of all debris. The Plan shall include a crane foundation stability analysis 26 and crane load calculations for the Work. The Plan shall detail the containment, 27 collection, and disposal of all debris. The Plan shall show all stages of demolition. 28 29 When the bridge removal Work includes removal of a truss, and when the 30 Contractor’s removal method involves use of a crane or cranes to pick, lift, and 31 remove the truss, the Contractor shall confirm the truss dead load weight prior to 32 beginning the truss removal operation. The operation of confirming the truss dead 33 load shall be performed at both ends of the truss, and shall ensure that the truss is 34 broken free of its support bearings. The Contractor’s method of confirming the 35 truss dead load, whether by hydraulic jacks or other means, shall be included in the 36 Contractor’s Bridge Demolition Plan submittal. 37 38 When the bridge removal Work involves removing portions of existing concrete 39 without replacement, the methods and tools used to achieve the smooth surface 40 and profile specified in Section 2-02.3(2)A2 shall be included in the Contractor’s 41 Bridge Demolition Plan submittal. 42 43 2-02.3(2)A2 Removing Portions of Existing Concrete 44 Care shall be taken in removing concrete to prevent overbreakage or damage to 45 portions of the existing Structure which are to remain. Before concrete removal 46 begins, a saw cut shall be made into the surface of the concrete at the perimeter of 47 the removal limits. The saw cut shall be 3/4-inch deep when the steel 48 reinforcement is to remain, and may be deeper when the steel reinforcement is 49 removed with the concrete. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 85 City of Renton August 2015 Concrete shall be completely removed (exposing the deformed surface of the bar) 1 from existing steel reinforcing bars which extend from the existing members and 2 are specified to remain. Steel reinforcing bars that are not designated to remain 3 shall be cut a minimum of 1-inch behind the final surface. The void left by removal 4 of the steel reinforcing bar shall be filled with mortar conforming to Section 9-5 20.4(2). The mortar shall match the color of the existing concrete surface as nearly 6 as practicable. 7 8 The Contractor shall roughen, clean, and saturate existing concrete surfaces, 9 against which fresh concrete will be placed, in accordance with Section 6-10 02.3(12)B. When a portion of existing concrete is to be removed without 11 replacement, concrete shall be removed to a clean line with a smooth surface of 12 less than 1/16 inch profile. 13 14 2-02.3(2)A3 Use of Explosives for Bridge Demolition 15 Explosives shall not be used for bridge demolition, except as specifically allowed by 16 the Special Provisions. 17 18 2-02.5 Payment 19 This Section is supplemented with the following new Bid items: 20 21 “Removing Existing Bridge___”, lump sum. 22 23 “Removing Existing Structure___”, lump sum. 24 25 “Removing Portion of Existing Bridge___”, lump sum. 26 27 “Removing Portion of Existing Structure___”, lump sum. 28 29 Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment 30 August 3, 2015 31 2-03.1 Description 32 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 33 34 The Work includes the removal of pavement, sidewalks, curbs and gutters as described 35 in Section 2-02 when these items lie within an excavation area. 36 37 2-03.3 Construction Requirements 38 This section is supplemented with the following new sub-section: 39 40 2-03.3(19) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 41 The requirements of Section 2-02.3(3) shall also apply when pavements, sidewalks, 42 curbs, and gutters lie within an excavation. 43 44 2-03.3(1) Widening of Cuts 45 This section is revised to read: 46 47 If routine cuts do not supply enough material to form the embankment, the Contractor 48 shall obtain more material from areas inside or outside the Right of Way and/or from 49 widening one or both sides of existing cuts as determined by the Engineer. The 50 Contractor shall dress the sides of the cuts to any slopes the Engineer may require. If 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 86 City of Renton August 2015 the Contractor has dressed a cut before the Engineer determines to widen it, the 1 Contracting Agency will pay for the resloping as provided in Section 1-04.4. In addition, 2 material obtained from areas beyond the cuts shown in the Plans that result in 3 additional haul will be paid by the Contracting Agency as provided in Section 1-04.4. 4 5 2-03.3(14) Embankment Construction 6 The third paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 Hillside Terraces – The Contractor shall terrace the original ground or embankment 9 when the slope of the surface is 2H:1V or steeper unless otherwise directed by the 10 Engineer. The face of each terrace shall be a minimum of 1 foot and a maximum of 5 11 feet in height and shall be vertical or near vertical as required to remain stable during 12 material placement and compaction. The bench of the terrace shall slope outward to 13 drain and shall not be inclined steeper than 0.05 foot per foot. Terraces damaged 14 during work shall be reestablished. The Engineer may order the Contractor to place 15 gravel backfill, pipe drains or both to drain any seepage. 16 17 2-03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments 18 The last nine paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following three new paragraphs: 19 20 Moisture Content – The Contractor shall adjust moisture content during compaction to 21 produce a firm, stable and unyielding embankment. The embankment shall be free from 22 pumping and rutting due to excessive moisture and is the Contractor’s responsibility to 23 manage and adjust as necessary. 24 25 The Contracting Agency will consider all costs for drying embankment material to be 26 incidental to other Work, including excessive moisture due to inclement weather. If, 27 however, the Contract includes an aeration item, the Contracting Agency will pay for 28 such Work as specified in Sections 2-03.4 and 2-03.5. 29 30 The Contractor shall repair, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, any partial or 31 complete embankment that loses stability because of continued hauling across it. 32 Evidence of lost stability includes pumping, rutting or lateral displacement of 33 embankment. The Contractor shall also alter hauling equipment or procedures to 34 prevent further damage. 35 36 2-03.3(14)L Embankment Widening for Guardrail 37 The first sentence is revised to read: 38 39 Embankments widened for the installation of beam guardrail shall be terraced in 40 accordance with the requirements for hillside terraces in Section 2-03.3(14). 41 42 The second sentence is deleted. 43 44 Section 2-09, Structure Excavation 45 August 3, 2015 46 2-09.3(2) Classification of Structure Excavation 47 The first sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: 48 49 Class A – Structure excavation required for bridge and retaining wall footings, precast 50 reinforced concrete three sided structure footings, geosynthetic retaining walls, 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 87 City of Renton August 2015 structural earth walls, sign structure footings, pile or drilled shaft caps, seals, wingwall 1 footings, precast reinforced concrete box culverts, precast reinforced concrete split box 2 culverts, detention vaults, and noise barrier wall footings shall be classified as Structure 3 excavation Class A. 4 5 2-09.4 Measurement 6 The second paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 Horizontal Limits – The Contracting Agency will use the sides of the trench or pit as 9 horizontal limits in measuring excavation. No payment for Structure excavation will be 10 made for material removed (1) more than 1 foot outside the perimeter of any pile cap, 11 footing, or seal; (2) more than 3 feet beyond the Roadway side of a wing wall; (3) more 12 than 1 foot beyond the other sides and end of a wing wall; (4) more than 1 foot outside 13 the perimeter of the soil reinforcement area for geosynthetic and structural earth walls; 14 and (5) more than 4-feet beyond the inside opening of precast reinforced concrete box 15 culverts and precast reinforced concrete split box culverts. For precast reinforced 16 concrete three sided structures, no payment for Structure excavation will be made for 17 material removed more than 1 foot outside the perimeter of the footing or more than 4 18 feet beyond the inside opening, whichever is greater. 19 20 The seventh paragraph is revised to read: 21 22 For pipelines the lower limit in measuring structure excavation will be the foundation 23 level as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. 24 25 Section 2-12, Construction Geosynthetic 26 January 5, 2015 27 2-12.3(4) Permanent Erosion Control and Ditch Lining 28 In the fourth paragraph, “Section 9-13.2” is revised to read “Section 9-13.1(4)”. 29 30 Section 3-01, Production From Quarry and Pit Sites 31 August 3, 2015 32 3-01.2(2) Preparation of Site 33 This section is supplemented with the following three new paragraphs: 34 35 The Contractor shall provide sufficient space as required for the setup and operation of 36 the Contracting Agency’s field testing facilities at the site of crushing or hot mix asphalt 37 production. 38 39 As directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide one of the following to ensure 40 24-hour per day operation of the Contracting Agency’s laboratory trailer(s) that may be 41 set up at the site during production: 42 43 1. A power source and a power cord of sufficient length to reach the Contracting 44 Agency’s laboratory trailer(s) which may be set up at the site. The cord shall 45 be capable of carrying at least 120/240 volts, 60 cycles at a sustained load of 46 up to 200 amps. The cord and trailer(s) electrical hookup shall meet the NEC 47 code. Power shall be provided and connected when requested by the 48 Engineer. The laboratory trailer(s) hookup shall be protected by a 2 pole 50 49 amp 240 VAC circuit breaker. 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 88 City of Renton August 2015 1 2. A daily supply of fuel adequate for operation of the Contracting Agency’s 2 generator(s). 3 4 Potable water shall be provided to the Contracting Agency’s laboratory trailer(s) for use 5 during plant operations when requested by the Engineer. 6 7 Section 3-04, Acceptance of Aggregate 8 April 6, 2015 9 3-04.5 Payment 10 In Table 1, the “Maximum Sublot Size (Tons)” value for the item HMA Aggregate is revised 11 to read “2000”. 12 13 In Table 2, the row containing the item “HMA Aggregate” is revised to read: 14 15 9-03.8(2) HMA Aggregate 15 15 Uncompacte d Void Content 15 16 Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation 17 August 4, 2014 18 5-01.2 Materials 19 The referenced Section for the following item is revised to read: 20 21 Dowel Bars 9-07.5 22 23 5-01.3(4) Replace Portland Cement Concrete Panel 24 In the third paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. 25 26 The seventeenth paragraph (beginning with “The Contractor shall place a bond-breaking 27 material…”) is deleted. 28 29 Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment 30 August 4, 2014 31 5-02.3(11) Temporary Raised Pavement Markings 32 This Section’s title is revised to read: 33 34 Temporary Pavement Markings 35 36 The word “raised” is deleted from this Section. 37 38 Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt 39 August 3, 2015 40 5-04.2 Materials 41 The third through eighth paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: 42 43 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 89 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) or reclaimed 1 asphalt shingles (RAS) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements 2 removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile. 3 The RAS may be from reclaimed shingles. 4 5 The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional 6 sampling or testing of the RAP. If greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA 7 or any amount of RAS is utilized in the production of HMA, the Contractor shall sample 8 and test the RAP and RAS during stockpile construction in accordance with WSDOT 9 FOP for AASHTO T 308 for determination of asphalt binder content and WSDOT FOP 10 for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11 for gradation of the aggregates. The RAP shall be 11 sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and 12 not less than ten samples per project. The RAS shall be sampled and tested at a 13 frequency of one sample for every 100 tons produced and not less than ten samples per 14 project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting 15 Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. If utilized, the amount 16 of RAS shall not exceed 5-percent of the total weight of the HMA. The Contractor shall 17 include the RAP and RAS as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications. 18 19 The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt 20 binder from different sources is not permitted. 21 22 The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of 23 HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA and no RAS. The Contractor 24 shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be 25 used in the manufacture of HMA. 26 27 When the Contracting Agency provides aggregates or provides a source for the 28 production of aggregates, the Contract Provisions will establish the approximate 29 percentage of asphalt binder required in the mixture for each class of HMA. 30 31 Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. 32 33 Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of 34 aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. 35 36 5-04.3(1) Hot Mix Asphalt Mixing Plant 37 In the first paragraph, the last sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: 38 39 The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of 40 the Contracting Agency as provided for in Section 3-01.2(2). 41 42 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 43 44 6. Equipment for Processing RAP and RAS. When producing HMA for mix designs 45 with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS the 46 HMA plant shall be equipped with screens or a lump breaker to eliminate oversize 47 RAP/RAS particles from entering the pug mill or drum mixer. 48 49 5-04.3(3)A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle 50 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 90 City of Renton August 2015 At the Contractor’s request the Engineer may approve paving without an MTD/V; the 1 Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. 2 3 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, “Project Engineer” is revised to read 4 “Engineer”. 5 6 5-04.3(5)A Preparation of Existing Surfaces 7 The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 8 9 Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the tack coat shall be CSS-1 or CSS-1h 10 emulsified asphalt. 11 12 5-04.3(7) Preparation of Aggregates 13 This section is revised to read: 14 15 The aggregates, RAP and RAS shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of 16 Section 3-02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate, 17 RAP and RAS. The Contractor may uniformly blend fine aggregate or RAP with the 18 RAS as a method of preventing the agglomeration of RAS particles. The aggregates, 19 RAP and RAS shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal 20 segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. 21 Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the 22 HMA plant. 23 24 5-04.3(7)A1 General 25 This section is revised to read: 26 27 An approved mix design, listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL), is required for all 28 HMA paving. The Contractor shall develop a mix design prior to the initial production of 29 HMA and no more than 3 months prior to submitting for QPL evaluation. The mix design 30 shall be developed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and 31 meet the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). 32 33 Mix designs shall be submitted by the Contractor to the WSDOT State Materials 34 Laboratory on WSDOT Form 350-042EF. If the mix design is approved it will be listed 35 on the QPL for up to 24 consecutive months. Mix designs not listed on the QPL or past 36 the 24 month approved period shall not be used. After a mix design has been on the 37 QPL for 12 months the listing will be extended provided the Contractor submits a 38 certification letter to the Qualified Products Engineer verifying that the aggregate and 39 asphalt binder have not changed. The Contractor may submit the certification one 40 month prior to expiration of the mix design approval. Within 7 calendar days of receipt of 41 the Contractor’s certification the QPL will be updated. The maximum duration for 42 approval of a mix design and listing on the QPL will be 24 months from the date of initial 43 approval or as approved by the Engineer. 44 45 Changes to the job mix formula of a mix design may require the development of a new 46 mix design and resubmittal for QPL approval. 47 48 Changes to aggregate that may require a new mix design include the source of material 49 or a change in the percentage of material from a stockpile greater than 5 percent. 50 Changes to the percentage of material from a stockpile will be calculated exclusive of 51 the RAP content for mix designs with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 91 City of Renton August 2015 1 Changes to asphalt binder that may require a new mix design include the source of the 2 crude petroleum supplied to the refinery, the refining process, and additives or modifiers 3 in the asphalt binder. 4 5 The Contractor shall include the brand and type of anti-stripping additive in the mix 6 design submittal and provide certification from the asphalt binder manufacture that the 7 anti-stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and formulation of asphalt 8 binder proposed in the mix design. All changes to anti-strip require the submittal of a 9 new mix design for approval. 10 11 Mix designs with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA and no RAS will be 12 completed without the inclusion of the RAP. For HMA mix designs with greater than 20 13 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS the Contractor shall develop 14 a mix design including RAP, RAS, recycling agent and new asphalt binder. Asphalt 15 binder contributed from RAS shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO PP 78. 16 The total quantity of asphalt binder from the RAP and RAS shall not exceed 40 percent 17 of the total asphalt binder content of the HMA. 18 19 Once the RAP and RAS stockpiles have been constructed the Contractor shall extract, 20 recover and test the asphalt residue from the RAP and RAS stockpiles to determine the 21 percent of recycling agent and/or grade of new asphalt binder needed to meet the grade 22 of asphalt binder required by the contract. The asphalt extraction testing shall be 23 performed in accordance with AASHTO T 164 or ASTM D 2172 using reagent grade 24 trichloroethylene. The asphalt recovery shall be performed in accordance with AASHTO 25 R 59 orASTM D 1856. The recovered asphalt residue shall be tested in accordance with 26 AASHTO R 29 to determine the asphalt binder grade in accordance with Section 9-27 02.1(4). Once the recovered asphalt binder grade is determined the percent of recycling 28 agent and/or grade of new asphalt binder shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 29 D 4887. The final blend of recycling agent, recovered and new asphalt shall be tested in 30 accordance with AASHTO R 29. The final blended asphalt binder shall be the grade as 31 required by the Contract and comply with the requirements of in accordance with 32 Section 9-02.1(4). 33 34 5-04.3(7)A2 Statistical or Nonstatistical Evaluation 35 This section is revised to read: 36 37 The Contractor shall submit WSDOT Form 350-041EF to the Engineer for approval to 38 use a mix design from the QPL. The Contractor may include changes to the job mix 39 formula that have been approved on other contracts. The request to use a mix design 40 from the QPL may be rejected if production of the HMA from another contract is not in 41 compliance with Section 5-04.3(11)D. 42 43 The Contractor shall submit representative samples of the materials that are to be used 44 in the HMA production to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater. For HMA mix 45 designs with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA and no RAS, the Contractor 46 shall submit representative samples of the mineral materials that are to be used in the 47 HMA production; the submittal of RAP samples is not required for these mix designs. 48 For HMA mix designs with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any 49 amount of RAS the Contractor shall submit representative samples of the mineral 50 materials, RAP, RAS and 100 grams of recovered asphalt residue from the RAP and 51 RAS that are to be used in the HMA production. The Contracting Agency will use these 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 92 City of Renton August 2015 samples to evaluate the mix design for approval on the QPL in accordance with 1 WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8. 2 3 5-04.3(7)A3 Commercial Evaluation 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Approval of a Commercial Evaluation mix design for listing on the QPL will be based on 7 a review of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042EF for conformance to 8 the requirements of Section 9-03.8(2). Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency 9 for mix design approval is not required. Mix designs for HMA with greater than 20 10 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS may be evaluated in 11 accordance with Section 5-04.3(7)A2. 12 13 For the Bid item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and 14 design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) appropriate for the required use. 15 16 5-04.3(8) Mixing 17 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 18 19 When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing 20 temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as 21 approved by the Engineer. 22 23 The last paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 24 25 After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, RAS, new asphalt binder and 26 asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until 27 complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt 28 binder throughout the mineral materials, RAP and RAS is ensured. 29 30 31 5-04.3(8)A4 Definition of Sampling and Sublot 32 The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 33 34 The sublots shall be approximately uniform in size with a maximum sublot size based 35 on original Plan quantity tons as specified in the following table. 36 37 This section is supplemented with the following new table: 38 39 HMA Original Plan Quantity (tons) Sublot Size (tons) <20,000 1,000 20,000 to 30,000 1,500 >30,000 2,000 40 5-04.3(8)A7 Test Section – HMA Mixtures 41 This section is revised to read: 42 43 For each class of HMA accepted by statistical evaluation with 20 percent RAP or less by 44 total weight of HMA and no RAS, the Contractor may request a single test section to 45 determine whether the mixture meets the requirements of Section 9-03.8(2) and 9-46 03.8(6). For each HMA mix design accepted by statistical evaluation with greater than 47 20 percent RAP by weight of HMA or any amount of RAS, the Contractor shall construct 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 93 City of Renton August 2015 a test section to determine whether the mixture meets the requirements of Sections 9-1 03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). Test sections shall be constructed at the beginning of paving and 2 will be at least 600 tons and a maximum of 1,000 tons or as approved by the Engineer. 3 For a test section to be acceptable the pay factor (PF) for gradation, asphalt binder and 4 Va shall be 0.95 or greater for each constituent and the remaining test requirements in 5 Section 9-03.8(2) (fracture, uncompacted void, sand equivalent, dust/asphalt ratio, 6 Hamburg and IDT) shall conform to the requirements of that section. No further wearing 7 or leveling HMA will be paved on any of the four calendar days following construction of 8 the test section. The mixture in the test section will be evaluated as a lot with a 9 minimum of three sublots required. If more than one test section is required, each test 10 section shall be a separate lot. 11 12 5-04.3(10)A General 13 In the first paragraph, “checking” and “cracking” are deleted. 14 15 In the third paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence: 16 17 Coverage with a steel wheel roller may precede pneumatic tired rolling. 18 19 In the third paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence: 20 21 Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in 22 checking or cracking of the mat. 23 24 5-04.3(10)B1 General 25 In this section, “Project Engineer” is revised to read “Engineer”. 26 27 The first paragraph is revised to read: 28 29 HMA mixture accepted by statistical or nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic 30 lanes, including lanes for ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and 31 having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be 32 compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density 33 shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in 34 accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a minimum of 91 percent of the maximum 35 density. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the statistical 36 evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be 37 determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8 when using the nuclear 38 density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. 39 40 The following four new paragraphs are inserted after the first paragraph: 41 42 Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance the 43 required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores 44 after completion of the finish rolling. 45 46 If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test 47 procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the 48 mix is placed. 49 50 Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the 51 Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 94 City of Renton August 2015 unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the 1 Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. 2 3 If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the 4 Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at 5 locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item 6 “Roadway Core” the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores. 7 8 In the sixth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied), the second sentence 9 is revised to read: 10 11 Sublots will be uniform in size with a maximum sublot size based on original Plan 12 quantity tons of HMA as specified in the table below. 13 14 The following new table is inserted before the second to last paragraph: 15 16 HMA Original Plan Quantity (tons) Sublot Size (tons) <20,000 100 20,000 to 30,000 150 >30,000 200 17 5-04.3(10)B4 Test Results 18 The first paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 The results of all compaction acceptance testing and the CPF of the lot after three 21 sublots have been tested will be available to the Contractor through WSDOT’s website. 22 Determination of the relative density of the HMA with a nuclear density gauge requires a 23 correlation factor and may require resolution after the correlation factor is known. When 24 a core is taken for gauge correlation at the location of a sublot, the relative density of 25 the core will be used for the sublot test result and is exempt from retesting. Acceptance 26 of HMA compaction will be based on the statistical evaluation and CPF so determined. 27 28 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 29 30 For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the 31 minimum of 91 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a 32 CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may 33 request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. 34 35 In the second sentence of the second paragraph, “moisture-density” is revised to read 36 “density”. 37 38 In the second paragraph, the fourth sentence is deleted. 39 40 5-04.3(20) Anti-Stripping Additive 41 This section is revised to read: 42 43 Anti-stripping additive shall be added to the liquid asphalt by the asphalt supplier prior to 44 shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. Anti-stripping additive shall be added in the 45 amount designated on the QPL for the mix design. Anti-strip is not required for 46 temporary work that will be removed prior to Completion. 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 95 City of Renton August 2015 5-04.4 Measurement 1 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 2 3 Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. 4 5 The second to last paragraph is deleted. 6 7 5-04.5 Payment 8 The bid item “Removing Temporary Pavement Marking”, per linear foot and paragraph 9 following bid item are deleted. 10 11 The following new bid item is inserted before the second to last paragraph: 12 13 “Roadway Core”, per each. 14 15 The Contractor’s costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) 16 shall be incidental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional 17 payments will be made. 18 19 Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement 20 April 6, 2015 21 5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving 22 In item number 1, the first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 Ground granulated blast furnace slag, if used, shall not exceed 30 percent by weight of 25 the total cementitious material and shall conform to Section 9-23.10. 26 27 The second and third rows of the table in item number 3 are revised to read: 28 29 Coarse Aggregate + 30 Pounds - 30 Pounds Fine Aggregate + 30 Pounds - 30 Pounds 30 5-05.4 Measurement 31 The fourth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 32 33 Tie bars with drill holes in cement concrete pavement placed under the Contract will not 34 be measured. 35 36 5-05.5 Payment 37 The paragraph following the Bid item “Tie Bar with Drill Hole”, per each is supplemented with 38 the following new sentence: 39 40 All costs for tie bars with drill holes in cement concrete pavement placed under the 41 Contract shall be included in the unit Contract price per cubic yard for “Cement Conc. 42 Pavement”. 43 44 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 96 City of Renton August 2015 Section 6-01, General Requirements for Structures 1 January 5, 2015 2 6-01.6 Load Restrictions on Bridges Under Construction 3 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 4 5 If necessary and safe to do so, and if the Contractor requests it through a Type 2E 6 Working Drawing, the Engineer may allow traffic on a bridge prior to completion. 7 8 In the second paragraph, item number 3 (up until the colon) is revised to read: 9 10 3. Provide stress calculations under the design criteria specified in the AASHTO LRFD 11 Bridge Design Specifications, current edition, including at a minimum the following: 12 13 6-01.9 Working Drawings 14 This Section is revised to read: 15 16 All Working Drawings required for bridges and other Structures shall conform to Section 17 1-05.3. 18 19 6-01.10 Utilities Supported by or Attached to Bridges 20 In the second paragraph, “bridge Structures” is revised to read “bridges”. 21 22 6-01.14 Premolded Joint Filler 23 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor may substitute for the nails any adhesive acceptable to the Engineer. 26 27 Section 6-02, Concrete Structures 28 August 3, 2015 29 6-02.2 Materials 30 The reference to “Prestressed Concrete Girders” (Section 9-19) is deleted. 31 32 6-02.3(1) Classification of Structural Concrete 33 In paragraph two, item number 1 is revised to read: 34 35 Mix design and proportioning specified in Sections 6-02.3(2), 6-02.3(2)A and 6-36 02.3(2)A1. 37 38 Item number 3 is renumbered to 4. 39 40 After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new numbered item is inserted 41 after item number 2: 42 43 3. Temperature and time for placement requirements specified in Section 6-02.3(4)D. 44 45 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials 46 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 97 City of Renton August 2015 The use of fly ash is required for Class 4000P concrete, except that ground granulated 1 blast furnace slag may be substituted for fly ash at a 1:1 ratio. 2 3 In the table titled “Cementitious Requirement for Concrete”, the row beginning with “4000D” 4 is deleted. 5 6 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 When both ground granulated blast furnace slag and fly ash are included in the 9 concrete mix, the total weight of both these materials is limited to 40 percent by weight 10 of the total cementitious material for concrete class 4000A, and 50 percent by weight of 11 the total cementitious material for all other classes of concrete. 12 13 6-02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design 14 The first paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 The Contractor shall provide a mix design in writing to the Engineer for all classes of 17 concrete specified in the Plans except for lean concrete and commercial concrete. No 18 concrete shall be placed until the Engineer has reviewed the mix design. The required 19 average 28-day compressive strength shall be selected in accordance with ACI 301, 20 Chapter 4, Section 4.2.3.3. ACI 211.1 shall be used to determine proportions. All 21 proposed concrete mixes except Class 4000D shall meet the requirements in 22 Cementitious Requirement for Concrete in Section 6-02.3(2). 23 24 In the fourth paragraph, the fourth sentence is deleted. 25 26 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 27 28 A retarding admixture is required in concrete Class 4000P. 29 30 The seventh paragraph is deleted. 31 32 The eighth paragraph is revised to read: 33 34 Air content for concrete Class 4000D shall conform to Section 6-02.3(2)A1. For all 35 other concrete, air content shall be a minimum of 4.5 percent and a maximum of 7.5 36 percent for all concrete placed above the finished ground line. 37 38 The following new sub-sections are added: 39 40 6-02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete Class 4000D 41 All Class 4000D concrete shall conform to the following requirements: 42 43 1. Aggregate shall use combined gradation in accordance with Section 9-03.1(5) 44 with a nominal maximum aggregate size of 1-1/2 inches. 45 46 2. Permeability shall be less than 2,000 coulombs at 56 days in accordance with 47 AASHTO T 277. 48 49 3. Freeze-thaw durability shall be provided by one of the following methods: 50 51 a. The concrete shall maintain an air content between 4.5 and 7.5 percent. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 98 City of Renton August 2015 1 b. The concrete shall maintain a minimum air content that achieves a 2 durability factor of 90 percent, minimum, after 300 cycles in accordance 3 with AASHTO T 161, Procedure A. This air content shall not be less than 4 3.0 percent. Test samples shall be obtained from concrete batches of a 5 minimum of 3.0 cubic yards. 6 7 4. Scaling shall have a visual rating less than or equal to 2 after 50 cycles in 8 accordance with ASTM C 672. 9 10 5. Shrinkage at 28 days shall be less than 0.032 percent in accordance with 11 AASHTO T 160. 12 13 6. Modulus of elasticity shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 469. 14 15 7. Density shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 138. 16 17 The Contractor shall submit the mix design in accordance with Section 6-02.3(2)A. The 18 submittal shall include test reports for all tests listed above that follow the reporting 19 requirements of the AASHTO/ASTM procedures. Samples for testing may be obtained 20 from either laboratory or concrete plant batches. If concrete plant batches are used, the 21 minimum batch size shall be 3.0 cubic yards. The Contractor shall submit the mix 22 design to the Engineer at least 30 calendar days prior to the placement of concrete in 23 the bridge deck. 24 25 6-02.3(2)A2 Contractor Mix Design for Self-Consolidating Concrete 26 Self-consolidating concrete (SCC) is concrete that is able to flow under its own weight 27 and completely fill the formwork without the need for vibration while maintaining 28 homogeneity, even in the presence of dense reinforcement. SCC shall be capable of 29 being pumped, and of flowing through the steel reinforcing bar cage without segregation 30 or buildup of differential head inside or outside of the steel reinforcing bar cage. 31 32 Type III cement may be used in SCC. 33 34 SCC may be used for the following concrete Structure elements: 35 36 1. All cast-in-place concrete elements except bridge decks, bridge approach 37 slabs, and any cast-in-place concrete element excluded by the Special 38 Provisions. 39 40 2. Prestressed concrete girders in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(25). 41 42 3. All precast concrete elements identified in Section 6-02.3(27)A. 43 44 The mix design submittal shall include items specified in Section 6-02.3(2)A and results 45 of the following tests conducted on concrete that has slump flow within the slump flow 46 range defined below: 47 48 1. Slump Flow. 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 99 City of Renton August 2015 a. The mix design shall specify the target slump flow in inches, in 1 accordance with WSDOT FOP for ASTM C 1611. The slump flow range is 2 defined as the target slump flow plus or minus 2-inches. 3 4 b. The visual stability index (VSI) shall be less than or equal to 1, in 5 accordance with ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, using Filling Procedure B. 6 7 c. The T50 flow rate results shall be less than 6-seconds in accordance with 8 ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, using Filling Procedure B. 9 10 2. Column Segregation. 11 12 a. The maximum static segregation shall be 10-percent in accordance with 13 ASTM C 1610. 14 15 b. The Maximum Hardened Visual Stability Index (HVSI) shall be 1 in 16 accordance with AASHTO PP 58. 17 18 3. J ring test results for passing ability shall be less than or equal to 1.5-inches in 19 accordance with the WSDOT FOP for ASTM C 1621. 20 21 4. Rapid assessment of static segregation resistance of self-consolidating 22 concrete using penetration test in accordance with ASTM C 1712 shall be less 23 than or equal to 15 mm. 24 25 5. Air content shall be tested in accordance with W SDOT Test Method T 818, 26 and shall conform to Section 6-02.3(2)A. 27 28 6. Concrete unit weight results in pounds per cubic foot shall be recorded in 29 accordance with AASHTO T 121, except that the concrete shall not be 30 consolidated in the test mold. 31 32 7. The temperature of all concrete laboratory test samples shall be tested in 33 accordance with AASHTO T 309 and shall conform to the placement limits 34 specified in Section 6-02.3(4)D. 35 36 8. The modulus of elasticity in pounds per square inch at 28 days shall be 37 recorded in accordance with ASTM C 469. 38 39 In lieu of a Contractor-Provided mix design for SCC for Section 6-02.3(27)A Structure 40 elements 3, 7 and 8, a representative full-size example Structure element shall be cast 41 for inspection by the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 6-02.3(27)B as a 42 component of the precast fabricating facility’s annual plant approval process. 43 44 6-02.3(4)C Consistency 45 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 46 47 For self-consolidating concrete (SCC), the slump requirements specified above do not 48 apply, and are instead replaced by the target slump flow and slump flow range specified 49 as part of the SCC mix design. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 100 City of Renton August 2015 6-02.3(4)D Temperature and Time For Placement 1 The first two sentences are revised to read: 2 3 Concrete temperatures shall remain between 55ºF and 90ºF while it is being placed, 4 except that Class 4000D concrete temperatures shall remain between 55°F and 75°F 5 during placement. Precast concrete that is heat cured in accordance with Section 6-6 02.3(25)D shall remain between 50ºF and 90ºF while being placed. 7 8 6-02.3(5)A General 9 The first paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 Concrete for the following applications will be accepted based on a Certificate of 12 Compliance to be provided by the supplier as described in Section 6-02.3(5)B: 13 14 1. Lean concrete. 15 16 2. Commercial concrete. 17 18 3. Class 4000P concrete for Roadside Steel Sign Support Foundations. 19 20 4. Class 4000P concrete for Type II, III, and CCTV Signal Standard Foundations 21 that are 12’-0” or less in depth. 22 23 5. Class 4000P concrete for Type IV and V Strain Pole Foundations that are 12’-24 0” or less in depth. 25 26 6. Class 4000P concrete for Steel Light Standard Foundations Types A & B. 27 28 The following new sentence is inserted at the beginning of the second paragraph: 29 30 Slip-form barrier concrete will be accepted based on conformance to the requirements 31 for temperature, air content and compressive strength at 28 days for sublots as tested 32 and determined by the Contracting Agency. 33 34 6-02.3(5)B Certification of Compliance 35 In the list within the first paragraph, “Fly ash (if used) brand and Type” is revised to read “Fly 36 ash (if used) brand and Class”. 37 38 The first sentence of the second to last paragraph is deleted. 39 40 6-02.3(5)D Test Methods 41 42 The list in this section is supplemented with the following two new test methods: 43 44 ASTM C 1611 Standard Test Method for Slump Flow of Self-45 Consolidating Concrete 46 47 ASTM C 1621 Standard Test Method for Passing Ability of Self-48 Consolidating Concrete by J-Ring 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 101 City of Renton August 2015 6-02.3(5)G Sampling and Testing Frequency for Temperature, Consistency, 1 and Air Content 2 This section’s title is revised to read: 3 4 6-02.3(5)G Sampling and Testing for Temperature, Consistency, and Air 5 Content 6 7 The first paragraph is revised to read: 8 9 Concrete properties shall be determined from concrete as delivered to the project and 10 as accepted by the Contractor for placement. The Contracting Agency will perform 11 acceptance testing on all concrete for temperature, and air content, if applicable. 12 Concrete that is not self-consolidating concrete will be tested for slump. The following 13 additional acceptance tests will be performed on self-consolidating concrete: 14 15 1. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. 16 17 2. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5 inches. 18 19 3. VSI less than or equal to 1. 20 21 In the fifth sentence of the second paragraph, “five truck loads” is revised to read “ten truck 22 loads”. 23 24 The second paragraph is supplemented with the following: 25 26 If the remaining quantity to be placed is less than ten truck loads; then a sample shall 27 be randomly taken from one of the remaining truck loads. 28 29 In the last sentence of the third paragraph, “five truck loads” is revised to read “ten truck 30 loads”. 31 32 6-02.3(5)H Sampling and Testing for Compressive Strength and Initial Curing 33 The second paragraph is revised to read: 34 35 The Contractor shall provide and maintain a sufficient number of cure boxes in 36 accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23 for curing concrete cylinders. The cure 37 boxes shall be readily accessible and no more than 500 feet from the point of 38 acceptance testing, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall 39 also provide, maintain and operate all necessary power sources and connections 40 needed to operate the cure boxes. The cure boxes shall be in-place and functioning at 41 the specified temperature for curing cylinders prior to concrete placement. Concrete 42 cylinders shall be cured in the cure boxes in accordance with WSDOT FOP for 43 AASHTO T 23. The cure boxes shall have working locks and the Contractor shall 44 provide the Engineer with one key to each of the locks. Once concrete cylinders are 45 placed in the cure box, the cure box shall not be disturbed until the cylinders have been 46 removed. The Contractor shall retain the cure box Temperature Measuring Device log 47 and provide it to the Engineer upon request. 48 49 The following new paragraph is inserted after the last paragraph: 50 51 All cure box costs shall be incidental to the associated item of work. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 102 City of Renton August 2015 1 6-02.3(5)I Vacant 2 This section, including title, is revised to read: 3 4 6-02.3(5)I Test Section for Cast-In-Place SCC 5 Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall construct a test 6 section of the element being constructed of cast-in-place SCC. The Contractor shall 7 confirm, through the SCC placement operation in the test section, the SCC flows the 8 distance required, completely filling the forms and encapsulating the reinforcement as 9 required without leaving voids and pockets and causing segregation of the SCC mix. 10 The test section forms, reinforcing steel and concrete placing operations shall be 11 identical to those to be used in the production elements. 12 13 For horizontal elements, the test section shall simulate the flow of concrete for the 14 maximum distance anticipated during production concrete placement. The depth and 15 width of the test section for horizontal element may be smaller than the actual depth and 16 width of the element to be cast. For vertical elements, the test section shall be a 17 minimum of 33-percent of the height of the tallest element to be constructed. The 18 Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of formwork and 19 reinforcement details of the test section and SCC placement procedures. 20 21 After removing the forms, the test section will be inspected for signs of honeycombs, 22 cracks, aggregate segregation, sedimentation, cold joints, and other surface and 23 concrete placement defects. If such defects are present, the Contractor shall revise the 24 formwork and SCC placement procedures as necessary to eliminate such defects. 25 26 Acceptance of the test section and the SCC mix design is contingent on acceptable 27 visual inspection, and a minimum of two 4-inch minimum diameter core samples taken 28 from the placement location and the furthest-most limits of the concrete as identified by 29 the Engineer. The number of core locations will be specified by the Engineer. The 30 difference in average unit weight of the locations represented by the core samples shall 31 be less than 5-percent. 32 33 The Contractor shall use the same SCC placement procedures confirmed by the 34 Engineer accepted test section for casting the production members. 35 36 6-02.3(6)A2 Cold Weather Protection 37 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 This Specification applies when the weather forecast on the day of concrete placement 40 predicts air temperatures below 35°F at any time during the 7 days following placement. 41 42 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 The temperature of the concrete shall be maintained above 50°F during the entire 45 curing period or 7 days, whichever is greater. 46 47 6-02.3(9) Vibration of Concrete 48 This section is supplemented with the following two new paragraphs: 49 50 Vibration of SCC shall only be used as described below or as approved by the 51 Engineer: 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 103 City of Renton August 2015 1 1. To prevent the formation of a cold joint in between placement of successive 2 batches of SCC. 3 4 2. Near the end of an SCC placement to aid in leveling the SCC in the forms. 5 6 When vibration of SCC is allowed, the magnitude and duration of the applied vibration 7 shall be kept as minimal as possible. 8 9 6-02.3(10)A Preconstruction Meeting 10 This section including title is revised to read: 11 12 6-02.3(10)A Pre-Deck Pour Meeting 13 A pre-deck pour meeting shall be held 5 to 10 working days before placing deck 14 concrete to discuss construction procedures, personnel, equipment to be used, 15 concrete sampling and testing and deck finishing and curing operations. Those 16 attending shall include, at a minimum, the superintendent, foremen in charge of placing 17 and finishing concrete, and representatives from the concrete supplier and the concrete 18 pump truck supplier. 19 20 If the project includes more than one bridge deck, and if the Contractor’s key personnel 21 change between concreting operations, or at request of the Engineer, additional 22 conferences shall be held before each deck placement. 23 24 6-02.3(10)D Concrete Placement, Finishing, and Texturing 25 This section’s content is deleted and replaced with the following new sub-sections: 26 27 6-02.3(10)D1 Test Slab Using Bridge Deck Concrete 28 After the Contractor receives the Engineer’s approval for the Class 4000D concrete mix 29 design, and a minimum of seven calendar days prior to the first placement of bridge 30 deck concrete, the Contractor shall construct a test slab using concrete of the approved 31 mix design. 32 33 The test slab may be constructed on grade, shall have a minimum thickness of eight-34 inches, shall have minimum plan dimensions of 10-feet along all four edges, and shall 35 be square or rectangular. 36 37 During construction of the test slab, the Contractor shall demonstrate concrete sampling 38 and testing, use of the concrete temperature monitoring system, the concrete fogging 39 system, concrete placement system, and the concrete finishing operation. The 40 Contractor shall conduct the demonstration using the same type of equipment to be 41 used for the production bridge decks, except that the Contractor may elect to finish the 42 test slab with a hand-operated strike-board. 43 44 After the construction of the test slab and the demonstration of bridge deck construction 45 operations is complete, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of the test slab in 46 accordance with Sections 2-02.3 and 2-03.3(7)C. 47 48 6-02.3(10)D2 Preparation for Concrete Placement 49 Before placing bridge approach slab concrete, the subgrade shall be constructed in 50 accordance with Sections 2-06 and 5-05.3(6). 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 104 City of Renton August 2015 Before any concrete is placed, the finishing machine shall be operated over the entire 1 length of the deck/slab to check screed deflection. Concrete placement may begin only 2 if the Engineer approves after this test. 3 4 Immediately before placing concrete, the Contractor shall check (and adjust if 5 necessary) all falsework and wedges to minimize settlement and deflection from the 6 added mass of the concrete deck/slab. The Contractor shall also install devices, such 7 as telltales, by which the Engineer can readily measure settlement and deflection. 8 9 6-02.3(10)D3 Concrete Placement 10 The placement operation shall cover the full width of the bridge deck or the full width 11 between construction joints. The Contractor shall locate any construction joint over a 12 beam or web that can support the deck/slab on either side of the joint. The joint shall not 13 occur over a pier unless the Plans permit. Each joint shall be formed vertically and in 14 true alignment. The Contractor shall not release falsework or wedges supporting bridge 15 deck placement sections on either side of a joint until each side has aged as these 16 Specifications require. 17 18 Placement of concrete for bridge decks and bridge approach slabs shall comply with 19 Section 6-02.3(6). In placing the concrete, the Contractor shall: 20 21 1. Place it (without segregation) against concrete placed earlier, as near as 22 possible to its final position, approximately to grade, and in shallow, closely 23 spaced piles; 24 25 2. Consolidate it around reinforcing steel by using vibrators before strike-off by 26 the finishing machine; 27 28 3. Not use vibrators to move concrete; 29 30 4. Not revibrate any concrete surface areas where workers have stopped prior to 31 screeding; 32 33 5. Remove any concrete splashed onto reinforcing steel in adjacent segments 34 before concreting them; 35 36 6. Maintain a slight excess of concrete in front of the screed across the entire 37 width of the placement operation; 38 39 7. Operate the finishing machine to create a surface that is true and ready for 40 final finish without overfinishing or bringing excessive amounts of mortar to the 41 surface; and 42 43 8. Leave a thin, even film of mortar on the concrete surface after the last pass of 44 the finishing machine pan. 45 46 Workers shall complete all post screeding operations without walking on the concrete. 47 This may require work bridges spanning the full width of the deck/slab. 48 49 After removing the screed supports, the Contractor shall fill the voids with concrete (not 50 mortar). 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 105 City of Renton August 2015 If the surface left by the finishing machine is porous, rough, or has minor irregularities, 1 the Contractor shall float the surface of the concrete. Floating shall leave a smooth and 2 even surface. Float finishing shall be kept to the minimum number of passes necessary 3 to seal the surface. The floats shall be at least 4-feet long. Each transverse pass of the 4 float shall overlap the previous pass by at least half the length of the float. The first 5 floating shall be at right angles to the strike-off. The second floating shall be at right 6 angles to the centerline of the span. A smooth riding surface shall be maintained across 7 construction joints. 8 9 The edge of completed roadway slabs at expansion joints and compression seals shall 10 have a 3/8-inch radius. 11 12 After floating, but while the concrete remains plastic, the Contractor shall test the entire 13 deck/slab for flatness (allowing for crown, camber, and vertical curvature). The testing 14 shall be done with a 10-foot straightedge held on the surface. The straightedge shall be 15 advanced in successive positions parallel to the centerline, moving not more than one 16 half the length of the straightedge each time it advances. This procedure shall be 17 repeated with the straightedge held perpendicular to the centerline. An acceptable 18 surface shall be one free from deviations of more than 1/8-inch under the 10-foot 19 straightedge. 20 21 If the test reveals depressions, the Contractor shall fill them with freshly mixed concrete, 22 strike off, consolidate, and refinish them. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. 23 Retesting and refinishing shall continue until a surface conforming to the requirements 24 specified above is produced. 25 26 6-02.3(10)D4 Monitoring Bridge Deck Concrete Temperature After Placement 27 The Contractor shall monitor and record the concrete temperature and ambient 28 temperature hourly for seven calendar days after placement. The Contractor shall 29 monitor and record concrete temperature by placing two maturity meter temperature 30 monitoring devices in the bridge deck at locations specified by the Engineer. The 31 Contractor shall monitor ambient temperature using maturity meters near the locations 32 where concrete temperature is being monitored. When the bridge deck is being 33 enclosed and heated to meet cold weather requirements, ambient temperature readings 34 shall be taken within the enclosure. The Contractor shall submit the concrete 35 temperature and ambient temperature data to the Engineer in spreadsheet format within 36 14 calendar days from placing the bridge deck concrete. 37 38 The Contractor shall submit the type and model of maturity meter temperature 39 monitoring device, and the associated devices responsible for recording and 40 documenting the temperature and curing time, to the Engineer at least 14 calendar days 41 prior to the pre-concreting conference for the first bridge deck to be cast. The 42 placement and operation of the temperature monitoring devices and associated devices 43 will be an agenda item at the pre-concreting conference for the first bridge deck to be 44 cast. 45 46 6-02.3(10)D5 Bridge Deck Concrete Finishing and Texturing 47 Except as otherwise specified for portions of bridge decks receiving an overlay or 48 sidewalk under the same Contract, the Contractor shall texture the surface of the bridge 49 deck as follows: 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 106 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck using diamond tipped saw blades 1 mounted on a power driven, self-propelled machine that is designed to texture 2 concrete surfaces. The grooving equipment shall provide grooves that are 1/8" ± 3 1/64" wide, 3/16" ± 1/16" deep, and spaced at 3/4" ± 1/8". The bridge deck shall 4 not be textured with a metal tined comb. 5 6 The Contractor shall submit the type of grooving equipment to be used to the 7 Engineer for approval 30 calendar days prior to performing the work. The 8 Contractor shall demonstrate that the method and equipment for texturing the 9 bridge deck will not chip, spall or otherwise damage the deck. The Contractor shall 10 not begin texturing the bridge deck until receiving the Engineer’s approval of the 11 Contractor’s method and equipment. 12 13 Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall texture the 14 concrete bridge deck surface either in a longitudinal direction, parallel with 15 centerline or in a transverse direction, perpendicular with centerline. The 16 Contractor shall texture the bridge deck surface to within 3-inches minimum and 17 15-inches maximum of the edge of concrete at expansion joints, within 1-foot 18 minimum and 2-feet maximum of the curb line, and within 3-inches minimum and 9-19 inches maximum of the perimeter of bridge drain assemblies. 20 21 The Contractor shall contain and collect all concrete dust and debris generated by 22 the bridge deck texturing process, and shall dispose of the collected concrete dust 23 and debris in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. 24 25 If the Plans call for placement of a sidewalk or an HMA or concrete overlay on the 26 bridge deck, the Contractor shall produce the final finish of these areas by dragging a 27 strip of damp, seamless burlap lengthwise over the bridge deck or by brooming it lightly. 28 Approximately 3-feet of the drag shall contact the surface, with the least possible bow in 29 its leading edge. It shall be kept wet and free of hardened lumps of concrete. When the 30 burlap drag fails to produce the required finish, the Contractor shall replace it. When not 31 in use, it shall be lifted clear of the bridge deck. 32 33 After the bridge deck has cured, the surface shall conform to the surface smoothness 34 requirements specified in Section 6-02.3(10)D3. 35 36 The surface texture on any area repaired to address out-of-tolerance surface 37 smoothness shall match closely that of the surrounding bridge deck area at the 38 completion of the repair. Methods used to remove high spots shall cut through the 39 mortar and aggregate without breaking or dislodging the aggregate or causing spalls. 40 41 6-02.3(10)D6 Bridge Approach Slab Finishing and Texturing 42 Bridge approach slabs that are being built as part of a bridge construction project shall 43 be textured in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D5. All other bridge approach slabs 44 shall be textured, using metal tined combs in the transverse direction, except bridge 45 approach slabs receiving an overlay in the same Contract shall be finished as specified 46 in Section 6-02.3(10)D5 only. 47 48 The comb shall be made of a single row of metal tines. It shall leave striations in the 49 fresh concrete approximately 3/16-inch deep by 1/8-inch wide and spaced 50 approximately 1/2-inch apart. The Engineer will decide actual depths at the site. If the 51 comb has not been approved, the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval by 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 107 City of Renton August 2015 demonstrating it on a test section. The Contractor may operate the combs manually or 1 mechanically, either singly or with several placed end to end. The timing and method 2 used shall produce the required texture without displacing larger particles of aggregate. 3 4 Texturing shall end 2-feet from curb lines. This 2-foot untextured strip shall be hand 5 finished with a steel trowel. 6 7 Surface smoothness, high spots, and low spots shall be addressed as specified in 8 Section 6-02.3(10)D5. The surface texture on any area cut down or built up shall match 9 closely that of the surrounding bridge approach slab area. The entire bridge approach 10 slab shall provide a smooth riding surface. 11 12 6-02.3(10)F Bridge Approach Slab Orientation and Anchors 13 In the first paragraph, the following sentence is inserted after the first sentence: 14 15 Unless otherwise shown in the Plans, the pavement end of the bridge approach slab 16 shall be constructed normal to the Roadway centerline. 17 18 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 19 20 The compression seal shall be a 2-1/2 inch wide gland selected from the current 21 Qualified Products List. 22 23 6-02.3(11) Curing Concrete 24 Items number 1 through 4 are deleted and replaced with the following 5 new numbered 25 items: 26 27 1. Bridge sidewalks, roofs of cut and cover tunnels — curing compound covered by 28 white, reflective type sheeting or continuous wet curing. Curing by either method 29 shall be for at least 10 days. 30 31 2. Bridge decks — See Section 6-02.3(11)B. 32 33 3. Bridge approach slabs (Class 4000A concrete) - 2 coats of curing compound and 34 continuous wet cure for at least 10-days. 35 36 4. Concrete barriers and rail bases – See Section 6-02.3(11)A. 37 38 5. All other concrete surfaces — continuous wet cure for at least three days. 39 40 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is replaced with the following three new 41 sentences: 42 43 During the continuous wet cure, the Contractor shall keep all exposed concrete surfaces 44 saturated with water. Formed concrete surfaces shall be kept in a continuous wet cure 45 by leaving the forms in place. If forms are removed during the continuous wet cure 46 period, the Contractor shall treat the concrete as an exposed concrete surface. 47 48 The third paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 When curing Class 4000A, two coats of curing compound that complies with Section 9-51 23.2 shall be applied immediately (not to exceed 15 min.) after tining any portion of the 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 108 City of Renton August 2015 bridge approach slab. The continuous wet cure shall be established as soon as the 1 concrete has set enough to allow covering without damaging the finish. 2 3 In the fifth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 4 5 If the Plans call for an asphalt overlay on the bridge approach slab, the Contractor shall 6 use the clear curing compound (Type 1, Class B), applying at least 1 gallon per 150 7 square feet to the concrete surface. 8 9 The eighth paragraph is deleted. 10 11 6-02.3(11)A2 Slip-Form Barrier 12 In the fourth paragraph, item number 1, “Type 1D” is revised to read “Type 1”. 13 14 6-02.3(11)B Curing Bridge Decks 15 This new section is supplemented with the following new sub-sections: 16 17 6-02.3(11)B1 Equipment 18 The Contractor shall maintain a wet sheen, without developing pooling or sheeting 19 water, using a fogging apparatus consisting of pressure washers with a minimum nozzle 20 output of 1,500 psi, or other means approved by the Engineer. 21 22 The Contractor shall submit a bridge deck curing plan to the Engineer a minimum 14 23 calendar days prior to the pre-concreting conference. The Contractor’s plan shall 24 describe the sequence and timing that will be used to fog the bridge deck, apply pre-25 soaked burlap, install soaker hoses and cover the deck with white reflective sheeting. 26 27 6-02.3(11)B2 Curing 28 The fogging apparatus shall be in place and charged for fogging prior to beginning 29 concrete placement for the bridge deck. 30 31 The Contractor shall presoak all burlap to be used to cover the deck during curing. 32 33 Immediately after the finishing machine passes over finished concrete, the Contractor 34 shall implement the following tasks: 35 36 1. The Contractor shall fog the bridge deck while maintaining a wet sheen without 37 developing pooling or sheeting water. 38 39 2. The Contractor shall apply the presoaked burlap to the top surface to fully 40 cover the deck without damaging the finish, other than minor marring of the 41 concrete surface. The Contractor shall not apply curing compound. 42 43 3. The Contractor shall continue to keep the burlap wet by fog spraying until the 44 burlap is covered by soaker hoses and white reflective sheeting. The 45 Contractor shall place the soaker hoses and whiter reflective sheeting after the 46 concrete has achieved initial set. The Contractor shall charge the soaker 47 hoses frequently so as to keep the burlap covering the entire deck wet during 48 the course of curing. 49 50 As an alternative to tasks 2 and 3 above, the Contractor may propose a curing system 51 using proprietary curing blankets specifically manufactured for bridge deck curing. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 109 City of Renton August 2015 Details of the proprietary curing blanket system, including product literature and details 1 of how the system is to be installed and maintained, shall be submitted to the Engineer 2 for approval. 3 4 The wet curing regime as described shall remain in place for at least 14 consecutive 5 calendar days. 6 7 6-02.3(12)A Construction Joints in New Construction 8 The third paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following three new paragraphs: 9 10 If the Plans require a roughened surface on the joint, the Contractor shall strike it off to 11 leave grooves at right angles to the length of the member. Grooves shall be installed 12 using one of the following options: 13 14 1. Grooves shall be ½ to 1 inch wide, ¼ to ½ inch deep, and spaced equally at 15 twice the width of the groove. Grooves shall terminate approximately 1 ½-16 inches from the face of concrete. 17 18 2. Grooves shall be 1 to 2 inches wide, a minimum of ½-inch deep, and spaced a 19 maximum of three times the width of the groove. Grooves shall terminate 20 approximately 1 ½-inches from the face of concrete. 21 22 If the Engineer approves, the Contractor may use an alternate method to produce a 23 roughened surface on the joint, provided that such an alternate method leaves a 24 roughened surface of at least a ¼-inch amplitude. 25 26 If the first strike-off does not produce the required roughness, the Contractor shall 27 repeat the process before the concrete reaches initial set. The final surface shall be 28 clean and without laitance or loose material. 29 30 6-02.3(12)B Construction Joints Between Existing and New Construction 31 The phrase “by method(s) as approved by the Engineer” is deleted from each paragraph in 32 this section. 33 34 6-02.3(13) Expansion Joints 35 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 Joints made of a vulcanized, elastomeric compound (with neoprene as the only 38 polymer) shall be installed with a lubricant adhesive as recommended by the 39 manufacturer. 40 41 In the third paragraph, “injuring” is revised to read “damaging”. 42 43 The following two new subsections are added: 44 45 6-02.3(13)A Strip Seal Expansion Joint System 46 The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings consisting of the strip seal expansion 47 joint shop drawings in accordance with Section 6-03.3(7). These plans shall include, at 48 a minimum, the following: 49 50 1. Plan, elevation, and sections of the joint system and all components, with 51 dimensions and tolerances. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 110 City of Renton August 2015 1 2. All material designations. 2 3 3. Manufacturer's written installation procedure. 4 5 4. Corrosion protection system used on the metal components. 6 7 5. Locations of welded shear studs, lifting mechanisms, temperature setting 8 devices, and construction adjustment devices. 9 10 6. Method of sealing the system to prevent leakage of water through the joint. 11 12 The strip seal shall be removable and replaceable. 13 14 The metal components shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 992, or ASTM A 572, and 15 shall be protected against corrosion by one of the following methods: 16 17 1. Zinc metallized in accordance with Section 6-07.3(14). 18 19 2. Hot-dip galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111. 20 21 3. Paint in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9). The color of the top coat shall be 22 Federal Standard 595 Color No. 26420. The surfaces embedded in concrete 23 shall be painted only with a shop primer coat of paint conforming to Section 9-24 08.1(2)C. 25 26 The strip seal gland shall be continuous for the full length of the joint with no splices 27 permitted, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 28 29 Other than items shown in the Plans, threaded studs used for construction adjustments 30 are the only items that may be welded to the steel shapes provided they are removed 31 by grinding after use, and the area repaired by application of an approved corrosion 32 protection system. 33 34 If the opening between the steel shapes is anticipated to be less than 1-1/2 inches at 35 the time of seal installation, the seal may be installed prior to encasement of the steel 36 shapes in concrete. 37 38 After the joint system is installed, the joint shall be flooded with water and inspected, 39 from below the joint, for leakage. If leakage is observed, the joint system shall be 40 repaired by the Contractor, as recommended by the manufacturer. 41 42 6-02.3(13)B Compression Seal Expansion Joint System 43 Compression seal glands shall be selected from the current Qualified Products List and 44 sized as shown in the Plans. 45 46 The compression seal expansion joint system shall be installed in accordance with the 47 manufacturer's written recommendations. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working 48 Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's written installation procedure and repair 49 procedures if leakage testing fails. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 111 City of Renton August 2015 After the joint system is installed, the joint area shall be flooded with water and 1 inspected, from below the joint, for leakage. If leakage is observed, the joint system 2 shall be repaired by the Contractor, as recommended by the manufacturer. 3 4 6-02.3(14) Finishing Concrete Surfaces 5 The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor shall clean and refinish any stained or discolored surfaces. 8 9 The following new subsection is added: 10 11 6-02.3(14)D General Requirements for Concrete Surface Finishes 12 Produced by Form Liners 13 Horizontal and vertical joints shall be spliced in accordance with the manufacturer's 14 printed instructions. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting 15 of the manufacturer’s joint splice instructions. 16 17 Horizontal splicing of ABS and plastic form liners to achieve the required height is not 18 permitted and there shall be no horizontal joints. The concrete formed with ABS and 19 plastic form liners shall be given a light sandblast to remove the glossy finish. 20 21 Side forms, traffic barrier forms, and pedestrian barrier forms using these form liners 22 may be removed after 24 hours provided the concrete mix used includes a water-23 reducing admixture, and the concrete reaches 1,400 psi minimum compressive strength 24 before form removal. Concrete in load supporting forms utilizing these form liners shall 25 be cured in accordance with Section 6-02.3(17)N. Once the forms are removed, the 26 Contractor shall treat the joint areas by patching or light sandblasting as required by the 27 Engineer to ensure that the joints are not visible. 28 29 Form liners shall be cleaned, reconditioned, and repaired before each use. Form liners 30 with repairs, patches, or defects which, in the opinion of the Engineer, would result in 31 adverse effects to the concrete finish shall not be used. 32 33 Care shall be taken to ensure uniformity of color throughout the textured surface. A 34 change in form release agent will not be allowed. 35 36 All surfaces formed by the form liner shall also receive a Class 2 surface finish. Form 37 ties shall be a type that leaves a clean hole when removed. All spalls and form tie holes 38 shall be filled as specified for a Class 2 surface finish. 39 40 6-02.3(14)C Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces 41 The first sentence (up until the colon) is revised to read: 42 43 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the pigmented 44 sealer manufacturer’s written instructions covering, at a minimum, the following: 45 46 The second paragraph is deleted. 47 48 In the last sentence of the third paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “acceptance”. 49 50 6-02.3(15) Date Numerals 51 The third sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 112 City of Renton August 2015 1 When an existing Structure is widened or when traffic barrier is placed on an existing 2 Structure, the date shall be for the year in which the original Structure was completed. 3 4 6-02.3(16) Plans for Falsework and Formwork 5 This section is revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor shall submit all plans for falsework and formwork as Type 2E Working 8 Drawings. Submittal is not required for footing or retaining wall formwork if the wall is 4 9 feet or less in height (excluding pedestal height). 10 11 The design of falsework and formwork shall be based on: 12 13 1. Applied loads and conditions which are no less severe than those described in 14 Section 6-02.3(17)A, Design Loads; 15 16 2. Allowable stresses and deflections which are no greater than those described 17 in Section 6-02.3(17)B, Allowable Stresses and Deflections; 18 19 3. Special loads and requirements no less severe than those described in 20 Section 6-02.3(17)C, Falsework and Formwork at Special Locations; 21 22 4. Conditions required by other Sections of 6-02.3(17), Falsework and Formwork. 23 24 The falsework and formwork plans shall be scale drawings showing the details of 25 proposed construction, including: sizes and properties of all members and components; 26 spacing of bents, posts, studs, wales, stringers, wedges and bracing; rates of concrete 27 placement, placement sequence, direction of placement, and location of construction 28 joints; identification of falsework devices and safe working loads as well as identification 29 of any bolts or threaded rods used with the devices including their diameter, length, 30 type, grade, and required torque. The falsework plans shall show the proximity of 31 falsework to utilities or any nearby Structures including underground Structures. 32 Formwork accessories shall be identified according to Section 6-02.3(17)H, Formwork 33 Accessories. All assumptions, dimensions, material properties, and other data used in 34 making the structural analysis shall be noted on the drawing. 35 36 The Contractor shall furnish associated design calculations to the Engineer as part of 37 the submittal. The design calculations shall show the stresses and deflections in load 38 supporting members. Construction details which may be shown in the form of sketches 39 on the calculation sheets shall be shown in the falsework or formwork drawings as well. 40 Falsework or formwork plans will be rejected in cases where it is necessary to refer to 41 the calculation sheets for information needed for complete understanding of the 42 falsework and formwork plans or how to construct the falsework and formwork. 43 44 Each sheet of falsework and formwork plans shall carry the following: 45 46 1. The initials and dates of all participating design professionals. 47 48 2. Clear notation of all revisions including identification of who authorized the 49 revision, who made the revision, and the date of the revision. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 113 City of Renton August 2015 3. The Contract number, Contract title, and sequential sheet number. These shall 1 also be on any related documents. 2 3 4. Identify where the falsework and formwork plan will be utilized by referencing 4 Contract Plan sheet number and related item or detail. 5 6 6-02.3(16)A Nonpreapproved Falsework and Formwork Plans 7 This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 8 9 6-02.3(16)A Vacant 10 11 6-02.3(16)B Preapproved Formwork Plans 12 This section, including title, is revised to read: 13 14 6-02.3(16)B Pre-Contract Review of Falsework and Formwork Plans 15 The Contractor may request pre-contract review of formwork plans for abutments, 16 wingwalls, diaphragms, retaining walls, columns, girders and beams, box culverts, 17 railings, and bulkheads. Plans for falsework supporting the bridge deck for interior 18 spans between precast prestressed concrete girders may also be submitted for pre-19 contract review. 20 21 To obtain pre-contract review, the Contractor shall electronically submit drawings and 22 design calculations in PDF format directly to: 23 24 BridgeConstructionSupport@wsdot.wa.gov 25 26 The Bridge and Structures Office, Construction Support Engineer will return the 27 falsework or formwork plan to the Contractor with review notes, an effective date of 28 review, and any revisions needed prior to use. For each contract on which the pre-29 reviewed falsework or formwork plans will be used, the Contractor shall submit a copy 30 to the Engineer. Construction shall not begin until the Engineer has given concurrence. 31 32 If the falsework or formwork being constructed has any deviations to the preapproved 33 falsework or formwork plan, the Contractor shall submit plan revisions for review and 34 approval in accordance with Section 6-02.3(16). 35 36 6-02.3(17)A Design Loads 37 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 Live loads shall consist of a minimum uniform load of not less than 25 psf, applied over 40 the entire falsework plan area, plus the greater of: 41 42 1. Actual weights of the deck finishing equipment applied at the rails, or; 43 44 2. A minimum load of 75 pounds per linear foot applied at the edge of the bridge 45 deck. 46 47 6-02.3(17)J Face Lumber, Studs, Wales, and Metal Forms 48 The second and third to last paragraphs are deleted. 49 50 6-02.3(17)K Concrete Forms on Steel Spans 51 The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 114 City of Renton August 2015 1 The Contractor shall fill the holes with fully torqued ASTM A 325 bolts in accordance 2 with Section 6-03.3(33). 3 4 6-02.3(17)O Early Concrete Test Cylinder Breaks 5 The third paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 The cylinders shall be cured in the field in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 8 23 Section 10.2 Field Curing. 9 10 6-02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings 11 The first five paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following two new paragraphs: 12 13 Grout shall conform to Section 9-20.3(2) for anchor bolts and for bearing assemblies 14 with bearing plates. Grout shall conform to Section 9-20.3(3) for elastomeric bearing 15 pads and fabric pad bearings without bearing plates. 16 17 Grout shall be a workable mix with a viscosity that is suitable for the intended 18 application. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Engineer before using the 19 grout. 20 21 6-02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening 22 The twelfth paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 In bridge decks, a “mat” is two adjacent and perpendicular layers of reinforcing steel. 25 Top and bottom mats shall be supported adequately to hold both in their proper 26 positions. If No. 4 bars make up the lower layer of steel in a mat, it shall be blocked at 27 not more than 3-foot intervals (or 4-foot intervals for bars No. 5 and larger). Wire ties to 28 girder stirrups shall not be considered as blocking. To provide a rigid mat, the 29 Contractor shall add other supports and tie wires to the top mat as needed. 30 31 In the fourteenth paragraph, the description following “2½ inches between” is revised to 32 read: 33 34 Adjacent bars in a layer. Bridge deck and bridge approach slab bars and the top of the 35 slab. 36 37 In the fourteenth paragraph, the description following “2 inches between” is supplemented 38 with the following new sentence: 39 40 Bars and the surface of concrete when not specified otherwise in this Section or in the 41 Plans. 42 43 In the fourteenth paragraph, the first sentence in the description following “1½ inches 44 between” is deleted. 45 46 The fifteenth paragraph is revised to read: 47 48 Except for top cover in bridge decks and bridge approach slabs, cover to ties and 49 stirrups may be ½ inch less than the values specified for main bars but shall not be less 50 than 1 inch. Minimum concrete cover and clearances to headed steel reinforcing bars 51 shall also be provided to the outermost part of the head of the bar. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 115 City of Renton August 2015 1 In the sixteenth paragraph, the first item in the second subparagraph is revised to read: 2 3 The clearance to the top surface of bridge decks 4 and bridge approach slabs +¼ in/-0”. 5 6 6-02.3(24)E Welding Reinforced Steel 7 This section is revised to read: 8 9 Welding of steel reinforcing bars shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWS D1.4 10 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel, latest edition, except where superseded by 11 the Special Provisions, Plans, and these Specifications. 12 13 Before any welding begins, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing 14 consisting of the welding procedure for each type of welded splice to be used, including 15 the weld procedure specifications and joint details. The weld procedure specifications 16 shall be written on a form taken from AWS D1.4 Annex A, or equivalent. Test results of 17 tensile strength, macroetch, and visual examination shall be included. The form shall 18 be signed and dated. 19 20 Welders shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.4. The Contractor shall be 21 responsible for the testing and qualification of welders, and shall submit Type 2 Working 22 Drawings consisting of welder qualification and retention records. The weld joint and 23 welding position a welder is qualified in shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4. The 24 welder qualifications shall remain in effect indefinitely unless, (1) the welder is not 25 engaged in a given process of welding for which the welder is qualified for a period 26 exceeding six months, or (2) there is some specific reason to question a welder's ability. 27 28 Filler metals used for welding reinforcing bars shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4 29 Table 5.1. All filler metals shall be low-hydrogen and handled in compliance with low-30 hydrogen practices specified in the AWS code. 31 32 Short circuiting transfer with gas metal arc welding will not be allowed. Slugging of 33 welds will not be allowed. 34 35 For the purpose of compatibility with AWS D1.4, welded lap splices for spiral or hoop 36 reinforcing shall be considered Flare-V groove welds, indirect butt joints. 37 38 The Contractor is responsible for using a welding sequence that will limit the alignment 39 distortion of the bars due to the effects of welding. The maximum out-of-line permitted 40 will be 1/4 inch from a 3.5-foot straight-edge centered on the weld and in line with the 41 bar. 42 43 The ground wire from the welding machine shall be clamped to the bar being welded. 44 45 Where epoxy-coated steel reinforcing bars are specified to be spliced by welding, the 46 epoxy coating shall be left off or removed from the surfaces to be heated, but in no 47 cases less than six inches of each bar being welded. After the welding is complete, the 48 Contractor shall apply epoxy patching material to the uncoated portions of the bar in 49 accordance with Section 6-02.3(24)H. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 116 City of Renton August 2015 6-02.3(25) Prestressed Concrete Girders 1 This section is revised to read: 2 3 The Contractor shall perform quality control inspection. The manufacturing plant of 4 prestressed concrete girders shall be certified by the Precast/Prestressed Concrete 5 Institute’s Plant Certification Program for the type of prestressed member to be 6 produced and shall be approved by WSDOT as a Certified Prestress Concrete 7 Fabricator prior to the start of production. WSDOT certification will be granted at, and 8 renewed during, the annual prestressed plant review and approval process in 9 accordance with WSDOT Materials Manual M 46-01.04 Standard Practice QC 6. 10 11 Prior to the start of production of girders, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the 12 production schedule. The Contractor shall give the Inspector safe and free access to the 13 Work. If the Inspector observes any nonspecification Work or unacceptable quality 14 control practices, the Inspector will advise the plant manager. If the corrective action is 15 not acceptable to the Engineer, the girder(s) will be subject to rejection by the Engineer. 16 17 The Contracting Agency intends to perform Quality Assurance Inspection. By its 18 inspection, the Contracting Agency intends only to facilitate the Work and verify the 19 quality of that Work. This inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility 20 for identifying and replacing defective material and workmanship. 21 22 The various types of prestressed concrete girders are: 23 24 Prestressed Concrete I Girder – Refers to a prestressed concrete girder with a 25 flanged I shaped cross section, requiring a cast-in-place concrete deck to support traffic 26 loads. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series W42G, W50G, W58G, 27 and W74G. 28 29 Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange I Girder – Refers to a prestressed concrete girder 30 with an I shaped cross section with wide top and bottom flanges, requiring a cast-in-31 place concrete deck to support traffic loads. WSDOT standard girders in this category 32 include Series WF36G, WF42G, WF50G, WF58G, WF66G, W F74G, WF83G, WF95G, 33 and WF100G. 34 35 Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange Deck Girder – Refers to a prestressed concrete 36 wide flange I girder with extended top flange widths designed to support traffic loads, 37 and designed to be mechanically connected at the flange edges to adjacent girders at 38 the job site. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series WF39DG, 39 WF45DG, WF53DG, WF61DG, WF69DG, WF77DG, WF86DG, WF98DG, and 40 WF103DG. 41 42 Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange Thin Deck Girder – Refers to a prestressed 43 concrete wide flange I girder with extended top flange widths requiring a cast-in-place 44 concrete deck to support traffic loads. Flange edges extend to flange edges of adjacent 45 girders at the job site. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series 46 WF36TDG, WF42TDG, WF50TDG, WF58TDG, WF66TDG, WF74TDG, WF83TDG, 47 WF95TDG, and WF100TDG. 48 49 Prestressed Concrete Deck Bulb Tee Girder – Refers to a prestressed concrete 50 girder with a top flange designed to support traffic loads, and designed to be 51 mechanically connected at the flange edges to adjacent girders at the job site. WSDOT 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 117 City of Renton August 2015 standard girders in this category include Series W35DG, W41DG, W53DG, and 1 W65DG. 2 3 Prestressed Concrete Slab Girder – Refers to a prestressed concrete slab girder, with 4 or without voids. Prestressed concrete slab girders are mechanically connected at the 5 member edges to adjacent girders at the job site. Prestressed concrete ribbed section 6 girders and prestressed concrete double tee girders shall conform to the requirements 7 specified for prestressed concrete slab girders. 8 9 Prestressed Concrete Tub Girder – Refers to prestressed concrete tub girders with a 10 U shaped cross section, requiring a cast-in-place concrete deck to support traffic loads. 11 WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series U**G* or Series UF**G*, where 12 U specifies webs without top flanges, UF specifies webs with top flanges, ** specifies 13 the girder height in inches, and * specifies the bottom flange width in feet. 14 15 Spliced Prestressed Concrete Girder – Refers to prestressed concrete girders initially 16 fabricated in segments which are longitudinally spliced together with cast-in-place 17 concrete closures and post tensioning. Post tensioning materials and construction shall 18 conform to Section 6-02.3(26), except that ducts for prestressed concrete wide flange I 19 girders may be 24-gage, semi-rigid, galvanized, corrugated, ferrous metal. WSDOT 20 prestressed concrete wide flange I girders in this category include Series WF74PTG, 21 WF83PTG, WF95PTG, and WF100PTG. WSDOT prestressed concrete tub girders in 22 this category include Series U**PTG* and UF**PTG* where U, UF, **, and * are as 23 defined for prestressed concrete tub girders. 24 25 6-02.3(25)A Shop Drawings 26 This section is revised to read: 27 28 Shop drawings for prestressed concrete girders shall be submitted as Type 2 Working 29 Drawings. The only deviations to the Plans that will be permitted are those approved by 30 the annual plant approval process and those listed below: 31 32 1. Addition of inserts for construction purposes including falsework 33 34 2. Small penetrations no larger than 1” diameter for construction purposes 35 including overhang bracket supports, deck formwork hangers and temporary 36 girder bracing. Penetrations in top flanges shall be offset from the edge of the 37 flange the minimum distance shown in the Plans. 38 39 3. Small penetrations no larger than 2” in diameter for girder shipping tie-downs. 40 41 4. Small adjustments in girder length to account for elastic shortening, creep and 42 shrinkage 43 44 5. Strand adjustments, as long as the center of gravity of the strands remains at 45 the location shown in the plans and concrete cover is not reduced 46 47 6. Diaphragm web hole vertical adjustments to avoid harped strands 48 49 7. Substitution of welded wire reinforcement for conventional reinforcing steel 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 118 City of Renton August 2015 Shop drawings shall show the size and location of all inserts and penetrations. 1 Penetrations for deck formwork and falsework shall match the deck formwork Working 2 Drawings. Field-drilled holes in prestressed concrete girders are not allowed. 3 4 Deformed welded wire reinforcement conforming to Sections 9-07.7 and 9-07.8 may be 5 substituted for the mild steel reinforcement shown in the plans. The substitution shall be 6 submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design 7 Specification requirements (latest edition including interims) shall be satisfied, including 8 at a minimum the following Articles: 9 10 5.8.2.6 Types of Transverse Reinforcement 11 12 5.8.2.8 Design and Detailing Requirements 13 14 5.10.3 Spacing of Reinforcement 15 16 5.10.6.3 Ties 17 18 5.10.7 Transverse Reinforcement for Flexural Members 19 20 5.10.8 Shrinkage and Temperature Reinforcement 21 22 5.10.10 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones 23 24 5.11.2.5 Welded Wire Fabric 25 26 5.11.2.6.3 Anchorage of Wire Fabric Reinforcement 27 28 5.11.6 Splices of Welded Wire Fabric 29 30 Yield strengths in excess of 75.0 ksi shall not be used for welded wire reinforcement. 31 32 The spacing of vertical welded wire reinforcement within slabs and girder webs shall not 33 exceed 18 inches or the height of the member minus 3 inches, whichever is less. 34 Longitudinal wires and welds are permitted in girder flanges but shall be excluded from 35 girder webs. For vertical welded wire reinforcement in prestressed concrete slab 36 girders, no welded joints other than those required for anchorage shall be permitted. 37 Epoxy-coated wire and welded wire reinforcement shall conform to Section 9-07.3 with 38 the exception that ASTM A884 Class A Type I shall be used instead of ASTM A775. 39 40 End regions of prestressed concrete girders shall meet the requirements of WSDOT 41 Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23-50) Sections 5.6.2.F and 5.6.2.G. 42 43 Shop drawings for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall also conform to Section 6-44 02.3(26)A. The Working Drawings for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall include 45 all details related to the post-tensioning operations in the field, including details of 46 hardware required, tendon geometry, blockout details, and details of additional or 47 modified steel reinforcing bars required in cast-in-place closures. 48 49 6-02.3(25)B Casting 50 This section, including title, is revised to read: 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 119 City of Renton August 2015 6-02.3(25)B Prestressing 1 Each stressing system shall have a pressure gauge or load cell that will measure 2 jacking force. The gauge shall display pressure accurately and readably with a dial at 3 least 6 inches in diameter or with a digital display. Each jack and its gauge shall be 4 calibrated as a unit and shall be accompanied by a certified calibration chart. The 5 Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of 1 copy of this chart. 6 The cylinder extension during calibration shall be in approximately the position it will 7 occupy at final jacking force. 8 9 Jacks and gauges shall be recalibrated and recertified: 10 11 1. Annually, 12 13 2. After any repair or adjustment, and 14 15 3. Anytime there are indications that the jack calibration is in error. 16 17 The Engineer may use load cells to check jacks, gauges, and calibration charts before 18 and during tensioning. 19 20 All load cells shall be calibrated and shall have an indicator that shows prestressing 21 force in the strand. The range of this cell shall be broad enough that the lowest 10 22 percent of the manufacturer’s rated capacity will not be used to measure jacking force. 23 24 From manufacture to encasement in concrete, prestressing strand shall be protected 25 against dirt, oil, grease, damage, and all corrosives. Strand shall be stored in a dry, 26 covered area and shall be kept in the manufacturer’s original packaging until placement 27 in the forms. If prestressing strand has been damaged or pitted, it will be rejected. 28 Prestressing strand with rust shall be spot-cleaned with a nonmetallic pad to inspect for 29 any sign of pitting or section loss. Once the prestressing steel has been installed, no 30 welds or grounds for welders shall be made on the forms or the steel in the girder, 31 except as specified. 32 33 Post-tensioning of spliced prestressed concrete girders shall conform to Section 6-34 02.3(26) and the following requirements: 35 36 1. Before tensioning, the Contractor shall remove all side forms from the cast-in-37 place concrete closures. From this point until 48 hours after grouting the 38 tendons, the Contractor shall keep all construction and other live loads off the 39 Superstructure and shall keep the falsework supporting the superstructure in 40 place. 41 42 2. The Contractor shall not tension the post-tensioning reinforcement until the 43 concrete in the cast-in-place closures reaches the minimum compressive 44 strength specified in the Plans. This strength shall be measured with concrete 45 cylinders made of the same concrete and cured under the same conditions as 46 the cast-in-place closures. 47 48 3. All post-tensioning shall be completed before placing the sidewalks and 49 barriers on the Superstructure. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 120 City of Renton August 2015 6-02.3(25)C Prestressing 1 This section, including title, is revised to read: 2 3 6-02.3(25)C Casting 4 Side forms shall be steel except that cast-in-place concrete closure forms for spliced 5 prestressed concrete girders, interior forms of prestressed concrete tub girders, and end 6 bulkhead forms of prestressed concrete girders may be wood. Interior voids for 7 prestressed concrete slab girders with voids shall be formed by either wax soaked 8 cardboard or expanded polystyrene forms. The interior void forms shall be secured in 9 the position as shown in the Working Drawings, and shall remain in place. 10 11 All concrete mixes to be used shall be preapproved in the WSDOT plant certification 12 process. The temperature of the concrete when placed shall be between 50°F and 13 90°F. 14 15 Slump shall not exceed 4 inches for normal concrete nor 7 inches with the use of a high 16 range water-reducing admixture, nor 9 inches when both a high range water-reducing 17 admixture is used and the water/cement ratio is less than or equal to 0.35. For self-18 consolidating concrete (SCC), the slump requirements specified above do not apply, 19 and are instead replaced by the target slump flow and slump flow range specified as 20 part of the SCC mix design. 21 22 Air-entrainment is not required in the concrete placed into prestressed concrete girders, 23 including cast-in-place concrete closures for spliced prestressed concrete girders. 24 25 This section is supplemented with the following new sub-section: 26 27 6-02.3(25)C1 Acceptance Testing of Concrete for Prestressed Concrete 28 Girders 29 Compressive strength cylinders and concrete acceptance testing shall be performed 30 once per prestressed concrete girder or once per fabrication line of prestressed 31 concrete girders. Concrete shall not be placed until fresh concrete testing indicates 32 concrete is within acceptable limits. 33 34 Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Contractor and test results shall be 35 submitted to the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted below, the test methods described 36 in Section 6-02.3(5)D shall be followed. Concrete compressive strength shall be in 37 accordance with Section 6-02.3(25)E. 38 39 Concrete that is not self-consolidating concrete will be accepted as follows: 40 41 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 42 43 2. Slump below the maximum allowed. 44 45 Concrete that is self-consolidating concrete will be accepted as follows: 46 47 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 48 49 2. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 121 City of Renton August 2015 3. VSI less than or equal to 1 in accordance with ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, 1 using Filling Procedure B. 2 3 4. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5-inches. 4 5 5. Rapid assessment of static segregation resistance of self-consolidating 6 concrete using penetration test in accordance with ASTM C 1712 shall be less 7 than or equal to 15 mm. 8 9 6-02.3(25)D Curing 10 The first paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 During curing, the Contractor shall keep the girder in a saturated curing atmosphere 13 until the girder concrete has reached the required release strength. If the Engineer 14 concurs, the Contractor may shorten curing time by heating the outside of impervious 15 forms. Heat may be radiant, convection, conducted steam, or hot air. With steam, the 16 arrangement shall envelop the entire surface with saturated steam. Hot air curing will 17 not be allowed, unless the Contractor submits Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of 18 the proposed method to envelop and maintain the girder in a saturated atmosphere. 19 Saturated atmosphere means a relative humidity of at least 90 percent. The Contractor 20 shall never allow dry heat to touch the girder surface at any point. 21 22 6-02.3(25)E Contractors Control Strength 23 This section is revised to read: 24 25 Concrete strength shall be measured on test cylinders cast from the same concrete as 26 that in the girder. These cylinders shall be cured under time-temperature relationships 27 and conditions that simulate those of the girder. If the forms are heated by steam or hot 28 air, test cylinders will remain in the coolest zone throughout curing. If forms are heated 29 another way, the Contractor shall provide a record of the curing time-temperature 30 relationship for the cylinders for each girder to the Engineer. When two or more girders 31 are cast in a continuous line and in a continuous pour, a single set of test cylinders may 32 represent all girders provided the Contractor demonstrates uniformity of casting and 33 curing to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 34 35 The Contractor shall mold, cure, and test enough of these cylinders to satisfy 36 Specification requirements for measuring concrete strength. The Contractor may use 4- 37 by 8-inch or 6- by 12-inch cylinders. 38 39 Test cylinders may be cured in a moist room or water tank in accordance with WSDOT 40 FOP for AASHTO T 23 after the girder concrete has obtained the required release 41 strength. If, however, the Contractor intends to ship the girder prior to the standard 28-42 day strength test, the design strength for shipping shall be determined from cylinders 43 placed with the girder and cured under the same conditions as the girder. These 44 cylinders may be placed in a noninsulated, moisture-proof envelope. 45 46 To measure concrete strength in the girder, the Contractor shall randomly select two 47 test cylinders. The average compressive strength of the two cylinders shall be equal or 48 greater than the specified strength and neither cylinder shall have a compressive 49 strength that is more than 5% below the specified strength. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 122 City of Renton August 2015 If too few cylinders were molded to carry out all required tests on the girder, the 1 Contractor shall remove and test cores from the girder under the surveillance of the 2 Engineer. If the Contractor casts cylinders to represent more than one girder, all girders 3 in that line shall be cored and tested. Cores shall avoid all prestressing strands, steel 4 reinforcing bars and interior voids. 5 6 For prestressed concrete slab girders, a test shall consist of four cores measuring 3 7 inches in diameter by 6 inches in length (for slabs) or by the thickness of the web (for 8 ribbed and double tee sections). Two cores shall be taken from each side of the girder 9 with one on each side of the girder span midpoint, at locations accepted by the 10 Engineer. The core locations for prestressed concrete ribbed and double tee sections 11 shall be immediately beneath the top flange. 12 13 For prestressed concrete tub girders, a test shall consist of four cores measuring 3 14 inches in diameter by the thickness of the web. Two cores shall be taken from each 15 web, approximately 3 feet to the left and to the right of the center of the girder span. 16 17 For all other prestressed concrete girders, a test shall consist of three cores measuring 18 3 inches in diameter by the thickness of the web and shall be removed from just below 19 the top flange; one at the midpoint of the girder’s length and the other two approximately 20 3 feet to the left and approximately 3 feet to the right. 21 22 The cores shall be taken in accordance with AASHTO T 24 and shall be tested in 23 accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 22. The Engineer may accept the girder if 24 the average compressive strength of all test cores from the girder are at least 85 25 percent of the specified compressive strength with no one core less than 75 percent of 26 specified compressive strength. 27 28 If there are more than four cored holes in a girder, the prestressing reinforcement shall 29 not be released until the holes are patched and the patch material has attained a 30 minimum compressive strength equal to the required release compressive strength. 31 32 All cored holes shall be patched and cured prior to shipment of the girder. The girder 33 shall not be shipped until tests show the patch material has attained a minimum 34 compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 35 36 If the annual plant approval includes procedures for patching cored holes, the cored 37 holes shall be patched in accordance with this procedure. Otherwise, the Contractor 38 shall submit a core hole patching procedure as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 39 40 6-02.3(25)F Prestress Release 41 The second and third paragraphs are revised to read: 42 43 All strands shall be released in a way that will minimize eccentricity of the prestressing 44 force about the centerline of the girder. This release shall not occur until tests show 45 each girder has reached the minimum compressive strength required by the Plans. 46 47 The Contractor may request permission to release the prestressing reinforcement at a 48 minimum concrete compressive strength less than specified in the Plans. This request 49 shall be submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing and shall be accompanied with 50 calculations showing the adequacy of the proposed release concrete compressive 51 strength and any effects on girder camber. The calculated release strength shall meet 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 123 City of Renton August 2015 the requirements outlined in the WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23-50) for 1 tension and compression at release. 2 3 6-02.3(25)G Protection of Exposed Reinforcement 4 The last paragraph is deleted. 5 6 6-02.3(25)H Finishing 7 The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 8 9 The interface on girders that contact a cast-in-place concrete deck shall have a finish of 10 dense, screeded concrete without a smooth sheen or laitance on the surface. 11 12 The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 13 14 On prestressed concrete wide flange deck girders, deck bulb tee girders, ribbed section 15 girders and double tee girders, the Contractor shall test the top surface for flatness and 16 make corrections in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D3 except that the straightedge 17 need not exceed the width of the girder top flange when checking the transverse 18 direction. The top surface shall be finished in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D6. 19 20 The Contractor may repair defects in the girder provided the repair is covered in the 21 annual plant approval package. Any repairs that are not covered by the annual plant 22 approval process shall be submitted to the Engineer as Type 2 Working Drawings or 23 shall be submitted through the email resolution process. 24 25 6-02.3(25)I Fabrication Tolerances 26 This section is revised to read: 27 28 The girders shall be fabricated as shown in the processed shop drawings, and shall 29 meet the dimensional tolerances listed below. Construction tolerances of cast-in-place 30 closures for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall conform to the tolerances 31 specified for spliced prestressed concrete girders. Actual acceptance or rejection will 32 depend on how the Engineer believes a defect outside these tolerances will affect the 33 Structure’s strength or appearance: 34 35 1. Length: ± ¼ inch per 25 feet of beam length, up to a maximum of ± 1½ inches. 36 37 2. Width: 38 39 Flanges and webs: + ⅜ inch, - ¼ inch. 40 41 Slab girders: ± ¼ inch. 42 43 3. Girder Depth (overall): ± ¼ inch. 44 45 4. Flange Depth: 46 47 For I and wide flange I girders: ± ¼ inch 48 49 For all other girders: + ¼ inch, - ⅛ inch 50 51 5. Strand Position: 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 124 City of Renton August 2015 1 Straight strands: ± ¼ inch 2 3 Bundled strand group center of gravity: ± ½ inch 4 5 Harped strand group center of gravity at the girder ends: ± 1 inch 6 7 6. Longitudinal Location of Harp Points for Harped Strands from Design 8 Locations: ± 20 inches 9 10 7. Position of an Interior Void, vertically and horizontally (slab girders): ± ½ inch. 11 12 8. Bearing Recess (center of recess to girder end): ± ¼ inch. 13 14 9. Girder Ends (deviation from square or designated skew): 15 16 Horizontal: ± ½ inch 17 18 Vertical: ± ⅛ inch per foot of girder depth 19 20 10. Bearing Area Deviation from Plane (in length or width of bearing): 1⁄16 inch. 21 22 11. Stirrup Reinforcing Spacing: ± 1 inch. 23 24 12. Stirrup Projection from Top of Girder: 25 26 Wide flange thin deck and slab girders: ± ¼ inch 27 28 All other girders: ± ¾ inch 29 30 13. Mild Steel Concrete Cover: - ⅛ inch, + ⅜ inch. 31 32 14. Offset at Form Joints (deviation from a straight line extending 5 feet on each 33 side of joint): ± ¼ inch. 34 35 15. Differential Camber Between Girders in a Span (measured in place at the job 36 site): 37 38 For wide flange deck, wide flange thin deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders with a reinforced concrete topping: Cambers shall be equalized when the differences in cambers between adjacent girders exceeds ± ½ inch For all other wide flange deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders: Cambers shall be equalized when the differences in cambers between adjacent girders exceeds ± ¼ inch For all other prestressed concrete girders: ± ⅛ inch per 10 feet of girder length 39 16. Position of Inserts for Structural Connections: ± 1 inch. 40 41 17. Position of Lifting Loops: ± 3 inches longitudinal, ± ¼ inch transverse. 42 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 125 City of Renton August 2015 1 18. Weld Ties: ± ½ inch longitudinal, ± ⅛ inch vertical. 2 3 19. Position of post tensioning ducts in spliced prestressed concrete girders: ± ¼ 4 inch. 5 6 20. Deviation from a smooth curve for post-tensioning ducts at closures based on 7 the sum total of duct placement and alignment tolerances: ± ⅜ inch. 8 9 6-02.3(25)J Horizontal Alignment 10 This section is revised to read: 11 12 The Contractor shall check and record the horizontal alignment of the top and bottom 13 flanges of each girder at the following times: 14 15 1. Initial – Upon removal of the girder from the casting bed. 16 17 2. Shipment – Within 7 days prior to shipment. 18 19 3. Erection – After girder erection and cutting temporary top strands but prior to 20 any equalization, placement of weld ties or placement of diaphragms. 21 22 Each check shall be made by measuring the distance between each flange and a chord 23 that extends the full length of the girder. The Contractor shall perform and record each 24 check at a time when the alignment of the girder is not influenced by temporary 25 differences in surface temperature. Records for the initial check (Item 1 above) shall be 26 included in the Contractor’s prestressed concrete certificate of compliance. Records for 27 all other checks shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. 28 29 Immediately after the girder is removed from the casting bed, neither flange shall be 30 offset more than ⅛ inch for each 10 feet of girder length. During storage and prior to 31 shipping, the offset (with girder ends plumb and upright and with no external force) shall 32 not exceed ¼ inch per 10 feet of girder length. Any girder within this tolerance may be 33 shipped, but shall be corrected at the job site to the ⅛ inch maximum offset per 10 feet 34 of girder length before concrete is placed into the diaphragms. 35 36 The Engineer may permit the use of external force to correct girder alignment at the 37 plant or job site if the Contractor provides stress calculations and a proposed procedure. 38 If external force is permitted, it shall not be released until after the bridge deck has been 39 placed and cured 10 days. 40 41 The maximum deviation of the side of a prestressed concrete slab girder, or the edge of 42 the top flange of a wide flange deck, wide flange thin deck, deck bulb tee, double tee or 43 ribbed girder, measured from a chord that extends end to end of the member, shall be ± 44 ⅛ inch per 10 feet of member length, but not greater than ½ inch total. 45 46 6-02.3(25)K Girder Deflection 47 This section, including title, is revised to read: 48 49 6-02.3(25)K Vertical Deflection 50 The Contractor shall check and record the vertical deflection (camber) of each girder at 51 the following times: 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 126 City of Renton August 2015 1 1. Initial – Upon removal of the girder from the casting bed; 2 3 2. Shipment – Within 7 days prior to shipment; 4 5 3. Erection – After girder erection and cutting temporary top strands but prior to 6 any equalization, placement of weld ties or placement of diaphragms. 7 8 At a minimum, survey data shall be taken at each girder end and at midspan. The 9 Contractor shall perform and record each check at a time when the alignment of the 10 girder is not influenced by temporary differences in surface temperature. Records for 11 the initial check (Item 1 above) shall be included in the Contractor’s Prestressed 12 Concrete Certificate of Compliance. Records for all other checks shall be submitted as a 13 Type 1 Working Drawing. 14 15 The “D” dimensions shown in the Plans are computed upper and lower bounds of girder 16 vertical deflections at midspan based on a time lapse of 40 and 120 days after release 17 of the prestressing strands. Any temporary top strands are assumed to be cut 30 days 18 prior to these elapsed times (10 and 90 days after release of the prestressing strands). 19 The “D” dimensions are intended to advise the Contractor of the expected range of 20 girder vertical deflection at the time of deck placement. A positive (+) “D” dimension 21 indicates upward deflection. 22 23 If the girder vertical deflection measured for the shipment check (Item 2 above) is not 24 between the lower bound shown in the Plans and the upper bound shown in the Plans, 25 the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and shall submit the camber data 26 as a Type 2 Working Drawing. The Engineer shall be notified prior to shipping the 27 girders. 28 29 If the girder vertical deflection measured for the erection check (Item 3 above) is not 30 between the lower bound shown in the Plans and the upper bound shown in the Plans 31 plus ¾ inches, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing describing how 32 the deficient or excess girder camber will be addressed. 33 34 All costs including bridge deck form adjustments, maintaining steel reinforcing bar 35 clearances, changes in deck profile or thickness, or any other modifications needed to 36 accommodate girder deflections shall be at the Contractor’s expense. 37 38 6-02.3(25)L Handling and Storage 39 The first paragraph is revised to read: 40 41 During handling and storage, each prestressed concrete girder shall always be kept 42 plumb and upright. It shall be lifted only by the lifting embedments (strand lift loops or 43 high-strength threaded steel bars) at either end. 44 45 The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 46 47 For high-strength threaded steel bars, a minimum of two 1⅜-inch diameter bars 48 conforming to Section 9-07.11 shall be used at each end of the girder. 49 50 The second sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 127 City of Renton August 2015 Alternatively, these temporary strands may be post-tensioned provided the strands are 1 stressed on the same day that the permanent prestress is released into the girder and 2 the strands are tensioned prior to lifting the girder from the form. 3 4 The last two paragraphs are revised to read: 5 6 The Contractor may request permission to use lifting embedments, lifting embedment 7 locations, lifting angles, concrete release strengths, or temporary top strand 8 configurations other than specified in the Plans. The request shall be submitted as a 9 Type 2E Working Drawing and shall conform to the Criteria for Girder Stresses and 10 Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting in Section 6-02.3(25)M. The request 11 shall also address any effects on girder camber. 12 13 If girders are to be stored, the Contractor shall place them on a stable foundation that 14 will keep them in a vertical position. Stored girders shall be supported at the bearing 15 recesses or, if there are no recesses, approximately 2 to 3 feet from the girder ends. 16 After post-tensioning, spliced prestressed concrete girders shall be supported at points 17 between 2 and 5 feet from the girder ends, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. For 18 long-term storage of girders with initial horizontal curvature, the Contractor may wedge 19 one side of the bottom flange, tilting the girders to control curvature. If the Contractor 20 elects to set girders out of plumb during storage, the Contractor shall have the proposed 21 method analyzed by the Contractor’s engineer to ensure against damaging the girder. 22 23 6-02.3(25)M Shipping 24 This section is revised to read: 25 26 After the girder has reached its 28-day design strength, the girder and a completed 27 Certification of Compliance, signed by a Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute 28 Certified Technician or a Professional Engineer, shall be submitted to the Engineer for 29 inspection. If the Engineer finds the certification and the girder to be acceptable, the 30 Engineer will stamp the girder “Approved for Shipment”. 31 32 No prestressed concrete slab girder shall be shipped for at least 3 days after concrete 33 placement. No prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee or tub girder shall 34 be shipped for at least 7 days after concrete placement, except that they may be 35 shipped 3 days after concrete placement when L/(bd) is less than or equal to 5.0, where 36 L equals the shipping length of the girder, b equals the girder top flange width (for 37 prestressed concrete wide flange deck and deck bulb tee girders) or the bottom flange 38 width (for prestressed concrete tub girders), and d equals the girder depth, all in feet. 39 No other girder shall be shipped for at least 10 days after concrete placement. 40 41 Girder support locations during shipping shall be no closer than the girder depth to the 42 ends of the girder at the girder centerline. Support locations shown in the Plans have 43 been determined in accordance with the criteria specified below. The Contractor shall 44 verify the applicability of these criteria to the trucking configuration intended for transport 45 of the girders. If the trucking configuration differs from these criteria, or the Contractor 46 proposes to use support locations other than those shown in the Plans, the Contractor 47 shall submit a girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming to the criteria 48 specified below as a Type 2E Working Drawing. 49 50 If the Contractor elects to assemble spliced prestressed concrete girders into 51 components of two or more segments prior to shipment, the Contractor shall submit a 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 128 City of Renton August 2015 girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming to the criteria specified 1 below as a Type 2E Working Drawing. 2 3 The Contractor shall determine if girder bracing to control lateral bending during 4 shipping is required and shall provide it if necessary. When bracing is required, the 5 Contractor shall submit a girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming to 6 the criteria specified below as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The Contractor shall 7 perform all bracing operations at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8 9 Criteria for Girder Stresses and Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting: 10 Girder stresses and lateral stability shall conform to the requirements of the WSDOT 11 Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23-50) including Sections 5.2.1.C, 5.6.2.C.2 and 5.6.3. 12 13 6-02.3(25)N Prestressed Concrete Girder Erection 14 This section is revised to read: 15 16 Before erecting any prestressed concrete girders, the Contractor shall submit an 17 erection plan as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The erection plan shall conform to the 18 Criteria for Girder Stresses and Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting in 19 Section 6-02.3(25)M. The erection plan shall provide complete details of the erection 20 process including at a minimum: 21 22 1. Temporary falsework support, bracing, guys, deadmen, and attachments to 23 other Structure components or objects; 24 25 2. Procedure and sequence of operation; 26 27 3. Girder stresses during progressive stages of erection; 28 29 4. Girder weights, lift points, lifting embedments and devices, spreaders, and 30 angle of lifting cables in accordance with Section 6-02.3(25)L, etc.; 31 32 5. Crane(s) make and model, mass, geometry, lift capacity, outrigger size, and 33 reactions; 34 35 6. Girder launcher or trolley details and capacity (if intended for use); and 36 37 7. Locations of cranes, barges, trucks delivering girders, and the location of 38 cranes and outriggers relative to other Structures, including retaining walls and 39 wing walls. 40 41 The erection plan shall include drawings, notes, catalog cuts, and calculations clearly 42 showing the above listed details, assumptions, and dimensions. Material properties and 43 Specifications, structural analysis, and any other data used shall also be included. 44 45 The concrete in piers and crossbeams shall reach at least 80 percent of design strength 46 before girders are placed on them. 47 48 The Contractor shall hoist girders only by the lifting embedments at the ends, always 49 keeping the girders plumb and upright. When the girders are to receive a cast-in-place 50 concrete deck, lifting embedments shall be removed after erection to provide a 51 minimum 2½-inch clearance to the top of the deck. W hen the girders are not to receive 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 129 City of Renton August 2015 a cast-in-place concrete deck, lifting embedments shall be removed 1-inch below the 1 girder surface and grouted with an epoxy grout conforming to Section 9-26.3(1)A. 2 3 The girders shall be braced in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(17)F4 and 6-4 02.3(17)F5. When temporary strands in the top flange are used, they shall be cut 5 after the girders are braced and before the girder deflections are equalized and 6 intermediate diaphragms are cast. 7 8 Instead of the oak block wedges shown in the Plans, the Contractor may use Douglas fir 9 blocks if the grain is vertical. The height of oak block wedges at the girder centerline 10 shall not exceed the width. 11 12 The Contractor shall fill all block-out holes with a mortar or grout acceptable to the 13 Engineer. 14 15 For prestressed concrete slab girders, the Contractor shall set stop plates and dowel 16 bars at the top of pier walls with either epoxy grout conforming to Section 9-26.3 or type 17 IV epoxy bonding agent conforming to Section 9-26.1. 18 19 6-02.3(25)O Deck Bulb Tee Girder Flange Connection 20 This section, including title, is revised to read: 21 22 Girder to Girder Connections 23 When differential camber between adjacent girders in a span exceeds the tolerance in 24 Section 6-02.3(25)I, the Contractor shall submit a method of equalizing deflections as a 25 Type 1 Working Drawing. Any temporary strands in the top flange shall be cut in 26 accordance with Section 6-02.3(25)N prior to equalizing girder deflections. 27 28 Prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders with grouted 29 shear keys shall be constructed in the following sequence: 30 31 1. Deflections shall be equalized in accordance with the Contractor’s equalization 32 plan. 33 34 2. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and weld ties shall be welded. 35 Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded 36 when welding the weld-ties. 37 38 3. The keyways shown in the Plans to receive grout shall be filled flush with the 39 surrounding surfaces using a grout conforming to Section 9-20.3(2). 40 41 4. Equalization equipment shall not be removed and other construction 42 equipment shall not be placed on the structure until intermediate diaphragms 43 and keyway grout have attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi. 44 45 Prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders without grouted 46 shear keys and prestressed concrete wide flange thin deck girders shall be constructed 47 in the following sequence: 48 49 1. Deflections shall be equalized in accordance with the Contractor’s equalization 50 plan. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 130 City of Renton August 2015 2. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and any weld ties shall be welded. 1 Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded 2 when welding the weld-ties. 3 4 3. Equalization equipment shall not be removed and other construction 5 equipment shall not be placed on the structure until intermediate diaphragms 6 have attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi. 7 8 6-02.3(26)F Prestressing Reinforcement 9 The last sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 If the prestressing reinforcement will not be stressed and grouted for more than 7 12 calendar days after it is placed in the ducts, the Contractor shall place an approved 13 corrosion inhibitor conforming to Federal Specification MIL-I-22110C in the ducts. 14 15 6-02.3(27)A Use of Self-Consolidating Concrete for Precast Units 16 The first paragraph is deleted. 17 18 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 19 20 Self-consolidating concrete (SCC) may be used for the following precast concrete 21 structure elements: 22 23 Item number 2 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 24 25 2. Precast reinforced concrete three-sided structures in accordance with Section 6-26 02.3(29). 27 28 6-02.3(27)B Submittals for Self-Consolidating Concrete for Precast Units 29 This section is revised to read: 30 31 With the exception of items 3, 7, and 8 in Section 6-02.3(27)A, the Contractor shall 32 submit the mix design for SCC to the Engineer for annual plant approval in accordance 33 with Section 6-02.3(28)B. The mix design submittal shall include items specified in 34 Sections 6-02.3(2)A and 6-02.3(2)C1. 35 36 Items 3, 7, and 8 in Section 6-02.3(27)A require the precast plant to cast one 37 representative structure acceptable to the Engineer and have the structure sawn in half 38 for examination by the Contracting Agency to determine that segregation has not 39 occurred. The Contracting Agency’s approval of the sawn structure will constitute 40 approval of the precast plant to use SCC, and a concrete mix design submittal is not 41 required. 42 43 6-02.3(27)C Acceptance Testing of Self-Consolidating Concrete for Precast 44 Units 45 This section’s title is revised to read: 46 47 6-02.3(27)C Acceptance Testing of Concrete for Precast Units 48 49 This section is revised to read: 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 131 City of Renton August 2015 Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Contractor and test results shall be 1 submitted to the Engineer. Concrete shall conform to the requirements specified in 2 Section 6-02.3(2)A. Unless otherwise noted below, the test methods described in 3 Section 6-02.3(5)D shall be followed. Concrete compressive strength shall be in 4 accordance with Section 6-02.3(27). Compressive strength testing shall be performed a 5 minimum of once per day and once for every 20 cubic yards of concrete that is placed. 6 7 Concrete for items 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 in Section 6-02.3(27)A that is not self-consolidating 8 concrete will be accepted as follows: 9 10 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 11 12 2. Slump below the maximum allowed. 13 14 3. Air content within the required range. 15 16 SCC for items 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 in Section 6-02.3(27)A will be accepted as follows: 17 18 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 19 20 2. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. 21 22 3. VSI less than or equal to 1 in accordance with ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, 23 using Filling Procedure B. 24 25 4. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5-inches. 26 27 5. Air content within the required range. 28 29 SCC for concrete barrier will be accepted in accordance with temperature, air, and 30 compressive strength testing listed above. 31 32 SCC for precast junction boxes, cable vaults, and pull boxes will be accepted in 33 accordance with the temperature and compressive strength testing listed above. 34 35 SCC for precast drainage structure elements will be accepted in accordance with the 36 requirements of AASHTO M 199. 37 38 6-02.3(28) Precast Concrete Panels 39 In the first paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: 40 41 WSDOT Certification will be granted at, and renewed during, the annual precast plant 42 review and approval process in accordance with WSDOT Materials Manual M 46-01.04 43 Standard Practice QC 7. 44 45 6-02.4 Measurement 46 The seventh paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 47 48 All reinforcing steel will be measured by the computed weight of all steel required by the 49 Plans. The weight of mechanical splices will be based on the weight specified in the 50 manufacturer’s catalog cut for the specific item. Splices noted as optional in the Plans 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 132 City of Renton August 2015 but installed by the Contractor will be included in the measurement. Epoxy-coated bars 1 will be measured before coating. The Contractor shall furnish (without extra allowance): 2 3 Item number 1 in the seventh paragraph is revised to read: 4 5 1. Bracing, spreaders, form blocks, wire clips, and other fasteners. 6 7 The eighth paragraph is deleted. 8 9 The following three new paragraphs are inserted before the last paragraph: 10 11 Expansion joint system___seal - superstr. will be measured by the linear foot along its 12 completed line and slope. 13 14 Expansion joint modification will be measured by the linear foot of expansion joint 15 modified along its completed line and slope. 16 17 Prestressed concrete girder will be measured by the linear foot of girder specified in the 18 Proposal. 19 20 6-02.5 Payment 21 In the paragraph following the bid item “Commercial Concrete”, per cubic yard the second 22 sentence is revised to read: 23 24 All costs in connection with concrete curing, producing concrete surface finish with form 25 liners, and furnishing and applying pigmented sealer to concrete surfaces as specified, 26 shall be included in the unit contract price per cubic yard for "Conc. Class ____". 27 28 The following new paragraph is inserted after the bid item “Superstructure (name bridge)”, 29 lump sum: 30 31 All costs in connection with constructing, finishing and removing the bridge deck test 32 slab as specified in Section 6-02.3(10)D1 shall be included in the lump sum Contract 33 price for “Superstructure___” or “Bridge Deck___” for one bridge in each project, as 34 applicable. 35 36 In the paragraph following the bid item “Epoxy-Coated St. Reinf. Bar ___”, per pound, the 37 first sentence is revised to read: 38 39 Payment for reinforcing steel shall include the cost of drilling holes in concrete for, and 40 setting, steel reinforcing bar dowels with epoxy bonding agent, and furnishing, 41 fabricating, placing, and splicing the reinforcement. 42 43 The bid item “Cure Box”, lump sum and paragraph following bid item are deleted. 44 45 The following three new bid items are inserted before the bid item “Bridge Approach Slab”, 46 per square yard: 47 48 “Expansion Joint System _____ - Superstr.”, per linear foot. 49 50 “Expansion Joint Modification - ___”, per linear foot. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 133 City of Renton August 2015 “Prestressed Conc. Girder ___”, per linear foot. 1 2 Section 6-03, Steel Structures 3 April 6, 2015 4 6-03.2 Materials 5 The first sentence in the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings describing the methods for 8 visibly marking the material so that it can be traced. 9 10 6-03.3 Construction Requirements 11 This Section is revised to read: 12 13 Structural steel fabricators of plate and box girders, floorbeams, truss members, 14 stringers, cross frames, diaphragms, and laterals shall be certified under the AISC 15 Certification Program for Steel Bridge Fabricators, Advanced Bridges Category. When 16 fracture critical members are specified in the Contract, structural steel fabricators shall 17 also meet the supplemental requirements F, Bridges with Fracture-Critical Members, 18 under the AISC Certification Program for Steel Bridge Fabricators. 19 20 6-03.3(7) Shop Plans 21 This Section is revised to read: 22 23 The Contractor shall submit all Shop Detail Plans for fabricating the steel as Type 2 24 Working Drawings. 25 26 If these Plans will be submitted directly from the fabricator, the Contractor shall so notify 27 the Engineer in writing. 28 29 No material shall be fabricated until: (1) the Working Drawing review is complete, and 30 (2) the Engineer has accepted the materials source. 31 32 Before Physical Completion of the project, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer one 33 set of reproducible copies of the As-Built Shop Plans. The reproducible copies shall be 34 clear, suitable for microfilming, and on permanent sheets that measure no smaller than 35 11 by 17-inches. Alternatively, the Shop Drawings may be provided in an electronic 36 format with the concurrence of the Engineer. 37 38 6-03.3(7)A Erection Methods 39 The first paragraph is revised to read: 40 41 Before beginning to erect any steel Structure, the Contractor shall submit Type 2E 42 Working Drawings consisting of the erection plan and procedure describing the methods 43 the Contractor intends to use. 44 45 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 46 47 The erection plan and procedure shall provide complete details of the erection process 48 including, at a minimum, the following: 49 50 The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 134 City of Renton August 2015 1 As part of the erection plan Working Drawings, the Contractor may submit details of an 2 engineered and fabricated lifting bracket bolted to the girder top flanges providing the 3 following requirements are satisfied: 4 5 In the third paragraph, the second sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: 6 7 Certification documentation from a previous project may be submitted; 8 9 The last sentence of the fourth paragraph is deleted. 10 11 The last paragraph is deleted. 12 13 6-03.3(10) Straightening Bent Material 14 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 15 16 A limited amount of localized heat may be applied only if carefully planned and 17 supervised, and only in accordance with the heat-straightening procedure Working 18 Drawing submittal. 19 20 The third paragraph is revised to read: 21 22 After straightening, the Contractor shall inspect the member for fractures using a 23 method proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Contracting Agency. 24 25 The last paragraph is revised to read: 26 27 The procedure for heat straightening of universal mill (UM) plates by the mill or the 28 fabricator shall be submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 29 30 6-03.3(14) Edge Finishing 31 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 32 33 Corners along exposed edges shall be broken by light grinding or another method 34 acceptable to the Engineer to achieve an approximate 1/16-inch chamfer or rounding. 35 36 In the fifth paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 37 38 The fabricator shall prevent excessive hardening of flange edges through preheating, 39 post heating, or control of the burning process as recommended by the steel 40 manufacturer. 41 42 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 Hardness testing shall consist of testing thermal-cut edges with a portable hardness 45 tester. The hardness tester, and its operating test procedures, shall be submitted as a 46 Type 1 Working Drawing. The hardness tester shall be convertible to Rockwell C scale 47 values. 48 49 In the last paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 135 City of Renton August 2015 If thermal-cutting operations conform to procedures established by the steel 1 manufacturer, and hardness testing results are consistently within acceptable limits, the 2 Engineer may authorize a reduction in the testing frequency. 3 4 6-03.3(15) Planing of Bearing Surfaces 5 This Section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 6 7 Where mill to bear is specified in the Plans, the bearing end of the stiffener shall be 8 flush and square with the flange and shall have at least 75 percent of this area in 9 contact with the flange. 10 11 6-03.3(25) Welding and Repair Welding 12 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 13 14 Welding and repair welding of all steel bridges shall comply with the AASHTO/AWS 15 D1.5M/D1.5, latest edition, Bridge Welding Code. 16 17 In the second paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 18 19 No welding, including tack and temporary welds shall be done in the shop or field unless 20 the location of the welds is shown on the Shop Drawings reviewed and accepted by the 21 Engineer. 22 23 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 24 25 Welding procedures shall accompany the Shop Drawing Working Drawing submittal. 26 27 In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 28 29 Welding shall not begin until completion of the Shop Plan Working Drawing review as 30 required in Section 6-03.3(7). 31 32 In item number 1 of the ninth paragraph, “approves” is revised to read “concurs”. 33 34 6-03.3(25)A3 Ultrasonic Inspection 35 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 36 37 A minimum of 30 percent of complete penetration vertical welds on steel column jackets 38 thicker than 5/16-inch, within 1.50 column jacket diameter of the top and bottom of each 39 column, shall be inspected. If any rejectable flaws are found, 100 percent of the weld 40 within the specified limits shall be inspected. The largest column cross section diameter 41 for tapered column jackets shall constitute one column jacket diameter. 42 43 6-03.3(25)A4 Magnetic Particle Inspection 44 Items number 3 and 4 are revised to read: 45 46 3. Complete penetration groove welds on plates 5⁄16-inch or thinner (excluding steel 47 column jackets) shall be 100 percent tested by the magnetic particle method. 48 Testing shall apply to both sides of the weld, if backing plate is not used. The ends 49 of each complete penetration groove weld at plate edges shall be tested by the 50 magnetic particle method. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 136 City of Renton August 2015 4. A minimum of 30 percent of complete penetration vertical welds on steel column 1 jackets 5⁄16-inch or thinner, within 1.50 column jacket diameters of the top and 2 bottom of each column, shall be magnetic particle inspected. The largest column 3 cross section diameter for tapered column jackets shall constitute one column jacket 4 diameter. 5 6 The last paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 7 8 If any rejectable flaws are found in any test length of item 4 above, 100 percent of the 9 weld within the specified limits shall be inspected. 10 11 6-03.3(27) High Strength Bolt Holes 12 The last paragraph is revised to read: 13 14 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of a detailed outline of 15 the procedures proposed to accomplish the work from initial drilling through shop 16 assembly. 17 18 6-03.3(27)C Numerically Controlled Drilled Connections 19 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 20 21 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of a detailed outline of 22 proposed N/C procedures. 23 24 6-03.3(29) Welded Shear Connectors 25 This Section’s content is deleted and replaced with the following: 26 27 Installation, production control, and inspection of welded shear connectors shall 28 conform to Chapter 7 of the AASHTO/AWS D1.5M/D1.5:2010 Bridge Welding Code. If 29 welded shear connectors are installed in the shop, installation shall be completed prior 30 to applying the shop primer coat in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)G. If welded shear 31 connectors are installed in the field, the steel surface to be welded shall be prepared to 32 SSPC-SP 11, power tool cleaning, just prior to welding. 33 34 6-03.3(33) Bolted Connections 35 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 36 37 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings providing documentation of the 38 bolt tension calibrator, including brand, capacity, model, date of last calibration, and 39 manufacturer’s instructions for use. 40 41 In the second sentence of the second paragraph, the word “approved” is deleted. 42 43 In item number 3 of the fifth paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “specified”. 44 45 In the center column header of table 1, “AASHTO M 164” is revised to read “ASTM A 325”. 46 47 In the column headings of table 3, “M 164” is revised to read “A 325”. 48 49 In the tenth paragraph, item number 3, “approved” is revised to read “accepted” in the 50 second and third sentences of the first paragraph. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 137 City of Renton August 2015 In the tenth paragraph, item number 3, the third paragraph is revised to read: 1 2 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings of the tension control bolt 3 assembly, including bolt capacities, type of bolt, nut, and washer lubricant, method of 4 packaging and protection of the lubricated bolt, installation equipment, calibration 5 equipment, and installation procedures. 6 7 In the first sentence of the last paragraph, “AASHTO M 164” is revised to read “ASTM A 8 325”. 9 10 The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 Black ASTM A 325 bolts may be reused once if accepted by the Engineer. 13 14 In the last paragraph, the fourth sentence is revised to read: 15 16 Bolts to be reused shall be relubricated in accordance with the manufacturer’s 17 recommendations. 18 19 6-03.3(33)A Pre-Erection Testing 20 In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “accepted”. 21 22 The third paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the manufacturer’s 25 detailed procedure for pre-erection (rotational capacity) testing of tension control bolt 26 assemblies. 27 28 6-03.3(33)B Bolting Inspection 29 In the last sentence of the first paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “specified”. 30 31 The last paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the manufacturer’s 34 detailed procedure for routine observation to ensure proper use of the tension control 35 bolt assemblies. 36 37 6-03.3(42) Surface Condition 38 The first subparagraph is revised to read: 39 40 Painted steel surfaces shall be cleaned by methods required for the type of staining. 41 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing of the cleaning method. 42 43 Section 6-04, Timber Structures 44 January 5, 2015 45 6-04.3(3) Shop Details 46 This Section is revised to read: 47 48 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop detail Plans 49 for all treated timber. These Plans shall show dimensions for all cut, framed, or bored 50 timbers. 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 138 City of Renton August 2015 1 Section 6-05, Piling 2 January 5, 2015 3 6-05.3(2) Ordering Piling 4 The last paragraph is deleted. 5 6 6-05.3(3)A Casting and Stressing 7 In the second sentence of the first paragraph, “poured” is revised to read “cast”. 8 9 6-05.3(4) Manufacture of Steel Casings for Cast-In-Place Concrete Piles 10 This Section is revised to read: 11 12 The diameter of steel casings shall be as specified in the Contract. A full-penetration 13 groove weld between welded edges is required. 14 15 6-05.3(5) Manufacture of Steel Piles 16 This Section is revised to read: 17 18 Steel piles shall be made of rolled steel H-pile sections, steel pipe piles, or of other 19 structural steel sections described in the Contract. A full-penetration groove weld 20 between welded edges is required. 21 22 6-05.3(6) Splicing Steel Casings and Steel Piles 23 This Section is revised to read: 24 25 The Engineer will normally permit steel piles and steel casings for cast-in-place 26 concrete piles to be spliced. But in each case, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 27 Working Drawings supporting the need and describing the method for splicing. Welded 28 splices shall be spaced at a minimum distance of 10 feet. Only welded splices will be 29 permitted. 30 31 Splice welds for steel piles shall comply with Section 6-03.3(25) and AWS D1.1/D1.1M, 32 latest edition, Structural Welding Code. Splicing of steel piles shall be performed in 33 accordance with an approved weld procedure. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 34 Working Drawing consisting of the weld procedure. For ASTM A 252 material, mill 35 certification for each lot of pipe to be welded shall accompany the submittal. The ends 36 of all steel pipe piling shall meet the fit-up requirements of AWS D1.1/D1.1M, latest 37 edition, Structural Welding Code Section 5.22.3.1, “Girth Weld Alignment (Tubular),” 38 when the material is spliced utilizing a girth weld. 39 40 Splice welds of steel casings for cast-in-place concrete piles shall be the Contractor’s 41 responsibility and shall be welded in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, latest edition, 42 Structural Welding Code. A weld procedure submittal is not required for steel casings 43 used for cast-in-place concrete piles. Casings that collapse or are not watertight, shall 44 be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 45 46 6-05.3(7)B Precast Concrete Piles 47 The second to last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 139 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method of lifting 1 the piles. 2 3 6-05.3(8) Pile Tips and Shoes 4 In the last paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted and replaced with the 5 following new sentence: 6 7 If pile tips or shoes other than those denoted in the Qualified Products List are 8 proposed, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of Shop 9 Drawings of the proposed pile tip along with design calculations, Specifications, material 10 chemistry and installation requirements, along with evidence of a pile driving test 11 demonstrating suitability of the proposed pile tip. 12 13 6-05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval 14 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 15 16 Prior to driving any piles, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings 17 consisting of details of each proposed pile driving system. 18 19 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 20 21 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of a wave equation 22 analysis for all pile driving systems used to drive piling with required ultimate bearing 23 capacities of greater than 300 tons. 24 25 In the second paragraph, the second sentence is deleted. 26 27 The last paragraph is revised to read: 28 29 Changes to the pile driving system after completion of the Working Drawing review 30 require a revised Working Drawing submittal. 31 32 6-05.3(9)B Pile Driving Equipment Minimum Requirements 33 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 34 35 For each drop hammer used, the Contractor shall weigh it in the Engineer’s presence or 36 submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a certificate of its weight. 37 38 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 39 40 For each diesel, hydraulic, steam, or air-driven hammer used, the Contractor shall 41 submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the manufacturer’s Specifications and 42 catalog. 43 44 In the fourth paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “permission”. 45 46 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 47 48 These requirements for minimum hammer size may be waived if a Type 2E Working 49 Drawing is submitted consisting of a wave equation analysis demonstrating the ability of 50 the hammer to obtain the required bearing capacity and minimum tip elevation without 51 damage to the pile. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 140 City of Renton August 2015 1 6-05.3(9)C Pile Driving Leads 2 In the third paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “permitted”. 3 4 6-05.3(11)F Pile Damage 5 In the first sentence of the second paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “accepted”. 6 7 6-05.3(11)G Pile Cutoff 8 In the first paragraph, “Engineer’s approval” is revised to read “Engineer’s permission”. 9 10 6-05.3(11)H Pile Driving From or Near Adjacent Structures 11 In the first paragraph, item number 3 is revised to read: 12 13 3. Type 2E Working Drawings are submitted in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 6-14 02.3(16), showing the structural adequacy of the existing Structure to safely support 15 all of the construction loads. 16 17 6-05.3(12) Determination of Bearing Values 18 In the footnote below the formula, “approved by the Engineer” is revised to read “acceptable 19 to the Engineer”. 20 21 6-05.3(13) Treatment of Timber Pile Heads 22 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 23 24 After cutting treated timber piles to correct elevation, the Contractor shall brush three 25 coats of a preservative that meets the requirements of Section 9-09 on all pile heads 26 (except those to be covered with concrete footings or concrete caps). 27 28 6-05.3(15) Completion of Cast-In-Place Concrete Piles 29 In the first paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “acceptance”. 30 31 Section 6-06, Bridge Railings 32 January 5, 2015 33 6-06.3(2) Metal Railings 34 The second paragraph is revised to read: 35 36 Before fabricating the railing, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings 37 consisting of the shop Plans. The Contractor may substitute other rail connection details 38 for those shown in the Plans if details of these changes show in the shop Plans and if 39 the Engineer accepts them in the Working Drawing response comments. In reviewing 40 the shop Plan Working Drawings, the Engineer indicates only that they are adequate 41 and complete enough. The review does not indicate a check on dimensions. 42 43 Section 6-07, Painting 44 January 5, 2015 45 6-07.3 Painting 46 This Section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 141 City of Renton August 2015 6-07.3(14) Metallic Coatings 1 2 6-07.3(14)A General Requirements 3 This Specification covers the requirements for thermal spray metallic coatings, with 4 and without additional paint coats, as a means to prevent corrosion. 5 6 The coating system consists of surface preparation by wash cleaning and abrasive 7 blast cleaning, thermal spray application of a metallic coating using a material 8 made specifically for that purpose, and, when specified, shop primer coat or shop 9 primer coat plus top coat in accordance with Section 6-07.3(11)A. The system also 10 includes inspection and acceptance requirements. 11 12 6-07.3(14)B Reference Standards 13 SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2 Near White Blast Cleaning 14 SSPC CS 23.00 Guide for Thermal Spray Metallic Coating Systems 15 ASTM-C-633 Standard Test Method for Adhesion or Cohesion 16 Strength of Thermal Spray Coatings 17 ASTM D 4417 Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of 18 Surface Profile of Blast-Cleaned Steel 19 ASTM D 6386 Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc (Hot-Dip 20 Galvanized) Coated Iron and Steel Product and 21 Hardware Surfaces for Painting 22 ASTM D 4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings 23 Using Portable Adhesion Testers 24 ANSI/AWS C2.18 Guide for the Protection of Steel with Thermal Sprayed 25 Coatings of Aluminum, Zinc and their Alloys and 26 Composites 27 28 6-07.3(14)C Quality Assurance 29 A representative sample of each lot of the coating material used shall be submitted 30 to the Engineer for analysis prior to use. Zinc shall have a minimum purity of 99.9 31 percent. Zinc Aluminum 85/15 wire shall be 14 percent minimum to 16 percent 32 maximum aluminum. 33 34 The thermal sprayed coating shall have a uniform appearance. The coating shall 35 not contain any blisters, cracks, chips or loosely adhering particles, oil or other 36 surface contaminants, nodules, or pits exposing the substrate. 37 38 The thermal spray coating shall adhere to the substrate with a minimum bond of 39 700 psi. The Contractor's QA program shall include thermal spray coating bond 40 testing. 41 42 The Engineer may cut through the coating with a knife or chisel. If upon doing so, 43 any part of the coating lifts away from the base metal 1/4 in. or more ahead of the 44 cutting blade without cutting the metal, then the bond is considered not effective 45 and is rejected. 46 47 Coated areas which have been rejected or damaged in the inspection procedure 48 described shall have the defective sections blast cleaned to remove all of the 49 thermal sprayed coating and shall then be recoated. Before resubmittal and 50 inspection, those sections where coating has not reached the required thickness 51 shall be sprayed with additional metal until that thickness is achieved. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 142 City of Renton August 2015 1 6-07.3(14)D Submittals 2 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, prior to abrasive blast cleaning, a 12 3 inch square steel plate, of the same material and approximate thickness of the steel 4 to be coated, blasted clean in accordance with Section 6-07.3(14)E. The sample 5 plate will be checked for specified angular surface pattern, the abrasive grit size 6 and type used, and the procedure used. This plate shall be used as the visual 7 standard to determine the acceptability of the cleaned surface. In the event the 8 Contractor's cleaning operation is inferior to the sample plate, the Contractor shall 9 be required to correct the cleaning operation to do a job comparable to the 10 specimen submitted. 11 12 At the same time as submitting the abrasive blast cleaned steel plate sample, the 13 Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, a second 12 inch square steel plate of the 14 same material and thickness, cleaned and thermal spray coated in accordance with 15 the same processes and with the same equipment as intended for use in applying 16 the thermal spray coatings. The Engineer may request additional cleaned and 17 thermal spray coated samples to be produced and submitted coincident with 18 thermal spray coating of the items specified in the Plans to receive thermal spray 19 coatings. 20 21 6-07.3(14)E Surface Preparation 22 Surface irregularities (e.g., sharp edges and/or carburized edges, cracks, 23 delaminations, pits, etc.) interfering with the application of the coating shall be 24 removed or repaired, prior to wash cleaning. Thermal cut edges shall be ground to 25 reduce hardness to attain the surface profile required from abrasive blast cleaning. 26 27 All dirt, oil, scaling, etc. shall be removed prior to blast cleaning. All surfaces shall 28 be wash-cleaned with either clean water at 8000 psi or water and detergent at 2000 29 psi with two rinses with clean water. 30 31 The surface shall be abrasive blast cleaned to near white metal (SSPC-SP 10). 32 The surface profile shall be measured using a surface profile comparator, replica 33 tape, or other method suitable for the abrasive being used in accordance with 34 ASTM D 4417. 35 36 Where zinc coatings up to and including 0.009 inch thick are to be applied, one of 37 the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to produce 38 a 3.0 mils AA anchor tooth pattern: 39 40 1. Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide 41 mesh size: SAE G-25 to SAE G-40 42 43 2. Hardened steel grit 44 mesh size: SAE G-25 to SAE G-40 45 46 3. Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel or black beauty coal slag 47 mesh size: SAE G-25 to SAE G-50 48 49 Where zinc coatings greater than 0.010 inch thick are to be applied, one of the 50 following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to produce a 51 5.0 mils AA anchor tooth pattern: 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 143 City of Renton August 2015 1 1. Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide 2 mesh size: SAE G-18 to SAE G-25 3 4 2. Hardened steel grit 5 mesh size: SAE G-18 to SAE G-25 6 7 3. Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel or black beauty coal slag 8 mesh size: SAE G-18 to SAE G-25 9 10 The pressure of the blast nozzle, as measured with a needle probe gauge, with 11 pressure type blasting equipment shall be as follows: 12 13 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 50 psi minimum and 60 14 psi maximum. 15 16 2. With garnet or steel grit - 75 psi minimum. 17 18 The pressure at the blast nozzle, with siphon blasting (suction blasting), shall be as 19 follows: 20 21 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 75 psi maximum. 22 23 2. With garnet or steel grit - 90 psi maximum. 24 25 The abrasive blast stream shall be directed onto the substrate surface at a spray 26 angle of 75 to 90 degrees, and moved side to side. The nozzle to substrate 27 distance shall be 4 to 12 inches. 28 29 6-07.3(14)F Application of Metallic Coating 30 No surface shall be sprayed which shows any sign of condensed moisture or which 31 does not comply with Section 6-07.3(14)E. If rust bloom occurs within the holding 32 time between abrasive blast cleaning and thermal spraying, the surface shall be 33 reblasted at a blast angle as close to perpendicular to the surface as possible to 34 achieve a 2.0 to 4.0 mil anchor tooth pattern. Thermal spraying shall not take place 35 when the relative humidity is 90% or greater, when the steel temperature is less 36 than 5°F above the dew point, or when the air or steel temperature is less than 37 40°F. 38 39 Clean, dry air shall be used with not less than 50 psi air pressure at the air 40 regulator. Not more than 50 feet of 3/8 in. ID hose shall be used between the air 41 regulator and the metallizing gun. The metallizing gun shall be started and 42 adjusted with the spray directed away from the Work. During the spraying 43 operation and depending upon the equipment being used, the gun shall be held as 44 close to perpendicular as possible to the surface from 5 to 8 inches from the 45 surface of the Work. 46 47 Manual spraying shall be done in a block pattern, typically 2 feet by 2 feet square. 48 The sprayed metal shall overlap on each pass to ensure uniform coverage. The 49 specified thickness of the coating shall be applied in multiple layers. In no case are 50 fewer than two passes of thermal spraying, overlapping at right angles, acceptable. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 144 City of Renton August 2015 At least one single layer of coating shall be applied within 4 hours of blasting and 1 the surface shall be completely coated to the specified thickness within 8 hours of 2 blasting. 3 4 The minimum coating thickness shall be 6 mils unless otherwise shown in the 5 Plans. 6 7 6-07.3(14)G Applications of Shop Coats and Field Coats 8 The surface shall be wiped clean with solvent immediately before applying the 9 wash primer. The wash primer shall have a low viscosity appropriate for absorption 10 into the thermal spray coating, and shall be applied within 8 hours after completion 11 of thermal spraying or before oxidation occurs. The dry film thickness of the wash 12 primer shall not exceed 0.5 mils or be less than 0.3 mils. It shall be applied using 13 an appropriate spray gun except in those areas where brush or roller application is 14 necessary. The subsequent shop primer or field coats shall be applied no less than 15 one-half hour after a wash primer. 16 17 The shop primer coat, when specified, shall be applied in accordance with Section 18 6-07.3(11)A and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. 19 20 All field coats, when specified, shall be applied in accordance with Section 6-21 07.3(11)A and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. The color of the top 22 coat shall conform to Section 6-03.3(30) as supplemented in these Special 23 Provisions. 24 25 6-07.3(2) Submittals 26 The first paragraph is revised to read: 27 28 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings of the Painting Plan. 29 30 6-07.3(10)A Containment 31 The second paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 The containment length shall not exceed the length of a span (defined as pier to pier). 34 The containment system shall not cause any damage to the existing Structure. All 35 clamps and other attachment devices shall be padded or designed such that they shall 36 not mark or otherwise damage the steel member to which they are attached. All clamps 37 and other attachment devices shall be fully described in the Contractor's Painting Plan 38 Working Drawing submittal. Field welding of attachments to the existing Structure will 39 not be allowed. The Contractor shall not drill holes into the existing Structure or through 40 existing structural members except as shown in the Contractor's Painting Plan Working 41 Drawing submittal. All provisions for dust collection, ventilation and auxiliary lighting 42 within the containment system shall be fully described the Contractor's Painting Plan 43 Working Drawing submittal. 44 45 In the second to last paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “accepted”. 46 47 6-07.3(10)E Surface Preparation – Full Paint Removal 48 This Section is revised to read: 49 50 For Structures where full removal of existing paint is specified, the Contractor shall 51 remove any visible oil, grease, and road tar in accordance with SSPC-SP 1. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 145 City of Renton August 2015 1 Following preparation by SSPC-SP 1, all steel surfaces to be painted shall be prepared 2 in accordance with SSPC-SP 10, near-white metal blast cleaning. Surfaces inaccessible 3 to near-white metal blast cleaning shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 11, 4 power tool cleaning to bare metal, as allowed by the Engineer. 5 6 6-07.3(10)F Collecting, Testing and Disposal of Containment Waste 7 In the first paragraph, the last sentence before the numbered list is revised (up until the 8 colon) to read: 9 10 The sealed waste containers shall be stored in accordance with Section 1-06.4, the 11 Painting Plan, and the following requirements: 12 13 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 14 15 All material collected by and removed from the containment system shall be taken to a 16 landside staging area, provided by the Contractor, for further processing and storage 17 prior to transporting for disposal. 18 19 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing of all TCLP results. 22 23 The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of waste disposal 26 documentation within 15 working days of each disposal. 27 28 6-07.3(10)K Coating Thickness 29 The last paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 If the specified number of coats does not produce a combined dry film thickness of at 32 least the sum of the thicknesses required per coat, or if an individual coat does not meet 33 the minimum thickness, or if visual inspection shows incomplete coverage, the coating 34 system will be rejected, and the Contractor shall discontinue painting and surface 35 preparation operations and shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the repair 36 proposal. The repair proposal shall include documentation demonstrating the cause of 37 the less than minimum thickness along with physical test results, as necessary, and 38 modifications to Work methods to prevent similar results. The Contractor shall not 39 resume painting or surface preparation operations until receiving the Engineer’s 40 acceptance of the completed repair. 41 42 6-07.3(10)L Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of 43 Paint 44 In the last paragraph, the second to last sentence is revised to read: 45 46 If a paint system manufacturer's recommendations allow for application of a paint under 47 environmental conditions other than those specified, the Contractor shall submit a Type 48 2 Working Drawing consisting of a letter from the paint manufacturer specifying the 49 environmental conditions under which the paint can be applied. 50 51 In the last sentence of the last paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “concurrence”. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 146 City of Renton August 2015 1 6-07.3(11)B1 Submittals 2 The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 3 4 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the following 5 information: 6 7 6-07.3(11)B3 Galvanized Surface Cleaning and Preparation 8 The first paragraph is revised to read: 9 10 Galvanized surfaces receiving the powder coating shall be cleaned and prepared for 11 coating in accordance with ASTM D 6386, and the project-specific Powder Coating 12 Plan. 13 14 6-07.3(11)B4 Powder Coating Application and Curing 15 The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 16 17 After surface preparation, the two-component powder coating shall be applied in 18 accordance with the powder coating manufacturer’s recommendations, the project-19 specific Powder Coating Plan, and as follows: 20 21 6-07.3(11)B5 Testing 22 In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is 23 deleted. 24 25 The second paragraph is revised to read: 26 27 The results of the QC testing shall be documented in a QC report, and submitted as a 28 Type 2 Working Drawing. 29 30 In the fourth paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 31 32 In the last paragraph, “Engineer’s approval” is revised to read “Engineer’s acceptance”. 33 34 6-07.3(11)B6 Coating Protection for Shipping 35 The phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is deleted from this Section. 36 37 The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 After erection, all coating damage due to the Contractor’s shipping, storage, handling, 40 and erection operations shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the 41 project-specific Powder Coating Plan. 42 43 6-07.5 Payment 44 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 45 46 All costs in connection with producing the metallic coatings as specified shall be 47 included in the unit Contract price for the applicable item or items of Work. 48 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 147 City of Renton August 2015 Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays 1 January 5, 2015 2 6-09.2 Materials 3 The second sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 4 5 Microsilica will be accepted based on submittal of a Manufacturer’s Certificate of 6 Compliance. 7 8 The seventh paragraph is revised to read: 9 10 Latex admixture will be accepted based on submittal of a Manufacturer’s Certificate of 11 Compliance. 12 13 6-09.3(1)H Mobile Mixer for Latex Modified Concrete 14 In item number 2 of the first paragraph, “An approved recording meter” is revised to read “A 15 recording meter”. 16 17 In item number 3 of the first paragraph, “an approved flow meter” is revised to read “a flow 18 meter”. 19 20 6-09.3(1)J Finishing Machine 21 The last two sentences of the last paragraph are revised to read: 22 23 A machine with a vibrating pan as an integral part may be proposed. Other finishing 24 machines will be allowed subject to concurrence of the Engineer. 25 26 6-09.3(2) Submittals 27 This Section is revised to read: 28 29 The Contractor shall submit the following Working Drawings in accordance with Section 30 1-05.3: 31 32 1. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the type of machine (rotary milling, hydro-33 demolition, or shot blasting) selected by the Contractor for use in this project to 34 scarify concrete surfaces. 35 36 2. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the axle loads and axle spacing of the rotary 37 milling machine (if used). 38 39 3. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the Runoff Water Disposal Plan (if a hydro-40 demolition machine is used). The Runoff Water Disposal Plan shall describe all 41 provisions for the containment, collection, filtering, and disposal of all runoff 42 water and associated contaminants generated by the hydro-demolition process, 43 including containment, collection and disposal of runoff water and debris 44 escaping through breaks in the bridge deck. 45 46 4. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the method and materials used to contain, collect, 47 and dispose of all concrete debris generated by the scarifying process, 48 including provisions for protecting adjacent traffic from flying debris. 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 148 City of Renton August 2015 5. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the mix design for concrete Class M, and either 1 fly ash modified concrete, microsilica modified concrete, or latex modified 2 concrete, as selected by the Contractor for use in this project in accordance 3 with Section 6-09.3(3). 4 5 6. A Type 1 Working Drawing of samples of the latex admixture and the Portland 6 cement for testing and compatibility (if latex modified concrete is used). 7 8 7. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the paving equipment Specifications and details 9 of the screed rail support system, including details of anchoring the rails and 10 providing rail continuity. 11 12 6-09.3(3)A General 13 In the last paragraph, the phrase “and as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 14 15 6-09.3(4)B Latex Admixture 16 In the second sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase “and as approved by the 17 Engineer” is deleted. 18 19 6-09.3(5)A General 20 The second paragraph is deleted. 21 22 In the third and fourth paragraphs, the phrase “and as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 23 24 In the fifth paragraph, “approved by the Engineer” is revised to read “acceptable to the 25 Engineer”. 26 27 6-09.3(5)B Testing of Hydro-Demolition and Shot Blasting Machines 28 In the last sentence of the last paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “acceptance”. 29 30 6-09.3(5)C Hydro-Demolishing 31 In the third and fourth paragraphs, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 32 33 6-09.3(6)B Deck Repair Preparation 34 The second to last paragraph is revised to read the following three new paragraphs: 35 36 The exposed steel reinforcing bars and concrete in the repair area shall be sandblasted 37 or hydro-blasted and blown clean just prior to placing concrete. 38 39 Where existing steel reinforcing bars inside deck repair areas show deterioration 40 exceeding the limits defined in the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish and place steel 41 reinforcing bars alongside the deteriorated bars in accordance with the details shown in 42 the Plans. Payment for such extra Work will be by force account as provided in Section 43 1-09.6. 44 45 Bridge deck areas outside the repair area or steel reinforcing bar inside or outside the 46 repair area damaged by the Contractor’s operations, shall be repaired by the Contractor 47 at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, and to the satisfaction of the 48 Engineer. 49 50 6-09.3(6)C Placing Deck Repair Concrete 51 The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 149 City of Renton August 2015 1 The Work of Type 1 further deck preparation shall consist of removing and disposing of 2 the concrete within the repair area. 3 4 The following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence of the last paragraph: 5 6 The Work of Type 2 further deck preparation shall consist of removing and disposing of 7 concrete within the repair area, and furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the repair 8 concrete. 9 10 6-09.3(7) Surface Preparation for Concrete Overlay 11 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 If either a rotary milling machine or a shot blasting machine is used for concrete 14 scarification, then the concrete deck shall be sandblasted or shot blasted, using 15 equipment identified in the Working Drawing submittals, until sound concrete is 16 exposed. 17 18 The third paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 If a hydro-demolition machine is used for concrete scarification, then the concrete deck 21 shall be cleaned by water blasting with 7,000 psi minimum pressure, until sound 22 concrete is exposed. 23 24 In the fourth paragraph, “as approved by the Engineer” is revised to read “accepted by the 25 Engineer”. 26 27 In the last sentence of the eighth paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is 28 deleted. 29 30 In the first sentence of the last paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “allowed”. 31 32 6-09.3(8)B Quality Assurance for Latex Modified Concrete Overlays 33 The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 34 35 The technical representative shall be capable of performing, demonstrating, inspecting, 36 and testing all of the functions required for placement of the latex modified concrete as 37 specified in Section 6-09.3(11). 38 39 The fourth sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 40 41 Recommendations made by the technical representative on or off the jobsite shall be 42 adhered to by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 43 44 6-09.3(10)A Survey of Existing Bridge Deck Prior to Scarification 45 The third sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 46 47 A Type 1 Working Drawing of each day's survey record shall be provided to the 48 Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 150 City of Renton August 2015 6-09.3(10)B Establishing Finish Overlay Profile 1 In the fourth sentence of the first paragraph, “approved by the Engineer” is revised to read 2 “specified by the Engineer”. 3 4 In the second paragraph, the phrase “and as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 5 6 6-09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay 7 In the fourth paragraph, the last sentence of item number 3 is revised to read: 8 9 If the Contractor elects to Work at night to meet these criteria, adequate lighting shall be 10 provided at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 11 12 6-09.4 Measurement 13 The last paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: 14 15 Further deck preparation for Type 1 deck repair and for Type 2 deck repair will be 16 measured by the square foot of surface area of deck concrete removed in accordance 17 with Section 6-09.3(6). 18 19 6-09.5 Payment 20 The Bid item “Further Deck Preparation”, per cubic foot and the paragraph following this Bid 21 item are deleted and replaced with the following two new Bid items: 22 23 “Further Deck Preparation for Type 1 Deck Repair”, per square foot. 24 25 “Further Deck Preparation for Type 2 Deck Repair”, per square foot. 26 27 The Bid item “Further Deck Preparation”, force account and the paragraph following this Bid 28 item are deleted. 29 30 Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier 31 January 5, 2015 32 6-10.1 Description 33 In the second paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “specified”. 34 35 6-10.3 Construction Requirements 36 In the first paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “specified”. 37 38 6-10.3(5) Temporary Concrete Barrier 39 The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. 40 41 The second paragraph is revised to read: 42 43 If the Contract calls for the removal and resetting of permanent barrier, and the 44 permanent barrier is not required to remain in place until reset, the permanent barrier 45 may be substituted for temporary concrete barrier. Any of the permanent barrier 46 damaged during its use as temporary barrier will become the property of the Contractor 47 and be replaced with permanent barrier when the permanent barrier is reset to its 48 permanent location. 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 151 City of Renton August 2015 The third paragraph is revised to read: 1 2 All barrier shall be in good condition, without cracks, chips, spalls, dirt, or traffic marks. If 3 any barrier segment is damaged during or after placement, the Contractor shall 4 immediately repair it to the Engineer’s satisfaction or replace it with an undamaged 5 section. 6 7 The following new paragraph is inserted after the third paragraph: 8 9 Delineators shall be placed on the traffic face of the barrier 6 inches from the top and 10 spaced a maximum of 40 feet on tangents and 20 feet through curves. The reflector 11 color shall be white on the right side of traffic and yellow on the left side of traffic. The 12 Contractor shall maintain, replace and clean the delineators when ordered by the 13 Engineer. 14 15 Section 6-11, Reinforced Concrete Walls 16 January 5, 2015 17 6-11.3(1) Submittals 18 The first paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of Excavation 21 Shoring Plans in accordance with Section 2-09.3(3)D. 22 23 The second paragraph is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings of Falsework and Formwork 26 Plans in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(16) and 6-02.3(17). 27 28 The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 29 30 If the Contractor elects to fabricate and erect precast concrete wall stem panels, Type 31 2E Working Drawings of the following information shall be submitted in accordance with 32 Section 6-02.3(28)A: 33 34 The last paragraph is deleted. 35 36 6-11.3(3) Precast Concrete Wall Stem Panels 37 In the third paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 38 39 Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls 40 January 5, 2015 41 6-12.3(1) Submittals 42 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 43 44 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the Noise Barrier 45 Wall Access Plan. 46 47 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 48 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 152 City of Renton August 2015 For construction of all noise barrier walls with shafts, the Contractor shall submit a Type 1 2 Working Drawing consisting of the Shaft Construction Plan, including at a minimum 2 the following information: 3 4 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 5 6 For construction of precast concrete noise barrier walls, the Contractor shall submit 7 Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of Shop Drawings for the precast concrete panels 8 in accordance with Section 6-02.3(28)A. 9 10 6-12.3(2) Work Access and Site Preparation 11 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 12 13 The Contractor shall construct Work access in accordance with the Work Access Plan. 14 15 6-12.3(3) Shaft Construction 16 The first paragraph is revised to read: 17 18 The Contractor shall excavate and construct the shafts in accordance with the Shaft 19 Construction Plan. 20 21 In the last sentence of the third paragraph, “approved by the Engineer” is revised to read 22 “acceptable to the Engineer”. 23 24 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 When caving conditions are encountered, the Contractor shall stop further excavation 27 until implementing the method to prevent ground caving as specified in the Shaft 28 Construction Plan. 29 30 In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “accepted”. 31 32 In the seventh paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “acceptance”. 33 34 In the eighth paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: 35 36 The Contractor shall install the steel reinforcing bar cage as specified in the Shaft 37 Construction Plan. 38 39 In the second sentence of the last paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “acceptance”. 40 41 In the fourth sentence of the last paragraph, the word “approved” is deleted. 42 43 6-12.3(6) Precast Concrete Panel Fabrication and Erection 44 In item number 3, the second paragraph is revised to read: 45 46 After receiving the Engineer’s review of the Shop Drawings, the Contractor shall cast 47 one precast concrete panel to be used as the sample panel. The Contractor shall 48 construct the sample panel in accordance with the procedure and details specified in 49 the Shop Drawings. The Contractor shall make the sample panel available to the 50 Engineer for acceptance. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 153 City of Renton August 2015 In item number 3, the first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 1 2 Upon receiving the Engineer’s acceptance of the sample panel, the Contractor shall 3 continue production of precast concrete panels for the noise barrier wall. 4 5 In item number 3, the third sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 The sample panel shall be retained at the fabrication site until all precast concrete 8 panels have been fabricated and accepted. 9 10 6-12.3(10) Finish Line Ground Dressing 11 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is 12 deleted. 13 14 Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls 15 January 5, 2015 16 6-13.3(1) Quality Assurance 17 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 18 19 The structural earth wall manufacturer shall provide a qualified and experienced 20 representative to resolve wall construction problems. 21 22 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 23 24 Recommendations made by the structural earth wall manufacturer’s representative shall 25 be followed by the Contractor. 26 27 In the second paragraph, item number 4 is revised to read: 28 29 4. The base of the structural earth wall excavation shall be within three inches of the 30 staked elevations, unless otherwise accepted or specified by the Engineer. 31 32 In the second paragraph, item number 6 is revised to read: 33 34 6. The backfill reinforcement layers shall be located horizontally and vertically within 35 one inch of the locations shown in the structural earth wall Working Drawings. 36 37 6-13.3(2) Submittals 38 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 39 40 The Contractor, or the supplier as the Contractor’s agent, shall furnish a Manufacturer’s 41 Certificate of Compliance certifying that the structural earth wall materials conform to 42 the specified material requirements. 43 44 The second paragraph is revised to read: 45 46 A Type 1 Working Drawing of all test results, performed by the Contractor or the 47 Contractor’s supplier, which are necessary to assure compliance with the 48 Specifications, shall submitted along with each Manufacturer’s Certificate of 49 Compliance. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 154 City of Renton August 2015 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 1 2 Before fabrication, the Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of 3 the field construction manual for the structural earth walls, prepared by the wall 4 manufacturer. 5 6 In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 7 8 The Contractor, through the license/patent holder for the structural earth wall system, 9 shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of detailed design calculations and 10 details. 11 12 The last paragraph is deleted. 13 14 6-13.3(3) Excavation and Foundation Preparation 15 In the first paragraph, the last two sentences are revised to read: 16 17 The foundation for the Structure shall be graded level for a width equal to or exceeding 18 the length of reinforcing as shown in the structural earth wall Working Drawings and, for 19 walls with geogrid reinforcing, in accordance with Section 2-12.3. Prior to wall 20 construction, the foundation, if not in rock, shall be compacted as accepted by the 21 Engineer. 22 23 6-13.3(6) Welded Wire Faced Structural Earth Wall Erection 24 The first two sentences are revised to read: 25 26 The Contractor shall erect the welded wire wall reinforcement in accordance with the 27 wall manufacturer’s field construction manual. Construction geotextile for wall facing 28 shall be placed between the backfill material within the reinforced zone and the coarse 29 granular material immediately behind the welded wire wall facing, as shown in the Plans 30 and the structural earth wall Working Drawings. 31 32 6-13.3(7) Backfill 33 The third paragraph is revised to read: 34 35 Misalignment or distortion of the precast concrete facing panels or concrete blocks due 36 to placement of backfill outside the limits of this Specification shall be corrected in a 37 manner acceptable to the Engineer. 38 39 In item number 4 of the fifth paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 40 41 The last paragraph is deleted. 42 43 6-13.3(8) Guardrail Placement 44 In the first sentence of the second paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “permission”. 45 46 6-13.3(9) SEW Traffic Barrier and SEW Pedestrian Barrier 47 The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 48 49 The Contractor, in conjunction with the structural earth wall manufacturer, shall design 50 and detail the SEW traffic barrier and SEW pedestrian barrier in accordance with 51 Section 6-12.3(2) and the above ground geometry details shown in the Plans. The 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 155 City of Renton August 2015 barrier Working Drawings and supporting calculations shall be Type 2E and shall 1 include, at a minimum, the following: 2 3 Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls 4 January 5, 2015 5 6-14.2 Materials 6 In the first paragraph, the Section number next to “Anchor rods and associated nuts, 7 washers and couplers” is revised to read: 8 9 9-06.5(4) 10 11 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 12 13 Anchor plate shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 572 Grade 50, or ASTM A 588. 14 15 6-14.3(2) Submittals 16 The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 17 18 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of detailed Plans for 19 each wall. As a minimum, the submittals shall include the following: 20 21 6-14.3(4) Erection and Backfill 22 In the second sentence of the second paragraph, “approved by” is revised to read 23 “acceptable to”. 24 25 In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “permission”. 26 27 The sixth paragraph is deleted. 28 29 In item number 5 in the eighth paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is 30 deleted. 31 32 In the ninth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 33 34 The Contractor shall construct wall corners at the locations shown in the Plans, and in 35 accordance with the wall corner construction sequence and method in the Working 36 Drawing submittal. 37 38 In the last paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 39 40 Where required by retaining wall profile grade, the Contractor shall terminate top layers 41 of retaining wall geosynthetic and backfill in accordance with the method in the Working 42 Drawing submittal. 43 44 6-14.5 Payment 45 In the paragraph following the Bid item “Concrete Fascia Panel”, per square foot, “concrete 46 leveling pad” is revised to read “concrete footing”. 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 156 City of Renton August 2015 Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls 1 January 5, 2015 2 6-15.3(3) Submittals 3 The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: 4 5 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings of the following information: 6 7 6-15.3(6) Soil Nailing 8 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 9 10 Damaged or defective encapsulation shall be repaired in accordance with the 11 manufacturer’s recommendations. 12 13 The eighth paragraph is revised to read: 14 15 If sections of the wall are constructed at different times than the adjacent soil nail 16 sections, the Contractor shall use stabilizing berms, temporary slopes, or other 17 measures acceptable to the Engineer, to prevent sloughing or failure of the adjacent soil 18 nail sections. 19 20 6-15.3(8) Soil Nail Testing and Acceptance 21 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 22 23 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings of all test data. 24 25 The last sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: 26 27 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings of the reaction frame. 28 29 6-15.3(8)A Verification Testing 30 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 31 32 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of design details of 33 the verification testing, including the system for distributing test load pressures to the 34 excavation surface and appropriate nail bar size and reaction plate. 35 36 Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls 37 January 5, 2015 38 6-16.3(2) Submittals 39 The first paragraph is revised to read: 40 41 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of Shop Plans as 42 specified in Section 6-03.3(7) for all structural steel, including the steel soldier piles, and 43 shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of Shop Plans and other details as 44 specified in Section 6-17.3(3) for permanent ground anchors. 45 46 The second paragraph is revised to read: 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 157 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the permanent 1 ground anchor grout mix design and the procedures for placing the grout. 2 3 The third paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: 4 5 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of Forming Plans for 6 the concrete fascia panels, as specified in Sections 6-02.3(16) and 6-02.3(17). 7 8 In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 9 10 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of a Shaft Installation 11 Plan. 12 13 The last paragraph is deleted. 14 15 6-16.3(3) Shaft Excavation 16 In the third paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 17 18 A temporary casing, slurry, or other methods specified in the Shaft Installation Plan shall 19 be used if necessary to ensure such safety and stability. 20 21 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 Where caving in conditions are encountered, no further excavation will be allowed until 24 the Contractor has implemented the method to prevent ground caving as submitted in 25 accordance with item 4 of the Shaft Installation Plan. 26 27 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 28 29 The excavated shaft shall be inspected and receive acceptance by the Engineer prior to 30 proceeding with construction. 31 32 6-16.3(6)B Temporary Lagging 33 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 34 35 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of the soldier pile 36 wall lagging design details and supporting design calculations. The submittal shall 37 include, at a minimum, the following: 38 39 In item number 4 of the second paragraph, “approved by” is revised to read “acceptable to”. 40 41 The last paragraph (excluding the table) is revised to read: 42 43 Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 1-06.1, steel materials used by the 44 Contractor as temporary lagging may be salvaged steel provided that the use of such 45 salvaged steel materials shall be subject to visual inspection and acceptance by the 46 Engineer. For salvaged steel materials where the grade of steel cannot be positively 47 identified, the design stresses for the steel shall conform to the Section 6-02.3(17)B 48 requirements for salvaged steel, regardless of whether rivets are present or not. 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 158 City of Renton August 2015 6-16.3(6)D Installing Lagging and Permanent Ground Anchor 1 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is 2 deleted. 3 4 In the last sentence of the fourth paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is 5 deleted. 6 7 6-16.3(8) Concrete Fascia Panel 8 In the first paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 9 10 Section 6-17, Permanent Ground Anchors 11 August 3, 2015 12 6-17.3(3) Submittals 13 The first paragraph is revised to read: 14 15 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of details and 16 structural design calculations for the ground anchor system or systems intended for use. 17 18 The second paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a detailed 21 description of the construction procedure proposed for use. 22 23 The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of ground anchor 26 schedule giving: 27 28 In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 29 30 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing detailing the ground anchor 31 tendon and the corrosion protection system. 32 33 In the fourth paragraph, item number 3 is revised to read: 34 35 3. Unbonded length corrosion protection system, including the permanent rubber seal 36 between the trumpet and the tendon unbonded length corrosion protection and the 37 transition between the tendon bond length and the unbonded tendon length 38 corrosion protection. 39 40 The last five paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following four new paragraphs: 41 42 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans as 43 specified in Section 6-03.3(7) for all structural steel, including the permanent ground 44 anchors. 45 46 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the mix design for 47 the grout conforming to Section 9-20.3(4) and the procedures for placing the grout. The 48 Contractor shall also submit the methods and materials used in filling the annulus over 49 the unbonded length of the anchor. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 159 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method 1 proposed to be followed for the permanent ground anchor testing. This shall include all 2 necessary drawings and details to clearly describe the method proposed. 3 4 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of calibration data for 5 each load cell, test jack, pressure gauge and master pressure gauge to be used. The 6 calibration tests shall have been performed by an independent testing laboratory and 7 tests shall have been performed within 60 calendar days of the date submitted. 8 9 6-17.3(5) Tendon Fabrication 10 In the tenth paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. 11 12 The twelfth paragraph is revised to read: 13 14 The total anchor length shall not be less than that indicated in the Plans or the Working 15 Drawing submittal. 16 17 In the last paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 18 19 6-17.3(7) Installing Permanent Ground Anchor 20 In the second paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: 21 22 The Contractor’s method to prevent ground movement shall be submitted as a Type 2 23 Working Drawing. 24 25 In the second paragraph, the second to last sentence is revised to read: 26 27 At the point of entry the ground anchor shall be installed within plus or minus three 28 degrees of the inclination from horizontal shown in the Plans or the Working Drawing 29 submittal. 30 31 Section 6-18, Shotcrete Facing 32 January 5, 2015 33 6-18.3(1) Submittals 34 In the first paragraph, the first sentence (up until the colon) is revised to read: 35 36 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the following: 37 38 In the first paragraph, item number 2 is revised to read: 39 40 2. Method and equipment used to apply, finish and cure the shotcrete facing. 41 42 The last paragraph is deleted. 43 44 6-18.3(2) Mix Design 45 In the first paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted. 46 47 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, “and approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 48 49 6-18.3(3)A Preproduction Testing 50 In the last sentence, “approved” is revised to read “accepted”. 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 160 City of Renton August 2015 1 6-18.3(7) Shotcrete Application 2 In the last paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 3 4 If field inspection or testing, by the Engineer, indicates that any shotcrete produced, fails 5 to meet the requirements, the Contractor shall immediately modify procedures, 6 equipment, or system, as necessary to produce Specification material. 7 8 Section 6-19, Shafts 9 August 3, 2015 10 6-19.3(2) Shaft Construction Submittal 11 The last sentence is revised to read: 12 13 The submittals shall be Type 2 Working Drawings, except the shaft slurry technical 14 assistance submittal shall be Type 1. 15 16 6-19.3(3) Shaft Excavation 17 In the first paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the Engineer” is deleted. 18 19 6-19.3(3)B4 Temporary Telescoping Shaft Casing 20 In the first paragraph, the first sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: 21 22 The Contractor shall submit the request to use temporary telescoping casing as a Type 23 2 Working Drawing. 24 25 6-19.3(3)D Bottom of Shaft Excavation 26 In the first sentence of the second paragraph, “approved” is revised to read “accepted”. 27 28 6-19.3(3)E Shaft Obstruction 29 In the last sentence, “approved” is revised to read “accepted”. 30 31 6-19.3(3)F Voids Between Permanent Casing and Shaft Excavation 32 In the last sentence, the words “and as approved by the Engineer” are deleted. 33 34 6-19.3(3)G Operating Shaft Excavation Equipment From an Existing Bridge 35 The second sentence is revised to read: 36 37 If necessary and safe to do so, and if the Contractor submits a Type 2 Working Drawing 38 consisting of a written request in accordance with Section 6-01.6, the Engineer may 39 permit operation of drilling equipment on a bridge. 40 41 6-19.3(3)H Seals for Shaft Excavation in Water 42 The first paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 When shafts are constructed in water and the Plans show a seal between the casing 45 shoring and the upper portion of the permanent casing of the shaft, the Contractor shall 46 construct a seal in accordance with the shaft installation narrative specified in Section 6-47 19.3(2)B Item 7. 48 49 The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 161 City of Renton August 2015 1 If the Contractor uses a casing shoring diameter other than that specified in the Plans, 2 the Contractor shall submit a revised seal design in accordance with Section 6-19.3(2)B 3 Item 7. 4 5 6-19.3(4)C Slurry Sampling and Testing 6 The second to last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 Synthetic slurry shall conform to Section 9-36.2(2), the quality control plan included in 9 the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6-19.3(2)B Item 4. 10 11 The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 These records shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing once the slurry system 14 has been established in the first drilled shaft on the project. 15 16 6-19.3(4)E Maintenance of a Stable Shaft Excavation 17 In the last sentence of the first paragraph, “approval” is revised to read “review”. 18 19 6-19.3(4)F Disposal of Slurry and Slurry Contacted Spoils 20 This section is revised to read: 21 22 The Contractor shall manage and dispose of the slurry wastewater in accordance with 23 Section 8-01.3(1)C. Slurry-contacted spoils shall be disposed of as specified in the 24 shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6-19.3(2)B, item 8, and in 25 accordance with the following requirements: 26 27 1. Uncontaminated spoils in contact with water-only slurry may be disposed of as 28 clean fill. 29 30 2. Uncontaminated spoils in contact with water slurry mixed with flocculants 31 approved in Section 8-01.3(1)C3 may be disposed of as clean fill away from 32 areas that drain to surface waters of the state. 33 34 3. Spoils in contact with synthetic slurry or water slurry with polymer-based 35 additives or flocculants not approved in Section 8-01.3(1)C3 shall be disposed 36 of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. With permission of the Engineer, the 37 Contractor may re-use these spoils on-site. 38 39 4. Spoils in contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with 40 Section 2-03.3(7)C. With permission of the Engineer, the Contractor may re-use 41 these spoils on-site. 42 43 6-19.3(5)A Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Assembly 44 In the second to last sentence of the first paragraph, the phrase “as approved by the 45 Engineer” is deleted. 46 47 6-19.3(5)D Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Support at Base of Shaft Excavation 48 The first sentence is revised to read: 49 50 For shafts with temporary casing within 15-feet of the bottom of shaft elevation as 51 specified in the Plans, the Contractor may place quarry spalls or other rock backfill 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 162 City of Renton August 2015 acceptable to the Engineer into the shaft below the specified bottom of shaft elevation 1 as a means to support the steel reinforcing bar cage, provided that the materials and 2 means to accomplish this have been addressed by the shaft installation narrative, as 3 specified in Section 6-19.3(2)B Item 9. 4 5 6-19.3(6)C Care for CSL Access Tubes From Erection Through CSL Testing 6 In the last sentence, “as approved by the Engineer” is revised to read “acceptable to the 7 Engineer”. 8 9 6-19.3(8)C Requirements for Leaving Temporary Casing in Place 10 Item number 1 (up until the colon) is revised to read: 11 12 1. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2E Working Drawing of the following 13 information: 14 15 In item C of item number 1, the phrase “in accordance with Section 6-01.9” is deleted. 16 17 Item number 2 is deleted. 18 19 6-19.3(9)D Requirements to Continue Shaft Excavation Prior to Acceptance of 20 First Shaft 21 This section is revised to read: 22 23 Except as otherwise noted, the Contractor shall not commence subsequent shaft 24 excavations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the first shaft, based on the 25 results and analysis of the crosshole sonic log testing for the first shaft. The Contractor 26 may commence subsequent shaft excavations prior to receiving the Engineer’s 27 acceptance of the first shaft, provided the following condition is satisfied: 28 29 The Engineer permits continuing with shaft construction based on the Engineer’s 30 observations of the construction of the first shaft, including, but not limited to, 31 conformance to the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6-32 19.3(2)B, and the Engineer’s review of Contractor’s daily reports and Inspector’s 33 daily logs concerning excavation, steel reinforcing bar placement, and concrete 34 placement. 35 36 6-19.3(9)F Contractor’s Investigation and Remedial Action Plan 37 This section is revised to read: 38 39 For all shafts determined to be unacceptable, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 40 Working Drawing consisting of a plan for further investigation or remedial action. All 41 modifications to the dimensions of the shafts, as shown in the Plans, required by the 42 investigation and remedial action plan shall be supported by calculations and working 43 drawings. All investigation and remedial correction procedures and designs shall be 44 submitted. 45 46 6-19.3(9)H Cored Holes 47 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Prior to beginning coring, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings 50 consisting of the method and equipment used to drill and remove cores from shaft 51 concrete. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 163 City of Renton August 2015 1 6-19.4 Measurement 2 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 3 4 Steel reinforcing bar for shaft and epoxy-coated steel reinforcing bar for shaft will be 5 measured as specified in Section 6-02.4. 6 7 6-19.5 Payment 8 The following new paragraph is inserted before the second to last paragraph: 9 10 If drilled shaft tools, cutting teeth, casing or Kelly bar is damaged as a result of the 11 obstruction removal work, the Contractor will be compensated for the costs to repair this 12 equipment in accordance with Section 1-09.6. 13 14 Section 7-02, Culverts 15 August 3, 2015 16 7-02.2 Materials 17 This first two paragraphs are revised to read: 18 19 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following Sections: 20 21 Portland Cement 9-01 22 Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1 23 Plain Concrete Culvert Pipe 9-05.3(1) 24 Reinforced Concrete Culvert Pipe 9-05.3(2) 25 Beveled Concrete End Sections 9-05.3(3) 26 Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch 9-05.4 27 Steel Nestable Pipe and Pipe Arch 9-05.4(8) 28 Steel End Sections 9-05.4(9) 29 Aluminum Culvert Pipe 9-05.5 30 Aluminum End Sections 9-05.5(6) 31 Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe 9-05.12(1) 32 Profile Wall PVC Culvert Pipe 9-05.12(2) 33 Corrugated Polyethylene Culvert Pipe 9-05.19 34 Steel Rib Reinforced Polyethylene Culvert Pipe 9-05.21 35 High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 9-05.23 36 Polypropylene Culvert Pipe 9-05.24 37 Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.2 38 Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 9-07.3 39 Wire Mesh 9-07.7 40 Deformed Wire 9-07.8 41 Cold Drawn Wire 9-07.9 42 Grout 9-20.3(2) 43 Mortar 9-20.4 44 Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23 45 46 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 47 48 Elastomeric gaskets shall conform to ASTM D 1056 Type 2 Class C Grade 1. 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 164 City of Renton August 2015 7-02.3 Construction Requirements 1 This section is supplemented with the following new sub-sections: 2 3 7-02.3(6) Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structures, Box Culverts and 4 Split Box Culverts 5 The Contractor shall design, fabricate, and erect precast reinforced concrete three sided 6 structures (PRCTSS), precast reinforced concrete box culverts (PRCBC), and precast 7 reinforced concrete split box culverts (PRCSBC) in accordance with these specifications 8 and the details shown in the Plans, including associated footings, slab bases, wingwalls, 9 cutoff walls, and headwalls. 10 11 7-02.3(6)A General 12 Except as otherwise noted by these specifications, the precast Structures 13 (PRCTSS, PRCBC and PRCSBC) shall conform to all requirements of Section 6-14 02.3(28). 15 16 7-02.3(6)A1 Design Criteria 17 The precast Structures shall be designed for a minimum service life of 75-18 years in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (M46-03), 19 WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23-50), and AASHTO LRFD Bridge 20 Design Specifications, latest edition and current interims in effect on the Bid 21 advertising date, including an HL-93 vehicular live load. Live load for the 22 Extreme Event-I Limit State shall be applied in accordance with WSDOT 23 Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23-50) Section 3.5. 24 25 Precast Structures with an overall span length greater than 20-feet (measured 26 along the centerline of Roadway from inside face to inside face of hydraulic 27 opening) shall be designed for seismic loads in accordance with FHWA-NHI-28 10-034, Technical Manual for Design and Construction of Road Tunnels – Civil 29 Elements, Chapter 13. The AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 30 Section 12.6.1 exemption from seismic loading does not apply. The design 31 shall evaluate the seismic effects of transient racking deformations. 32 33 Wingwalls, cutoff walls, and headwalls associated with the precast Structures 34 shall be designed in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design 35 Manual (M46-03) and Chapter 11 of AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design 36 Specifications, latest edition and current interims in effect on the Bid 37 advertising date, including seismic loads. 38 39 The Contractor shall use the geotechnical report prepared for this project and 40 available through the source(s) specified in the Special Provisions under 41 Section 1-02.4(2). 42 43 Whenever the minimum finished backfill or surfacing depth above the top of 44 the Structure is less than 1'-0" (except when the top of the Structure is directly 45 exposed to vehicular traffic), either all steel reinforcing bars in the span unit 46 shall be epoxy-coated with 1-1/2” minimum concrete cover from the face of 47 concrete to the face of the top mat of steel reinforcing bars, or the minimum 48 concrete cover shall be 2-1/2”. Whenever the top of the Structure is directly 49 exposed to vehicular traffic, all steel reinforcing bars in the span unit shall be 50 epoxy-coated and the minimum concrete cover dimension from face of 51 concrete to the face of the top mat of steel reinforcing bars shall be 2-1/2”. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 165 City of Renton August 2015 Concrete cover from the face of any concrete surface to the face of any steel 1 reinforcement shall be 1-inch minimum at all other locations. 2 3 7-02.3(6)A2 Submittals 4 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of shop 5 drawings of the precast Structures with supporting design calculations. 6 7 In addition to items 1 through 6 under shop drawing content requirements in 8 Section 6-02.3(28)A, the following shop drawing details shall be submitted: 9 10 1. Footing and slab base details for PRCTSS. 11 12 2. Wingwall, headwall, and cutoff wall details. 13 14 3. Erection and backfill procedure. 15 16 4. Complete, site specific, itemized bar list for all steel reinforcement. 17 18 If water is expected to be present in the excavation, or is found to be present 19 once excavation begins, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working 20 Drawing consisting of a dewatering plan. 21 22 For precast Structures with a span length greater than 20-feet (as defined in 23 Section 7-02.3(6)A1), the Working Drawing submittal shall include a load rating 24 prepared in accordance with the AASHTO Manual for Bridge Evaluation and 25 WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23-50) Section 13. Soil pressures 26 used shall include effects from the backfill material and compaction methods, 27 and shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual 28 (M46-03) and the geotechnical report prepared for the project. 29 30 7-02.3(6)A3 Casting 31 Concrete shall conform to Section 6-02.3(28)B, with a 28-day compressive 32 strength as specified in the Working Drawings submittal. 33 34 7-02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation 35 All excavated material shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-36 09.3(1)D. 37 38 If water is present within the excavation, the Contractor shall dewater the 39 excavated area in accordance with the dewatering plan Working Drawing 40 submittal before placing the bedding material. 41 42 The bedding for the precast Structure, consisting of the backfill elements 43 shown in the Plans, shall be placed and compacted in accordance with Section 44 7-08.3(1)C. 45 46 7-02.3(6)B Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structures (PRCTSS) 47 7-02.3(6)B1 Design Criteria 48 In addition to the design criteria specified in Section 7-02.3(6)A1, the following 49 shall apply. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 166 City of Renton August 2015 PRCTSS shall be precast rigid frames with monolithic upper corners internally 1 reinforced for moment and shear resistance, except as otherwise noted. 2 Connecting separate and individually precast concrete panels together to form 3 the specified three sided frame geometry is acceptable provided the Structure 4 system provides moment and shear resistance from the lateral load from 5 backfill placed full width and full height at one side only of the PRCTSS. 6 7 7-02.3(6)B2 Finishing 8 The Contractor shall mark the following information, using waterproof paint, on 9 the inside of a vertical leg of each precast section of the Structure: 10 11 1. PRCTSS span and rise dimensions, minimum and maximum design 12 earth cover dimensions, and vehicular live load for design (HL-93). 13 14 2. WSDOT Contract Number and date of fabrication. 15 16 3. Name or trademark of the fabricator. 17 18 7-02.3(6)B3 Erection 19 PRCTSS shall be erected and backfilled in accordance with the erection 20 sequence specified in the processed Working Drawings, and the construction 21 equipment restrictions specified in Section 6-02.3(25)O. 22 23 Adjacent precast sections shall be connected by welding the weld-tie anchors 24 in accordance with Section 6-02.3(25)O. After connecting the weld-tie anchors, 25 the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal surfaces with one coat of field 26 primer conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout 27 conforming to Section 6-02.3(25)O. 28 29 7-02.3(6)C Precast Reinf. Conc. Box Culverts (PRCBC) and Precast Reinf. 30 Conc. Split Box Culverts (PRCSBC) 31 7-02.3(6)C1 Casting 32 PRCSBC shall consist of lid elements and “U” shaped base elements. The 33 vertical legs of the “U” shaped base elements shall be full height matching the 34 rise of the culvert, except as otherwise specified for culvert spans greater than 35 20-feet. For PRCSBC spans greater than 20-feet (as defined in Section 7-36 02.3(6)A1), the lid elements may include vertical legs of a maximum length of 37 4-feet, provided the legs of the base and top units are connected in 38 accordance with Section 7-02.3(6)C3. 39 40 The joints of the “U” shaped base elements and the lid elements shall be 41 staggered such that the lid element joints occur between quarter-points of the 42 base element. 43 44 When the top unit includes vertical legs, the legs of the base and top units 45 shall be connected by weld-tie anchors in accordance with Section 6-46 02.3(25)O. The weld-tie anchor spacing shall not exceed 6’-0”. 47 48 7-02.3(6)C2 Finishing 49 The following information shall be legibly and permanently marked on one 50 inside face of each PRCBC element, or one inside face of each PRCSBC “U” 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 167 City of Renton August 2015 shaped base element by indentation, waterproof paint, or other means 1 acceptable to the Engineer: 2 3 1. Box section span and rise dimensions, minimum and maximum 4 design earth cover dimensions, and vehicular live load for design 5 (HL-93). 6 7 2. WSDOT Contract Number and date of fabrication. 8 9 3. Name or trademark of the fabricator. 10 11 7-02.3(6)C3 Erection 12 PRCBC and PRCSBC shall be erected and backfilled in accordance with the 13 erection sequence specified in the Working Drawing submittal, and the 14 construction equipment restrictions specified in Section 6-02.3(25)O. 15 16 Elastomeric gaskets shall be installed at all joints between precast elements 17 (except weld-tie connected joints), and shall be in full contact with both precast 18 elements at the joint prior to the remainder of the joint being completely filled 19 with grout. 20 21 When the top unit of a PRCSBC includes vertical legs, the legs of the base 22 and top units shall be connected by welding the weld-tie anchors in 23 accordance with Section 6-02.3(25)O. After connecting the weld-tie anchors, 24 the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal surfaces with one coat of field 25 primer conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout 26 conforming to Section 6-02.3(25)O. 27 28 7-02.5 Payment 29 This section is supplemented with the following three new Bid items: 30 31 “Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structure No.___”, lump sum. 32 33 “Precast Reinf. Conc. Box Culvert No.___”, lump sum. 34 35 “Precast Reinf. Conc. Split Box Culvert No.___”, lump sum. 36 37 Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 38 January 5, 2015 39 8-01.2 Materials 40 This Section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 41 42 For all seed the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with the following documentation: 43 44 1. The State or Provincial seed dealer license and endorsements. 45 46 2. Copies of Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) test results on 47 each lot of seed. Test results must be within six months prior to the date of 48 application. 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 168 City of Renton August 2015 1 8-01.3(1)A Submittals 2 The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 3 4 Modified TESC Plans shall meet all requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT 5 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109. 6 7 8-01.3(1)C Water Management 8 Items number 1 through 3 are deleted. 9 10 This Section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 11 12 8-01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water 13 When uncontaminated groundwater with a pH range of 6.5 – 8.5 is encountered in an 14 excavation, it may be disposed of as follows: 15 16 1. When the turbidity of the groundwater is 25 NTU or less, it may bypass 17 detention and treatment facilities and be discharged into the stormwater 18 conveyance system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in the 19 receiving surface water body. 20 21 2. When the turbidity of the groundwater is not more than 25 NTU above or 125% 22 of the turbidity of the site stormwater runoff, whichever is greater, the same 23 detention and treatment facilities as used to treat the site runoff may be used. 24 25 3. When the turbidity of the groundwater is more than 25 NTU above or 125% of 26 the turbidity of the site stormwater runoff, whichever is greater, the groundwater 27 shall be treated separately from the site stormwater. 28 29 Alternatively, the Contractor may pursue independent disposal and treatment 30 alternatives that do not use the stormwater conveyance system. 31 32 8-01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater 33 Wastewater generated on-site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be 34 discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may be 35 infiltrated in accordance with the NPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit. 36 37 8-01.3(1)C3 Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater 38 Wastewater generated on-site during shaft drilling activity shall be managed and 39 disposed of in accordance with the requirements below. No shaft drilling slurry 40 wastewater shall be discharged to surface waters of the State. Neither the sediment nor 41 liquid portions of the shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be contaminated, as 42 detectable by visible or olfactory indication (e.g., chemical sheen or smell). 43 44 1. Water-only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with approved flocculants may be 45 infiltrated on-site. Flocculants used shall meet the requirements of Section 9-46 14.5(1) or shall be chitosan products listed as General Use Level Designation 47 (GULD) on the Department of Ecology’s stormwater treatment technologies 48 webpage for construction treatment. Infiltration is permitted if the following 49 requirements are met: 50 51 a. Wastewater shall have a pH of 6.5 – 8.5 prior to discharge. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 169 City of Renton August 2015 1 b. The source water meets drinking water standards or the Groundwater 2 Quality Criteria listed in WAC 173-200-040. 3 4 c. The amount of flocculant added to the slurry shall be kept to the minimum 5 needed to adequately settle out solids. The flocculant shall be thoroughly 6 mixed into the slurry. 7 8 d. Infiltration locations shall be at least 100 feet away from surface waters, 9 wells, on-site sewage systems, aquifer-sensitive recharge areas, sole 10 source aquifers, and well-head protection areas. Before infiltration begins, 11 there shall be a minimum of 5 feet of unsaturated soil between the soil 12 surface receiving the wastewater for infiltration and the groundwater 13 surface (i.e., saturated soil). 14 15 e. The slurry removed from the shaft shall be contained in a leak proof cell or 16 tank for a minimum of 3 hours. 17 18 f. Within a 24 hour period, a maximum of 21,000 gallons of slurry wastewater 19 may be infiltrated in an infiltration location. The infiltration rate shall be 20 reduced if needed to prevent wastewater from leaving the infiltration 21 location. The infiltration site shall be monitored regularly during infiltration 22 activity. All wastewater discharged to the ground must fully infiltrate and 23 discharges must stop before the end of each Work day. 24 25 g. After infiltration activity is complete, loose sediment in the infiltration 26 location that may have resulted from the infiltration activity or the removal 27 of BMPs used to manage infiltration activity shall be stabilized to prevent 28 mobilization by stormwater runoff. 29 30 h. Drilling spoils and settled sediments remaining in the containment cell or 31 tank shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 32 33 i. Infiltration locations shall be marked on the on-site Temporary Erosion and 34 Sediment Control (TESC) Plan sheets before the infiltration activity begins. 35 36 j. Prior to infiltrating water-only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with 37 approved flocculants, the Contractor shall submit a Shaft Drilling Slurry 38 Wastewater Management and Infiltration Plan as a Type 2 Working 39 Drawing. This Plan shall be kept on-site, adapted if needed to meet the 40 construction requirements, and updated to reflect what is being done in the 41 field. The Working Drawing shall include, at a minimum, the following 42 information: 43 44 i. Plan sheet showing the proposed infiltration location and all surface 45 waters, wells, on-site sewage systems, aquifer-sensitive recharge 46 areas, sole source aquifers, and well-head protection areas within 47 150 feet. 48 49 ii. The proposed elevation of soil surface receiving the wastewater for 50 infiltration and the anticipated phreatic surface (i.e., saturated soil). 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 170 City of Renton August 2015 iii. The source of the water used to produce the slurry. 1 2 iv. The estimated total volume of wastewater to be infiltrated. 3 4 v. The approved flocculant to be used (if any). 5 6 vi. The controls or methods (e.g., trenches, traps, berms, silt fence, 7 dispersion, or discharge metering devices) that will be used to 8 prevent surface wastewater runoff from leaving the infiltration 9 location. The Working Drawing shall include all pertinent design 10 details (e.g., sizing of trenches or traps, placement or height of 11 berms, application techniques) needed to demonstrate the proposed 12 controls or methods are adequate to prevent surface wastewater 13 runoff from leaving the infiltration location. 14 15 vii. The strategy for removing slurry wastewater from the shaft and 16 containing the slurry wastewater once it has been removed from the 17 shaft. 18 19 viii. The strategy for monitoring infiltration activity and adapting methods 20 to ensure compliance. 21 22 ix. A Contingency Plan that can be implemented immediately if it 23 becomes evident that the controls in place or methods being used 24 are not adequate. 25 26 x. The strategy for cleaning up the infiltration location after the infiltration 27 activity is done. Cleanup shall include stabilizing any loose sediment 28 on the surface within the infiltration area generated as a byproduct of 29 suspended solids in the infiltrated wastewater or soil disturbance 30 associated with BMP placement and removal. 31 32 2. Shaft drilling mineral slurry, synthetic slurry, or slurry with polymer additives not 33 approved for infiltration shall be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at 34 an approved disposal facility in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Spoils that 35 have come into contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance 36 with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 37 38 8-01.3(1)C4 Management of Off-Site Water 39 Prior to disruption of the normal watercourse, the Contractor shall intercept the off-site 40 surface water and pipe it either through or around the project site. This water shall not 41 be combined with on-site stormwater. It shall be discharged at its preconstruction outfall 42 point in such a manner that there is no increase in erosion below the site. The 43 Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the method for 44 performing this Work. 45 46 8-01.3(2)A Preparation for Application 47 This Section’s content is deleted and replaced with the following two new subsections: 48 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 171 City of Renton August 2015 8-01.3(2)A1 Seeding 1 Areas to be cultivated are shown in the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions. The 2 areas shall be cultivated to the depths specified to provide a reasonably firm but friable 3 seedbed. Cultivation shall take place no sooner than 2 weeks prior to seeding. 4 5 All areas to be seeded, including excavated slopes shall be compacted and prepared 6 unless otherwise specified or ordered by the Engineer. A cleated roller, crawler tractor, 7 or similar equipment that forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be 8 used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be seeded. 9 10 The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed 11 perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned 12 with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until 13 completion of the seeding. 14 15 Prior to seeding, the finished grade of the soil shall be 1 inch below the top of all curbs, 16 junction and valve boxes, walks, driveways, and other Structures. The soil shall be in a 17 weed free and bare condition. 18 19 All bags of seed shall be brought to the site in sealed bags and shall have seed labels 20 attached showing the seed meets the Specifications. Seed which has become wet, 21 moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or storage will not be accepted. 22 23 8-01.3(2)A2 Temporary Seeding 24 A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment that forms longitudinal depressions 25 at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be 26 seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed 27 perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned 28 with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until 29 completion of the seeding. 30 31 8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing 32 In the list in the second paragraph, item numbers 1-5 are revised to read: 33 34 1. A hydro seeder that utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous 35 agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to 36 agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified amount of seed 37 and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines shall be large enough to 38 prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic discharge spray 39 nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the slurry. 40 41 2. Blower equipment with an adjustable disseminating device capable of maintaining a 42 constant, measured rate of material discharge that will ensure an even distribution of 43 seed at the rates specified. 44 45 3. Helicopters properly equipped for aerial seeding. 46 47 4. Power-drawn drills or seeders. 48 49 5. Areas in which the above methods are impractical may be seeded by hand 50 methods. 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 172 City of Renton August 2015 8-01.3(2)C Liming 1 This Section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 2 3 8-01.3(2)C Vacant 4 5 8-01.3(2)D Mulching 6 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 Distribution of straw mulch material shall be by means that utilizes forced air to blow 9 mulch material on seeded areas. 10 11 8-01.3(11) Outlet Protection 12 In the last sentence, “Section 9-13.6” is revised to read “Section 9-13.1(5)”. 13 14 8-01.4 Measurement 15 In the twelfth paragraph, “liming” is deleted. 16 17 8-01.5 Payment 18 The Bid item “Liming”, per acre is deleted. 19 20 Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration 21 January 5, 2015 22 8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction 23 The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 24 25 This Work shall include keeping the planted and seeded areas free from insect 26 infestation, weeds or unwanted vegetation, litter, and other debris along with retaining 27 the finished grades and mulch in a neat uniform condition. 28 29 8-02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan 30 This Section’s title is revised to read: 31 32 Work Plans 33 34 This Section’s content is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new 35 subsections: 36 37 8-02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan 38 Before starting any Work that disturbs the earth and as described in Sections 8-01, 8-02 39 and 8-03, the Contractor shall submit a Roadside Work Plan. The Roadside Work Plan 40 shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing and shall define the Work necessary to 41 provide all Contract requirements, including: wetland excavation, soil preparation, 42 habitat Structure placement, planting area preparation, seeding area preparation, bark 43 mulch and compost placement, seeding, planting, plant replacement, irrigation, and 44 weed control in narrative form. 45 46 The Roadside Work Plan shall also include a copy of the approved progress schedule. 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 173 City of Renton August 2015 8-02.3(2)B Weed and Pest Control Plan 1 The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The 2 Weed and Pest Control Plan shall include scheduling and methods of all control 3 measures required under the Contract or proposed by the Contractor including soil 4 preparation methods to meet the required soil surface conditions in the planting, bark 5 mulch, and wetland areas. The Weed Control Plan shall show general weed control 6 including hand, mechanical and chemical methods, timing, application of herbicides 7 including type, rate, use and timing, mowing, and noxious weed control. Target weeds 8 and unwanted vegetation to be removed shall be identified and listed in the Weed 9 Control Plan. 10 11 The Plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control Operator 12 or Consultant when chemical pesticides are proposed. The Plan shall include methods 13 of weed control; dates of weed control operations; and the name, application rate, and 14 Material Safety Data Sheets of all proposed herbicides. In addition, the Contractor shall 15 furnish the Engineer with a copy of the current product label for each pesticide and 16 spray adjuvant to be used. These product labels shall be submitted with the Weed 17 Control Plan for approval. 18 19 8-02.3(2)C Plant Establishment Plan 20 The Plant Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of 21 Section 8-02.3(13) and submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The Plan shall show 22 the proposed scheduling of activities, materials, equipment to be utilized for the first-23 year plant establishment, and an emergency contact person. The Plan shall include the 24 management of the irrigation system, when applicable. Should the Plan become 25 unworkable at any time during the first-year plant establishment, the Contractor shall 26 submit a revised Plan prior to proceeding with further Work. 27 28 8-02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control 29 This Section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 30 31 Grass, including grass applied in accordance with Section 8-01, growing within the 32 mulch ring of a plant shall be considered a weed and be controlled on the project in 33 accordance with the Weed and Pest Control Plan. 34 35 8-02.3(4) Topsoil 36 The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 After the topsoil has been spread, all large clods, hard lumps, and rocks 2 inches in 39 diameter and larger, and litter shall be raked up, removed, and disposed of by the 40 Contractor. 41 42 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 43 44 Topsoil stockpiled for project use shall be protected to prevent erosion and weed 45 growth. Weed growth on topsoil stockpile sites shall be immediately eliminated in 46 accordance with the approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. 47 48 8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C 49 The last sentence is revised to read: 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 174 City of Renton August 2015 Topsoil Type C shall meet the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(4), 8-02.3(4)B, and 9-1 14.1(3). 2 3 8-02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting 4 Item number 4 in the last paragraph is deleted. 5 6 8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment 7 The first sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 8 9 The second paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 10 11 The 1 calendar year shall be extended an amount equal to any periods where the 12 Contractor does not comply with the Plant Establishment Plan. 13 14 The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 During the first year of plant establishment under PSIPE (Plant Selection Including Plant 17 Establishment), the Contractor shall meet monthly with the Engineer for the purpose of 18 joint inspection of the planting material on a mutually agreed upon schedule. 19 20 The last two paragraphs are deleted. 21 22 8-02.4 Measurement 23 This Section is supplemented with the following: 24 25 Plant selection will be measured per each. 26 27 PSIPE __ (Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment) will be measured per each. 28 29 8-02.5 Payment 30 The paragraph following the Bid item “Topsoil Type ____”, per acre is revised to read: 31 32 The unit Contract price per acre for “Topsoil Type ____” shall be full payment for all 33 costs for the specified Work. 34 35 The Bid item “PSIPE ___”, per each and the paragraph following the Bid item are revised to 36 read: 37 38 “PSIPE ___”, per each. 39 40 The unit Contract price for “Plant Selection ___”, per each, and “PSIPE ___”, per each, 41 shall be full pay for all Work necessary for weed control within the planting area, 42 planting area preparation, fine grading, planting, cultivating, plant storage and 43 protection, fertilizer and root dip, staking, cleanup, and water necessary to complete 44 planting operations as specified to the end of first year plant establishment. 45 46 The Bid item “Plant Establishment - ____ Year” is deleted. 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 175 City of Renton August 2015 Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways 1 January 5, 2015 2 8-04.2 Materials 3 The referenced Section for the following item is revised to read: 4 5 Hand Placed Riprap 9-13.1(4) 6 7 8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways 8 The first sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 9 10 Expansion joints in the curb or curb and gutter shall be spaced as shown in the Plans, 11 and placed at the beginning and ends of curb returns, drainage Structures, bridges, and 12 cold joints with existing curbs and gutters. 13 14 In the third sentence of the fourth paragraph, “¼-inch” is revised to read “⅜-inch”. 15 16 8-04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb 17 The second sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 18 19 Cement concrete curbs shall be anchored to the existing pavement by placing steel 20 reinforcing bars 1 foot on each side of every joint. 21 22 The third paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 Steel reinforcing bars shall meet the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. 25 26 Section 8-09, Raised Pavement Markers 27 April 7, 2014 28 8-09.3(6) Recessed Pavement Marker 29 The following sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: 30 31 The Contractor shall ensure that grinding of the pavement does not result in any 32 damage, (e.g. chipping, spalling or raveling) to the pavement to remain. 33 34 Section 8-11, Guardrail 35 April 7, 2014 36 8-11.3(1) Beam Guardrail 37 38 After the below Amendments to Sections 8-11.3(1)F and 8-11.3(1)G are applied, this Section 39 is supplemented with the following new sub-section: 40 41 8-11.3(1)F Removing and Resetting Beam Guardrail 42 The Contractor shall remove and reset existing guardrail posts, rail element, hardware 43 and blocks to the location shown in the Plans. The mounting height of reset rail element 44 shall be at the height shown in the Plans. The void caused by the removal of the post 45 shall be backfilled and compacted. 46 47 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 176 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor shall remove and replace any existing guardrail posts and blocks that 1 are not suited for re-use, as staked by the Engineer. The void caused by the removal of 2 the post shall be backfilled and compacted. The Contractor shall then furnish and install 3 a new guardrail post to provide the necessary mounting height. 4 5 8-11.3(1)A Erection of Posts 6 The second paragraph in this Section is deleted. 7 8 8-11.3(1)C Terminal and Anchor Installation 9 The last sentence in the last paragraph is deleted. 10 11 8-11.3(1)F Plans 12 This Section number is revised to: 13 14 8-11.3(1)G 15 16 8-11.3(1)G Guardrail Construction Exposed to Traffic 17 This Section number is revised to: 18 19 8-11.3(1)H 20 21 Section 8-18, Mailbox Support 22 August 4, 2014 23 8-18.3(1) Type 3 Mailbox Support 24 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 25 26 With the Engineer’s consent, a Type 3 Mailbox Support design, made of steel or other 27 durable material, that meets the NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety 28 Hardware (MASH) crash test criteria may be used in place of the design shown in the 29 Standard Plans. 30 31 Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation 32 Systems, and Electrical 33 August 3, 2015 34 8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings 35 The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 Supplemental data would include such items as catalog cuts, product Specifications, 38 shop drawings, wiring diagrams, etc. 39 40 The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 41 42 If the luminaires are not listed in the Qualified Products List, the Contractor shall submit 43 the following information for each different type of luminaire required on the Contract: 44 45 The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 46 47 The Contractor shall submit for approval Type 3E Working Drawings in accordance with 48 Section 1-05.3 for each of the following types of standards called for on this project: 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 177 City of Renton August 2015 1 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 2 3 The Contractor will not be required to submit shop drawings for approval for light 4 standards and traffic signal standards conforming to the preapproved plans listed in the 5 Special Provisions. The Contractor may use preapproved plans posted on the WSDOT 6 website with a more current revision date than published in the Special Provisions. 7 8 8-20.3(1) General 9 The following six new paragraphs are inserted after the second paragraph: 10 11 If a portion of an existing communication conduit system is damaged due to the 12 Contractor’s activities, the affected system shall be restored to original condition. 13 Conduit shall be repaired. Communication cables shall be replaced and the 14 communication system shall be made fully operational within 24 hours of being 15 damaged. 16 17 Damaged communication cable shall be replaced between existing termination or splice 18 points. No additional termination or splice points will be allowed. An existing 19 termination or splice point is defined as a location where all existing fiber strands or 20 twisted pair wires are terminated or spliced at one point. Communication cable shall be 21 defined as either copper twisted pair or fiber optic cables. The Contractor may use 22 temporary splices to restore Contracting Agency communication systems until the 23 permanent communication cable system is restored. 24 25 When damage to an existing communication system has occurred, the Contractor shall 26 perform the following in addition to other restoration requirements: 27 28 1. Inspect the communication raceway system including locate wire or tape to 29 determine the extent of damage. 30 31 2. Contact the Engineer for Fiber Optic Cable and Twisted Pair (TWP) Copper 32 Cable acceptance testing requirements and communication system restoration 33 requirements. 34 35 3. Initially perform the acceptance tests to determine the extent of damage and 36 also perform the acceptance tests after repairs are completed. Provide written 37 certification that the communication cable system, including the locate wire or 38 tape, is restored to test standard requirements. 39 40 Communication cables shall be restored by Contractor personnel that are WSDOT 41 prequalified for communication installation work. Restoration shall be considered 42 electrical work when the path of the communication system interfaces with electrical 43 systems. Electrical work of this nature shall be performed by Contractor personnel that 44 are WSDOT prequalified for work on both electrical and communication systems. 45 46 If the Contractor or Subcontractors are unable or unqualified to complete the restoration 47 work, the Engineer may have the communication or electrical systems restored by other 48 means and subtract the cost from the money that will be or is due the Contractor. 49 50 When field repair of existing conduit, innerduct or outerduct is required, the repair kits 51 shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations. Repair kits and each 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 178 City of Renton August 2015 connection point between the repair kit and the existing raceway system shall be sealed 1 to prevent air leakage during future cable installation. 2 3 8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high density polyethylene (HDPE), rigid 7 metal or flexible metal depending on the application. 8 9 Rigid metal conduit shall be installed at the following locations: 10 11 1. Within railroad right of way. 12 13 2. All surface-mounted conduit, with the exception of pole risers. 14 15 3. All runs within slip form placed concrete. 16 17 Unless otherwise required by the owning utility: 18 19 1. Service lateral runs shall be Schedule 80 PVC or Schedule 80 HDPE. 20 21 2. Pole risers shall be Schedule 80 PVC. 22 23 Conduit runs, including outer-duct, that enter the traveled way or shoulders shall be 24 Schedule 80 HDPE, Schedule 80 PVC, or rigid metal. 25 26 Conduit runs, including outer-duct, that do not enter the traveled way or shoulders shall 27 be Schedule 80 HDPE, Schedule 40 PVC or rigid metal. 28 29 Flexible metal conduit is allowed only at locations called for in the Plans. 30 31 Except as described under Non-Metallic Conduit, unless otherwise indicated in the 32 Plans or Standard Plans, the same type of conduit shall be used for the entire length of 33 the run, from outlet to outlet. 34 35 Innerduct shall have a smooth wall non ribbed interior surface, with factory pre-36 lubricated coating. 37 38 Innerduct within the Traveled Way or Shoulders and innerduct which is not factory 39 installed shall be Schedule 40 HDPE. The innerduct shall be continuous with no splices. 40 Innerduct which is pulled into the outer duct in the field shall be installed with an extra 2 41 feet of conduit beyond each end of the outer-duct and shall be allowed to finish 42 contracting for 21 calendar days before it is terminated. Innerduct shall be terminated 43 with end bells flush to ¼-inch out of the outer-duct and the space between the outer-44 duct and innerduct shall be sealed with rodent and moisture resistant foam designed for 45 this application and installed per manufacturer’s recommendations. 46 47 8-20.3(8) Wiring 48 The second sentence in the eleventh paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 Every conductor at every wire termination, connector, or device shall have an approved 51 wire marking sleeve bearing, as its legend, the circuit number indicated in the Contract. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 179 City of Renton August 2015 1 8-20.3(13)A Light Standards 2 In the third paragraph, the last sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: 3 4 Conduit shall extend a maximum of 1 inch above the top of the foundation, including 5 grounding end bushing or end bell bushing. 6 7 In the fourth paragraph, the second sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: 8 9 Conduits shall be cut to a maximum height of 2 inches above the foundation including 10 grounding end bushing or end bell bushing. 11 12 Section 8-21, Permanent Signing 13 August 3, 2015 14 8-21.2 Materials 15 This section is revised to read: 16 17 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 18 19 Roadside Sign Structures 9-06.16 20 Permanent Signs 9-28 21 Sign Support Structures 9-28.14 22 23 The Contractor shall submit a Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance for all 24 permanent signs; a copy of the Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance shall be 25 available at the fabricator’s plant. Permanent signs will be inspected at the fabricator’s 26 plant prior to shipment to the project unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. Signs 27 without an approved decal shall not be installed on the project with the exception of 28 double-faced signs which do not receive decals or fabricator’s stickers. 29 30 8-21.3(9)F Foundations 31 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 The excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-09.3. 34 35 Section 8-22, Pavement Marking 36 April 6, 2015 37 8-22.3(6) Removal of Pavement Markings 38 The second and third sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: 39 40 Grinding to remove pavement markings is allowed prior to application of a Bituminous 41 Surface Treatment. Grinding to remove pavement marking from hot mix asphalt and 42 cement concrete pavements is allowed to a depth just above the pavement surface, 43 then water blasting or shot blasting shall be required to remove the remaining markings. 44 45 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 180 City of Renton August 2015 Section 8-23, Temporary Pavement Markings 1 January 5, 2015 2 This Section’s content is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new sub-3 sections: 4 5 8-23.1 Description 6 The Work consists of furnishing, installing, and removing temporary pavement 7 markings. Temporary pavement markings shall be provided where noted in the Plans; 8 for all lane shifts and detours resulting from construction activities; or when permanent 9 markings are removed because of construction operations. 10 11 8-23.2 Materials 12 Materials for temporary markings shall be paint, plastic, tape, raised pavement markers 13 or flexible raised pavement markers. Materials for pavement markings shall meet the 14 following requirements: 15 16 Raised Pavement Markers 9-21 17 Temporary Marking Paint 9-34.2(6) 18 Plastic 9-34.3 19 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials 9-34.4 20 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape 9-34.5 21 Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers 9-34.6 22 23 8.23.3 Construction Requirements 24 25 8-23.3(1) General 26 The Contractor shall select the type of pavement marking material in accordance 27 with the Contract. 28 29 8-23.3(2) Preliminary Spotting 30 All preliminary layout and marking in preparation for application or removal of 31 temporary pavement markings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 32 33 8-23.3(3) Preparation of Roadway Surface 34 Surface preparation for temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with 35 the manufacturer’s recommendations. 36 37 8-23.3(4) Pavement Marking Application 38 39 8-23.3(4)A Temporary Pavement Markings – Short Duration 40 Temporary pavement markings – short duration shall meet the following 41 requirements: 42 43 Temporary Center Line – A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent 44 lanes of traffic moving in opposite directions. The broken pattern shall be 45 based on a 40-foot unit, consisting of a 4-foot line with a 36-foot gap if 46 paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the 47 pattern shall be based on a 40-foot unit, consisting of a grouping of three 48 temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, with a 34 49 foot gap. 50 51 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 181 City of Renton August 2015 Temporary Edge Line – A SOLID line used on the edges of Traveled 1 Way. The line shall be continuous if paint or tape is used. If temporary 2 raised pavement markers are used, the line shall consist of markers 3 installed continuously at 5-foot spacing. 4 5 Temporary Lane Line – A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent lanes 6 with traffic traveling in the same direction. The broken pattern shall be 7 based on a 40-foot unit, consisting of a 4-foot line with a 36-foot gap, if 8 paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the 9 pattern shall be based on a 40-foot unit, consisting of a grouping of three 10 temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, with a 34 11 foot gap. 12 13 Lane line and right edge line shall be white in color. Center line and left edge 14 line shall be yellow in color. Edge lines shall be installed only if specifically 15 required in the Contract. All temporary pavement markings shall be 16 retroreflective. 17 18 8-23.3(4)A1 Temporary Pavement Marking Paint 19 Paint used for short duration temporary pavement markings shall be 20 applied in one application at a thickness of 15 mils or 108 square feet per 21 gallon. Glass beads shall be in accordance with Section 8-22.3(3)G. 22 23 8-23.3(4)A2 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape 24 Application of temporary pavement marking tape shall be in conformance 25 with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 26 27 Black mask pavement marking tape shall mask the existing line in its 28 entirety. 29 30 8-23.3(4)A3 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers 31 Temporary raised pavement markers are not allowed on bituminous 32 surface treatments. 33 34 8-23.3(4)A4 Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers 35 Flexible raised pavement markers are required for new applications of 36 bituminous surface treatments. Flexible raised pavement markers are not 37 allowed on other pavement types unless otherwise specified or approved 38 by the Engineer. Flexible raised pavement markers shall be installed with 39 the protective cover in place. The cover shall be removed immediately 40 after spraying asphaltic material. 41 42 8-23.3(4)B Temporary Pavement Markings – Long Duration 43 Application of paint, pavement marking tape and plastic for long duration 44 pavement markings shall meet the requirements of Section 8-22.3(3); 45 application of raised pavement markers shall meet the requirements of Section 46 8-09.3; and application of flexible pavement markings shall be in conformance 47 with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 48 49 8-23.3(4)C Tolerance for Lines 50 Tolerance for lines shall conform to Section 8-22.3(4). 51 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 182 City of Renton August 2015 8-23.3(4)D Maintenance of Pavement Markings 1 Temporary pavement markings shall be maintained in serviceable condition 2 throughout the project until permanent pavement markings are installed. As 3 directed by the Engineer; temporary pavement markings that are damaged, 4 including normal wear by traffic, shall be repaired or replaced immediately. 5 Repaired and replaced pavement markings shall meet the requirements for the 6 original pavement marking. 7 8 8-23.3(4)E Removal of Pavement Markings 9 Removal of temporary paint is not required prior to paving; all other temporary 10 pavement markings shall be removed. 11 12 All temporary pavement markings that are required on the wearing course prior 13 to construction of permanent pavement markings and are not a part of the 14 permanent markings shall be completely removed concurrent with or 15 immediately subsequent to the construction of the permanent pavement 16 markings. Temporary flexible raised pavement markers on bituminous surface 17 treatment pavements shall be cut off flush with the surface if their location 18 conflicts with the alignment of the permanent pavement markings. All other 19 temporary pavement markings shall be removed in accordance with Section 8-20 22.3(6). 21 22 All damage to the permanent Work caused by removing temporary pavement 23 markings shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the 24 Contracting Agency. 25 26 8-23.4 Measurement 27 Temporary pavement markings will be measured by the linear foot of each installed line 28 or grouping of markers, with no deduction for gaps in the line or markers and no 29 additional measurement for the second application of paint required for long duration 30 paint lines. Short duration and long duration temporary pavement markings will be 31 measured for the initial installation only. 32 33 8-23.5 Payment 34 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following Bid 35 items that are included in the Proposal: 36 37 “Temporary Pavement Marking – Short Duration”, per linear foot. 38 39 “Temporary Pavement Marking – Long Duration”, per linear foot. 40 41 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Temporary Pavement Marking – Short 42 Duration” and “Temporary Pavement Marking – Long Duration” shall be full pay for 43 all Work. 44 45 Section 9-01, Portland Cement 46 January 5, 2015 47 9-01.2(3) Low Alkali Cement 48 This Section is revised to read: 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 183 City of Renton August 2015 When low alkali Portland cement is required, the percentage of alkalies in the cement 1 shall not exceed 0.60 percent by weight calculated as Na20 plus 0.658 K20. This 2 limitation shall apply to all types of Portland cement. 3 4 9-01.2(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement 5 The first paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP(X)(MS) or Type IS(X)(MS) cement 8 conforming to AASHTO M 240 or ASTM C 595, except that the portland cement used to 9 produce blended hydraulic cement shall not contain more than 0.75 percent alkalies by 10 weight calculated as Na20 plus 0.658 K20 and shall meet the following additional 11 requirements: 12 13 1. Type IP(X)(MS) - Portland-Pozzolan Cement where (X) equals the targeted 14 percentage of fly ash, the fly ash is limited to a maximum of 35 percent by 15 weight of the cementitious material; (MS) indicates moderate sulfate resistance. 16 17 2. Type IS(X)(MS) - Portland Blast- Furnace Slag Cement, where: (X) equals the 18 targeted percentage of ground granulated blast-furnace slag, the ground 19 granulated blast furnace slag is limited to a maximum of 50 percent by weight 20 of the cementitious material; (MS) indicates moderate sulfate resistance. 21 22 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 The source and weight of the fly ash or ground granulated blast-furnace slag shall be 25 certified on the cement mill test report or cement certificate of analysis and shall be 26 reported as a percent by weight of the total cementitious material. 27 28 9-01.3 Tests and Acceptance 29 The first paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 Cement may be accepted by the Engineer based on the cement mill test report number 32 or cement certificate of analysis number indicating full conformance to the 33 Specifications. All shipments of the cement to the Contractor or concrete supplier shall 34 identify the applicable cement mill test report number or cement certificate of analysis 35 number and shall be provided by the Contractor or concrete supplier with all concrete 36 deliveries. 37 38 The second paragraph is revised to read: 39 40 Cement producers/suppliers that certify Portland cement or blended cement shall 41 participate in the Cement Acceptance Program as described in WSDOT Standard 42 Practice QC 1. 43 44 9-01.4 Storage on the Work Site 45 This Section is revised to read: 46 47 At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide test data to show that 48 cement stored on site for longer than 60 days meets the requirements of 9-01. Tests 49 shall be conducted on samples taken from the site in the presence of the Engineer. Test 50 results that meet the requirements of 9-01 shall be valid for 60 days from the date of 51 sampling, after which the Engineer may require further testing. 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 184 City of Renton August 2015 1 Section 9-02, Bituminous Materials 2 April 6, 2015 3 9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) 4 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 5 6 For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of 7 RAS the new asphalt binder, recycling agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and/or RAS) 8 when blended in the proportions of the mix design shall meet the PGAB requirements of 9 AASHTO M 320 Table 1 for the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract. 10 11 This Section is supplemented with the following: 12 13 The recycling agent used to rejuvenate the recovered asphalt from recycled asphalt 14 pavement (RAP) and reclaimed asphalt shingles (RAS) shall meet the Specifications in 15 Table 1: 16 17 Table 1 RA 1 RA 5 RA 25 Test ASTM Test Method Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Viscosity @ 140˚F cSt D2170 or D2171 50 150 200 800 1000 4000 Flashpoint COC, ˚F D92 400 400 400 Saturates, Wt. % D2007 30 30 30 Specific Gravity D70 or D2198 Report Report Report Tests on Residue from RTFC D2872 Viscosity Ratio1 3 3 3 Mass Change ± % 4 4 4 1Viscosity Ratio = RTFC Viscosity @ 140˚F, cSt Original Viscosity @ 140˚F, cSt 18 19 9-02.1(6)A Polymerized Cationic Emulsified Asphalt CRS-2P 20 In the ninth row of the table, “Test” is revised to read “Tests”. 21 22 The eleventh row in the table is revised to read: 23 24 Elastic Recovery % T 3012 50 25 The last two rows of the table are deleted. 26 27 Footnote 2 below the table is revised to read: 28 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 185 City of Renton August 2015 1 2 The residue material for T 301 shall come from the modified distillation per note 1. 2 3 Footnote 3 below the table is deleted. 4 5 The last paragraph is deleted. 6 7 Section 9-03, Aggregates 8 August 3, 2015 9 9-03.1(2)C Use of Substandard Gradings 10 This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 11 12 Vacant 13 14 9-03.1(4)C Grading 15 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is deleted. 16 17 The third paragraph is deleted. 18 19 9-03.1(5)B Grading 20 The last paragraph is revised to read: 21 22 The Contracting Agency may sample each aggregate component prior to introduction to 23 the weigh batcher or as otherwise determined by the Engineer. Each component will be 24 sieve analyzed separately in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO Test 25 Method T-27/11. All aggregate components will be mathematically re-combined by the 26 proportions (percent of total aggregate by weight) provided by the Contractor on 27 Concrete Mix Design Form 350-040. 28 29 9-03.8(1) General Requirements 30 The first paragraph up until the colon is revised to read: 31 32 Preliminary testing of aggregates for source approval shall meet the following test 33 requirements: 34 35 The list in the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 36 37 Sand Equivalent 45 min. 38 39 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 40 41 Aggregate sources that have 100 percent of the mineral material passing the No. 4 42 sieve shall be limited to no more than 5 percent of the total weight of aggregate. 43 44 9-03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements 45 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 46 47 The mix design shall produce HMA mixtures when combined with RAP, RAS, coarse 48 and fine aggregate within the limits set forth in Section 9-03.8(6) and mixed in the 49 laboratory with the designated grade of asphalt binder, using the Superpave gyratory 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 186 City of Renton August 2015 compactor in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 312, and at the required 1 gyrations for N initial, N design, and N maximum with the following properties: 2 3 The third paragraph is revised to read: 4 5 The mix criteria for Hamburg Wheel-Track Testing and Indirect Tensile Strength do not 6 apply to HMA accepted by commercial evaluation. 7 8 9-03.8(3)B Gradation – Recycled Asphalt Pavement and Mineral Aggregate 9 This section is supplemented with the following: 10 11 For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA the RAP shall be 12 processed to ensure that 100 percent of the material passes a sieve twice the size of 13 the maximum aggregate size for the class of mix to be produced. 14 15 When any amount of RAS is used in the production of HMA the RAS shall be milled, 16 crushed or processed to ensure that 100 percent of the material passes the ½ inch 17 sieve. Extraneous materials in RAS such as metals, glass, rubber, soil, brick, tars, 18 paper, wood and plastic shall not exceed 2.0 percent by mass as determined on 19 material retained on the No. 4 sieve. 20 21 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow 22 This section is revised to read: 23 24 Material for common borrow shall consist of granular or nongranular soil and/or 25 aggregate which is free of deleterious material. Deleterious material includes wood, 26 organic waste, coal, charcoal, or any other extraneous or objectionable material. The 27 material shall not contain more than 3 percent organic material by weight. The plasticity 28 index shall be determined using test method AASHTO T 89 and AASHTO T 90. 29 30 The material shall meet one of the options in the soil plasticity table below. 31 32 Soil Plasticity Table 33 34 Option Sieve Percent Passing Plasticity Index 1 No. 200 0 - 12 N/A 2 No. 200 12.1 - 35 6 or Less 3 No. 200 Above 35 0 All percentages are by weight. 35 36 If requested by the Contractor, the plasticity index may be increased with the approval 37 of the Engineer. 38 39 9-03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall 40 In the second table, the row beginning with “pH” is revised to read: 41 42 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 187 City of Renton August 2015 pH WSDOT Test Method T 417 4.5 - 9 5 – 10 1 9-03.21(1) General Requirements 2 The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: 3 4 Reclaimed asphalt shingles samples shall contain less than the maximum percentage of 5 asbestos fibers based on testing procedures and frequencies established in conjunction 6 with the specifying jurisdiction and state or federal environmental regulatory agencies. 7 8 9-03.21(1)B Vacant 9 This section, including title, is revised to read: 10 11 9-03.21(1)B Concrete Rubble 12 Concrete rubble shall not be placed below the ordinary high water mark of any water of 13 the State. 14 15 9-03.21(1)D Recycled Steel Furnace Slag 16 This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: 17 18 Recycled steel furnace slag shall not be placed below the ordinary high water mark of 19 any water of the State. 20 21 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled 22 Material 23 In the table, the “Concrete Rubble” value for the item "Gravel Backfill for Drains" is revised to 24 read “0”. 25 26 In the table, the “Concrete Rubble” value for the item "Backfill for Sand Drains" is revised to 27 read “0”. 28 29 In the table, the “Concrete Rubble” value for the item "Sand Drainage Blanket" is revised to 30 read “0”. 31 32 Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials 33 August 3, 2015 34 9-04.1(4) Elastomeric Expansion Joint Seals 35 In this section, “AASHTO M 220” is revised to read “ASTM D 2628”. 36 37 9-04.2 Joint Sealants 38 In the first paragraph, “AASHTO M 324” is revised to read “ASTM D 6690”. 39 40 9-04.2(2) Poured Rubber Joint Sealer 41 In item number 9, “WSDOT Test Method No. 412” is revised to read “ASTM D 5329”. 42 43 9-04.2(3) Polyurethane Sealant 44 The first paragraph is revised to read: 45 46 Polyurethane sealant shall conform to ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 25 Use M 47 or ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 35 Use M. 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 188 City of Renton August 2015 1 Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts 2 April 7, 2014 3 9-05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe 4 The first paragraph is deleted. 5 6 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials 7 January 5, 2015 8 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts 9 The third sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 Nuts for ASTM F 1554 Grade 36 or 55 black or galvanized anchor bolts shall conform to 12 ASTM A 563, Grade A or DH. 13 14 Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel 15 August 3, 2015 16 9-07.2 Deformed Steel Bars 17 The first sentence is revised to read: 18 19 Deformed steel bars for concrete reinforcement shall conform to either AASHTO M 31 20 Grade 60 or ASTM A 706 Grade 60, except as otherwise noted in this Section or as 21 shown in the Plans. 22 23 This section is supplemented with the following new sub-section: 24 25 9-07.2(1) Headed Steel Reinforcing Bar 26 Headed steel reinforcing bars shall conform to Section 9-07.2 and ASTM A 970, 27 including Annex A1 requirements for Class HA head dimensions. Headed steel 28 reinforcing bars shall be forged headed bars or threaded headed bars. 29 30 9-07.5(1) Epoxy-Coated Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement 31 Rehabilitation) 32 This section is revised to read: 33 34 Epoxy-coated dowel bars shall be round plain steel bars of the dimensions shown in the 35 Standard Plans. They shall conform to AASHTO M 31, Grade 60 or ASTM A 615, 36 Grade 60 and shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A 1078 Type 2 coating, except 37 that the bars may be cut to length after being coated. Cut ends shall be coated in 38 accordance with ASTM A 1078 with a patching material that is compatible with the 39 coating, inert in concrete and recommended by the coating manufacturer. The thickness 40 of the epoxy coating shall be 10 mils plus or minus 2 mils. The Contractor shall furnish a 41 written certification that properly identifies the coating material, the number of each 42 batch of coating material used, quantity represented, date of manufacture, name and 43 address of manufacturer, and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the 44 requirements of ASTM A 1078 Type 2 coating. Patching material, compatible with the 45 coating material and inert in concrete and recommended by the manufacturer shall be 46 supplied with each shipment for field repairs by the Contractor. 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 189 City of Renton August 2015 9-07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement) 1 This section’s title is revised to read: 2 3 9-07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement 4 and Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) 5 6 Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials 7 January 5, 2015 8 9-08.1(2)H Top Coat, Single Component, Moisture-Cured Polyurethane 9 The second paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 Color and Gloss: As specified in the Plans or Special Provisions 12 13 The last item in the requirements list is revised to read: 14 15 The top coat shall be a gloss or semi-gloss 16 17 9-08.1(8) Standard Colors 18 The second paragraph is deleted. 19 20 The third paragraph is revised to read: 21 22 Unless otherwise specified, all top or finish coats shall be gloss or semi-gloss, with the 23 paint falling within the range of greater than 70 for gloss and 35 to 70 for semi-gloss on 24 the 60-degree gloss meter. 25 26 Section 9-09, Timber and Lumber 27 January 6, 2014 28 9-09.3(1) General Requirements 29 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 All orders of treated timber and lumber shall be accompanied by a Certificate of 32 Treatment record. The Certificate of Treatment showing conformance to this 33 Specification and AWPA standards shall include the following information: 34 35 Name and location of the wood preserving company, 36 Customer identification, 37 Date of treatment and charge number, 38 Type of chemical used and amount of retention, 39 Treating process and identification of the Specification used, 40 Boring records verifying treatment penetration for timber and lumber with a nominal 41 dimension of 6” x 6” or larger, 42 Description of material that was treated, and 43 Signature of a responsible plant official. 44 45 The fifth paragraph is deleted. 46 47 The first sentence in the last paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 190 City of Renton August 2015 All timber and lumber to be used in aquatic environments, unless specified otherwise in 1 the Contract, shall be chemically treated using Western Wood Preservers Institute Best 2 Management Practices (BMPs). 3 4 Section 9-10, Piling 5 August 3, 2015 6 9-10.2(1) Concrete 7 The first paragraph is deleted. 8 9 The first sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 10 11 9-10.5 Steel Piling 12 This section is revised to read: 13 14 The material for rolled steel piling H-piling and pile splices shall conform to ASTM A 36, 15 ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 992. The material for steel pipe piling and splices shall 16 conform to one of the following requirements except as specifically noted in the Plans: 17 18 1. API 5L Grade X42 or X52 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded 19 or helical (spiral) seam submerged-arc welded pipe piles of any diameter. 20 21 2. ASTM A 252 Grade 2 or 3 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded 22 or helical (spiral) seam submerged-arc welded pipe piles of any diameter. For 23 the purposes of welding and prequalification of base metal, steel pipe pile 24 designated as ASTM A 252 may be treated as prequalified provided the 25 chemical composition conforms to a prequalified base metal classification 26 listed in Table 3.1 of the AWS D1.1/D1.1M, latest edition, Structural Welding 27 Code, the grade of pipe piling meets or exceeds the grade specified in the 28 Plans, and the carbon equivalent (CE) is a maximum of 0.45-percent. 29 30 3. ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 588 material may be used for longitudinal seam 31 welded piles of any diameter. 32 33 For helical (spiral) seam submerged-arc welded pipe piles, the maximum radial offset of 34 strip/plate edges shall be 1/8 inch. The offset shall be transitioned with a taper weld and 35 the slope shall not be less than a 1 in 2.5 taper. The weld reinforcement shall not be 36 greater than 3/16 inches and misalignment of weld beads shall not exceed 1/8 inch. 37 38 Steel soldier piles, and associated steel bars and plates, shall conform to ASTM A 36, 39 ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 992, except as otherwise noted in the Plans. 40 41 All steel piling may be accepted by the Engineer based on the Manufacturer’s 42 Certificate of Compliance submitted in accordance with Section 1-06.3. The 43 manufacturer’s certificate of compliance submittal for steel pipe piles shall be 44 accompanied by certified mill test reports, including chemical analysis and carbon 45 equivalence, for each heat of steel used to fabricate the steel pipe piling. 46 47 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 191 City of Renton August 2015 Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion 1 and Scour Protection and Rock Walls 2 January 5, 2015 3 This Section’s content is deleted. 4 5 9-13.1 Loose Riprap 6 This Section’s content, including title and subsections, is revised to read the following: 7 8 9-13.1 Riprap and Quarry Spalls 9 10 9-13.1(1) General 11 Riprap and quarry spalls shall consist of broken stone or broken concrete rubble 12 and shall be free of rock fines, soil, or other extraneous material. Concrete rubble 13 shall not be contaminated by foreign materials such as fibers, wood, steel, asphalt, 14 sealant, soil, plastic and other contaminants or deleterious material. Concrete 15 rubble that is imported to the job site will require testing and certification for toxicity 16 characteristics per Section 9-03.21(1). 17 18 The grading of the riprap shall be determined by the Engineer by visual inspection 19 of the load before it is dumped into place, or, if so ordered by the Engineer, by 20 dumping individual loads on a flat surface and sorting and measuring the individual 21 rocks contained in the load. Should the riprap contain insufficient spalls, as defined 22 in Section 9-13.1(5), the Contractor shall furnish and place supplementary spall 23 material. 24 25 Riprap and quarry spalls shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other 26 defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather and shall conform to the 27 following requirements for quality. 28 29 Aggregate Property Test Method Requirement Degradation Factor WSDOT T 113 15 minimum Los Angeles Wear, 500 Rev. AASHTO T 96 50% maximum Specific Gravity, SSD AASHTO T 85 2.55 minimum 30 9-13.1(2) Heavy Loose Riprap 31 Heavy loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: 32 33 Minimum Size Maximum Size 40% to 90% 1 ton (½ cubic yd.) 70% to 90% 300 lbs. (2 cu. ft.) 10% to 30% 3 inch 50 lbs. (spalls) 34 35 9-13.1(3) Light Loose Riprap 36 Light loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: 37 38 Size Range Maximum Size 20% to 90% 300 lbs. to 1 ton (2 cu. ft. to ½ cu. yd.) 15% to 80% 50 lbs. to 1 ton Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 192 City of Renton August 2015 (⅓ cu. ft. to ½ cu. yd.) 10% to 20% 3 inch 50 lbs. (spalls) 1 9-13.1(4) Hand Placed Riprap 2 Hand placed riprap shall be as nearly rectangular as possible, 60 percent shall 3 have a volume of not less than 1 cubic foot. No stone shall be used which is less 4 than 6 inches thick, nor which does not extend through the wall. 5 6 9-13.1(5) Quarry Spalls 7 Quarry spalls shall meet the following requirements for grading: 8 9 Sieve Size Percent Passing 8″ 100 3″ 40 max. ¾″ 10 max. 10 9-13.2 Hand Placed Riprap 11 This Section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 12 13 9-13.2 Vacant 14 15 9-13.4 Rock for Erosion Control and Scour Protection 16 The last sentence is revised to read: 17 18 The use of recycled materials and concrete rubble is not permitted for this application. 19 20 9-13.6 Quarry Spalls 21 This Section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 22 23 9-13.6 Vacant 24 25 Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 26 August 3, 2015 27 9.14.1 Soil 28 This section, including title, is revised to read: 29 30 9-14.1 Topsoil 31 Topsoil shall not contain any recycled material, foreign materials, or any listed Noxious 32 and Nuisance weeds of any Class designated by authorized State or County officials. 33 Aggregate shall not comprise more than 10% by volume of Topsoil and shall not be 34 greater than two inches in diameter. 35 36 9-14.1(2) Topsoil Type B 37 The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 38 39 9-14.2 Seed 40 This section is revised to read: 41 42 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 193 City of Renton August 2015 Seed of the type specified shall be certified in accordance with WAC 16-302. Seed 1 mixes shall be commercially prepared and supplied in sealed containers. The labels 2 shall show: 3 4 (1) Common and botanical names of seed 5 6 (2) Lot number 7 8 (3) Net weight 9 10 (4) Pounds of Pure live seed (PLS) in the mix 11 12 (5) Origin of seed 13 14 All seed vendors must have a business license issued by supplier’s state or provincial 15 Department of Licensing with a “seed dealer” endorsement. 16 17 9-14.4 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 18 This section is supplemented with the following new sub-section: 19 20 9-14.4(9) Horticultural Grade Perlite 21 Horticultural grade perlite shall be in a pelletized or granular form. 22 23 Horticultural grade perlite shall meet the following requirements for quality and grading: 24 25 Quality Requirements Property Test Method Note 1 Requirement pH (of water slurry) PI 202 6.5 – 8.0 Bulk Density, lb/ft3 PI 200 2 - 10 Note 1 – PI, abbreviation for the Perlite Institute 26 27 Gradation Requirements Sieve Size Percent Passing No .4 99 – 100 No. 18 30 max No. 30 10 max All percentages are by weight. 28 29 9-14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips 30 This section’s title is revised to read: 31 32 Bark or Wood Chip Mulch 33 34 The first paragraph is revised to read: 35 36 Bark or wood chip mulch shall be derived from fir, pine, or hemlock species. It shall not 37 contain resin, tannin, or other compounds in quantities that would be detrimental to 38 plant life. Sawdust shall not be used as mulch. Mulch produced from finished wood 39 products or construction debris will not be allowed. 40 41 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 194 City of Renton August 2015 9-14.4(5) Lime 1 This section, including title, is revised to read: 2 3 9-14.4(5) Agricultural Grade Dolomite Lime 4 Agricultural grade dolomite lime shall be in a pelletized or granular form, meeting the 5 grading requirements of ASTM C 602 for Class E. 6 7 9-14.4(6) Gypsum 8 This section, including title, is revised to read: 9 10 9-14.4(6) Agricultural Grade Gypsum 11 Agricultural grade gypsum shall consist of Calcium Sulfate (CaSO4·2H2O) in a pelletized 12 or granular form and shall meet the following grading requirements: 13 14 Sieve Size Percent Passing ¼” 99 – 100 No. 20 20 max All percentages are by weight. 15 16 9-14.4(7) Tackifier 17 This section is revised to read: 18 19 Tackifiers are used as a tie-down for soil, compost, seed, and/or mulch. Tackifiers shall 20 contain no growth or germination-inhibiting materials and shall not reduce infiltration 21 rates. Tackifiers shall hydrate in water and readily blend with other slurry materials. 22 23 The Contractor shall provide test results documenting the tackifier meets the 24 requirements for Acute Toxicity, Solvents, and Heavy Metals as required in Table 1 in 25 Section 9-14.4(2). The tests shall be performed at the manufacturer’s recommended 26 application rate. 27 28 9-14.4(8) Compost 29 The second paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 Compost production and quality shall comply with WAC 173-350. 32 33 9-14.4(8)A Compost Submittal Requirements 34 Item 2 is revised to read: 35 36 2. A copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the manufacturer by the 37 Jurisdictional Health Department in accordance with WAC 173-350 (Minimum 38 Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling). 39 40 9-14.6(1) Description 41 Item number 3 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 42 43 3. Live pole cuttings shall have a diameter between 2 inches and 3.5 inches. Live 44 poles shall have no more than three branches which must be located at the top end 45 of the pole and those branches shall be pruned back to the first bud from the main 46 stem. 47 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 195 City of Renton August 2015 9-14.6(2) Quality 1 The second and third paragraphs in this section are revised to read: 2 3 All plant material shall comply with State and Federal laws with respect to inspection 4 for plant diseases and insect infestation. Plants must meet Washington State 5 Department of Agriculture plant quarantines and have a certificate of inspection. Plants 6 originating in Canada must be accompanied by a phytosanitary certificate stating the 7 plants meet USDA health requirements. 8 9 All plant material shall be purchased from a nursery licensed to sell plants in their state 10 or province. 11 12 Section 9-15, Irrigation System 13 August 4, 2014 14 9-15.18 Detectable Marking Tape 15 In the second paragraph, the table is supplemented with the following new row: 16 17 Non-Potable Water Purple 18 Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail 19 August 4, 2014 20 9-16.2(1)B Wood Fence Posts and Braces 21 In the table, the row beginning with “ACA” is deleted. 22 23 Section 9-19, Prestressed Concrete Girders 24 August 3, 2015 25 This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 26 27 Vacant 28 29 Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical 30 August 3, 2015 31 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct 32 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 33 34 9-29.1(9) Repair 35 Manufacturer repair kits shall be used for field repair of existing conduit, innerduct and 36 outerduct. The conduit repair kit shall be manufactured specifically for the repair of 37 existing damaged conduit, inner duct and outer duct. The repair kit shall be 38 prepackaged and include the split conduit and split couplings necessary to restore the 39 damaged conduit to the original inside dimensions including a water and air tight seal. 40 41 9-29.2(1)B Heavy Duty Junction Boxes 42 The second paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 196 City of Renton August 2015 The Heavy-Duty Junction Box steel frame, lid support and lid fabricated from steel plate 1 and shapes shall be painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance 2 with Section 6-07.3. Ductile iron and gray iron castings shall not be painted. 3 4 The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: 5 6 The concrete used in Heavy-Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum compressive 7 strength of 4,000 psi. 8 9 In the fourth paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied), the table is revised to 10 read: 11 12 Materials Requirement Concrete Section 6-02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9-07 Lid ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 572, grade 50 or ASTM A 588, and having a min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40 degrees F. Or Ductile iron casting meeting Section 9-05.15 Frame and stiffener plates ASTM A 572 grade 50 or ASTM A 588, both with min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40 degrees F Or Gray iron casting meeting Section 9-05.15 Anchors (studs) Section 9-06.15 Threaded Anchors for Gray Iron Frame ASTM F1554 grade 55 Headed Anchor Requirements Bolts, Studs, Nuts, Washers ASTM F 593 or A 193, Type 304 or 316, or Stainless steel grade 302, 304, or 316 in accordance with approved shop drawings Hinges and Locking and Latching Mechanism and associated Hardware and Bolts In accordance with approved shop drawings Safety Bars In accordance with approved shop drawings 13 The last paragraph is revised to read: 14 15 The bearing seat and lid perimeter shall be free from burrs, dirt, and other foreign debris 16 that would prevent solid seating. Bolts and nuts shall be liberally coated with anti-seize 17 compound. Bolts shall be installed snug tight. The bearing seat and lid perimeter shall 18 be machined to allow a minimum of 75 percent of the bearing areas to be seated with a 19 tolerance of 0.0 to 0.005 inches measured with a feeler gage. The bearing area 20 percentage will be measured for each side of the lid as it bears on the frame. 21 22 9-29.2(2) Standard Duty and Heavy-Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes 23 This section’s title is revised to read: 24 25 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 197 City of Renton August 2015 Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, Heavy-Duty Cable Vaults, 1 Standard Duty Pull Boxes, and Heavy-Duty Pull Boxes 2 3 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 4 5 Small, Standard Duty and Heavy-Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty and Heavy-Duty 6 Pull Boxes shall be constructed as a concrete box and as a concrete lid. 7 8 9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes 9 This section’s title is revised to read: 10 11 Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, and Standard Duty Pull 12 Boxes 13 14 The first paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull boxes shall be concrete 17 and have a minimum load rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance with 18 Section 9-29.2(1)C for concrete Standard Duty Junction Boxes. 19 20 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 21 22 Concrete for Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes shall 23 have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 24 25 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 26 27 All Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes placed in 28 sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use paths shall have slip-resistant surfaces. 29 30 The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 31 32 Materials for Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes shall 33 conform to the following: 34 35 9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable 36 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 37 38 9-29.3(3) Wire Marking Sleeves 39 Wire marking sleeves shall be full-circle in design, non-adhesive, printable using an 40 indelible ink and shall fit snugly on the wire or cable. Marking sleeves shall be made 41 from a PVC or polyolefin, and provide permanent identification for wires and cables. 42 43 9-29.3(2)A4 Location Wire 44 This section is revised to read: 45 46 Location wire shall be steel core copper clad minimum size AWG 14 insulated 47 conductor. The insulation shall be orange High Molecular Weight High Density 48 Polyethylene (HMHDPE). 49 50 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 198 City of Renton August 2015 9-29.13(2) Manufacturing Quality 1 This section, including title, is revised to read: 2 3 9-29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing 4 Each traffic signal controller assembly shall be tested as follows. The Contractor shall: 5 6 1. Prior to shipping, arrange appointment for testing at the WSDOT Materials 7 Laboratory. 8 9 2. Assembly shall be defined as tightening all screws, nuts and bolts, verifying 10 that all wiring is clear of moving parts and properly secured, installing all 11 pluggables, connecting all cables and ensure that all Contract required 12 documents are present, proper documentation is provided, and all equipment 13 required by the Contract is installed. 14 15 3. The Contractor shall demonstrate that all of the functions required by the 16 Contract perform as intended. Demonstration shall include energizing the 17 cabinet and verifying that all 8 phases, 4 pedestrian movements and 4 18 overlaps (as required by the Contract Provisions) operate per Section 9-29.13. 19 The Contractor shall place the controller in minimum recall with interval timing 20 set at convenient value for testing purposes. Upon a satisfactory 21 demonstration the controller assembly will then be accepted by WSDOT for 22 testing. 23 24 4. If the assembly and acceptance for testing is not complete within 7 calendar 25 days of delivery, the Project Engineer may authorize the return of the 26 assembly to the Contractor, with collect freight charges to the Contractor. 27 28 5. WSDOT will test each traffic signal control assembly in accordance with the 29 following test methods, WSDOT T 421, T 422, T 423, T 424, T 425, T 427, and 30 T 428. 31 32 6. If the traffic signal control assembly passes all testing, the Contractor will be 33 notified where the assembly is to be picked-up for delivery to the project. The 34 Contractor shall pick-up the assembly within 7 calendar days of notification. 35 36 7. If the traffic signal control assembly fails testing, the Contractor has 7 calendar 37 days to repair or replace any components that fail during the testing process at 38 no cost to the Contracting Agency. All repairs shall be completed during 39 normal business hours for the State Materials Lab. A failure shall be defined 40 as a component that no longer functions as intended under the conditions 41 required or does not meet the requirements of the Contract and is at the sole 42 discretion of WSDOT. Once all repairs and replacement of components is 43 complete WSDOT will retest the traffic controller as specified in step 6 and all 44 costs for retesting will be deducted from monies due or that may become due 45 the Contractor. 46 47 9-29.13(2)A Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing 48 This section is deleted. 49 50 9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing 51 The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 52 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 199 City of Renton August 2015 1 A 1-inch-wide strip of yellow retro-reflective, type IV prismatic sheeting, conforming to 2 the requirements of Section 9-28.12, shall be applied around the perimeter of each 3 backplate with the exception of installations where all sections of the display will be dark 4 as part of normal operation such as ramp meters, hawk signals and tunnels. 5 6 Section 9-31, Elastomeric Bearing Pads 7 August 4, 2014 8 This Section’s title is revised to read: 9 10 Elastomeric Pads 11 12 9-31.1 Requirements 13 In the first paragraph, the word “bearing” is deleted from the first sentence. 14 15 In the first sentence of the second paragraph, the word “bearing” is deleted and replaced 16 with “elastomeric”. 17 18 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the word “Bearing” is deleted and replaced 19 with “Elastomeric”. 20 21 In the third paragraph, the word “bearing” is deleted and replaced with the word 22 “elastomeric”. 23 24 Section 9-32, Mailbox Support 25 August 4, 2014 26 9-32.7 Type 2 Mailbox Support 27 The first sentence is revised to read: 28 29 Type 2 mailbox supports shall be 2-inch 14-gage steel tube and shall meet the NCHRP 30 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crash test criteria. 31 32 Section 9-33, Construction Geosynthetic 33 August 3, 2015 34 9-33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval 35 This section is revised to read: 36 37 Geosynthetics listed in the WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL) are approved for use. 38 If the geosynthetics material is not listed inthe current WSDOT QPL, a sample of each 39 proposed geosynthetic shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater 40 for evaluation. Geosynthetic material approval will be based on conformance to the 41 applicable properties from the Tables in Section 9-33.2 or in the Standard Plans or 42 Special Provisions. Approval/Disapproval information will be provided within 30 calendar 43 days after the sample and required information for each geosynthetic type have been 44 received at the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater. 45 46 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following information regarding each 47 geosynthetic material proposed for use: 48 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 200 City of Renton August 2015 1 Manufacturer’s name and current address, 2 Full product name, 3 Geosynthetic structure, including fiber/yarn type, 4 Geosynthetic polymer type(s) (for permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, 5 reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement 6 applications), 7 Geosynthetic roll number(s), 8 Geosynthetic lot number(s), 9 Proposed geosynthetic use(s), and 10 Certified test results for minimum average roll values. 11 12 Geosynthetics used as reinforcement in permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, 13 reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement 14 applications require proof of compliance with the National Transportation Product 15 Evaluation Program (NTPEP) in accordance with WSDOT Standard Practice T 925 or 16 AASHTO Standard Practice PP 66, Standard Practice for Determination of Long-Term 17 Strength for Geosynthetic Reinforcement. 18 19 9-33.4(3) Acceptance Samples 20 In the the second row of the table, the value for “Application” is revised to read: 21 22 Permanent Geosynthetic Reinforced Slopes, Retaining Walls, Reinforced 23 Embankments, and other Geosynthetic Reinforcement Applications 24 25 The fourth paragraph is supplemented with the following: 26 27 Test results from 9-33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval testing may be used for 28 acceptance provided the tested roll(s) are part of the “lot” as defined above. 29 30 Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material 31 January 5, 2015 32 9-34.2 Paint 33 The second paragraph is revised to read: 34 35 Blue and black paint shall comply with the requirements of yellow paint in Section 9-36 34.2(4) and Section 9-34.2(5), with the exception that blue and black paints do not need 37 to meet the requirements for titanium dioxide, directional reflectance, and contrast ratio. 38 39 9-34.4 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials 40 In the third paragraph, the table titled “Metal Concentration Limits” is revised to read: 41 42 Metal Concentration Limits Element Test Method Max. Parts Per Million (ppm) Arsenic EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 10.0 Barium EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 100.0 Cadmium EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 1.0 Chromium EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 5.0 Lead EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 50.0 Silver EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 5.0 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 201 City of Renton August 2015 Mercury EPA 3052 SW-846 7471B 4.0 1 2 9-34.5 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape 3 This Section is revised to read: 4 5 Biodegradable tape with paper backing is not allowed. 6 7 This Section is supplemented with the following new sub-sections: 8 9 9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape – Short Duration 10 Temporary pavement marking tape for short duration shall conform to ASTM D4592 11 Type II except that black tape, black mask tape and the black portion of the contrast 12 removable tape, shall be non-reflective. 13 14 9-34.5(2) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape – Long Duration 15 Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration shall conform to ASTM D4592 16 Type I. Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration, except for black tape, 17 shall have a minimum initial coefficient of retroreflective luminance of 200 mcd*m-2*lx-1 18 when measured in accordance with ASTM E 2832 or ASTM E 2177. Black tape, black 19 mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non-reflective. 20 21 9-34.6 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers 22 This Section’s title is revised to read: 23 24 Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers 25 26 The second paragraph is deleted. 27 28 Section 9-35, Temporary Traffic Control Materials 29 August 4, 2014 30 9-35.0 General Requirements 31 The following item is deleted from the list of temporary traffic control materials: 32 33 Barrier Drums 34 35 The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 Certification for crashworthiness according to NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing 38 Safety Hardware (MASH) will be required as described in Section 1-10.2(3). 39 40 9-35.2 Construction Signs 41 The first sentence is revised to read: 42 43 Construction signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall meet the 44 requirements of NCHRP Report 350 for Category 2 devices or MASH. 45 46 9-35.7 Traffic Safety Drums 47 The third paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Amendments – Logan Ave N Page 202 City of Renton August 2015 Drums and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 or 1 MASH as described in Section 1-10.2(3). 2 3 9-35.8 Barrier Drums 4 This Section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 5 6 9-35.8 Vacant 7 8 9-35.12 Transportable Attenuator 9 In the first paragraph, the fourth sentence is revised to read: 10 11 The Contractor shall provide certification that the transportable attenuator complies with 12 NCHRP 350 Test level 3 or MASH Test Level 3 requirements. 13 14 9-35.13 Tall Channelizing Devices 15 In the sixth paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 16 17 The method of attachment must ensure that the light does not separate from the device 18 upon impact and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 19 or MASH as described in Section 1-10.2(3). 20 21 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ Special Provisions Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 204 City of Renton August 2015 INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 2 (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 3 4 The Work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard 5 Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2014 edition, as issued by the 6 Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works 7 Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter (hereafter “Standard Specifications”). The 8 Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard 9 Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract 10 Documents, shall govern all of the Work. 11 12 These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from 13 various sources, which may have project-specific fill-ins; and project-specific Special 14 Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable 15 Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or 16 addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only 17 to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the 18 balance of the section does not apply. 19 20 The project-specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled 21 under the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For 22 example: 23 24 (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 25 (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) 26 27 Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: 28 • Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently 29 adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any 30 • Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, 31 current edition 32 • City of Renton Standard Details, City of Renton Public Works Department, current 33 edition 34 • Proposed Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right-of-Way, July 26, 35 2011 (commonly referred to as the 2011 PROWAG) 36 37 The Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at the Contractor’s own expense. 38 39 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 205 City of Renton August 2015 Division 1 1 General Requirements 2 3 4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 5 6 (March 13, 1995 WSDOT) 7 This Contract provides for the improvement of Logan Ave N – N Airport Way to N 6th Street 8 Project and other Work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract 9 Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. 10 11 1-01 Definition and Terms 12 13 1-01.3 Definitions 14 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 15 Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace 16 them with the following: 17 18 Dates 19 Bid Opening Date 20 The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids. 21 Award Date 22 The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest 23 responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. 24 Contract Execution Date 25 The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. 26 Notice to Proceed Date 27 The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. 28 Substantial Completion Date 29 The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted 30 use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any 31 remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental Work, 32 replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or 33 correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. 34 Physical Completion Date 35 The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation 36 required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be 37 furnished by the Contractor by this date. 38 Completion Date 39 The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of 40 the Contractor under the Contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation 41 required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor 42 before establishment of this date. 43 Final Acceptance Date 44 The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete. 45 46 Supplement this Section with the following: 47 48 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 206 City of Renton August 2015 All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special 1 Provisions, to the terms “State”, “Department of Transportation”, “Washington State 2 Transportation Commission”, “Commission”, “Secretary of Transportation”, “Secretary”, 3 “Headquarters”, and “State Treasurer” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”. 4 5 All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “Contracting 6 Agency designated location”. 7 8 All references to “final Contract voucher certification” shall be interpreted to mean the 9 final payment form established by the Contracting Agency. 10 11 The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, Award, execution, and 12 performance of the Contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the 13 Contracting Agency’s headquarters are located. 14 15 Additive 16 A supplemental unit of Work or group of Bid items, identified separately in the Bid 17 Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition 18 to the Base Bid. 19 20 Alternate 21 One of two or more units of Work or groups of Bid items, identified separately in the Bid 22 Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different 23 methods or material of construction for performing the same Work. 24 25 Business Day 26 A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in 27 Section 1-08.5. 28 29 Contract Bond 30 The definition in the Standard Specifications for “Contract Bond” applies to whatever 31 bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a 32 Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. 33 34 Contract Documents 35 See definition for “Contract”. 36 37 Contract Time 38 The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which 39 the Work must be physically completed. 40 41 Notice of Award 42 The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the 43 Contracting Agency’s acceptance of the Bid Proposal. 44 45 Notice to Proceed 46 The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing 47 and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which 48 the Contract time begins. 49 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 207 City of Renton August 2015 Traffic 1 Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and 2 equestrian traffic. 3 4 5 1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions 6 7 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders 8 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 9 10 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder 11 (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) 12 13 Before Award of a Public Works Contract, a Bidder must meet at least the minimum 14 qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible Bidder and qualified 15 to be awarded a Public Works project. 16 17 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications 18 (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 19 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 20 21 Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the 22 Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the Work. 23 24 After Award of the Contract, Plans and Specifications will be issued to the Contractor at 25 no cost as detailed below: 26 27 To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced Plans (11" x 17") 5 Furnished automatically upon Award. Contract Provisions 5 Furnished automatically upon Award. Large Plans (e.g., 22" x 34") 2 Furnished only upon request. 28 Additional Plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the 29 source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor’s own expense. 30 31 1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work 32 33 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information 34 (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 35 The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 The Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and the boring logs, if and when included 38 as an appendix to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of the Contract. 39 40 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 208 City of Renton August 2015 Section 1-02.4(2) is supplemented with the following: 1 2 (January 2, 2012 WSDOT GSP) 3 The soils information used for study and design of this project is available for 4 review by the Bidder at the following location: 5 6 City of Renton 7 1055 South Grady Way 8 Renton, WA 98057 9 Attn: James Wilhoit, PE 10 11 The soils information includes the following: 12 13 Geotechnical Report by HWA GeoSciences 14 15 1-02.5 Proposal Forms 16 (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 17 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 18 19 The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the Work. It will 20 also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of Work, and the materials 21 to be furnished at the unit Bid prices. The Bidder shall complete spaces on the Proposal 22 Form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total Bid 23 amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment 24 of addenda; the Bidder’s name, address, telephone number, and signature; the Bidder’s 25 D/M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor’s Registration 26 Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by 27 typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required 28 certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. 29 30 The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the Proposal Forms with alternates 31 and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The Bidder shall 32 Bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise 33 specified. 34 35 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal 36 (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 37 Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 38 39 4. If a minimum Bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum 40 price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 41 5. Any correction to a Bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be 42 initialed by the signer of the Bid. 43 44 Delete the last paragraph, and replace it with the following: 45 46 The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the Bid in any manner. 47 48 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a 49 vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 209 City of Renton August 2015 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a 1 partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any 2 D/M/WBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 3 4 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a 5 member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted 6 with the Bid Form if any D/W/MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an 7 agreement. 8 9 The fourth paragraph of Section 1-02.6 is revised to read: 10 11 (May 7, 2012 WSDOT GSP) 12 The Bidder shall submit with the Bid a completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise 13 (DBE) Utilization Certification, when required by the Special Provisions. For each and 14 every DBE firm listed on the Bidder’s completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise 15 Utilization Certification, the Bidder shall submit written confirmation from that DBE firm 16 that the DBE is in agreement with the DBE participation commitment that the Bidder has 17 made in the Bidder’s completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization 18 Certification. WSDOT Form 422 031 EF (Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Written 19 Confirmation Document) is to be used for this purpose. 20 21 The Bidder must submit good faith effort documentation only in the event the Bidder’s 22 efforts to solicit sufficient DBE participation have been unsuccessful. Directions for 23 delivery of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Written Confirmation Documents and 24 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Good Faith Effort documentation are included in 25 Section 1-02.9. 26 27 Section 1-02.6 is supplemented with the following: 28 29 (August 7, 2006 WSDOT GSP) 30 Progress Schedule Minimum Bid 31 A minimum Bid of *** $10,000 *** lump sum has been established for the item “Type *** 32 B *** Progress Schedule.” The Contractor’s Bid shall equal or exceed that amount. If 33 the Contractor’s Bid is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency 34 will unilaterally revise the Bid amount to the minimum specified amount and recalculate 35 the Contractor’s total Bid amount. The corrected total Bid amount will be used by the 36 Contracting Agency for Award purposes and to fix the amount of the Contract bond. 37 38 1-02.7 Bid Deposit 39 (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 40 Supplement this Section with the following: 41 42 Bid bonds shall contain the following: 43 44 1. Contracting Agency-assigned number for the project; 45 2. Name of the project; 46 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 47 4. The amount of the Bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which 48 represents five percent of the maximum Bid amount that could be awarded; 49 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 210 City of Renton August 2015 5. Signature of the Bidder’s officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature 1 of the person authorized to submit the Bid should agree with the signature on the 2 bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 3 6. The signature of the Surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of 4 attorney. 5 6 If so stated in the Contract Provisions, the Bidder must use the bond form included in the 7 Contract Provisions. 8 9 If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a Bid deposit. 10 11 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal 12 (August 15, 2012 APWA GSP, Option B) 13 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 14 15 Each Proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and 16 Project Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the 17 envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and 18 delivery. 19 20 To be considered responsive, the Bidder shall submit Written Confirmation 21 Documentation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder’s completed DBE Utilization 22 Certification, form 272-056A EF, as required by Section 1-02.6. DBE Written 23 Confirmation Documents and/or Good Faith Effort Documentation shall be submitted 24 either with the Bid Proposal or up to one (1) hours after the Bid Proposal is due. If 25 submitted after the Bid Proposal is due, the information must be submitted in a sealed 26 envelope labeled the same as for the Proposal, with “DBE Supplemental Information” 27 added. All other information required to be submitted with the Bid Proposal must be 28 submitted with the Bid Proposal itself, at the time stated in the Call for Bids. 29 30 The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after 31 the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a 32 location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. The Contracting Agency will not 33 open or consider any DBE confirmations or GFE documentation Proposal that is 34 received after the time specified above, or received in a location other than that specified 35 in the Call for Bids. 36 37 1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals 38 (May 4, 2012 APWA GSP) 39 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 40 41 Proposals will be opened and publicly read at the time indicated in the Call for Bids, after 42 the deadline(s) for submitting all elements of the Bid Proposal including DBE Written 43 Confirmation Documents and/or Good Faith Effort Documentation, unless the Bid 44 opening has been delayed or canceled. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other 45 interested parties are invited to be present. 46 47 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals 48 (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) 49 Revise item 1 to read: 50 51 1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 211 City of Renton August 2015 a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; 1 b. The authorized Proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not 2 used or is altered; 3 c. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, 4 alternate Bids, or conditions; 5 d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the Award, 6 or enter into the Contract; 7 e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; 8 f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; 9 g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if 10 applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; 11 h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business 12 Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; 13 i. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on 14 the Bidder’s completed DBE Utilization Certification that they are in 15 agreement with the Bidders DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as 16 required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails 17 to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; 18 j The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, 19 as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to 20 demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was 21 made; 22 k. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet 23 the material terms of the Bid invitation; or 24 l. More than one Proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder 25 under the same or different names. 26 27 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders 28 (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP, Option B) 29 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 30 31 A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory 32 Bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended; or does not meet the 33 following Supplemental Criteria: 34 35 1. Delinquent State Taxes 36 37 A Criterion: The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington 38 State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the 39 Department of Revenue. 40 41 B. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed on the Washington State 42 Department of Revenue’s “Delinquent Taxpayer List” website: 43 http://dor.wa.gov/content/fileandpaytaxes/latefiling/dtlwest.aspx , or if they 44 are so listed, they must submit a written payment plan approved by the 45 Department of Revenue, to the Contracting Agency by the deadline listed 46 below. 47 48 2. Federal Debarment 49 50 A Criterion: The Bidder shall not currently be debarred or suspended by the 51 Federal government. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 212 City of Renton August 2015 1 B. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed as having an “active 2 exclusion” on the U.S. government’s “System for Award Management” 3 database (www.sam.gov). 4 5 3. Subcontractor Responsibility 6 7 A Criterion: The Bidder’s standard subcontract form shall include the 8 Subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the 9 Bidder shall have an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the 10 responsibility of each of its Subcontractors. The Bidder’s subcontract form 11 shall also include a requirement that each of its Subcontractors shall have 12 and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub-tier 13 Subcontractors with whom it contracts are also “responsible” 14 Subcontractors as defined by RCW 39.06.020. 15 16 B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall 17 submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Contracting 18 Agency, and a written description of its procedure for validating the 19 responsibility of Subcontractors with which it contracts. 20 21 4. Prevailing Wages 22 23 A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of prevailing wage violations 24 as determined by WA Labor & Industries in the five years prior to the Bid 25 submittal date, that demonstrates a pattern of failing to pay workers 26 prevailing wages, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such 27 circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. 28 29 B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall 30 submit a list of all prevailing wage violations in the five years prior to the Bid 31 submittal date, along with an explanation of each violation and how it was 32 resolved. The Contracting Agency will evaluate these explanations and the 33 resolution of each complaint to determine whether the violation demonstrate 34 a pattern of failing to pay its workers prevailing wages as required. 35 36 5. Claims Against Retainage and Bonds 37 38 A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed 39 against the retainage or payment bonds for Public Works projects in the 40 three years prior to the Bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of 41 effective management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate 42 payments to its Subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are 43 extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable 44 to the Contracting Agency. 45 46 B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall 47 submit a list of the Public Works projects completed in the three years prior 48 to the Bid submittal date that have had claims against retainage and bonds 49 and include for each project the following information: 50 51 • Name of project 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 213 City of Renton August 2015 • The Owner and contact information for the Owner; 1 • A list of claims filed against the retainage and/or payment bond for 2 any of the projects listed; 3 • A written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim 4 and the ultimate resolution of the claim. 5 6 6. Public Bidding Crime 7 8 A Criterion: The Bidder and/or its Owners shall not have been convicted of a 9 crime involving Bidding on a Public Works Contract in the five years prior to 10 the Bid submittal date. 11 12 B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall 13 sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that 14 the Bidder and/or its Owners have not been convicted of a crime involving 15 Bidding on a Public Works Contract. 16 17 7. Termination for Cause / Termination for Default 18 19 A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have had any Public Works Contract 20 terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in 21 the five years prior to the Bid submittal date, unless there are extenuating 22 circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the 23 Contracting Agency. 24 25 B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall 26 sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that 27 the Bidder has not had any Public Works Contract terminated for cause or 28 terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the 29 Bid submittal date; or if Bidder was terminated, describe the circumstances. 30 31 8. Lawsuits 32 33 A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have lawsuits with judgments entered against 34 the Bidder in the five years prior to the Bid submittal date that demonstrate 35 a pattern of failing to meet the terms of Contracts, unless there are 36 extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable 37 to the Contracting Agency 38 39 B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall 40 sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that 41 the Bidder has not had any lawsuits with judgments entered against the 42 Bidder in the five years prior to the Bid submittal date that demonstrate a 43 pattern of failing to meet the terms of Contracts, or shall submit a list of all 44 lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to 45 the Bid submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances 46 surrounding each such lawsuit. The Contracting Agency shall evaluate 47 these explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern 48 of failing to meet of terms of construction related Contracts 49 50 As evidence that the Bidder meets the mandatory and supplemental responsibility 51 criteria stated above, the apparent two lowest Bidders must submit to the Contracting 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 214 City of Renton August 2015 Agency by 12:00 P.M. (noon) of the second business day following the Bid submittal 1 deadline, a written statement verifying that the Bidder meets all of the mandatory and 2 supplemental criteria together with supporting documentation including but not limited to 3 that detailed above (sufficient in the sole judgment of the Contracting Agency) 4 demonstrating compliance with all mandatory and supplemental responsibility criteria. 5 The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request such documentation from other 6 Bidders as well, and to request further documentation as needed to assess Bidder 7 responsibility. The Contracting Agency also reserves the right to obtain information from 8 third-parties and independent sources of information concerning a Bidder’s compliance 9 with the mandatory and supplemental criteria, and to use that information in their 10 evaluation. The Contracting Agency may (but is not required to) consider mitigating 11 factors in determining whether the Bidder complies with the requirements of the 12 supplemental criteria. 13 14 The basis for evaluation of Bidder compliance with these mandatory and supplemental 15 criteria shall include any documents or facts obtained by Contracting Agency (whether 16 from the Bidder or third parties) including but not limited to: (i) financial, historical, or 17 operational data from the Bidder; (ii) information obtained directly by the Contracting 18 Agency from others for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or private 19 enterprises; and (iii) any additional information obtained by the Contracting Agency 20 which is believed to be relevant to the matter. 21 22 If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the Bidder responsibility 23 criteria above and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall 24 notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder 25 disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) 26 business days of the Contracting Agency’s determination by presenting its appeal and 27 any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will 28 consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination. 29 If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting 30 Agency will not execute a Contract with any other Bidder until at least two business 31 days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting 32 Agency’s final determination. 33 34 Request to Change Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Prior to Bid: Bidders 35 with concerns about the relevancy or restrictiveness of the Supplemental Bidder 36 Responsibility Criteria may make or submit requests to the Contracting Agency to 37 modify the criteria. Such requests shall be in writing, describe the nature of the 38 concerns, and propose specific modifications to the criteria. Bidders shall submit such 39 requests to the Contracting Agency no later than five (5) business days prior to the Bid 40 submittal deadline and address the request to the Project Engineer or such other 41 person designated by the Contracting Agency in the Bid Documents. 42 43 1-02.15 Pre-Award Information 44 (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 45 Revise this Section to read: 46 47 Before Awarding any Contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these 48 items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible Bidder: 49 50 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all 51 materials to be used, 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 215 City of Renton August 2015 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 1 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order 2 of and time required for the various phases of the Work, 3 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any Bid item, 4 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 5 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county 6 where the Work is located. 7 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the 8 Bidder is the lowest responsible Bidder. 9 10 11 1-03 Award and Execution of Contract 12 13 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids 14 (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) 15 Revise the first paragraph to read: 16 17 After opening and reading Proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for 18 correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy 19 exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any Bid item, the price per 20 unit will control. If a minimum Bid amount has been established for any item and the 21 Bidder’s unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the 22 Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum 23 specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected 24 where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or 25 alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency 26 for Award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the 27 Contract Bond. 28 29 1-03.3 Execution of Contract 30 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 31 Revise this Section to read: 32 33 Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be 34 available for signature by the successful Bidder on the first business day following 35 Award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the 36 Contracting Agency. 37 38 Within 10 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the 39 signed Contracting Agency-prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by 40 Section 1-07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before 41 execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful Bidder shall provide 42 any pre-Award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15. 43 44 Until the Contracting Agency executes a Contract, no Proposal shall bind the Contracting 45 Agency nor shall any Work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency-46 furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any Work begun outside such 47 areas and for any materials ordered before the Contract is executed by the Contracting 48 Agency. 49 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 216 City of Renton August 2015 If the Bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the 1 Contract Documents within the calendar days after the Award date stated above, the 2 Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of NO additional calendar days for 3 return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances 4 warrant it. 5 6 1-03.4 Contract Bond 7 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 8 Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: 9 10 The successful Bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the 11 full Contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or 12 be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and 13 performance bonds, each shall be for the full Contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 14 1. Be on Contracting Agency-furnished form(s); 15 2. Be signed by an approved Surety (or Sureties) that: 16 a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and 17 b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of 18 Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 19 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, 20 duties, and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty 21 and obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against 22 all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: 23 a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, Subcontractors, or lower tier 24 Subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all 25 Contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or 26 b. Of the Contractor (or the Subcontractors or lower tier Subcontractors of the 27 Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, Subcontractors, lower tier 28 Subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies 29 or provisions for carrying out the Work; 30 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on 31 the project under Titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 32 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety’s officer empowered to 33 sign the bond; and 34 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements 35 (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be 36 signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of 37 the authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., 38 corporate resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the 39 president or vice president). 40 41 42 1-04 Scope of the Work 43 44 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, 45 Specifications, and Addenda 46 (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) 47 Revise the second paragraph to read: 48 49 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 217 City of Renton August 2015 Any inconsistency in the parts of the Contract shall be resolved by following this order of 1 precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 2 1. Addenda, 3 2. Proposal Form, 4 3. Special Provisions, 5 4. Contract Plans, 6 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 7 6. Standard Specifications, 8 7. Contracting Agency’s Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 9 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 10 11 1-04.4 Changes 12 13 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes 14 Section 1-04.4(1), including title, is revised to read as follows: 15 16 1-04.4(1) Unexpected Site Changes 17 Payments or credits for changes amounting to $15,000 or less may be made under 18 the Bid item “Unexpected Site Changes”. At the discretion of the Contracting 19 Agency, this procedure for Unexpected Site Changes may be used in lieu of the 20 more formal procedure as outlined in Section 1-04.4, Changes. 21 22 The Contractor will be provided a copy of the completed order for Unexpected Site 23 Changes. The agreement for the Unexpected Site Changes will be documented by 24 signature of the Contractor, or notation of verbal agreement. If the Contractor is in 25 disagreement with anything required by the order for Unexpected Site Changes, 26 the Contractor may protest the order as provided in Section 1-04.5. 27 28 Payments will be determined in accordance with Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of 29 providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered 30 an amount for “Unexpected Site Changes” in the Proposal to become a part of the 31 total Bid by the Contractor. Credits will be determined in accordance with Section 32 1-09.4. 33 34 35 1-05 Control of the Work 36 37 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations From Plans and Stakes 38 Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following: 39 40 (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) 41 Contractor Surveying - Roadway 42 Copies of the Contracting Agency provided primary survey control data are available for 43 the Bidder's inspection at the office of the Project Engineer. 44 45 The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment 46 stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of the Roadbed, 47 drainage, surfacing, paving, channelization and pavement marking, illumination and 48 signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing. Except for the survey control data to be 49 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 218 City of Renton August 2015 furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying, and measuring required 1 for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's 2 responsibility. 3 4 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were 5 not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the 6 monuments. All monuments noted on the Plans “DO NOT DISTURB” shall be protected 7 throughout the length of the project or be replaced at the Contractors expense. 8 9 Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the Work 10 performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record 11 shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record 12 shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. 13 14 The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions 15 of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American 16 Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers. 17 18 The survey Work shall include but not be limited to the following: 19 20 1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting 21 Agency, and expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well 22 as additional survey control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of 23 secondary control to the Contracting Agency. The description shall include 24 coordinates and elevations of all secondary control points. 25 26 2. Establish, the centerlines of all alignments, by placing hubs, stakes, or marks 27 on centerline or on offsets to centerline at all curve points (PCs, PTs, and PIs) 28 and at points on the alignments spaced no further than 50 feet. 29 30 3. Establish clearing limits, placing stakes at all angle points and at intermediate 31 points not more than 50 feet apart. The clearing and grubbing limits shall be 5 32 feet beyond the toe of a fill and 10 feet beyond the top of a cut unless 33 otherwise shown in the Plans. 34 35 4. Establish grading limits, placing slope stakes at centerline increments not more 36 than 50 feet apart. Establish offset reference to all slope stakes. If Global 37 Positioning Satellite (GPS) Machine Controls are used to provide grade 38 control, then slope stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor 39 40 5. Establish the horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, placing 41 offset stakes to all drainage Structures and to pipes at a horizontal interval not 42 greater than 25 feet. 43 44 6. Establish Roadbed and surfacing elevations by placing stakes at the top of 45 Subgrade and at the top of each course of surfacing. Subgrade and surfacing 46 stakes shall be set at horizontal intervals not greater than 50 feet in tangent 47 sections, 25 feet in curve sections with a radius less than 300 feet, and at 10-48 foot intervals in intersection radii with a radius less than 10 feet. Transversely, 49 stakes shall be placed at all locations where the Roadway slope changes and 50 at additional points such that the transverse spacing of stakes is not more than 51 12 feet. If GPS Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 219 City of Renton August 2015 Roadbed and surfacing stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the 1 Contractor. 2 3 7. Establish intermediate elevation benchmarks as needed to check Work 4 throughout the project. 5 6 8. Provide references for paving pins at 25-foot intervals or provide simultaneous 7 surveying to establish location and elevation of paving pins as they are being 8 placed. 9 10 9. For all other types of construction included in this provision, (including but not 11 limited to channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, 12 guardrails and barriers, and signing) provide staking and layout as necessary 13 to adequately locate, construct, and check the specific construction activity. 14 15 10. The Contractor shall determine if changes are needed to the profiles or 16 Roadway sections shown in the Contract Plans in order to achieve proper 17 smoothness and drainage where matching into existing features, such as a 18 smooth transition from new pavement to existing pavement. The Contractor 19 shall submit these changes to the Project Engineer for review and approval 10 20 days prior to the beginning of Work. 21 22 The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and 23 staking data when requested by the Engineer. 24 25 To facilitate the establishment of these lines and elevations, the Contracting Agency will 26 provide the Contractor with primary survey control information consisting of descriptions 27 of two primary control points used for the horizontal and vertical control, and 28 descriptions of two additional primary control points for every additional three miles of 29 project length. Primary control points will be described by reference to the project 30 alignment and the coordinate system and elevation datum utilized by the project. In 31 addition, the Contracting Agency will supply horizontal coordinates for the beginning and 32 ending points and for each Point of Intersection (PI) on each alignment included in the 33 project. 34 35 The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances: 36 37 Vertical Horizontal 38 Slope stakes –0.10 feet –0.10 feet 39 Subgrade grade stakes set 40 0.04 feet below grade –0.01 feet –0.5 feet 41 (parallel to alignment) 42 –0.1 feet 43 (normal to alignment) 44 45 Stationing on Roadway N/A –0.1 feet 46 Alignment on Roadway N/A –0.04 feet 47 Surfacing grade stakes –0.01 feet –0.5 feet 48 (parallel to alignment) 49 –0.1 feet 50 (normal to alignment) 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 220 City of Renton August 2015 Roadway paving pins for 1 surfacing or paving –0.01 feet –0.2 feet 2 (parallel to alignment) 3 –0.1 feet 4 (normal to alignment) 5 6 The Contracting Agency may spot-check the Contractor's surveying. These spot-7 checks will not change the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor. 8 9 When staking Roadway alignment and stationing, the Contractor shall perform 10 independent checks from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked 11 are within the specified survey accuracy tolerances. 12 13 The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the alignment. The Contracting Agency 14 will verify these coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing 15 with the Work. The Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the 16 date the data is received. 17 18 Contract Work to be performed using Contractor-provided stakes shall not begin until 19 the stakes are approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the 20 Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes. 21 22 Stakes shall be marked in accordance with Standard Plan A-10.10-00. When stakes 23 are needed that are not described in the Plans, then those stakes shall be marked, at 24 no additional cost to the Contracting Agency as ordered by the Engineer. 25 26 Payment 27 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following Bid item when 28 included in the Proposal: 29 30 "Roadway Surveying", lump sum. 31 32 The lump sum Contract price for "Roadway Surveying" shall be full pay for all labor, 33 equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the Work specified, including 34 any resurveying, checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged 35 stakes, and coordination efforts. 36 37 Licensed Surveyors 38 The Contractor shall be responsible for reestablishing or locating legal survey markers 39 such as GLO monuments or property corner monuments, conduct boundary surveys to 40 determine Contracting Agency Right-of-Way locations, and obtain, review and analyze 41 deeds and records as necessary to determine these boundaries. The Contracting 42 Agency will provide “rights of entry” as needed by the Contractor to perform the Work. 43 44 The Contractor shall brush out or clear and stake or mark the Right-of-Way lines as 45 designated by the Engineer. 46 47 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were 48 not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the 49 monuments. All monuments noted in the Plans “DO NOT DISTURB” shall be protected 50 throughout the length of the project or be replaced at Contractors expense. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 221 City of Renton August 2015 When required, the Contractor shall prepare and file a Record of Survey map in 1 accordance with RCW 58.09 and provide a recorded copy to the Contracting Agency. 2 The Contracting Agency will provide all existing base maps, existing horizontal and 3 vertical control, and other material available with Washington State Plane Coordinate 4 information to the Contractor. The Contracting Agency will also provide maps, plan 5 sheets, and/or aerial photographs clearly identifying the limits of the areas to be 6 surveyed. The Contractor shall establish Washington State Plane Coordinates on all 7 points required in the Record of Survey and other points designated in the Contract 8 Documents. 9 10 Existing Right-of-Way documentation, existing base maps, existing horizontal and 11 vertical control descriptions, maps, plan sheets, aerial photographs and all other 12 available material may be viewed by prospective Bidders at the office of the Project 13 Engineer. 14 15 The Contractor shall perform all of the necessary calculations for the contracted survey 16 Work and shall provide copies of these calculations to the Contracting Agency. 17 Electronic files of all survey data shall be provided and in a format acceptable to the 18 Contracting Agency. 19 20 All survey Work performed by the Contractor shall conform to all applicable sections of 21 the Revised Code of Washington and the Washington Administrative Code. 22 23 The Contractor shall provide all traffic control, signing, and temporary traffic control 24 devices in order to provide a safe Work zone. 25 26 Payment 27 For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency 28 has entered an amount for the item "Licensed Surveying" in the Bid Proposal to become 29 a part of the total Bid by the Contractor.for the work described above shall be incidental 30 to the bid item “Roadway Surveying”. 31 32 33 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work 34 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 35 Supplement this Section with the following: 36 37 If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized Work within the time specified 38 in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the Work required by 39 the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such Work as may be 40 identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as 41 the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. 42 43 If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer 44 determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and 45 unauthorized Work corrected immediately, have the rejected Work removed and 46 replaced, or have Work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using 47 Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the 48 opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause 49 serious risk of loss or damage to the public. 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 222 City of Renton August 2015 Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and 1 remedying defective or unauthorized Work, or Work the Contractor failed or refused to 2 perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from 3 monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall 4 include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional 5 services required, and costs for repair and replacement of Work of others destroyed or 6 damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized Work. 7 8 No adjustment in Contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in 9 the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency’s 10 rights provided by this Section. 11 12 The rights exercised under the provisions of this Section shall not diminish the 13 Contracting Agency’s right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages 14 with respect to the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work as required. 15 16 1-05.11 Final Inspection 17 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 18 19 1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing 20 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 21 22 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date 23 24 When the Contractor considers the Work to be substantially complete, the Contractor 25 shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial 26 Completion Date. The Contractor’s request shall list the specific items of Work that 27 remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will 28 schedule an inspection of the Work with the Contractor to determine the status of 29 completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date 30 unilaterally. 31 32 If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the Work is 33 substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to 34 the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the 35 Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete and ready for its intended 36 use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons 37 therefor. 38 39 Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever 40 is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized 41 interruption, the Work necessary to reach substantial and physical completion. The 42 Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the 43 Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the Work. 44 45 The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial 46 Completion Date and the Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready 47 for final inspection. 48 49 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 223 City of Renton August 2015 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date 1 2 When the Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready for final 3 inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a 4 final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the 5 Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in 6 writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the Work incomplete or 7 unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are 8 necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective Work shall be pursued 9 vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed 10 deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed 11 deficiencies have been corrected. 12 13 If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the 14 written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the 15 Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to 16 Section 1-05.7. 17 18 The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of Contract time because of a delay in 19 the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right 20 hereunder. 21 22 Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the 23 Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the Work was considered 24 physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the 25 Contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the Work or that all the obligations of the 26 Contractor under the Contract have been fulfilled. 27 28 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing 29 30 It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a 31 complete and operable system. Therefore when the Work involves the installation of 32 machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal 33 systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar Work it may be desirable for the 34 Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the Work for a period of time after final 35 inspection but prior to the Physical Completion Date. Whenever items of Work are listed 36 in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under 37 operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the 38 Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall 39 correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are 40 not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other 41 devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the 42 observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the 43 purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be 44 established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the 45 Engineer. 46 47 The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to 48 successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit Contract prices 49 related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the Proposal. 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 224 City of Renton August 2015 Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a 1 manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the Contract. 2 3 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor 4 (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 5 Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this Section. 6 7 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors 8 Section 1-05.14 is supplemented with the following: 9 10 (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) 11 Other Contracts or Other Work 12 It is anticipated that the following Work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will 13 be performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of 14 the Work: 15 16 Utility relocations by Puget Sound Energy (Power), Electric Lightwave (Fiber 17 Optics), Zayo Group (Fiber Optics) and Comcast (Communications). 18 19 20 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices 21 (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) 22 Revise the second paragraph to read: 23 24 All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All 25 correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice 26 of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished 27 under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery 28 service to the Project Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or 29 electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will 30 not comply with the requirements of the Contract. 31 32 Add the following new Section: 33 34 1-05.16 Water and Power 35 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 36 37 The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power 38 and water necessary for the performance of the Work, unless the Contract includes 39 power and water as a pay item. 40 41 1-05.17 Oral Agreements 42 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 43 Delete this Section from the Special Provisions. 44 45 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 225 City of Renton August 2015 Add the following new Section: 1 2 1-05.18 Record Drawings 3 (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 4 5 The Contractor shall maintain one set of full size Plans for Record Drawings, updated 6 with clear and accurate red-lined field revisions on a daily basis, and within 2 business 7 days after receipt of information that a change in Work has occurred. The Contractor 8 shall not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 9 10 This Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone, shall be kept separate 11 from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as Record Drawings. These Record 12 Drawings shall be kept on-site at the Contractor’s field office, and shall be available for 13 review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The Contractor shall bring the Record 14 Drawings to each progress meeting for review. 15 16 The preparation and upkeep of the Record Drawings is to be the assigned responsibility 17 of a single, experienced, and qualified individual. The quality of the Record Drawings, in 18 terms of accuracy, clarity, and completeness, is to be adequate to allow the Contracting 19 Agency to modify the computer-aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings to produce a 20 complete set of Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further investigative 21 effort by the Contracting Agency. 22 23 The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both concealed 24 and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups include but are not limited to: 25 26 • Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different than shown in 27 the Plans. 28 • Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. 29 • Changes made by the Contractor. 30 • Accurate locations of storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water mains and other water 31 appurtenances, Structures, conduits, light standards, vaults, width of Roadways, 32 sidewalks, landscaping areas, building footprints, channelization and pavement 33 markings, etc. Include pipe invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, 34 etc.). 35 36 If the Contract calls for the Contracting Agency to do all surveying and staking, the 37 Contracting Agency will provide the elevations at the tolerances the Contracting Agency 38 requires for the Record Drawings. 39 40 When the Contract calls for the Contractor to do the surveying/staking, the applicable 41 tolerance limits include, but are not limited to the following: 42 Vertical Horizontal As-built sanitary & storm invert and grate elevations ± 0.01 foot ± 0.01 foot As-built monumentation ± 0.001 foot ± 0.001 foot As-built waterlines, inverts, valves, hydrants ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As-built ponds/swales/water features ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As-built buildings (fin. Floor elev.) ± 0.01 foot ± 0.10 foot Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 226 City of Renton August 2015 As-built gas lines, power, TV, Tel, Com ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As-built signs, signals, etc. N/A ± 0.10 foot 1 Making Entries on the Record Drawings: 2 3 • Use erasable colored pencil (not ink) for all markings on the Record Drawings, 4 conforming to the following color code: 5 • Additions - Red 6 • Deletions - Green 7 • Comments - Blue 8 • Dimensions - Graphite 9 • Provide the applicable reference for all entries, such as the change order number, 10 the request for information (RFI) number, or the approved Shop Drawing number. 11 • Date all entries. 12 • Clearly identify all items in the entry with notes similar to those in the Contract 13 Drawings (such as pipe symbols, centerline elevations, materials, pipe joint 14 abbreviations, etc.). 15 16 The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate 17 depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. 18 The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the Contracting Agency. 19 Contracting Agency acceptance of the Record Drawings is one of the requirements for 20 achieving Physical Completion. 21 22 Payment will be made for the following Bid item: 23 24 “Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $5,000)”, lump sum. 25 26 Payment for this item will be made on a prorated monthly basis for Work completed in 27 accordance with this Section up to 75% of the lump sum Bid. The final 25% of the lump 28 sum item will be paid upon submittal and approval of the completed Record Drawings set 29 prepared in conformance with these Special Provisions. 30 31 A minimum Bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item. The 32 Contractor must Bid at least that amount. 33 34 35 1-06 Control of Material 36 Section 1-06 is supplemented with the following: 37 38 Buy America 39 (August 6, 2012 WSDOT GSP) 40 In accordance with Buy America requirements contained in 23 CFR 635.410, the major 41 quantities of steel and iron construction material that is permanently incorporated into 42 the project shall consist of American-made materials only. Buy America does not apply 43 to temporary steel items, e.g., temporary sheet piling, temporary bridges, steel 44 scaffolding and falsework. 45 46 Minor amounts of foreign steel and iron may be utilized in this project provided the cost 47 of the foreign material used does not exceed one-tenth of one percent of the total 48 Contract cost or $2,500.00, whichever is greater. 49 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 227 City of Renton August 2015 1 American-made material is defined as material having all manufacturing processes 2 occurring domestically. To further define the coverage, a domestic product is a 3 manufactured steel material that was produced in one of the 50 States, the District of 4 Columbia, Puerto Rico, or in the territories and possessions of the United States. 5 6 If domestically produced steel billets or iron ingots are exported outside of the area of 7 coverage, as defined above, for any manufacturing process then the resulting product 8 does not conform to the Buy America requirements. Additionally, products 9 manufactured domestically from foreign source steel billets or iron ingots do not 10 conform to the Buy America requirements because the initial melting and mixing of 11 alloys to create the material occurred in a foreign country. 12 13 Manufacturing begins with the initial melting and mixing, and continues through the 14 coating stage. Any process which modifies the chemical content, the physical size or 15 shape, or the final finish is considered a manufacturing process. The processes include 16 rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, drilling, welding, and coating. The action 17 of applying a coating to steel or iron is deemed a manufacturing process. Coating 18 includes epoxy coating, galvanizing, aluminizing, painting, and any other coating that 19 protects or enhances the value of steel or iron. Any process from the original reduction 20 from ore to the finished product constitutes a manufacturing process for iron. 21 22 Due to a nationwide waiver, Buy America does not apply to raw materials (iron ore and 23 alloys), scrap (recycled steel or iron), and pig iron or processed, pelletized, and reduced 24 iron ore. 25 26 The following are considered to be steel manufacturing processes: 27 28 1. Production of steel by any of the following processes: 29 30 a. Open hearth furnace. 31 32 b. Basic oxygen. 33 34 c. Electric furnace. 35 36 d. Direct reduction. 37 38 2. Rolling, heat treating, and any other similar processing. 39 40 3. Fabrication of the products. 41 42 a. Spinning wire into cable or strand. 43 44 b. Corrugating and rolling into culverts. 45 46 c. Shop fabrication. 47 48 A certification of materials origin will be required for any items comprised of, or 49 containing, steel or iron construction materials prior to such items being incorporated 50 into the permanent Work. The certification shall be on DOT Form 350-109EF provided 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 228 City of Renton August 2015 by the Engineer, or such other form the Contractor chooses, provided it contains the 1 same information as DOT Form 350-109EF. 2 3 4 1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 5 6 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed 7 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 8 Supplement this Section with the following: 9 10 In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation 11 shall apply. 12 13 The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and 14 paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of 15 the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). 16 17 The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the 18 project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor 19 shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring 20 immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor’s care, persons, including employees, who 21 may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to Work 22 on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures 23 for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor’s care. 24 25 The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of 26 the Contractor’s plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting 27 from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be 28 solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety 29 for all persons and property in the performance of the Work. This requirement shall 30 apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied 31 duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor’s performance 32 does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor’s 33 safety measures in, on, or near the project site. 34 35 Section 1-07.1 is supplemented with the following: 36 37 (April 3, 2006 WSDOT GSP) 38 Confined Space 39 Confined spaces are known to exist at the following locations: 40 41 Manholes and Type 2 catch basins 42 43 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety and health of all on-site workers 44 and compliant with Washington Administrative Code (WAC 296-809). 45 46 The Contractor shall prepare and implement a confined space program for each of the 47 confined spaces identified above. The Contractors Confined Space program shall be 48 sent to the contracting agency at least 30 days prior to the Contractor beginning Work in 49 or adjacent to the confined space. No Work shall be performed in or adjacent to the 50 confined space until the plan is submitted to the Engineer as required. The Contractor 51 shall communicate with the Project Engineer to ensure a coordinated effort for providing 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 229 City of Renton August 2015 and maintaining a safe worksite for both the Contracting Agency’s and Contractor’s 1 workers when working in or near a confined space. 2 3 All costs to prepare and implement the confined space program shall be included in the 4 Bid prices for the various items associated with the confined space Work. 5 6 1-07.2 State Taxes 7 Delete this Section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 8 9 1-07.2 State Sales Tax 10 (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 11 12 The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State 13 sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The 14 Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to 15 questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the 16 Contractor bases a Bid on a misunderstood tax liability. 17 18 The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit Bid prices or other 19 Contract amounts. In some cases, however, State retail sales tax will not be included. 20 Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. 21 22 The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if 23 a “FHWA funded” project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State 24 Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all Contract-related taxes have been 25 paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the 26 Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of 27 Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this Contract or not. Any amount so 28 deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 29 30 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 31 32 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, 33 roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the 34 State, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. 35 This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the 36 street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the Roadway 37 lighting system. For Work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include 38 Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit Bid item prices, or other 39 Contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the 40 materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the Work. 41 42 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 43 44 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or 45 existing buildings, or other Structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not 46 limited to, the construction of streets, roads, Highways, etc., owned by the State of 47 Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage 48 disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a 49 street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, 50 or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a 51 part of a street or Roadway lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 230 City of Renton August 2015 tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property 1 becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. 2 3 For Work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting 4 Agency, retail sales tax on the full Contract price. The Contracting Agency will 5 automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the 6 Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit Bid item prices, or in any other 7 Contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. 8 9 Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor 10 or a Subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or 11 consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included 12 in the unit Bid item prices or in any other Contract amount. 13 14 1-07.2(3) Services 15 16 The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any 17 Contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State 18 Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 19 20 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations 21 22 1-07.5(3) State Department of Ecology 23 Section 1-07.5(3) is supplemented with the following: 24 25 9. The Contractor shall submit copies of all correspondence with Ecology 26 electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format within four calendar days. 27 28 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses 29 Section 1-07.6 is supplemented with the following: 30 31 (August 3, 2015 WSDOT GSP) 32 The Contracting Agency has obtained the below-listed permit(s) for this project. A copy 33 of the permit(s) is attached as an appendix for informational purposes. Copies of these 34 permits and a copy of the Transfer of Coverage form submitted to Ecology for the 35 Construction Stormwater General Permit are required to be on-site at all times. 36 37 Contact with the permitting agencies, concerning the below-listed permit(s), shall be 38 made through the Engineer with the exception of the Construction Stormwater General 39 Permit where direct communication with Ecology is allowed. The Contractor shall be 40 responsible for obtaining Ecology’s approval for any Work requiring additional approvals 41 (e.g. Request for Chemical Treatment Form). The Contractor shall obtain additional 42 permits as necessary. All costs to obtain and comply with additional permits shall be 43 included in the applicable Bid items for the Work involved. 44 45 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) 46 47 48 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 231 City of Renton August 2015 1-07.9 Wages 1 2 1.07.9(1) General 3 Section 1-07.9(1) is supplemented with the following: 4 5 (January 12, 2015 WSDOT GSP) 6 The Federal wage rates incorporated in this Contract have been established by the 7 Secretary of Labor under United States Department of Labor General Decision No. 8 WA150001. 9 10 The State rates incorporated in this Contract are applicable to all construction 11 activities associated with this Contract. 12 13 (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) 14 Application of Wage Rates for the Occupation Of Landscape Construction 15 State prevailing wage rates for Public Works Contracts are included in this Contract 16 and show a separate listing for the occupation: 17 18 Landscape Construction, which includes several different occupation 19 descriptions such as: Irrigation and Landscape Plumbers, Irrigation and 20 Landscape Power Equipment Operators, and Landscaping or Planting 21 Laborers. 22 23 In addition, Federal wage rates that are included in this Contract may also include 24 occupation descriptions in Federal Occupational groups for Work also specifically 25 identified with landscaping such as: 26 27 Laborers with the occupation description, Landscaping or Planting, or 28 29 Power Equipment Operators with the occupation description, Mulch Seeding 30 Operator. 31 32 If Federal wage rates include one or more rates specified as applicable to 33 landscaping Work, then Federal wage rates for all occupation descriptions, specific 34 or general, must be considered and compared with corresponding State wage 35 rates. The higher wage rate, either State or Federal, becomes the minimum wage 36 rate for the Work performed in that occupation. 37 38 Contractors are responsible for determining the appropriate crafts necessary to 39 perform the Contract Work. If a classification considered necessary for 40 performance of the Work is missing from the Federal Wage Determination 41 applicable to the Contract, the Contractor shall initiate a request for approval of a 42 proposed wage and benefit rate. The Contractor shall prepare and submit 43 Standard Form 1444, Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and 44 Wage Rate available at http://www.wdol.gov/docs/sf1444.pdf, and submit the 45 completed form to the Project Engineer’s office. The presence of a classification 46 wage on the Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts 47 does not exempt the use of form 1444 for the purpose of determining a Federal 48 classification wage rate. 49 50 1-07.11 Requirements for Nondiscrimination 51 Section 1-07.11 is supplemented with the following: 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 232 City of Renton August 2015 1 (August 5, 2013 WSDOT GSP) 2 Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive 3 Order 11246) 4 5 1. The Contractor's attention is called to the Equal Opportunity Clause and the 6 Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract 7 Specifications set forth herein. 8 9 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation set by the Office of 10 Federal Contract Compliance Programs, expressed in percentage terms for the 11 Contractor's aggregate workforce in each construction craft and in each trade on all 12 construction Work in the covered area, are as follows: 13 14 Women - Statewide 15 16 Timetable Goal 17 18 Until further notice 6.9% 19 Minorities - by Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) 20 21 Spokane, WA: 22 SMSA Counties: 23 Spokane, WA 2.8 24 WA Spokane. 25 Non-SMSA Counties 3.0 26 WA Adams; WA Asotin; WA Columbia; WA Ferry; WA Garfield; WA 27 Lincoln, WA Pend Oreille; WA Stevens; WA Whitman. 28 29 Richland, WA 30 SMSA Counties: 31 Richland Kennewick, WA 5.4 32 WA Benton; WA Franklin. 33 Non-SMSA Counties 3.6 34 WA Walla Walla. 35 36 Yakima, WA: 37 SMSA Counties: 38 Yakima, WA 9.7 39 WA Yakima. 40 Non-SMSA Counties 7.2 41 WA Chelan; WA Douglas; WA Grant; WA Kittitas; WA Okanogan. 42 43 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 233 City of Renton August 2015 Seattle, WA: 1 SMSA Counties: 2 Seattle Everett, WA 7.2 3 WA King; WA Snohomish. 4 Tacoma, WA 6.2 5 WA Pierce. 6 Non-SMSA Counties 6.1 7 WA Clallam; WA Grays Harbor; WA Island; WA Jefferson; WA Kitsap; 8 WA Lewis; WA Mason; WA Pacific; WA San Juan; WA Skagit; WA 9 Thurston; WA Whatcom. 10 11 Portland, OR: 12 SMSA Counties: 13 Portland, OR-WA 4.5 14 WA Clark. 15 Non-SMSA Counties 3.8 16 WA Cowlitz; WA Klickitat; WA Skamania; WA Wahkiakum. 17 18 These goals are applicable to each nonexempt Contractor’s total on-site 19 construction workforce, regardless of whether or not part of that workforce is 20 performing Work on a Federal, or Federally assisted project, Contract, or 21 subcontract until further notice. Compliance with these 22 23 s and time tables is enforced by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance 24 Programs. 25 26 The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 27 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity 28 Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the Specifications set 29 forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority 30 and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the 31 length of the Contract, in each construction craft and in each trade, and the 32 Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on 33 each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from 34 Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting 35 the Contractor's goal shall be a violation of the Contract, the Executive Order and 36 the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured 37 against the total Work hours performed. 38 39 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Office of Federal Contract 40 Compliance Programs (OFCCP) within 10 working days of Award of any 41 construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 or more that are Federally funded, at 42 any tier for construction Work under the Contract resulting from this solicitation. 43 The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the 44 Subcontractor; employer identification number of the Subcontractor; estimated 45 dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the 46 subcontract; and the geographical area in which the Contract is to be performed. 47 The notification shall be sent to: 48 49 U.S. Department of Labor 50 Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Pacific Region 51 Attn: Regional Director 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 234 City of Renton August 2015 San Francisco Federal Building 1 90 – 7th Street, Suite 18-300 2 San Francisco, CA 94103(415) 625-7800 Phone 3 (415) 625-7799 Fax 4 5 Additional information may be found at the U.S. Department of Labor website: 6 http://www.dol.gov/ofccp/TAguides/ctaguide.htm 7 8 4. As used in this Notice, and in the Contract resulting from this solicitation, the 9 Covered Area is as designated herein. 10 11 Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications 12 (Executive Order 11246) 13 14 1. As used in these Specifications: 15 16 a. Covered Area means the geographical area described in the solicitation 17 from which this Contract resulted; 18 19 b. Director means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, 20 United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director 21 delegates authority; 22 23 c. Employer Identification Number means the Federal Social Security 24 number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U. S. 25 Treasury Department Form 941; 26 27 d. Minority includes: 28 29 (1) Black, a person having origins in any of the Black Racial Groups 30 of Africa. 31 32 (2) Hispanic, a fluent Spanish speaking, Spanish surnamed person 33 of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central American, South 34 American, or other Spanish origin. 35 36 (3) Asian or Pacific Islander, a person having origins in any of the 37 original peoples of the Pacific rim or the Pacific Islands, the 38 Hawaiian Islands and Samoa. 39 40 (4) American Indian or Alaskan Native, a person having origins in 41 any of the original peoples of North America, and who maintain 42 cultural identification through tribal affiliation or community 43 recognition. 44 45 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion 46 of the Work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each 47 subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these Specifications and the 48 Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and 49 which is set forth in the solicitations from which this Contract resulted. 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 235 City of Renton August 2015 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan 1 approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually 2 or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all Work in the Plan 3 area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for 4 those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able 5 to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such 6 Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved 7 Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, 8 and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in 9 which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors 10 or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered 11 Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith effort to achieve the Plan 12 goals and timetables. 13 14 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in 15 paragraphs 7a through 7p of this Special Provision. The goals set forth in the 16 solicitation from which this Contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the 17 total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the 18 Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in 19 which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction Contractors 20 performing construction Work in geographical areas where they do not have a 21 Federal or Federally assisted construction Contract shall apply the minority and 22 female goals established for the geographical area where the Work is being 23 performed. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in 24 meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 25 26 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a 27 union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer 28 either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these 29 Specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant 30 thereto. 31 32 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted 33 in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the 34 Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a 35 commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their 36 training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be 37 trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 38 39 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment 40 opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these 41 Specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its 42 action. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement 43 affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: 44 45 a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, 46 intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the 47 Contractor's employees are assigned to Work. The Contractor, where 48 possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The 49 Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and 50 other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the 51 Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 236 City of Renton August 2015 specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or 1 in such facilities. 2 3 b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment 4 sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment 5 sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions 6 have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the 7 organizations' responses. 8 9 c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of 10 each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female 11 referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and 12 of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such 13 individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred 14 back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the 15 Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, 16 along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. 17 18 d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or 19 unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement 20 has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the 21 Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union 22 referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its 23 obligations. 24 25 e. Develop on-the-job training opportunity and/or participate in training 26 programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, 27 including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs 28 relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs 29 funded or approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. The Contractor 30 shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b 31 above. 32 33 f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy 34 to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in 35 assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in 36 any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in 37 the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the 38 policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female 39 employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy 40 on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where 41 construction Work is performed. 42 43 g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action 44 obligations under these Specifications with all employees having any 45 responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other 46 employment decisions including specific review of these items with on-site 47 supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., 48 prior to the initiation of construction Work at any job site. A written record 49 shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these 50 meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of 51 the subject matter. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 237 City of Renton August 2015 1 h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any 2 advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female 3 news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the 4 Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with 5 whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. 6 7 i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written to minority, female and 8 community organizations, to schools with minority and female students 9 and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving 10 the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than 11 one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for 12 apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor 13 shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, 14 describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in 15 the selection process. 16 17 j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other 18 minority persons and women and where reasonable, provide after school, 19 summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on 20 the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. 21 22 k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an 23 obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 24 25 l. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation of all minority and 26 female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these 27 employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., 28 such opportunities. 29 30 m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and 31 other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by 32 continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to 33 ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these 34 Specifications are being carried out. 35 36 n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except 37 that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall 38 be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. 39 40 o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for 41 subcontracts from minority and female construction Contractors and 42 suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female 43 Contractor associations and other business associations. 44 45 p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and 46 performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action 47 obligations. 48 49 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in 50 fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through 7p). The 51 efforts of a Contractor association, joint Contractor-union, Contractor-community, or 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 238 City of Renton August 2015 other similar group of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be 1 asserted as fulfilling any one or more of the obligations under 7a through 7p of this 2 Special Provision provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, 3 makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the 4 employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensure that the concrete 5 benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female work-6 force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and 7 timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrate the 8 effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to 9 comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an 10 obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 11 12 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been 13 established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment 14 opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and 15 female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the 16 Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is 17 employed in substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the 18 Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in 19 violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is 20 underutilized). 21 22 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action 23 standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, 24 or national origin. 25 26 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm 27 debarred from Government Contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 28 29 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these 30 Specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspensions, 31 terminations and cancellations of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or 32 ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing 33 regulations by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any 34 Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation 35 of these Specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 36 37 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these Specifications, shall 38 implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those 39 standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of this Special Provision, so as to achieve 40 maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the 41 Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the 42 implementing regulations, or these Specifications, the Director shall proceed in 43 accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 44 45 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment 46 related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to 47 submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the 48 government and to keep records. Records shall at least include, for each 49 employee, their name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union 50 affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security 51 number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 239 City of Renton August 2015 dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of 1 pay, and locations at which the Work was performed. Records shall be maintained 2 in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that 3 existing records satisfy this requirement, the Contractors will not be required to 4 maintain separate records. 5 6 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of 7 other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the 8 application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those 9 under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development 10 Block Grant Program). 11 12 16. Additional assistance for Federal Construction Contractors on Contracts 13 administered by Washington State Department of Transportation or by Local 14 Agencies may be found at: 15 16 Washington State Dept. of Transportation 17 Office of Equal Opportunity 18 PO Box 47314 19 310 Maple Park Ave. SE 20 Olympia WA 21 98504-7314 22 Ph: 360-705-7090 23 Fax: 360-705-6801 24 http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/equalopportunity/default.htm 25 26 (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP, Option B) 27 Supplement this Section with the following: 28 29 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Condition of Award Participation 30 The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 apply 31 to this Contract. Demonstrating compliance with these Specifications is a Condition of 32 Award (COA) of this Contract. Failure to comply with the requirements of this 33 Specification may result in your Bid being found to be nonresponsive and may be 34 rejected. 35 36 DBE COA Goal 37 The Contracting Agency has established a COA Contract goal in the amount of: 38 Eighteen percent (18%) of the Contract total for COA DBE goals. 39 40 DBE Eligibility/Selection of DBEs 41 A Directory of Certified DBE Firms denoting the Description of Work the DBE 42 Contractors are certified to perform is available at: 43 44 www.omwbe.wa.gov/certification/index.shtml. 45 46 The directory provides plain language on the Description of Work that the listed 47 DBE’s have been certified by the Office of Minority and Women’s Business 48 Enterprises (OMWBE) to perform. The Bidder shall use the Directory of 49 Certified DBE Firms to confirm if a DBE is certified for the “Description of 50 Work” the Bidder lists on the DBE Utilization Certification form # 272-056 EF 51 (see form instructions) and therefore qualifies for credit towards the COA goal. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 240 City of Renton August 2015 1 Crediting DBE Participation 2 Joint Venture 3 When a DBE performs as a participant in a joint venture, only that portion of 4 the total dollar value of the Contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined 5 portion of the Work that the DBE performs with its own forces shall be credited. 6 7 DBE Prime Contractor 8 A DBE Prime Contractor may only take credit for that portion of the total dollar 9 value of the Contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the Work 10 that the DBE Prime performs with its own forces. 11 12 DBE Subcontractor 13 When a DBE firm participates as a Subcontractor only that portion of the total 14 dollar value of the Contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the 15 Work that the DBE performs with its own forces shall be credited. 16 17 • Include the cost of supplies and materials obtained by the DBE for the 18 Work in the Contract including supplies purchased or equipment leased 19 by the DBE. 20 o However, you may not take credit for supplies, materials, and 21 equipment the DBE Subcontractor purchases or leases from the 22 Prime Contractor or its affiliate. In addition, Work performed by a 23 DBE, utilizing resources of the Prime Contractor or its affiliates 24 shall not be credited. 25 26 • In very rare situations, a DBE firm may utilize equipment and/or 27 personnel from a non-DBE firm other than the Prime Contractor or its 28 affiliates. Should this situation arise the arrangement must be short-29 term and have prior written approval from the Office of Equal 30 Opportunity (OEO). 31 32 • Count the entire value of fees or commissions charged by a DBE firm 33 for providing a bona fide service, such as professional, technical, 34 consultant, managerial services, or for providing bonds or insurance. 35 36 • When a DBE subcontracts to another firm, the value of the 37 subcontracted Work may be counted as participation only if the DBE's 38 lower tier Subcontractor is also a DBE. Work that a DBE subcontracts 39 to a non-DBE firm shall not be credited. 40 41 • When non-DBE Subcontractor further subcontracts to a lower-tier 42 Subcontractor or supplier who is a certified DBE, then that portion of 43 the Work further subcontracted may be credited as DBE participation, 44 provided it is a distinct clearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE 45 is certified to perform and the DBE Subcontractor performs the Work 46 with its own forces. 47 48 • If a firm is not certified as a DBE at the time of the execution of the 49 Contract, their participation cannot be counted toward any DBE goals. 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 241 City of Renton August 2015 Trucking 1 Use the following factors in determining DBE credit and whether a DBE 2 trucking company is performing a Commercially Useful Function (CUF): 3 4 1. The DBE must be responsible for the management and supervision of 5 the entire trucking operation for which credit is being claimed. 6 7 2. The DBE must itself own and, with its own workforce, operate at least 8 one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the 9 Contract. 10 11 3. The DBE receives credit only for the value of the transportation 12 services it provides on the Contract using trucks it owns or leases, 13 licenses, insures, and operates with drivers it employs. For purposes 14 of this requirement a lease must indicate that the DBE has exclusive 15 use of and control over the truck. This does not preclude the leased 16 truck from working for others provided it is with the consent of the 17 DBE and the lease provides the DBE first priority for use of the leased 18 truck. Leased trucks must display the name and identification number 19 of the DBE. 20 21 4. The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm including an 22 owner-operator provided they are certified as a DBE for trucking. The 23 DBE who leases trucks from another DBE may claim participation for 24 the total value of the transportation services the lessee DBE provides 25 on the Contract. 26 27 5. The DBE may also lease trucks from a non-DBE firm and may enter 28 into an agreement with an owner-operator who is a non-DBE. The 29 DBE shall only receive credit for the number of additional non-DBE 30 trucks equal or less than the number of DBE trucks the firms owns or 31 has leased/subcontracted through another DBE trucking company. 32 The DBE must control the Work of the non-DBE trucks. If the non-33 DBE is performing the Work without supervision of that Work by the 34 DBE, the DBE is not performing a Commercially Useful Function 35 (CUF). 36 37 6. In any lease or owner-operator situation, as described in requirement 38 #4 and #5 above, the following rules shall apply: 39 40 a. A written lease/rental agreement is required for all trucks 41 leased or rented; documenting the ownership and the terms 42 of the agreement. The agreements must be submitted and 43 approved by the Contracting Agency prior to the beginning 44 of the Work. The agreement must show the leaser’s name, 45 truck description and agreed upon amount and method of 46 payment (hour, ton, or per load). All lease agreements shall 47 be for a long-term relationship, rather than for the individual 48 project. (This requirement does not apply to owner-operator 49 arrangements.) 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 242 City of Renton August 2015 b. Only the vehicle, (not the operator) may be leased or rented. 1 (This requirement does not apply to owner-operator 2 arrangements). 3 4 7. Credit may only be claimed for DBE trucking firms operating under a 5 subcontract or a written agreement approved by the Contracting 6 Agency prior to performing Work. 7 8 Expenditures paid to other DBEs 9 Expenditures paid to other DBEs for materials or supplies may be counted 10 toward DBE goals as provided in the following: 11 12 Manufacturer 13 You may claim DBE credit for 100 percent of value of the materials or 14 supplies obtained from a DBE manufacturer. 15 16 A manufacturer is a firm that operates or maintains a factory or 17 establishment that produces, on the premises, the materials, supplies, 18 articles, or equipment required under the Contract. A manufacturer shall 19 include firms that produce finished goods or products from raw or 20 unfinished material or that purchases and substantially alters goods and 21 materials to make them suitable for construction use before reselling 22 them. 23 24 In order to receive credit as a DBE manufacturer, the firm must be certified 25 by OMWBE as a manufacturer in a NAICS code that falls within the 26 31XXXX to 33XXXX classification. 27 28 Regular Dealer 29 You may claim credit for 60 percent of the value of the materials or 30 supplies purchased from a DBE regular dealer. Rules applicable to 31 regular dealer status are contained in 49 CFR Part 26.55.e.2. 32 33 To be considered a regular dealer you must meet the following criteria: 34 35 • WSDOT considers and recognizes a regular dealer, as a firm that 36 owns, operates, or maintains a store, warehouse, or other 37 establishment in which the materials or supplies required for the 38 performance of the Contract and described by the Specifications of 39 the Contract are bought, kept in stock and regularly sold or leased 40 to the public in the usual course of business. 41 42 • Sixty percent (60%) of the cost of materials or supplies purchased 43 from an approved regular dealer may be credited as DBE 44 participation. 45 46 Regular dealer status is granted on a Contract-by-Contract basis. A firm 47 wishing to be approved as a regular dealer for WSDOT contracted 48 projects or Highways & Local Program administered projects must submit 49 a request in writing to OEO for approval, no later than seven days prior to 50 Bid opening. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 243 City of Renton August 2015 Once the OEO has received the request, an onsite review will be set up 1 with the firm and a review conducted to determine the firm’s qualifications. 2 If it is determined that the firm qualifies as a regular dealer the OEO will 3 list the firm on an Approved Regular Dealers List. The list may be 4 accessed through the OEO Home website is at: 5 6 www.wsdot.wa.gov/equalopportunity. 7 8 Note: Requests to be listed as a regular dealer will only be processed if 9 the requesting firm is certified by the Office of Minority and 10 Women’s Business Enterprises in a NAICS code that fall within 11 the 42XXXX NAICS Wholesale code section. 12 13 Materials or Supplies Purchased from a DBE 14 With regard to materials or supplies purchased from a DBE who is neither 15 a manufacturer nor a regular dealer you may claim credit for the following: 16 17 1. Fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement 18 of the materials and supplies. 19 20 2. Fees or transportation charges for the delivery of materials or 21 supplies. 22 23 In either case you may not take credit for any part of the cost of the 24 materials and supplies. 25 26 Commercially Useful Function (CUF) 27 The Prime Contractor has a responsibility and must treat the working 28 relationship with the DBE such that the DBE is performing a commercially 29 useful function. The Prime Contractor may only take credit for Work performed 30 by a DBE that is determined to be performing a Commercially Useful Function 31 (CUF). 32 33 • A DBE performs a Commercially Useful Function (CUF) when it is 34 responsible for execution of a distinct element of Work and is carrying out 35 its responsibilities by performing, managing and supervising the Work 36 involved. The DBE must also be responsible with respect to materials and 37 supplies used on the Contract. For example; negotiating price, 38 determining quality, determining quantities, ordering, installing (if 39 applicable) and paying for the material itself. 40 41 • A DBE does not perform a Commercially Useful Function (CUF) if its role 42 is limited to that of an extra participant in a transaction, Contract, or 43 project through which funds are passed. 44 45 46 Joint Checking Allowance 47 Prime Contractors and DBEs must receive pre-approval by the OEO before 48 using a joint check. Joint check requests shall be submitted by the Prime 49 Contractor to the Contracting Agency for approval. 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 244 City of Renton August 2015 When requesting approval for use of a joint checking allowance, the Contractor 1 must distribute a written joint check agreement among the parties (including 2 the suppliers involved) providing full and prompt disclosure of the expected 3 use of the joint checks. The agreement shall contain all the information 4 concerning the parties’ obligations and consequences or remedies if the 5 agreement is not fulfilled or a breach occurs. The joint check request shall be 6 submitted to the Contracting Agency for approval prior to signing the Contract 7 agreement. 8 9 The following are some general conditions that must be met by all parties 10 regarding joint check use: 11 12 a. It is understood that the Prime Contractor acts solely as the guarantor 13 of a joint check. 14 15 b. The DBE’s own funds are used to pay supplier of materials. The 16 Prime Contractor does not make direct payment to supplier. In order 17 to be performing a Commercially Useful Function (CUF), the DBE 18 must release the check to the supplier (paying for the materials it-self 19 and not be an extra participant in a transaction). 20 21 c. If the Prime Contractor makes joint checks available to one DBE 22 Subcontractor, the service must be made available to all 23 Subcontractors (DBE and non-DBE). 24 25 d. The relationship between the DBE and its suppliers should be 26 established independently of and without interference by the Prime 27 Contractor. The DBE has final decision-making responsibility 28 concerning the procurement of materials and supplies, including 29 which supplier to use. 30 31 e. The Prime Contractor and DBE shall be able to provide receipts, 32 invoices, cancelled checks and/or certification statements of payment 33 if requested by the Contracting Agency. 34 35 f. The DBE remains responsible for all other elements of 49 CFR 36 26.55(c)(1). 37 38 Failure by the Prime Contractor to request and receive prior approval of a joint 39 check arrangement will result in the joint check amount not counting towards 40 the Prime Contractor’s DBE goal. 41 42 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification FORM # 272-43 056 EF 44 To be eligible for Award of the Contract, the Bidder shall properly complete and 45 submit a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification with the 46 Bidder’s sealed Bid Proposal, as specified Section 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. 47 The Bidder’s Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification must 48 clearly demonstrate how the Bidder intends to meet the DBE COA goal. A 49 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification (form # 272-056 50 EF) is included in your Proposal package for this purpose as well as 51 instructions on how to properly fill out the form. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 245 City of Renton August 2015 1 In the event of arithmetic errors in completing the Disadvantaged Business 2 Enterprise Utilization Certification the amount listed to be applied towards the 3 goal for each DBE shall govern and the DBE total amount shall be adjusted 4 accordingly. 5 6 Note: The Contracting Agency shall consider as non-responsive and shall 7 reject any Bid Proposal submitted that does not contain a 8 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification that 9 accurately demonstrates how the Bidder intends to meet the COA 10 goal. 11 12 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation 13 Document(s) FORM # 422-031 EF 14 The Bidder shall submit a complete and accurate Disadvantaged Business 15 Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document for each DBE firm listed in 16 the Bidder’s completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization 17 Certification as submitted with the Bid. Failure to do so will result in the 18 associated participation being disallowed, which may result in Bid rejection. 19 20 A Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document 21 (form No. 422-031 EF) is included in your Proposal package for this purpose. 22 23 The form(s) shall be received as specified in the Special Provisions for Section 24 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. 25 26 It is prohibited for the Bidder to require a DBE to submit a Written Confirmation 27 Document with any part of the form left blank. Should the Contracting Agency 28 determine that a Written Confirmation Document was signed by a DBE that 29 was not complete; the validity of the document comes into question and the 30 associated DBE Participation may not receive credit. 31 32 Selection of Successful Bidder/Good Faith Efforts (GFE) 33 The successful Bidder shall be selected on the basis of having submitted the 34 lowest responsive Bid, which demonstrates a good faith effort to achieve the 35 DBE COA goal. Achieving the goal may be accomplished in one of two ways, 36 as follows: 37 38 1. By meeting the goal 39 The best indication of good faith efforts is to document, through 40 submission of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization 41 Certification and supporting Disadvantaged Business Enterprise 42 (DBE) Written Confirmation Document(s) that the Bidder has obtained 43 enough DBE participation to meet or exceed the assigned DBE COA 44 Contract goal. That being the case no additional GFE documentation 45 is required. Or; 46 47 2. By documentation that it made adequate GFE to meet the goal 48 The Bidder may demonstrate a GFE in whole or part through GFE 49 documentation ONLY IN THE EVENT a Bidder’s efforts to solicit 50 sufficient DBE participation have been unsuccessful. In this case, the 51 Bidder must supply GFE documentation in addition to the 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 246 City of Renton August 2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification, and 1 supporting Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written 2 Confirmation document(s). 3 4 Note: In the case where the Bidder was awarded the Contract based on 5 demonstrating adequate GFE the advertised DBE goal will not be 6 reduced to the Bidder’s partial commitment. The Bidder shall 7 demonstrate a GFE during the life of the Contract to attain the DBE 8 Condition of Award (COA) Goal as assigned to the project. 9 10 Good Faith Efforts (GFE) Documentation 11 GFE documentation shall be received, as specified in the Special Provisions 12 for Section 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. 13 14 Based upon all the relevant documentation submitted in Bid or as supplement 15 to Bid, the Contracting Agency shall determine whether the Bidder has 16 demonstrated a sufficient GFE to achieve DBE participation. The Contracting 17 Agency will make a fair and reasonable judgment of whether a Bidder that did 18 not meet the goal through participation, made adequate good faith efforts as 19 demonstrated by the GFE documentation. 20 21 The following is a list of types of actions, which would be considered as part of 22 the Bidder’s GFE to achieve DBE participation. It is not intended to be a 23 mandatory checklist, nor is it intended to be exclusive or exhaustive. Other 24 factors or types of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases: 25 26 1. Attendance by the Bidder at any pre-solicitation or pre-Bid meetings 27 that were scheduled by the Contracting Agency to inform DBEs of 28 contracting and subcontracting or material supply opportunities 29 available on the project; 30 2. Contacting local Tribes, Tribal Employment Rights Offices (TERO) 31 concerning the subcontracting or supply opportunities in sufficient 32 time to allow the enterprises to participate effectively; 33 3. Selection by the Bidder of specific economically feasible units of the 34 project to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood of 35 participation by DBEs even if the Bidder preferred to perform these 36 Work items as the Prime Contractor; 37 4. Advertising by the Bidder in general circulation, trade association 38 minority and trade oriented, women focus publications, concerning 39 the subcontracting or supply opportunities; 40 5. Providing written notice from the Bidder to a reasonable number of 41 specific DBEs, identified from the OMWBE Directory of Certified DBE 42 Firms for the selected subcontracting or material supply Work, in 43 sufficient time to allow the enterprises to participate effectively; 44 6. Follow-up by the Bidder of initial solicitations of interest by contacting 45 the DBEs to determine with certainty whether they were interested. 46 Documentation of this kind of action shall include the information 47 outlined below: 48 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 247 City of Renton August 2015 a. The names, addresses, telephone numbers of DBEs who were 1 contacted, the dates of initial contact, and whether initial 2 solicitations of interest were followed-up by contacting the DBEs 3 to determine with certainty whether the DBEs were interested; 4 b. A description of the information provided to the DBEs regarding 5 the Plans, Specifications, and estimated quantities for portions of 6 the Work to be performed; 7 c. Documentation of each DBE contacted but rejected and the 8 reason(s) for that rejection; 9 7. Providing, to interested DBEs, adequate information about the Plans, 10 Specifications, and requirements for the selected subcontracting or 11 material supply Work; 12 8. Negotiating in good faith with the DBE firms, and not, without 13 justifiable reason, rejecting as unsatisfactory, Bids that are prepared 14 by any DBE. The DBE's standing within its industry, membership in 15 specific groups, organizations, or associations and political or social 16 affiliations - union vs. non-union employee status - are not legitimate 17 causes for the rejection or non-solicitation of Bids in the Prime 18 Contractor's efforts to meet the project goal; 19 9. Advertising and making efforts to obtain DBE participation that were 20 reasonably expected to produce a level of participation sufficient to 21 meet the goal or requirements of the Contracting Agency; 22 10. Making any other efforts to obtain DBE participation that were 23 reasonably expected to produce a level of participation sufficient to 24 meet the goal or requirements of the Contracting Agency; 25 11. Using the services of minority community organizations, minority 26 Contractor groups, local, State, and Federal minority business 27 assistance offices and other organizations identified by WSDOT and 28 advocates for disadvantaged, minority, and women businesses that 29 provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of 30 disadvantaged, minority, and women business enterprises; and 31 12. Using the WSDOT OEO DBE Supportive Services to assist you. For 32 more information please contact the OEO by calling toll free at (888) 33 259-9143 or emailing dbess@wsdot.wa.gov. 34 35 Administrative Reconsideration of GFE Documentation 36 Any Bidder has the right to reconsideration but only for the purpose of 37 reassessing their GFE documentation that was determined to be inadequate. 38 39 • The Bidder must request and schedule a reconsideration hearing 40 within seven calendar days of notification of being nonresponsive or 41 forfeit the right to reconsideration. 42 43 • The reconsideration decision on the adequacy of the Bidder’s GFE 44 documentation shall be made by an official who did not take part in the 45 original determination. 46 47 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 248 City of Renton August 2015 • The Bidder shall have the opportunity to meet in person with the 1 official for the purpose of setting forth the Bidder’s position as to why 2 the GFE documentation demonstrates a sufficient effort. 3 4 • The reconsideration official shall provide the Bidder with a written 5 decision on reconsideration within five business days of the hearing 6 explaining the basis for their finding. 7 8 Procedures between Award and Execution 9 After Award and prior to Execution the Bidder shall provide the additional 10 information described below. Failure to comply shall result in the forfeiture of 11 the Bidder’s Proposal bond or deposit. 12 13 1. Additional information for all successful DBE’s as shown on the 14 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification: 15 16 a. Correct business name, Federal employee identification number 17 (if available), and mailing address. 18 19 b. List of all Bid items assigned to each successful DBE firm, 20 including unit prices and extensions. 21 22 c. Description of partial items (if any) to be sublet to each 23 successful DBE firm specifying the distinct elements of Work 24 under each item to be performed by the DBE and including the 25 dollar value of the DBE portion. 26 27 Total amounts shown for each DBE shall not be less than the 28 amount shown on the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise 29 Utilization Certification. A breakdown that does not conform to 30 the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification or 31 that demonstrates a lesser amount of DBE participation than that 32 included in the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization 33 Certification will be returned for correction. 34 35 2. A list of all firms who submitted a Bid or quote in an attempt to 36 participate in this project whether they were successful or not. 37 Include the business name and a mailing address. 38 39 Note: The firms identified by the Prime Contractor may be contacted by the 40 Contracting Agency to solicit general information as follows: 41 42 Age of the firm and average of its gross annual receipts over 43 the past three-years. 44 45 Procedures after Execution 46 Crediting DBE Participation toward Meeting the Goal 47 Reporting 48 All DBE Work whether COA or race neutral participation is reported. 49 The Prime Contractor shall submit a Quarterly Report of Amounts 50 Credited as DBE Participation form (422-102 EF) on a quarterly basis 51 for any calendar quarter in which DBE has accomplished Work or 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 249 City of Renton August 2015 upon completion of the project, as appropriate. The dollars are to be 1 reported as specified herein. 2 3 In the event that the payments to a DBE have been made by an entity 4 other than the Prime Contractor, as in the case of a lower-tier 5 Subcontractor or supplier, then the Prime Contractor shall obtain the 6 quarterly report, including the signed affidavit, from the paying entity 7 and submit the report to the Contracting Agency. 8 9 Changes in DBE COA participation 10 Owner Initiated Change Orders 11 The Prime Contractor shall demonstrate a GFE to substitute COA DBE 12 participation when the Contracting Agency deletes Work items by change 13 order that impact a COA DBE’s Work. 14 15 When the Contract allows alternate Work methods which serve to delete 16 or create under-runs in COA DBE Work then the Prime Contractor must 17 provide documentation of negotiating the change with the DBE that was to 18 perform the reduced Work and demonstrate a GFE to substitute other 19 DBE COA participation. 20 21 Original Quantity Under Runs 22 In the event that Work committed to a DBE firm as part of the COA under 23 runs the original planned quantities the Prime Contractor shall 24 demonstrate a GFE to substitute other DBE COA participation. 25 26 Contractor-Initiated Proposals—General 27 The Contractor cannot reduce the amount of Work committed to a DBE 28 firm at Contract Award without good cause and only with written 29 concurrence from the OEO. Reducing a COA DBE’s Work is viewed as a 30 partial DBE termination, subject to the procedures below. 31 32 DBE Termination 33 A COA DBE Subcontractor may only be terminated in whole or part with 34 the approval of the Contracting Agency (in coordination with OEO). 35 Approval will be granted provided the Prime Contractor demonstrates that 36 the termination is based on good cause. 37 38 Good cause typically includes situations where the DBE Subcontractor is 39 unable or has failed to perform the Work of its subcontract in accordance 40 with normal industry standards. While not all inclusive, some examples of 41 good cause include the following circumstances: 42 43 Good cause may exist if: 44 45 • The listed DBE Subcontractor fails or refuses to execute a 46 written Contract. 47 48 • The listed DBE Subcontractor fails or refuses to perform the 49 Work of its subcontract in a way consistent with normal 50 industry standards. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 250 City of Renton August 2015 • The listed DBE Subcontractor fails or refuses to meet the 1 Prime Contractor’s reasonable, nondiscriminatory bond 2 requirements. 3 4 • The listed DBE Subcontractor becomes bankrupt, insolvent, 5 or exhibits credit unworthiness. 6 7 • The listed DBE Subcontractor is ineligible to Work on Public 8 Works projects because of suspension and debarment 9 proceedings pursuant 2 CFR Parts 180, 215 and 1,200 or 10 applicable State law. 11 12 • The listed DBE Subcontractor voluntarily withdraws from the 13 project and provides to you written notice of its withdrawal. 14 15 • The listed DBE is ineligible to receive DBE credit for the type 16 of Work required. 17 18 • A DBE owner dies or becomes disabled with the result that 19 the listed DBE is unable to complete its Work on the Contract. 20 21 Good cause does not exist if: 22 23 • The Prime Contractor seeks to terminate a COA DBE so that 24 the Prime can self-perform the Work. 25 26 • The Prime Contractor seeks to terminate a COA DBE so the 27 Prime Contractor can substitute another DBE or non-DBE 28 after Contract Award. 29 30 • The failure or refusal of the DBE Subcontractor to perform its 31 Work on the subcontract results from the bad faith or 32 discriminatory action of the Prime Contractor (e.g., the failure 33 of the Prime Contractor to make timely payments or the 34 unnecessary placing of obstacles in the path of the DBE’s 35 Work). 36 37 Prior to requesting termination, the Prime Contractor must give notice in 38 writing to the DBE Subcontractor with a copy to the Contracting Agency of 39 its intent to request to terminate DBE Work and the reasons for doing so. 40 The DBE Subcontractor shall have five (5) days to respond to the Prime 41 Contractor’s notice. The DBE’s response shall either support the 42 termination or advise the Contracting Agency and the Prime Contractor of 43 the reasons it objects to the termination of its subcontract. 44 45 When a COA DBE firm is “terminated” from a Contract (or fails to complete 46 its Subcontract for any reason), the Prime Contractor shall make every 47 good faith effort to substitute another DBE Firm (ref.to 49 CFR 26.53(g)). 48 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 251 City of Renton August 2015 1 Graduation 2 When a DBE firm “graduates” from the DBE program (during the course of 3 an executed subcontract), the DBE participation of that firm “may” 4 continue to count towards the Contract DBE goal. 5 6 Decertification 7 When a COA DBE firm who has a signed subcontract in place with a 8 Prime, later becomes “decertified” (during the course of that subcontract) 9 – the DBE participation of that firm “may” continue to count towards the 10 Contract DBE goal. 11 12 Counting Payments 13 Payments to a DBE firm will count toward DBE goals only if the 14 participation is in accordance with these Specifications. 15 16 Prompt Payment 17 Prompt payment to all Subcontractors shall be in accordance with Section 18 1-08.1(1) of the Contract Special Provisions. 19 20 Payment 21 Compensation for all costs involved with complying with the conditions of 22 this Specification and any other associated DBE requirements is included 23 in payment for the associated Contract items of Work. 24 25 Damages for Noncompliance 26 The Prime Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, 27 national origin, or sex in the performance of this Contract. The Prime 28 Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in 29 the Award and administration of Contracts, which contain funding 30 assistance from the United States Department of Transportation. Failure 31 by the Prime Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material 32 breach of this Contract, which may result in the Termination of this 33 Contract or such other remedy as the Contracting Agency deems 34 appropriate. 35 36 If the Prime Contractor does not comply with any part of its Contract as 37 required under 49 CFR part 26, and/or any other applicable law or 38 regulation regarding DBE, the Contracting Agency may withhold payment, 39 suspend the ability of the Prime Contractor to participate in future 40 Contracting Agency Contracts, impose sanctions or terminate the 41 Contract, and subject the Prime Contractor to civil penalties of up to ten 42 percent of the amount of the Contract for each violation. In the case of 43 WSDOT Contracts, prequalification may be suspended pursuant to WAC 44 468-16-180, and continuous violations (exceeding a single violation) may 45 also disqualify the Prime Contractor from further participation in WSDOT 46 Contracts for a period of up to three years. 47 48 An apparent low Bidder must be in compliance with these Contract 49 Provisions as a condition precedent to the granting of a notice of Award by 50 the Contracting Agency. The Prime Contractor is entitled to request an 51 adjudicative proceeding with respect to the Contracting Agency’s 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 252 City of Renton August 2015 determination of Contract violation and assessed penalties by filing a 1 written application within thirty days of receipt of notification. The 2 adjudicative proceeding, if requested, will be conducted by an 3 administrative law judge pursuant to the procedures set forth in RCW 4 34.05 and Chapter 10.08 of the Washington Administrative Code. 5 6 1-07.12 Federal Agency Inspection 7 Section 1-07.12 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 (July 30, 2012 WSDOT GSP) 10 Required Federal Aid Provisions 11 The Required Contract Provisions Federal Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) 12 Revised May 1, 2012 supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard 13 Specifications and are made a part of this Contract; provided, however, that if any of the 14 provisions of FHWA 1273 are less restrictive than Washington State Law, then the 15 Washington State Law shall prevail. 16 17 The provisions of FHWA 1273 included in this Contract require that the Contractor insert 18 the FHWA 1273 in each Subcontract, together with the wage rates which are part of the 19 FHWA 1273. Also, a clause shall be included in each Subcontract requiring the 20 Subcontractors to insert the FHWA 1273 thereto in any lower tier Subcontracts, together 21 with the wage rates. The Contractor shall also ensure that this section, REQUIRED 22 FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS, is inserted in each Subcontract for Subcontractors and 23 lower tier Subcontractors. For this purpose, upon request to the Project Engineer, the 24 Contractor will be provided with extra copies of the FHWA 1273, the applicable wage 25 rates, and this Special Provision. 26 27 1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 28 29 1-07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration 30 Section 1-07.16(2) is supplemented with the following: 31 32 (August 2, 2010 WSDOT GSP) 33 Vegetation and soil protection zones for trees shall extend out from the trunk to a 34 distance of 1 foot radius for each inch of trunk diameter at breast height. 35 36 Vegetation and soil protection zones for shrubs shall extend out from the stems at 37 ground level to twice the radius of the shrub. 38 39 Vegetation and soil protection zones for herbaceous vegetation shall extend to 40 encompass the diameter of the plant as measured from the outer edge of the plant. 41 42 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities 43 Section 1-07.17 is supplemented with the following: 44 45 Utility Potholing 46 The Contractor shall pothole utilities as directed by the Engineer to determine the 47 horizontal and vertical location of existing utilities in advance of the Contractor’s 48 operations. Potholing shall be provided by the Contractor at the following locations: 49 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 253 City of Renton August 2015 • For unidentified utilities found during construction that the Engineer determines 1 may interfere with the Contractor’s operation; 2 • To provide additional information on utility locations not available during the 3 design of the project at locations identified by the Engineer; 4 • At locations identified by the Contractor when determined to be necessary to 5 prevent potential substantial delays in the project construction and approved by 6 the Engineer; 7 • As a means coordinating identified utility relocations shown in the Plans or 8 identified in these Specifications; 9 • When done at the request of a utility unless approved by the Engineer; 10 • To determine the exact vertical or horizontal location of utilities in advance of the 11 Contractor’s excavation operations which are not likely to conflict with the final 12 improvements to be installed; or 13 • As a means of determining the Contractor’s means and methods of constructing 14 the improvements to be installed by the Contractor. 15 16 The horizontal and vertical locations of potholed utilities shall be shown on the 17 Contractor’s maintained redlined Record Drawings for the project to a rag tape level of 18 accuracy. 19 20 Measurement 21 Potholing will be measured per each pothole required by the Engineer. 22 23 Payment 24 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following Bid item 25 when included in the Proposal: 26 27 “Utility Potholing”, per each. 28 The unit Contract price per each for “Utility Potholing” shall constitute full 29 compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary and incidental 30 to potholing utility locations on the project, including restoration if required. 31 32 (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) 33 Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance 34 with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. 35 36 Public and private utilities, or their Contractors, will furnish all Work necessary to adjust, 37 relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans 38 or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction 39 will be done during the prosecution of the Work for this project. It is anticipated that 40 utility adjustment, relocation, replacement or construction within the project limits will be 41 completed as follows: 42 43 • Puget Sound Energy (PSE) will remove and relocate all transmission poles, guy 44 wires, and any associated equipment shown in the Contract Plans as to be 45 relocated by PSE within 30 days from Notice to Proceed. 46 47 • Electric Lightwave (Lightwave) will install their own fiber optic cable in this 48 Contract’s newly installed conduit and vaults that are furnished by Lightwave 49 and for Lightwave use only. The Contractor shall coordinate with Lightwave to 50 allow Lightwave to install their fiber optic cable, and related equipment after the 51 Contractor installs the required conduit and vaults. Lightwave’s Work will be 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 254 City of Renton August 2015 split into two (2) separate phases, pulling and splicing of the fiber optic cable. 1 Lightwave shall complete the Work in 5 continuous days. The existing 2 Lightwave system within the Logan Avenue N project limits shall remain 3 undisturbed by the Contractor during construction activities until after Lightwave 4 has completed and activated their new fiber optic cable within the new conduit 5 and vault system installed by the Contractor. 6 7 The Contractor shall notify Lightwave in two (2) different occasions on when 8 Lightwave is required to perform their Work, the first notice shall be a minimum 9 of 45 days in advance and the second notice shall be a minimum of 21 days in 10 advance to confirm the date. 11 12 See Appendix G of these Special Provisions for additional construction 13 requirements for the installation of Electric Lightwave components. 14 15 • Zayo Group (Zayo) will install their own fiber optic cable in this Contract’s newly 16 installed conduit and vaults that are owned by the City of Renton. This Work will 17 be performed at night between the hours of 10:00 PM and 6:00 AM. The 18 Contractor shall coordinate with Zayo to allow Zayo to install their fiber optic 19 cable, and related equipment after the Contractor has completed installing the 20 required conduit and vaults. Zayo’s Work will be split into two (2) separate 21 phases, pulling and splicing of the fiber optic cable. The Work shall be 22 completed in 3 continuous days. The existing Zayo system within the Logan 23 Avenue N project limits shall remain undisturbed by the Contractor during 24 construction activities until after Zayo has completed and activated their new 25 fiber optic cable inside the new conduit and vault system installed by the 26 Contractor. 27 28 The Contractor shall notify Zayo a minimum of 10 Working Days prior to 29 requesting Zayo to complete the Work which shall include pulling and splicing 30 the new fiber optic cable. The Work shall be completed in 3 continuous days. 31 32 The Contractor shall attend a mandatory utility preconstruction meeting with the 33 Engineer, all affected Subcontractors, and all utility owners and their Contractors prior to 34 beginning on-site Work. 35 36 The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies or their 37 Contractors that will be adjusting, relocating, replacing or constructing utilities within the 38 project limits are supplied for the Contractor's use: 39 40 Utility Agency/Company Contact Phone Gas Puget Sound Energy Kathy Johnson (206) 240-2482 Power Puget Sound Energy Michael Ramirez (206) 604-6450 Fiber Optics Electric Lightwave Eric Clayton (425) 970-7763 Communications Comcast Corporation Bill Walker (253) 288-7538 Communications CenturyLink Inc. Dena Kludsikofsky (425) 247-6248 Fiber Optics Zayo Group Robert Thoman (360) 771-7377 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 255 City of Renton August 2015 Fiber Optics Renton School District Tom Howley (206) 898-8060 Communications Verizon Communications Michael Fulmer (206) 409-1260 Communications AT&T Communications Daniel McGeough (425) 896-9830 1 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 2 Delete this Section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 3 4 1-07.18 Insurance 5 (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) 6 7 1-07.18(1) General Requirements 8 A. The Contractor shall obtain the insurance described in this Section from insurers 9 approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to RCW Title 48. The 10 insurance must be provided by an insurer with a rating of A-: VII or higher in the A.M. 11 Best’s Key Rating Guide, which is licensed to do business in the State of Washington (or 12 issued as a surplus line by a Washington Surplus lines broker). The Contracting Agency 13 reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer 14 (including financial condition), terms and coverage, the Certificate of Insurance, and/or 15 endorsements. 16 17 B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force during the term of the Contract and for 18 thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion Date, unless otherwise indicated (see C. 19 below). 20 21 C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims-made form, its retroactive date, and that of 22 all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The 23 policy shall state that coverage is claims-made, and state the retroactive date. Claims-24 made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months 25 following the Final Completion or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor 26 shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the 27 claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the 28 Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of 29 guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for 30 liability for services performed. 31 32 D. The insurance policies shall contain a “cross liability” provision. 33 34 E. The Contractor’s and all Subcontractors’ insurance coverage shall be primary and non-35 contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency’s insurance, self-insurance, 36 or insurance pool coverage. 37 38 F. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all Additional Insureds with 39 written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such 40 notice. 41 42 G. Upon request, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified 43 copy of the insurance policy(s). 44 45 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 256 City of Renton August 2015 H. The Contractor shall not begin Work under the Contract until the required insurance has 1 been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. 2 3 I. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall 4 constitute a material breach of Contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after 5 giving five business days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately 6 terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any 7 and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the 8 Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, 9 offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. 10 11 J. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices 12 of the Contract and no additional payment will be made. 13 14 1-07.18(2) Additional Insured 15 All insurance policies, with the exception of Professional Liability and Workers 16 Compensation, shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s): 17 the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and 18 volunteers 19 Perteet Inc. 20 HWA GeoSciences Inc. 21 Widener and Associates, Inc. 22 The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability 23 maintained by the Contractor, whether primary, excess, contingent or otherwise, irrespective 24 of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this 25 Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor 26 pursuant to Section 1-07.18(3) describes limits lower than those maintained by the 27 Contractor. 28 29 1-07.18(3) Subcontractors 30 The Contractor shall ensure that each Subcontractor of every tier obtains and maintains at a 31 minimum the insurance coverages listed in Sections 1-07.18(5)A and 1-07.18(5)B. Upon 32 request of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide evidence of such insurance. 33 34 1-07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance 35 The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and 36 endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when 37 the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the Work. The certificate and endorsements 38 must conform to the following requirements: 39 1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. 40 2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 41 Section 1-07.18(2) as Additional Insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor 42 may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a 43 separate endorsement. A statement of additional insured status on an ACORD 44 Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy this requirement. 45 3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. 46 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 257 City of Renton August 2015 1 1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits 2 The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Providing 3 coverage in these stated minimum limits shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor 4 from liability in excess of such limits. All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be 5 disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim 6 payments falling within the deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 7 8 1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability 9 A policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance, including: 10 11 Per project aggregate 12 Premises/Operations Liability 13 Products/Completed Operations – for a period of one year following final acceptance of 14 the Work. 15 Personal/Advertising Injury 16 Contractual Liability 17 Independent Contractors Liability 18 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability 19 Explosion, Collapse, or Underground Property Damage (XCU) 20 Blasting (only required when the Contractor’s Work under this Contract includes 21 exposures to which this specified coverage responds) 22 23 Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: 24 $1,000,000 Each Occurrence 25 $2,000,000 General Aggregate 26 $1,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate 27 $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury, each offence 28 29 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability 30 $1,000,000 Each Accident 31 $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit 32 $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee 33 34 1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability 35 Automobile Liability for owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles, with an MCS 90 36 endorsement and a CA 9948 endorsement attached if “pollutants” are to be transported. 37 Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limit: 38 $1,000,000 combined single limit 39 40 1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation 41 The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the 42 Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 43 44 1-07.18(5)H Professional Liability 45 (May 10, 2006 APWA GSP) 46 47 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 258 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor and/or its Subcontractor and/or its design consultant providing construction 1 management, value engineering, or any other design-related non-construction professional 2 services shall provide evidence of Professional Liability insurance covering professional 3 errors and omissions. Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: 4 $1,000,000 per Claim 5 If the scope of such design-related professional services includes Work related to pollution 6 conditions, the Professional Liability insurance shall include Pollution Liability coverage. 7 8 If insurance is on a claims-made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent 9 renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. 10 11 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 12 13 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic 14 Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: 15 16 (January 2, 2012 WSDOT GSP) 17 Work Zone Clear Zone 18 The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking 19 hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the 20 Contractor’s operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or 21 permanent Work. Those Work operations that are actively in progress shall be 22 in accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other 23 Contract requirements. 24 25 During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ 26 unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete 27 barrier. The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the 28 Engineer approves the installation and location. 29 30 During actual hours of Work, unless protected as described above, only 31 materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and 32 only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be 33 allowed within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the Shoulder of the 34 Roadway. 35 36 The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall 37 not be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as 38 described above. 39 40 Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor 41 has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written 42 approval. 43 44 Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of Traveled Way and 45 will be determined as follows: 46 47 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 259 City of Renton August 2015 Regulatory Posted Speed Distance From Traveled Way (Feet) 35 mph or less 10 * 40 mph 15 45 to 55 mph 20 60 mph or greater 30 * or 2-feet beyond the outside edge of sidewalk 1 2 Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance 3 4 (January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) 5 Lane closures are subject to the following restrictions: 6 7 1. The Contractor shall maintain two (2) northbound lanes of traffic open at all 8 times in accordance with the Project’s Traffic Control Plans. 9 2. The Contractor shall detour existing southbound traffic on Logan Avenue N 10 to Park Avenue N in accordance with the Project’s Traffic Control Plans and 11 Channelization Plans. The Contractor shall construct and maintain the 12 construction detour for southbound traffic from Logan Avenue N over to 13 Park Avenue N only after providing 2 weeks written notice of the Detour’s 14 proposed start date to the Project Engineer. Portable Changeable Message 15 Signs (PCMS) describing upcoming detours shall be placed at least 10 16 calendar days before the start of any detour per TC1. 17 3. The Contractor shall provide one (1) westbound left-turn lane on N 4th St 18 between Burnett Ave N and Logan Ave N, and one (1) southbound lane on 19 Logan Ave N between N 4th St and Renton Stadium driveway (STA 21+00 20 LT) during football games at Renton Stadium. The travel lanes must be 21 composed of either the existing pavement present before construction 22 starts, or Commercial HMA. The aforementioned westbound and 23 southbound lanes must be operational by 4:00 PM on game day and remain 24 operational until 2 hours after the end of each football game with the 25 supervision of uniformed police officers as indicated on the Contract’s 26 Traffic Control Plans. Contractor shall coordinate with Renton School 27 District and Engineer for dates (Football games are events with the identifier 28 “VFB” in Appendix H). Failure to comply with this requirement shall result in 29 the Contractor paying liquidated damages per Section 1-08.9 of these 30 Special Provisions. Other events identified in Appendix H will also have 31 activities at Renton Stadium. The Contractor needs to maintain driveway 32 access to Renton Stadium as shown on the Traffic Control Plans for all 33 events at Renton Stadium. Driveway access shall be maintained with either 34 the existing pavement present before construction starts, or Commercial 35 HMA. 36 4. The Contractor will be allowed to close one lane at a time in each direction 37 after all work of Phase 2 (Drawings TC4 and TC5) is completed to construct 38 landscaping, sidewalks, and/or final signal work and install final striping. 39 These lane closures can occur between 7 PM and 5 AM Monday through 40 Thursday, from 5 AM Saturday thru 5 AM Monday, or between 9 AM and 41 2:30 PM Monday through Friday after receiving the written approval of the 42 Engineer. The final 2” lift of HMA can be constructed after August 31, 2015 43 and before August 15, 2016 by closing all but one lane of traffic in each 44 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 260 City of Renton August 2015 direction between 7 PM and 5 AM Monday through Thursday, or from 5 AM 1 Saturday thru 5 AM Monday. 2 3 If the Engineer determines the permitted closure hours adversely affect traffic, the 4 Engineer may adjust the hours accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor 5 in writing of any change in the closure hours. 6 7 Lane closures are not allowed on any of the following: 8 9 1. A holiday, 10 11 2. A holiday weekend; holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or 12 Monday are considered a holiday weekend. A holiday weekend includes 13 Saturday, Sunday, and the holiday. 14 15 3. After 5 AM on the day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend, and 16 17 4. Before 7 PM on the day after the holiday or holiday weekend. 18 19 1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours 20 Section 1-07.23(2) is supplemented with the following: 21 22 The Contractor shall notify King County Metro Transit at least 2 weeks prior to 23 beginning any construction or installation activities that will affect Transit operations 24 or facilities. Coordination must be made through the Metro Transit Construction 25 Information Center at: 26 27 http://www.kingcounty.gov/transportation/kcdot/MetroTransit/Construction.aspx 28 29 Contact Construction Coordinators at telephone number 206-477-1140. 30 E-mail: construction.coord@kingcounty.gov 31 32 A Logan Avenue N Detour Plan is included in the Traffic Control Plans of the 33 Contract Documents. 34 35 1-07.24 Rights of Way 36 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 37 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 38 39 Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are 40 indicated in the Plans. The Contractor’s construction activities shall be confined within 41 these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. 42 43 Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to Bid opening, all Rights of 44 Way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the 45 Work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the 46 Contractor’s attention by a duly issued Addendum. 47 48 Whenever any of the Work is accomplished on or through property other than public 49 Right of Way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any 50 easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private 51 property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 261 City of Renton August 2015 Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have 1 been obtained by the Engineer. 2 3 Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, 4 these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any 5 portion of the Work in areas where Right of Way, easements or rights of entry have not 6 been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the Right of Way or 7 easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is 8 delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining 9 easements, rights of entry or Right of Way, the Contractor will be entitled to an 10 extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of 11 Contract. 12 13 Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. 14 This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements 15 must be adjusted. 16 17 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the 18 Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may 19 desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor 20 needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the Work or not, 21 the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property 22 owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of 23 each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued 24 under this Contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or 25 proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that 26 permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been 27 obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been 28 satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, 29 and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the 30 Completion Date will be established. 31 32 33 1-08 Prosecution and Progress 34 Add the following new Section: 35 36 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters 37 (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) 38 39 Add the following new Section: 40 41 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference 42 (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) 43 44 Prior to the Contractor beginning the Work, a preconstruction conference will be held 45 between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be 46 invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 47 48 1. To review the initial progress schedule; 49 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or 50 affected by the Work; 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 262 City of Renton August 2015 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, 1 submittals, etc.; 2 4. To establish normal working hours for the Work; 3 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 4 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the Work. 5 6 The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following: 7 8 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 9 2. A preliminary schedule of Working Drawing submittals; and 10 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. 11 12 Add the following new Section: 13 14 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work 15 (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP) 16 17 Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the 18 normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 19 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. Truck 20 Hauling will also be allowed during these time periods only. If the Contractor desires 21 different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in 22 writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The 23 working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction 24 conference. 25 26 All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions 27 (such as noise ordinances). 28 29 If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor 30 shall submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state 31 what hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no 32 later than 10 working days prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the 33 hours. 34 35 If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to 36 certain other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example: 37 1. On non-Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the 38 Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight-time costs for Contracting 39 Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may 40 require designated representatives to be present during the Work. 41 Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are 42 not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency’s material 43 testing lab; Inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party 44 consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such Work necessitates their 45 presence.) 46 2. Considering the Work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as 47 working days with regard to the Contract time. 48 3. Considering multiple Work shifts as multiple working days with respect to 49 Contract time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period. 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 263 City of Renton August 2015 4. If a 4-10 Work schedule is requested and approved, the non-working day for the 1 week will be charged as a working day. 2 5. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met 3 and recorded properly on certified payroll. 4 5 1-08.1 Subcontracting 6 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 7 Delete the eighth paragraph and replace it with the following: 8 9 On all projects funded with Federal assistance the Contractor shall submit “Quarterly 10 Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation” (form 422-102 EF) on a quarterly 11 basis, in which DBE Work is accomplished, for every quarter in which the Contract is 12 active or upon completion of the project, as appropriate. The quarterly reports are due 13 on the 20th of April, July, October, and January for the four respective quarters. 14 15 Section 1-08.1 is supplemented with the following: 16 17 (October 12, 1998 WSDOT GSP) 18 Prior to any Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor beginning Work, the Contractor 19 shall submit to the Engineer a certification (WSDOT Form 420-004) that a written 20 agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or between the Subcontractor 21 and any lower tier Subcontractor has been executed. This certification shall also 22 guarantee that these subcontract agreements include all the documents required by the 23 Special Provision Federal Agency Inspection. 24 25 A Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor will not be permitted to perform any Work 26 under the Contract until the following documents have been completed and submitted to 27 the Engineer: 28 29 1. Request to Sublet Work (Form 421-012), and 30 2. Contractor and Subcontractor or Lower Tier Subcontractor Certification for 31 Federal-aid Projects (Form 420-004). 32 33 The Contractor's records pertaining to the requirements of this Special Provision shall 34 be open to inspection or audit by representatives of the Contracting Agency during the 35 life of the Contract and for a period of not less than three years after the date of 36 acceptance of the Contract. The Contractor shall retain these records for that period. 37 The Contractor shall also guarantee that these records of all Subcontractors and lower 38 tier Subcontractors shall be available and open to similar inspection or audit for the 39 same time period. 40 41 1-08.1(1) Subcontract Completion and Return of Retainage Withheld 42 Section 1-08.1(1) is revised to read: 43 44 (August 4, 2014 WSDOT GSP) 45 The following procedures shall apply to all subcontracts entered into as a part of 46 this Contract: 47 48 Requirements 49 1. The Prime Contractor or Subcontractor shall make payment to the 50 Subcontractor not later than ten days after receipt of payment from the 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 264 City of Renton August 2015 Contracting Agency for Work satisfactorily completed by the 1 Subcontractor, to the extent of each Subcontractor’s interest therein. 2 3 2. Prompt and full payment of retainage from the Prime Contractor to the 4 Subcontractor shall be made within 30 days after Subcontractor’s Work is 5 satisfactorily completed. 6 7 3. For purposes of this Section, a Subcontractor’s Work is satisfactorily 8 completed when all task and requirements of the Subcontract have been 9 accomplished and including any required documentation and material 10 testing. 11 12 4. Failure by a Prime Contractor or Subcontractor to comply with these 13 requirements may result in one or more of the following: 14 15 a. Withholding of payments until the Prime Contractor or Subcontractor 16 complies 17 18 b. Failure to comply shall be reflected in the Prime Contractor’s 19 Performance Evaluation 20 21 c. Cancellation, Termination, or Suspension of the Contract, in whole or 22 in part 23 24 d. Other sanctions as provided by the subcontract or by law under 25 applicable prompt pay statutes. 26 27 Conditions 28 This clause does not create a contractual relationship between the Contracting 29 Agency and any Subcontractor as stated in Section 1-08.1. Also, it is not 30 intended to bestow upon any Subcontractor, the status of a third-party 31 beneficiary to the Contract between the Contracting Agency and the 32 Contractor. 33 34 Payment 35 The Contractor will be solely responsible for any additional costs involved in 36 paying retainage to the Subcontractors. Those costs shall be incidental to the 37 respective Bid Items. 38 39 1-08.3 Progress Schedule 40 41 1-08.3(2) Progress Schedule Types 42 43 1-08.3(2)B Type B Progress Schedule 44 (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) 45 Revise the first paragraph to read: 46 47 The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Type B Progress Schedule at or prior 48 to the preconstruction conference. The preliminary Type B Progress Schedule 49 shall comply with all of these requirements and the requirements of Section 1-50 08.3(1), except that it may be limited to only those activities occurring within 51 the first 60-working days of the project. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 265 City of Renton August 2015 1 Revise the first sentence of the second paragraph to read: 2 3 The Contractor shall submit 5 copies of a Type B Progress Schedule depicting 4 the entire project no later than 21-calendar days after the preconstruction 5 conference. 6 7 1-08.4 Prosecution of Work 8 Delete this Section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 9 10 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work 11 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 12 13 Notice to Proceed will be given after the Contract has been executed and the Contract 14 bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting 15 Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the Work until the Notice to Proceed 16 has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities 17 on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise 18 approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the Work to the Physical 19 Completion Date within the time specified in the Contract. Voluntary shutdown or 20 slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the 21 responsibility to complete the Work within the time(s) specified in the Contract. 22 23 When shown in the Plans, the first order of Work shall be the installation of high visibility 24 fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. 25 Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the Roadway shall occur after the 26 placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with Section 27 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to 28 inspect the fence. No other Work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting 29 Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the 30 Contract. 31 32 1-08.5 Time for Completion 33 (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP, Option A) 34 Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read: 35 36 Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. 37 38 Each working day shall be charged to the Contract as it occurs, until the Contract Work 39 is Physically Complete. If Substantial Completion has been granted and all the 40 authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each 41 week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of 42 working days: (1) charged to the Contract the week before; (2) specified for the Physical 43 Completion of the Contract; and (3) remaining for the Physical Completion of the 44 Contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole 45 day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of 46 each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in 47 it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the 48 Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed 49 protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement 50 as correct. If the Contractor is approved to Work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 266 City of Renton August 2015 4-10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4-10 shift is worked would 1 ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as 2 a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. 3 4 Revise the sixth paragraph to read: 5 6 The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the 7 Contract after all the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract have been performed 8 by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be 9 established: 10 1. The physical Work on the project must be complete; and 11 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the Contract and required 12 by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the Contract. 13 The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to 14 establishing a Completion Date: 15 a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1-07.9(5)). 16 b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents. 17 c. Quarterly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the 18 Contract Provisions. 19 d. Final Contract Voucher Certification. 20 e. Copies of the approved “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid” for the Contractor 21 and all Subcontractors. 22 f. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24. 23 24 Section 1-08.5 is supplemented with the following: 25 26 (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) 27 This project shall be physically completed within 140 working days. 28 29 1-08.6 Suspension of Work 30 Section 1-08.6 is supplemented with the following: 31 32 There shall be no work allowed within the roadway between the curb lines between 33 December 21, 2015 and March 30, 2016. During this time frame, the Contractor shall 34 remove the construction detour on Park Avenue N and temporarily stripe with paint lane 35 lines on Logan Avenue North to provide 2 thru-lanes of traffic in each direction. The 36 minimum width for each lane shall be 11-feet. All costs associated with the removal of 37 the construction detour, striping with paint Logan Avenue North to provide 2-thru lanes 38 of traffic in each direction, and re-establishment of the construction detour on Park 39 Avenue N shall be included in the unit price of “Project Temporary Traffic Control”. 40 41 The Contractor shall request in writing to the Engineer whether they propose to fully 42 suspend work, or suspend work only for a portion of the period between December 21, 43 2015 and March 30, 2016. The written request shall be submitted at least 7 calendar 44 days before the Contractor either proposes to suspend work, or proposes to resume 45 work. Any construction work conducted by the Contractor between December 21, 2015 46 and March 30, 2016 shall only be done outside of the curb lines. If the Contractor elects 47 to conduct construction outside of the curb lines between December 21, 2015 and 48 March 30, 2016, each day worked shall be counted as a working day. Any costs 49 associated with the suspension of work shall be included in the other items of work, and 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 267 City of Renton August 2015 there shall be no adjustment in either project costs or time associated with the 1 Suspension of Work. The requirements of Section 1-08.7 shall remain in effect during 2 any suspension of work. 3 4 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages 5 (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 6 Revise the fourth paragraph to read: 7 8 When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the 9 Contract, the Engineer may determine that the Work is Substantially Complete. The 10 Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For 11 overruns in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for 12 liquidated damages shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring 13 after the Substantial Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the 14 basis of direct engineering and related costs assignable to the project until the actual 15 Physical Completion Date of all the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the 16 remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Project Engineer, the 17 Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the physical Work on the 18 Contract. 19 20 Section 1-08.9 is supplemented with the following: 21 22 The closure of southbound traffic on Logan Ave N between Airport Way and N 6th St will 23 result in substantial traffic impacts. These closures will cause delays to the traveling 24 public, increase fuel consumption, vehicle operating cost, pollution, and other 25 inconveniences and harm. 26 27 Accordingly, the Contractor agrees: 28 29 1. To provide access to Renton Stadium driveways (STA 16+00 LT, STA 18+50 30 LT, and STA 21+00 LT) as shown on Contract Drawings TC2 and TC4 in 31 accordance with Section 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety. If this 32 requirement is not completed during the time frames for each football game, 33 the City of Renton will provide its own work force and resources to complete 34 the Renton Stadium access as soon as possible. The Contractor shall 35 reimburse the City by the greater of: all costs incurred by the City of Renton 36 for doing this Work, or by the sum of $2,000 liquidated damages per calendar 37 day for each calendar day that access is not provided to Renton Stadium. 38 39 2. To authorize the Engineer to deduct these liquidated damages from any money 40 due or coming due to the Contractor. 41 42 43 1-09 Measurement and Payment 44 45 1-09.6 Force Account 46 (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) 47 Supplement this Section with the following: 48 49 The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for 50 all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common Proposal for Bidders. 51 All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total Bid. However, the 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 268 City of Renton August 2015 Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount 1 of Work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the 2 amount of Work actually authorized by Engineer. 3 4 1-09.9 Payments 5 (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) 6 Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: 7 8 The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the 9 Contract and as specified for payment. 10 11 The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum Bid items at the 12 Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work 13 performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that 14 include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent 15 a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on 16 information available. The Project Engineer’s determination of the cost of Work shall be 17 final. 18 19 Progress payments for completed Work and material on hand will be based upon 20 progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be 21 established at the Preconstruction Conference. 22 23 The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor 24 commences the Work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month 25 thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the 26 Work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. 27 The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the 28 final payment. 29 30 The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 31 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units 32 of Work completed multiplied by the unit price. 33 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor’s lump 34 sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the 35 Engineer’s determination. 36 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to job 37 site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 38 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra Work 39 as determined by the Engineer. 40 41 Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 42 1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects; 43 2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and 44 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with 45 the Contract Documents. 46 47 Progress payments for Work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable 48 performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any Work has been 49 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 269 City of Renton August 2015 satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the Contract will be final 1 in accordance with Section 1-05.1. 2 3 1-09.9(1) Retainage 4 Section 1-09.1(1) content and title is deleted and replaced with the following: 5 6 (June 27, 2011 WSDOT GSP) 7 Vacant 8 9 1-09.13 Claims Resolution 10 11 1-09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less 12 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 13 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 14 15 The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that 16 total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1-09.11 and not 17 resolved by nonbinding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation unless 18 the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 19 20 1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration 21 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 22 Revise the third paragraph to read: 23 24 The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the 25 decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the 26 arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the 27 Contracting Agency’s headquarters is located, provided that where claims 28 subject to arbitration are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.05 shall 29 control venue and jurisdiction of the Superior Court. The decision of the 30 arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The 31 arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. 32 33 34 1-10 Temporary Traffic Control 35 36 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management 37 38 1-10.2(1) General 39 Section 1-10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: 40 41 (December 1, 2008 WSDOT GSP) 42 Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized 43 in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one 44 of the following: 45 46 The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 47 27055 Ohio Ave. 48 Kingston, WA 98346 49 (360) 297-3035 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 270 City of Renton August 2015 Evergreen Safety Council 1 401 Pontius Ave. N. 2 Seattle, WA 98109 3 1-800-521-0778 or 4 (206) 382-4090 5 6 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 7 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 8 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022 9 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 10 Phone: (540) 368-1701 11 12 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices 13 14 1-10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor 15 16 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor 17 Section 1-10.3(1)B is supplemented with the following: 18 19 The Contractor shall use the assistance of an off-duty Uniformed Police Officer 20 (UPO) when the Engineer requires the control of a signalized intersection during 21 the Work. 22 23 The Contractor shall use City of Renton police enforcement unless it is unable to 24 respond to a request to assist with the Work. The Contractor shall contact the City 25 of Renton Police Department no later than forty-eight (48) hours prior to the need 26 for police assistance. The City of Renton police assistance can be reached at the 27 following number: 28 29 Renton Police Department 30 1055 S Grady Way 31 Renton, WA. 98057 32 (425) 430-7500 33 34 A UPO shall be provided in the event of accidental power outages or disruption as 35 a result of Contractor Work. The UPO shall be provided at Contractor expense, 36 and remain in place until the intersection becomes satisfactorily operational as 37 determined by the City of Renton Police Department. 38 39 1-10.4 Measurement 40 41 1-10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control 42 Section 1-10.4(3) is supplemented with the following: 43 44 (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) 45 The Bid Proposal contains the item “Project Temporary Traffic Control,” lump sum 46 and the additional temporary traffic control items listed below. The provisions of 47 Section 1-10.4(1), Section 1-10.4(3), and Section 1-10.5(3) shall apply. 48 49 “Traffic Control Supervisor”, per hour. 50 “Pedestrian Traffic Control”, lump sum. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 271 City of Renton August 2015 “Uniformed Police Officer”, per hour. 1 Hours will be measured for each Uniformed Police Officer directing or 2 monitoring traffic, as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan or as directed 3 by the Engineer and in accordance with Section 1-10.3(1)B of these Special 4 Provisions. 5 6 1-10.5 Payment 7 Section 1-10.5 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 “Traffic Control Supervisor”, per hour. 10 “Uniformed Police Officer”, per hour. 11 12 13 14 END OF DIVISION 115 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 272 City of Renton August 2015 Division 2 1 Earthwork 2 3 4 2-01 Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup 5 6 2-01.3 Construction Requirements 7 Section 2-01.3(1) is supplemented with the following: 8 9 The Contractor shall finish the removal of every tree where shown in the Plans within 10 the same business day. No tree removal shall be left unfinished overnight unless 11 approved by the Engineer. 12 13 14 2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions 15 16 2-02.3 Construction Requirements 17 Section 2-02.3 is supplemented with the following: 18 19 2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and other Drainage Structures 20 Section 2-02.3(2) is supplemented with the following: 21 22 Removal of Existing Drainage Pipe 23 Where shown in the Plans or at other locations as determined by the Engineer, the 24 Contractor shall remove drainage pipe regardless of the size or type. Drainage 25 pipe shall be removed either in its entirety or a portion of pipe, as called for in the 26 Plans. Any pipe that is to remain when a portion of the pipe is to be removed, but is 27 damaged during the removal operation, shall be repaired or replaced by the 28 Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 29 30 Voids left by drainage pipe removal shall be backfilled with a granular material and 31 compacted in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)C. 32 33 All materials removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be 34 disposed of outside the project limits. 35 36 Removal of Drainage Structures 37 Where shown in the Plans, or at other locations as determined by the Engineer, the 38 Contractor shall remove catch basins, manholes, or inlets regardless of the size or 39 type. Each drainage Structure shall be removed in its entirety. Prior to backfilling 40 the resultant void, the Contractor shall plug and abandon the existing pipe(s) with 41 commercial concrete in accordance with Section 7-08.3(4). 42 43 Voids left by drainage Structure removal shall be backfilled and compacted in 44 accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)C. 45 46 All materials removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be 47 disposed of outside the project limits. 48 49 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 50 Item 1 in Section 2-02.3(3) is revised to read: 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 273 City of Renton August 2015 1 1. Haul broken-up pieces to some off-project site. 2 3 Section 2-02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: 4 5 The Contractor shall use a saw cut to delineate the curb, gutter and sidewalk to be 6 removed from curb, gutter and sidewalk to remain. All saw cuts shall be continuous 7 full-depth, and shall be made with saws specifically equipped for the purpose. No 8 skip cutting or jack hammering will be allowed unless specifically approved in 9 writing by the Engineer. The location of all pavement cuts shall be where shown in 10 the Contract Plans or as directed by the Engineer. 11 12 Saw cuts lines in the existing Roadway section will be perpendicular or parallel to 13 the Traveled Way unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, or shown in the Plans. 14 All transitions to existing asphalt, except planing butt joints, or cement concrete 15 Roadways or driveways, curb and gutter, extruded curb, and walkways shall be 16 vertically saw cut straight, with uniform edges. 17 18 The Contractor shall take care to avoid damaging adjacent curb, gutter and 19 sidewalk to remain. Any damage caused to the curb, gutter and sidewalk to 20 remain, as a result of the Contractor’s operations, shall be repaired to the 21 satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 22 23 The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that special precautions are 24 undertaken so that in accordance with Department of Ecology guidelines no 25 concrete (asphalt or cement) or concrete by-products are discharged into any storm 26 drain or surface water. Cutting operations will increase the pH of water, therefore 27 filtering is not acceptable. 28 29 Thoroughly clean saw cuts where necessary by the use of high pressure water 30 (1,400 psi or greater). All wastewater shall be collected using vacuuming and/or 31 pumped into containers for disposal. Disposal may be to soil or other porous 32 surface away from storm drains. 33 34 Impervious surfaces contaminated from cutting operations shall be cleaned by 35 sweepers to prevent contaminants from entering storm systems. 36 37 Collecting and disposal of wasted water shall be considered incidental to and 38 included in the various bid items involved with the operation. 39 40 Section 2-02.3(4) is added as follows: 41 2-02.3(4) Salvage 42 43 When salvageable material is to remain Contracting Agency property, the 44 Specifications, Contract Plans, and/or Contracting Agency will identify the material and 45 describe how the Contractor shall remove it. Such material shall be stockpiled and/or 46 delivered to the following locations after first contacting the City’s representative Eric 47 Cutshall at (425) 430-7400. The Contractor shall provide the agency a minimum of 2 48 working days notice prior to delivering the equipment. 49 50 Signal poles shall be delivered to: 51 3410 NE 12th Street 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 274 City of Renton August 2015 Renton, WA 98056 1 2 All other salvaged equipment shall be delivered to: 3 3555 NE 2nd Street 4 Renton, WA 98056 5 6 2-02.4 Measurement 7 Section 2-02.4 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 Removal of existing drainage pipe will be measured by the linear foot along the line and 10 slope of the drainage pipe prior to removal. Any existing drainage pipe removed within 11 the limits of Roadway excavation or Structure excavation will not be measured and will 12 be included in the pay item for Roadway excavation or Structure excavation. 13 14 Removal of drainage Structures will be measured per each for each drainage Structure 15 removed. 16 17 Saw cutting will be measured per linear foot. 18 19 Removing cement concrete sidewalk will be measured by the square yard of sidewalk 20 removed prior to removal. 21 22 Removing asphalt concrete sidewalk will be measured by the square yard prior to 23 removal, except when located within the limits of Roadway Excavation. 24 25 Removing cement concrete curb and gutter, cement concrete curb, asphalt concrete 26 curb, will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the existing curb, or 27 curb and gutter. 28 29 Removing raised pavement marker will be measured by the units of 100 for each raised 30 marker removed. 31 32 2-02.5 Payment 33 Section 2-02.5 is supplemented with the following: 34 35 “Removing Existing Drainage Pipe”, per linear foot. 36 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Removing Existing Drainage Pipe” shall be 37 full pay for performing the Work as specified, including saw cutting and disposal. 38 39 “Removing Existing Drainage Structure”, per each. 40 The unit Contract price per each for “Removing Existing Drainage Structure” shall be full 41 pay to perform the Work as specified, including saw cutting and disposal. 42 43 “Saw Cutting”, per linear foot. 44 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Saw Cutting” shall be full pay for all labor, 45 material, tools, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as defined 46 in the Contract Plans and these Special Provisions. No measurement will be made for 47 saw cutting for phasing or for additional cuts within the removal limits. 48 49 “Removing Cement Conc. Sidewalk”, per square yard. 50 The unit Contract price per square yard for “Removing Cement Conc. Sidewalk” shall be 51 full pay to perform the Work as specified including disposal. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 275 City of Renton August 2015 1 “Removing Asphalt Conc. Sidewalk”, per square yard. 2 The unit Contract price per square yard for “Removing Asphalt Conc. Sidewalk” shall be 3 full pay to perform the Work as specified including disposal. 4 5 “Removing Cement Conc. Curb and Gutter”, per linear foot. 6 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Removing Cement Conc. Curb and Gutter” 7 shall be full pay to perform the Work as specified including disposal. 8 9 “Removing Cement Conc. Curb”, per linear foot. 10 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Removing Cement Conc. Curb” shall be full 11 pay to perform the Work as specified including disposal. 12 13 “Removing Asphalt Conc. Curb”, per linear foot. 14 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Removing Asphalt Conc. Curb” shall be full 15 pay to perform the Work as specified including disposal. 16 17 “Removing Raised Pavement Marker”, per hundred. 18 The unit Contract price per hundred for “Removing Raised Pavement Marker” shall be 19 full pay to perform the Work as specified including disposal. 20 21 22 23 24 END DIVISION 225 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 276 City of Renton August 2015 Division 3 1 Surface Treatments and Pavements 2 3 4 3-01 Production From Quarry and Pit Sites 5 6 3-01.2 Material Sources, General Requirements 7 Section 3-01.2 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) 10 Permits For Pit Operations In King County 11 The Contractor is advised that King County may require the Contractor to meet any or 12 all of the following listed conditions before considering issuance of a temporary permit 13 for pit operations within King County: 14 15 1. Security fences and locking gates shall be installed where deemed necessary 16 by the King County Department of Building. Cable or wire gates are not 17 acceptable. 18 19 2. Hours of operation shall be limited to: 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. 20 21 3. Access roads shall be improved and maintained to the satisfaction of the King 22 County Department of Public Works. A haul road agreement for County road 23 maintenance may be required. 24 25 All roads shall be swept, washed, or both, by the Contractor at the Contractor's 26 expense as often as the Department of Building deems necessary. 27 28 Property shall have functional access to an arterial level street. 29 30 4. All operations will have to be approved by King County Flood Control for 31 drainage plans, Washington State Department of Ecology, and Puget Sound 32 Air Pollution Control Authority. 33 34 Those properties near or adjacent to any water body shall have written 35 approval from the State of Washington Department of Fisheries. 36 37 The Contractor shall obtain a mining reclamation permit from the State of 38 Washington Department of Natural Resources for sites of over three acres in 39 size of disturbed land or resulting in pit walls more than thirty feet high and 40 steeper than one to one slope. 41 42 5. No stockpiling of foreign excavated material is permitted on the site except for 43 those materials to be used in the land rehabilitation of the subject property. 44 45 6. No signs other than signs required by Chapter 24.42, King County Zoning 46 Code are authorized as a result of the temporary permit. 47 48 7. Plans required: 49 50 a. Scale of Plot Plans 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 277 City of Renton August 2015 Site Size: less than 10 acres 1 inch = 50 feet 1 2 10 to 100 acres 1 inch = 100 feet 3 4 over 100 acres 1 inch = 200 feet 5 6 b. Contours 7 8 Show existing and proposed contours at 5-foot intervals. If existing 9 and proposed contours are superimposed upon one another it must 10 be clear as to which is which. Plans which incorporate a screening 11 process may be required by the County to distinguish said contours. 12 13 Finished contours must show how the property can be used under the 14 existing zoning. Plans showing daylighting of property to road grade 15 or below with high 2:1 slope walls will no longer be permitted within 16 the R, S, or G zones. The plans must contain large terraces which 17 will permit the lot sizes and roads that are permitted within the zone. 18 19 c. Sections 20 21 Show a minimum of two sections in each direction. 22 23 d. Maximum Slope 24 25 Cuts shall not be steeper in slope than two horizontal to one vertical 26 unless the owner furnishes a soils engineering or an engineering 27 geology report certifying that the site has been investigated and 28 indicating that the proposed deviation will not endanger any private 29 property or result in the deposition of debris on any public way or 30 interfere with any existing drainage course. 31 32 e. Fill Slopes 33 34 No fill shall be made which creates an exposed surface steeper in 35 slope than two horizontal to one vertical. 36 37 f. Benches on Slopes 38 39 There shall be a 10 foot wide bench sloped into the hillside for every 40 50 feet in height. 41 42 g. Setbacks 43 44 Material and vegetation shall be left in its natural state: 45 46 50 feet from any FP, A, G, S, or R zoned property; 47 48 20 foot setback which includes a 6 foot high planted berm along 49 any public Right-of-Way; 50 51 20 feet from M, B, or CG zoned property; 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 278 City of Renton August 2015 1 10 feet from QM or FR zoned property. 2 3 Plans shall show type of vegetation existing within the buffer zones. 4 5 h. Drainage 6 7 All drainage facilities shall be designed to carry surface waters to the 8 nearest practical street, storm drain, or natural water-course. 9 Adequate provision shall be made to prevent any surface waters from 10 damaging the face of an excavation or fill. All slopes shall be 11 protected from surface water runoff from above by berms or swales. 12 13 The Contractor is further advised that King County may require conditions which are in 14 addition to the foregoing list and that the County may reject permit applications at its 15 discretion because of the proposed operations proximity to schools, residential 16 neighborhoods, hospitals, arterials, or for other environmental conditions. 17 18 When there are discrepancies between the requirements of the State and the County 19 the more stringent Specifications shall apply. 20 21 Should the Contractor fail to comply with any requirements of a temporary permit 22 obtained in the Contracting Agency's name, the Contracting Agency will take the 23 necessary action to meet these requirements and any costs incurred by the Contracting 24 Agency will be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 25 26 27 28 29 30 END DIVISION 331 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 279 City of Renton August 2015 Division 5 1 Surface Treatments and Pavements 2 3 4 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt 5 6 5-04.1 Description 7 Section 5-04.1 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 Commercial HMA shall be used when directed by the Engineer to provide driveway 10 access, pedestrian facilities, or other locations where temporary pavement is needed. 11 The actual quantity of Commercial HMA used is expected to be variable, and Section 1-12 04.6 of the Specifications does not apply to this bid item. 13 14 5-04.2 Materials 15 Section 5-04.2 is supplemented with the following: 16 17 (January 3, 2011 WSDOT GSP) 18 ESAL's 19 The number of ESAL's for the design and acceptance of the HMA shall be 7.8 million. 20 21 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 22 23 5-04.3(3) Hot Mix Asphalt Pavers 24 25 5-04.3(3)A Material Transfer Device / Vehicle 26 The first paragraph of this section is revised to read: 27 28 (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) 29 Additionally, a material transfer device or vehicle (MTD/V) is not required at the 30 following locations: 31 1. For placement of all HMA up to the final 2 inch lift. 32 33 5-04.3(7) Preparation of Aggregates 34 35 5-04.3(7)A Mix Design 36 37 5-04.3(7)A2 Statistical or Nonstatistical Evaluation 38 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 39 40 5-04.3(7)A2 Nonstatistical Evaluation 41 (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) 42 43 Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall; 44 • Be submitted to the Project Engineer on WSDOT Form 350-042 45 • Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in 46 accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet 47 the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). 48 • Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design 49 determined in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 718 or based on 50 historic anti-strip and aggregate source compatibility from WSDOT lab 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 280 City of Renton August 2015 testing. Anti-strip evaluation of HMA mix designs utilized that include RAP 1 will be completed without the inclusion of the RAP. 2 3 At or prior to the preconstruction meeting, the contractor shall provide one of 4 the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency 5 review; 6 7 • The proposed mix design indicated on a WSDOT mix design/anti-strip 8 report that is within one year of the approval date 9 • The proposed HMA mix design submittal (Form 350-042) with the seal 10 and certification (stamp & signature) of a valid licensed Washington State 11 Professional Engineer. 12 • The proposed mix design by a qualified City or County laboratory mix 13 design report that is within one year of the approval date. 14 15 The mix design will be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority 16 such as Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials 17 Testing, The Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 18 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of 19 participation in the AASHTO Material Reference Laboratory (AMRL) program. 20 21 At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept mix designs verified 22 beyond the one year verification period with a certification from the Contractor 23 that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original 24 mix design. 25 26 5-04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing - HMA Mixture 27 28 5-04.3(8)A1 General 29 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 30 31 (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) 32 Acceptance of HMA shall be as defined under nonstatistical or commercial 33 evaluation. 34 35 Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as 36 Commercial HMA in the contract documents. 37 38 The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may 39 request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the 40 approval of the Project Engineer and must be made in accordance with 41 Section 9-03.8(7). 42 43 Commercial evaluation may be used for Commercial HMA and for other 44 classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, 45 ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other 46 nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be 47 as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted 48 by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. 49 Commercial HMA can be accepted by a contractor certificate of compliance 50 letter stating the material meets the HMA requirements defined in the contract. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 281 City of Renton August 2015 5-04.3(8)A4 Definition of Sampling Lot and Sublot 1 Section 5-04.3(8)A4 is supplemented with the following: 2 3 (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) 4 For HMA in a structural application, sampling and testing for total project 5 quantities less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the engineer. For HMA used 6 in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 tons 7 but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed: 8 i. If test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional 9 testing will be at the engineers discretion. 10 ii. If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, 11 additional testing as needed to determine a CPF shall be performed. 12 13 5-04.3(8)A5 Test Results 14 (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) 15 16 The first paragraph of this section is deleted. 17 18 5-04.3(8)A6 Test Methods 19 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 20 21 (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) 22 Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will be at the option of the Contracting 23 Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will be use WSDOT Standard Operating 24 Procedure SOP 731. Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be 25 by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will 26 be by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27/T 11. 27 28 29 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness 30 The second sentence of Section 5-04.3(13) is revised to read: 31 32 (January 5, 2004 WSDOT GSP) 33 The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/4 inch 34 from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to 35 centerline. 36 37 5-04.3(14) Planing Bituminous Pavement 38 Section 5-04.3(14) is supplemented with the following: 39 40 (January 5, 2004 WSDOT GSP) 41 The Contractor shall perform the planing operations no more than seven (7) 42 calendar days ahead of the time the planed area is to be paved with HMA, unless 43 otherwise allowed by the Engineer in writing. 44 45 Section 5-04.3(13) is also supplemented with the following: 46 47 The Contractor shall provide for safe vehicular travel over existing manholes, valve 48 boxes, etc. during and after planning operations. The Contractor shall provide 49 asphalt concrete fillets for a smooth transition on leading and trailing edges if there 50 will be more than 24-hours between the planing and paving operations. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 282 City of Renton August 2015 The beginning and ending of each lane of planning shall be squared off to form and 1 uniform joint. 2 3 5-04.5 Payment 4 Section 5-04.5 is supplemented with the following: 5 6 (August 5, 2013 WSDOT GSP) 7 Asphalt Cost Price Adjustment 8 The Contracting Agency will make an Asphalt Cost Price Adjustment, either a credit or a 9 payment, for qualifying changes in the reference cost of asphalt binder. The adjustment 10 will be applied to partial payments made according to Section 1-09.9 for the following 11 Bid items when they are included in the Proposal: 12 13 “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” 14 “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___” 15 “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___” 16 “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___” 17 “Commercial HMA” 18 19 The adjustment is not a guarantee of full compensation for changes in the cost of 20 asphalt binder. The Contracting Agency does not guarantee that asphalt binder will be 21 available at the reference cost. 22 23 The Contracting Agency will establish the asphalt binder reference cost twice each 24 month and post the information on the Agency website at: 25 26 http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Business/Construction/EscalationClauses.htm 27 28 The reference cost will be determined using posted prices furnished by Poten & 29 Partners, Inc. If the selected price source ceases to be available for any reason, then 30 the Contracting Agency will select a substitute price source to establish the reference 31 cost. 32 33 The base cost established for this Contract is the reference cost posted on the Agency 34 website for the period immediately preceding the Bid opening date. 35 36 Adjustments will be based on the most current reference cost for Western Washington 37 or Eastern Washington as posted on the Agency website, depending on where the Work 38 is performed. For Work completed after all authorized working days are used, the 39 adjustment will be based on the posted reference cost during which Contract time was 40 exhausted. The adjustment will be calculated as follows: 41 42 No adjustment will be made if the reference cost is within 5% of the base cost. 43 44 If the reference cost is greater than or equal to 105% of the base cost, then 45 Adjustment = (Current Reference Cost – (1.05 x Base Cost)) x (Q x 0.056). 46 47 If the reference cost is less than or equal to 95% of the base cost, then 48 Adjustment = (Current Reference Cost – (0.95 x Base Cost)) x (Q x 0.056). 49 50 Where Q = total tons of all classes of HMA paid in the current month’s progress 51 payment. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 283 City of Renton August 2015 1 “Asphalt Cost Price Adjustment”, by calculation. 2 3 “Asphalt Cost Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in this 4 Section. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the 5 Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total 6 Bid by the Contractor. 7 8 5-04.5(1) Quality Assurance Price Adjustments 9 10 5-04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Compaction 11 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 12 13 (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) 14 The maximum CPF of a compaction lot is 1.00. 15 16 For each compaction lot of HMA when the CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming 17 Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. THE NCCF equals the algebraic 18 difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price 19 Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCCF, the quantity of HMA in 20 the lot in tons and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 END DIVISION 5 28 29 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 284 City of Renton August 2015 Division 6 1 Structures 2 3 4 6-02 Concrete Structures 5 6 6-02.3 Construction Requirements 7 8 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials 9 Section 6-02.3(2) is supplemented with the following: 10 11 The Contractor shall not use fly ash in the design of any concrete mix that will be 12 used for the construction of sidewalk, curb, gutter, driveways, and any work 13 surrounding water main lines and fire hydrants. 14 15 16 6-07 Painting 17 18 6-07.1 Description 19 Section 6-07.1 is supplemented with the following: 20 21 This work shall consist of painting systems and colors for metal elements as shown in 22 the Plans. 23 24 6-07.2 Materials 25 Section 6-07.2 is supplemented with the following: 26 27 Paint materials shall comply with the requirements in Section 9-08 unless described 28 otherwise in this Section. 29 30 Metallic Paint System 31 Metallic paint system shall be of aliphatic acrylic polyurethane or acrylic polyurethane 32 finish coat that contains a sparkle aluminum pigment creating a metallic aesthetic finish. 33 It shall be a highly durable coating, resistant to abrasion, wet conditions and exterior 34 weathering. Finish shall contain UV absorbers for extended color and gloss retention. 35 Finish shall be semi-gloss finish. 36 37 Paint shall be provided as follows: 38 39 Steel 40 Surface Preparation: Shop sandblast using SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast, using 41 non-metallic abrasive. 42 43 Prime Coat: Advance two-component, moisture-cured, zinc-rich primer providing 44 extraordinary performance. Rapid curing so chemical- and corrosion-resistant 45 topcoats can be applied the "same-day." Also, can be used for field touch-up of 46 inorganic zinc coating. Applied at 2.5- 3.5 mils DFT (falls under the CARB Metallic 47 pigmented category). 48 49 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 285 City of Renton August 2015 Intermediate: Polyamide Epoxy at 4.0 - 6.0 mils DFT (less than 100 grams/Liter 1 VOC), meet performance requirements of AWWA C 210. Low VOC, excellent 2 resistance to abrasion and suitable for chemical contact exposure. 3 4 Finish: Advanced Thermoset Solution Fluoropolymer, high-solids fluoropolymer 5 coating that provides an ultra-durable finish with user-friendly brush. Outstanding 6 color and gloss retention even in most severe exposures. Semi-gloss finish. 7 8 Galvanized and Aluminum Metals 9 Surface Preparation: Abrade 100% of area using a metal finishing pad designed for 10 removing light rust and for cleaning and brightening metal to de-gloss and create 11 profile. 12 13 Prime Coat: Polyamide epoxy shall be a versatile low-temperature coating ideally 14 suited for steel fabrication and OEM applications, widely used as a field tiecoat, 15 provides fast curing, rapid handling capabilities and conforms with air pollution 16 regulations limiting Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) to a maximum of 340 17 grams/liter (2.8 lbs/gal). Applied at 3.0 mils DFT. 18 19 Finish: An Acrylic Polyurethane finish coat that contains sparkle aluminum pigment 20 creating a metallic finish. Highly durable coating, resistant to abrasion, wet 21 conditions and exterior weathering. High performance finish shall contain UV 22 absorbers for extended color and gloss retention. Semi-gloss finish. Applied at 2.0 23 mills DFT. 24 25 Quality Assurance 26 Materials specified are those that have been evaluated for the specific service. The 27 paint and paint products used for this project shall be approved by the Engineer. 28 29 Requirements for an Approved Equal: 30 31 Bidder shall provide to the Contracting Agency in writing a detailed side-32 by-side comparison of the proposed equal Products Characteristics, 33 Performance Characteristics, and Application Conditions for each coating 34 specified in this Specification. 35 36 For consideration for approval this written comparison shall be certified and 37 notarized by an officer of the proposed manufacturer as true and correct. 38 39 For Products Characteristics this detailed side-by-side comparison shall 40 include for example, but not limited to, Volume Solids, Weight Solids, VOC, Mix 41 Ratio, Zinc Content in Dry Film (by Weight),Spreading Rate per coat, Drying 42 Schedule, Shelf Life and Flash Point. 43 44 For Performance Characteristics this detailed side-by-side comparison shall 45 include for example, but not limited to, Abrasion Resistance, Tensile 46 Strength, Humidity, Graffiti Resistance, Adhesion, Salt Fog Resistance and 47 Slip Coefficient. 48 49 The Contractor shall submit (3) samples of each custom color, textures, and 50 gloss for approval. Appropriate metal coupon samples (steel and aluminum) 51 shall be three (3) inches by five (5) inches. Paint colors and paint systems 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 286 City of Renton August 2015 shall be as shown in the Paint Color/Paint System Table for the various items 1 as included in this Section. 2 3 Powder Coating Paint System 4 The powder coating paint system shall be composed of exterior grade pure polyester 5 TGIC, dry powder including resins, and pigments in accordance with requirements of 6 AAMA 605.2., and shall have the following characteristics: 7 8 Glossy Surface Semi-Gloss Surface Mat Surface Thickness 2.5-3.5 mils /60-90 2.5-3.5 mils/60-90 2.5-3.5 mils/60-90 Gloss (1) 80-90 55-70 15-25 Cross Hatch Adhesion (2) Pass 100% Pass 100% Pass 100% Mandrel Bending (3) 1/8 inch – 3 mm 5/32 inch – 4 mm 3/16 inch – 5 mm Erichsen Cupping ISO 1520 5/16 inch – 8 mm 1/4 inch – 7 mm 3/16 inch – 5 mm Impression Hardness (4) 95 95 95 Impact Test (5) Up to 160 inch-lbs Up to 160 inch-lbs Up to 160 inch-lbs Pencil Hardness (6) 2H (min.) 2H (min.) 2H (min.) Dry Mill Test OK OK OK Salt Spray Test (7) 1500 h test, max. undercut 1/16 inch – 1 mm 1500 h test, max. undercut 1/16 inch – 1 mm 1/16"/1mm 1500 h test, max. undercut 1/16 inch – 1 mm undercut 1/16"/1mm Humidity Resistance (8) 1500 h test, min. blisters 1/16 inch – 1 mm 1500 h test, min. blisters 1/16 inch – 1 mm 1500 h test, min. blisters 1/16 inch – 1 mm 9 Key: 10 (1) Gloss According to Gardner 60 degrees, ASTM D 523. 11 (2) Cross Hatch Adhesion, ASTM D 3359, Method B. 12 (3) Mandrel Bending Test, ASTM D 522. 13 (4) Impression hardness, ASTM B 3363. 14 (5) Impact Test, ASTM D 2794; (0.1) inch distortion. 15 (6) Pencil Hardness, ASTM B 3363. 16 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 287 City of Renton August 2015 (7) Salt spray Resistance Test, ASTM B 117. 1 (8) Humidity Resistance Test, ASTM D 2247. 2 3 Paint Color I Paint System Table 4 5 Specification Section Item Paint Color Paint System 9-29.6(1)A Decorative Signal Poles RAL 9005 "Jet Black" Refer to Spec section, below, for Decorative Signal Poles 9-29.6(1)B Decorative Light Poles (Decorative Roadway Luminaire Pole) RAL 9005 "Jet Black" Refer to Spec section, below, for Decorative Roadway Luminaire Poles 9-29.6(1)B Decorative Light Poles (Decorative Pedestrian Luminaire Pole) RAL 9005 "Jet Black" Refer to Spec section, below, for Decorative Roadway Luminaire Poles 9-29-10(2) Decorative Luminaires RAL 9005 "Jet Black" Refer to Spec section, below, for Decorative Luminaires 9-29-18(3) Video Detection Camera Housing and all Mounting Equipment RAL 9005 "Jet Black" Manufacturer's best match- black in color 6 7 Galvanizing 8 All fabricated steel components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 123. 9 All steel hardware components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 153. 10 11 Decorative Signal Poles 12 All decorative signal poles and its sub-assemblies parts (refer to Special Provisions, 13 Sec. 9-29.6(1)A) shall be factory painted over galvanizing, all galvanized exterior 14 surfaces visually exposed are coated with an corrosion-inhibiting polymide epoxy to a 15 minimum dry film thickness (OFT) of 3.0 mils. Prior to application the surfaces to be 16 coated shall mechanically etched by brush blasting (Ref. SSPC-SP7) and the zinc 17 coated substrate preheated to 400 degrees F for a minimum of one hour in a gas fired 18 convection oven. The epoxy coating is applied and force cured in a convection oven. 19 The intermediate coated surfaces are coated with an aliphatic acrylic polyurethane to a 20 minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils. The polyurethane coating is applied and cured in 21 a convection oven by heating the steel substrate to a minimum of 200 degrees F. Prior 22 to packaging poles shall be cradled in 1.0" rubberized foam base, contractor to take 23 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 288 City of Renton August 2015 precaution to avoid damage during off-loading, handling and erection. The finish color 1 shall have anti-graffiti coating. The Contractor is to purchase a one gallon sample for 2 use as a color match for the Engineer's approval prior to factory finish coating. 3 4 Decorative Roadway and Pedestrian Luminaire Poles 5 All decorative roadway and pedestrian luminaire poles and their respective sub-6 assembly parts (refer to Special Provisions,Sec 9-29.6(1)B shall be factory primed and 7 finish painted over polyester powder coating. 8 9 All poles and parts must be cleaned with suitable water based cleaner and/or solvent to 10 ensure a chemically clean surface free of oils, compounds and residual soil. The 11 polyester powder coating shall be applied by Electro-Static spray with a voltage 12 maintained at 40-100 KV. A dry film thickness of 2-4 mils shall be applied and cured per 13 manufacturer's recommendation. After proper baking, the power must pass the tests 14 listed below. These tests shall be made using clean, untreated, aluminum panels: 15 16 Gloss 17 Gloss will vary based on powder chosen. 18 19 Hardness 20 Pencil hardness shall be H to 2H. 21 22 Impact 23 With the finish surface at room temperature (77 degrees Fahrenheit), subject it to a 24 160 in-lb. Direct impact force by use of a Gardner variable impact tester, Model 1G-25 1120 (or approved equal) and evaluated per ASTM D-2794. 26 27 Adhesion 28 Using a sharp blade, scribe a series of eight parallel cuts through the finish to the 29 base material. Scribe another series of eight parallel cuts at a right angle to and 30 crossing the former cuts to form 1/8 inch squares. Press a strip of pressure 31 sensitive adhesive tape (Scotch Brand No. 600 (or approved equal)) over the 32 squares. After 2 minutes, remove the tape. Results must be level4 or better as 33 described in ASTM-3359-B. 34 35 Abrasion Resistance (Modified ASTM D-4060) 36 37 Weight loss of coating after 1,000 cycles on Taber abraser equipped with CS-10 38 wheels and operating less than 1kg loading per wheel is on the order of 40-60 mg. 39 40 The coating must be chemically resistant and pass the following tests: 41 42 Salt Spray Resistance 43 Power painted product meets the minimum salt spray resistance standards as set 44 forth in ASTM B-117. 45 46 Humidity Resistance 47 Power painted product meets the minimum humidity resistance standards as set 48 forth in ASTM D-2247. 49 50 Weatherability 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 289 City of Renton August 2015 Power painted product meets the minimum weatherability standards as set forth in 1 ASTM 336. 2 3 Chemical and solvent resistance - polyester family of powder coatings shall be resistant 4 to most chemicals and solvents except alkalis and ketones. Verification shall be made 5 for each chemical or solvent proposed for use with the coating. 6 7 Prior to packaging, poles shall be cradled in 1.0" rubberized foam base. The Contractor 8 shall take precaution to avoid damage during off-loading, handling and erection. The 9 finish color shall have anti-graffiti coating. The Contractor is to purchase a one gallon 10 sample for use as a color match for the Engineer's approval prior to factory finish 11 coating. 12 13 Decorative Luminaires 14 All decorative luminaire housings shall be factory painted with polyester powder coating 15 to meet ASTM-B-117/D-2247 requirements to salt spray and humidity resistance. The 16 Contractor is to purchase a one gallon sample for use as a color match for the 17 Engineer's approval prior to factory finish coating. 18 19 6-07.3 Construction Requirements 20 Section 6-07.3 is supplemented with the following: 21 22 Apply entire finish system in the shop. Hold back finish system at all welded areas. 23 Bolted connections should be primed with a zinc based primer compatible with the 24 approved paint system. 25 26 Field touch up painting shall consist of matching specified priming and painting for all 27 damaged and field repaired areas. Field welds and abrasions should be touched up 28 after installation. Touch up surface preparation with a zinc based primer compatible with 29 the approved paint system, 2.5 to 3.5 mils OFT. 30 31 Preparation, cleaning, priming, shop painting and field touch-up for all fabricated 32 decorative exterior metal work will be incidental to the associated bid items. 33 34 Immediately remove coatings that fall on surrounding areas and surfaces not scheduled 35 to be coated. 36 37 6-07.3(11) Painting or Powder Coating of Galvanized Surfaces 38 Section 6-07.3(11) is supplemented with the following: 39 40 Clean surfaces to be powder coated in accordance with manufacturer's written 41 instructions for surface preparation. 42 43 Install powder coatings in accordance with applicable codes and regulations, 44 manufacturer's written instructions. 45 46 Applications of powder coating materials shall be performed in shop conditions, 47 except for touch-ups approved in advance by the Engineer. 48 49 Finished surfaces shall be fully and uniformly coated without pinholes, bubbles, 50 sag, runs, lumps, marks or discoloration. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 290 City of Renton August 2015 Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match 1 the approved sample. 2 3 After powder coating has been in place at least fifteen (15) days, and within thirty 4 (30) days of Substantial Completion, check all powder coated surfaces for damage, 5 missed areas and discoloration. 6 7 Prepare surfaces and touch-up damaged, missed, and discolored areas to bring 8 coating system to full dry film thickness, in color and gloss matching that of 9 adjacent coated areas. 10 11 6-07.5 Payment 12 Section 6-07.5 is supplemented with the following: 13 14 The cost for all painting and powder coating finishes shall be included in the related Bid 15 items that receive the painting and finishes. No separate payment will be made. 16 17 18 19 20 END DIVISION 621 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 291 City of Renton August 2015 Division 7 1 Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary 2 Sewers, Water Mains, and Conduits 3 4 7-04 Storm Sewers 5 6 7-04.5 Payment 7 Section 7-04.5 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 The unit Contract price per foot for storm sewer pipe of any kind and size specified shall 10 be full pay for all labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and install 11 the item complete including removal, hauling, and disposing of pavement; Structure 12 excavation including haul; bedding materials; backfill materials (whether native or Bank 13 Run Gravel for Trench Backfill); compaction; and cleaning (flushing) and testing the 14 pipe. 15 16 7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells 17 18 7-05.3 Construction Requirements 19 The third paragraph of Section 7-05.3 is supplemented with the following: 20 21 Where called for, locking solid metal rectangular covers conforming to City of Renton 22 Standard Detail 204.10 and rectangular frames conforming to City of Renton Standard 23 Detail 204.00, or locking solid metal round covers and frames conforming to City of 24 Renton Standard Detail 204.50 shall be furnished and installed on existing catch basins. 25 26 7-05.3(5) Connections to Existing Structures 27 Section 7-05.3(5) is added as follows: 28 29 Where shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall connect new drainage pipe to 30 existing drainage Structures such as catch basins, manholes, and inlets, or shall 31 connect new drainage Structures such as catch basins, manholes, and inlets to 32 existing drainage pipe. 33 34 7-05.4 Measurement 35 Section 7-05.4 is supplemented with the following: 36 37 Solid metal cover and frame for catch basins will be measured by the unit for each 38 cover and frame assembly installed on an existing catch basin. 39 40 7-05.5 Payment 41 Section 7-05.5 is supplemented with the following: 42 43 “Solid Catch Basin Lid and Frame”, per each. 44 The unit Contract price per each for “Solid Catch Basin Lid and Frame” shall be full pay 45 for removing and disposing of the existing frame and grate, and installing the frame and 46 cover. 47 48 The unit Contract price per each for manholes, inlets, and catch basins of any kind and 49 size specified shall be full pay for all labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to 50 provide and install the item complete including removal, hauling, and disposing of 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 292 City of Renton August 2015 pavement; Structure excavation including haul; bedding and backfill materials; 1 compaction; seals; and frames and grates. 2 3 4 7-06 Vacant 5 Section 7-06, including title, is replaced with the following: 6 7 7-06 Bioretention System 8 9 7-06.1 Description 10 This Work consists of constructing a stormwater bioretention filtration system in 11 accordance with the Plans, these Specifications, in conformity with the lines and grades 12 staked. 13 14 7-06.2 Materials 15 Each manufactured unit shall consist of a precast concrete container together with an 16 underdrain system, cleanout cover, filter media, mulch, underdrain stone, plant material, 17 and appropriate tree frame and grate where applicable. 18 19 Concrete for the precast unit shall conform to the following: 20 21 1. The wall thickness shall not be less than six (6) inches thick, or as dimensioned 22 in the Plans. In all cases, the wall thickness shall be no less than the minimum 23 thickness required to meet loading requirements of the application. 24 2. The precast concrete unit shall be cured by a approve method approved by the 25 Engineer. The unit shall not be shipped until the concrete has attained 85% of 26 its design compressive strength. 27 3. Connections shall be provided to accept pipes of the specified size and type. 28 4. Each precast concrete container shall be in compliance with Section 9-05.50 29 30 7-06.3 Construction Requirements 31 Each unit shall be constructed at the location and elevation shown in the Plans. Any 32 modification to the location or elevation shall be approved by the Engineer. 33 34 The unit shall be placed on compacted Subgrade with a minimum six (6) inch gravel 35 base matching the final grade of the curb line in the area of the unit. Compact 36 undisturbed Subgrade materials to 95% of maximum density at +1% to 2% of the 37 optimum moisture. Unsuitable material below Subgrade, if present, shall be replaced 38 with approved foundation material as directed by the Engineer. 39 40 Once the unit is set, the internal wooden forms and protective silt fabric cover must be 41 left intact. The top lid shall be sealed onto the box section before backfilling, using a 42 non-shrink grout, butyl rubber, or similar waterproof seal. The boards on the top of the 43 lid and boards sealed in the unit’s throat shall not be removed. The Supplier will remove 44 these sections at the time of activation. Units are only to be activated by the Supplier. 45 46 Outlet connections shall be aligned and sealed as per the Plans, with any modifications 47 necessary to meet site conditions and local regulations. The correct outlet shall be 48 marked on the box unit. The Contractor shall not use plugged couplings marked “USE 49 OTHER CONNECTION”. 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 293 City of Renton August 2015 Backfilling shall be performed in a careful manner, bringing the appropriate fill material 1 up in six (6) inch lifts on all sides. Precast sections shall be set in a manner that will 2 result in a watertight joint. In all instances, installation of the unit shall conform to ASTM 3 C891, Standard Practice for Installation of Underground Precast Concrete Utility 4 Structures, unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents. 5 6 The Contractor shall provide curb and gutter and transition to the unit and to ensure for 7 proper stormwater flow into the system through the throat opening. 8 9 7-06.4 Measurement 10 Each stormwater bioretention filtration system will be measured per each. 11 12 7-06.5 Payment 13 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following Bid item 14 when included in the Proposal: 15 16 “Bioretention Filtration Standard Unit ___ Ft. x ___ Ft.”, per each. 17 The unit Contract price per each for “Bioretention Filtration Standard Unit ___ Ft. x 18 ___ Ft.” shall be full pay for all costs with furnishing and installing a complete 19 stormwater bioretention filtration system as specified including excavation, setting, 20 grouting, backfilling, activation, and all elements of a complete manufactured unit 21 as listed in Section 7-06.2 of this Specification. 22 23 24 7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements 25 26 7-08.2 Materials 27 Section 7-08.2 is supplemented with the following: 28 29 End Connections 9-30.5(1) 30 31 7-08.3 Construction Requirements 32 33 7-08.3(1) Excavation and Preparation of Trench 34 35 Section 7-08.3(1)D is added as follows: 36 7-08.3(1)D Trench Dewatering 37 38 Description 39 The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to 40 dewater trench for pipes, conduit, manholes, catch basins, cleanouts, side sewers 41 and other buried utility Work in accordance with the requirements of the Surface 42 Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and these Contract Documents. The 43 Contractor shall secure all necessary permits to complete the requirements of this 44 Section of the Special Provisions. 45 46 Submittals 47 The Contractor shall submit its Dewatering Plan to the Engineer for review at least 48 10 calendar days prior to the beginning of construction activities requiring such 49 systems. No excavations below the existing ground water surface shall be started 50 until the submittal review is complete. Said review by the Engineer of the 51 Contractor’s design shall not be construed as a detailed analysis of the adequacy 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 294 City of Renton August 2015 of the dewatering system, nor shall any provisions of the above requirements be 1 construed as relieving the Contractor of its overall responsibility and liability for the 2 Work. The Dewatering Plan shall be added to Appendix C of the SWPPP by the 3 Contractor. Information to be provided with the submittal shall include the following: 4 5 A. The method and installation including details of the dewatering system and 6 groundwater recharge system as necessary, indicating number and type of 7 equipment and pipelines including capacity(ies), dewatering pits and 8 locations, water discharge locations, groundwater recharge locations and 9 means of recharging the groundwater table where necessary, groundwater 10 monitoring systems where necessary, an estimate of advance time to 11 dewater the trench prior to Work in the trench when necessary, filter 12 systems and locations as necessary, and such other information to verify 13 acceptable control and performance. 14 15 B. Design calculations and drawings indicating the location and size of deep 16 wells, observation wells, wellpoints, sumps, discharge lines, sediment 17 control systems and any other groundwater control system component. 18 Calculations and drawings shall be made and stamped by a Washington 19 State registered Professional Engineer experienced in the design of 20 dewatering systems. 21 22 C. Capacities and details of pumps and standby equipment. 23 24 D. Design calculations showing adequacy of system and selected equipment, 25 including well screen slot sizes and filter pack calculations. 26 27 E. Detailed description of the dewatering schedule, operation, maintenance 28 and well abandonment procedures. 29 30 F. Projected drawdown in wells and estimated zone of influence with 31 groundwater elevations. 32 33 G. Estimated dewatering system discharge flow rate. 34 35 H. Test method, equipment and schedule for monitoring discharge water 36 quality. 37 38 I. Name of Washington licensed well driller planned for installation and 39 abandonment of dewatering and observation wells. 40 41 J. Any additional investigative Work required for designing the dewatering 42 system shall be at the Contractor’s own expense. 43 44 Quality Control 45 It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to control the rate and effect of 46 the dewatering in such a manner as to avoid all objectionable settlement and 47 subsidence. All dewatering operations shall be adequate to assure the integrity of 48 the finished project and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Where critical 49 Structures or facilities exist immediately adjacent to areas of proposed dewatering, 50 reference points shall be established and observed at frequent intervals to detect 51 any settlement which may develop. The responsibility for conducting the 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 295 City of Renton August 2015 dewatering operation in a manner which will protect adjacent Structures and 1 facilities rests solely with the Contractor. The cost of repairing any damage to 2 adjacent Structures and restoration of facilities shall be the responsibility of the 3 Contractor. 4 5 Execution 6 The Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary for dewatering. The 7 Contractor shall have on hand, at all times, sufficient pumping equipment and 8 machinery in good working condition and shall have available, at all times, 9 competent workers for the operation of the pumping equipment. Dewatering, 10 where required, may include the use of well points, sump pumps, temporary 11 pipelines for water disposal, rock or gravel placement, and other means. Adequate 12 standby equipment shall be kept available at all times to insure efficient dewatering 13 and maintenance of dewatering operation during power failure. 14 15 Dewatering for Structures and pipelines shall commence when groundwater is first 16 encountered, and shall be continuous until such times as water can be allowed to 17 rise in accordance with the provisions of this Section or other requirements. 18 19 At all times, site grading shall promote drainage. Surface runoff shall be diverted 20 from excavations. Water entering the excavation from surface runoff shall be 21 collected in shallow ditches around the perimeter of the excavation, drained to 22 sumps, and be pumped or drained by gravity from the excavation to maintain a 23 bottom free from standing water. Control of surface water associated with grading 24 and paving Work and other erosion control measures, shall be in accordance with 25 Division 8. 26 27 Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the 28 undisturbed bearing capacity of the Subgrade soils at proposed bottom of 29 excavation. If foundation soils are disturbed or oversaturated by water, the 30 Contractor shall overexcavate and replace the affected areas with suitable fill at no 31 additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 32 33 If foundation soils are disturbed or loosened by the upward seepage of water or an 34 uncontrolled flow of water, the affected areas shall be excavated and replaced with 35 drain rock at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 36 37 Flotation shall be prevented by the Contractor by maintaining a positive and 38 continuous removal of water. The Contractor shall be fully responsible and liable 39 for all damages which may result from failure to adequately keep excavations 40 dewatered. 41 42 If well points or wells are used, they shall be adequately spaced to provide the 43 necessary dewatering and shall be sandpacked and/or other means used to 44 prevent pumping of fine sands or silts from the subsurface. A continual check by 45 the Contractor shall be maintained to ensure that the subsurface soil is not being 46 removed by the dewatering operation. 47 48 The Contractor shall dispose of water from the Work in a suitable manner without 49 damage to the environment or adjacent property. The Contractor shall be 50 responsible for obtaining any permits that may be necessary to dispose of water. 51 No water shall be drained into Work built or under construction without prior 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 296 City of Renton August 2015 consent of the Engineer. Water shall be filtered using an approved method to 1 remove sand and fine sized soil particles before disposal into any drainage system. 2 3 The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a manner 4 as to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soils, prevent 5 disturbance of compacted backfill and prevent flotation or movement of Structures, 6 pipelines, sewers, adjacent utilities, Roadways and railroads. It shall be the sole 7 responsibility of the Contractor to control the rate and effect of the dewatering in 8 such a manner as to avoid all objectionable settlement and subsidence. 9 10 All water discharges from dewatering Work shall meet the stormwater quality 11 standards of the State of Washington per WAC 173-201A-200. Turbidity shall not 12 exceed 5 NTU over background NTU. The Contractor is responsible for using all 13 means and equipment necessary to achieve these State standards. The temporary 14 water treatment system described in these Specifications is one recommended 15 approach which can be used. The Contractor may need to use additional 16 measures in order to meet Washington State standards for water quality. 17 18 During excavation and installation of pipes, conduit and vaults and placement of 19 bedding and backfill, excavations shall be kept free of water. The Contractor shall 20 control surface run-off to prevent entry or collection of water in excavations. The 21 static water level within the excavation shall be drawn down a minimum of one (1) 22 foot below the bottom of the excavation so as to maintain the undisturbed state of 23 the foundation soils and allow acceptable placement of any bedding or backfill to 24 the required density. 25 26 Open and cased sumps shall not be used as primary dewatering for excavations 27 deeper than three (3) feet below the static water table. 28 29 Temporary pipes and fittings and temporary pumps shall be placed in a manner 30 which conveys dewatering to the temporary treatment system as required to meet 31 State standards. Once the water is cleaned, it will be conveyed back to the existing 32 surface drains. The pumps, pipes and fittings are to be of sufficient size and 33 capacity necessary to achieve and maintain a dry construction area. The 34 temporary pipes shall be anchored firmly to the ground. 35 36 Power services (electrical, hydraulic, gas, diesel etc.) used for dewatering pumps 37 shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be prepared to maintain 38 the dewatering system such that it is in continuous operation without any 39 interruptions. If necessary the system shall have 24-hour supervision and follow-up 40 by personnel; skilled in the operation, maintenance, and replacement of system 41 components. The Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall repair without cost 42 to the Contracting Agency, any damage to Work in place, and the excavation, 43 including damage to the trench bottom due to “boiling” and removal of material and 44 pumping out of the excavated area that may result from negligence, inadequate or 45 improper installation, maintenance and operation of the dewatering system, and 46 any mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering system. 47 48 Removal of Dewatering Systems 49 Removal of dewatering systems shall be performed in a manner that does not 50 disturb or damage adjacent new or existing Structures or utilities. Fill all voids 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 297 City of Renton August 2015 immediately with the appropriate backfill material as specified in the Plans, in 1 Section 7-08 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 2 3 All damage to property resulting from removal shall be promptly repaired at no cost 4 to the Contracting Agency. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the extent 5 and determination of the methods and materials for repair. 6 7 7-08.3(3) Backfilling 8 Section 7-08.3(3) is supplemented with the following: 9 10 Backfilling shall be performed only after inspection and approval of the installed 11 pipe. Refer to details shown in the Plans for typical trench section backfill and 12 compaction requirements. 13 14 If native material is not suitable for use as backfill as determined by the Engineer, 15 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill conforming to Section 9-03.19 of the Standard 16 Specifications shall be used, as required by the Engineer, for trench backfill. 17 18 If there is an excess of backfill material obtained from trench excavation at one 19 location on the project, it shall be used at other locations on the project or disposed 20 of as at an approved disposal site, as determined by the Engineer. 21 22 7-08.3(5) Replace Damaged Pipe 23 Section 7-08.3(5) is added as follows: 24 25 Where shown in the Plans or where designated by the Engineer, damaged sections 26 of existing pipe shall be cut away from the rest of the pipe. New Solid Wall PVC 27 Storm Sewer Pipe of the size specified in the Plans shall be coupled to the ends of 28 the existing pipe using approved couplings. 29 30 7-08.4 Measurement 31 Section 7-08.4 is supplemented with the following: 32 33 Replace Damaged Pipe shall be measured per linear foot of new PVC pipe. 34 35 No separate measurement shall be made for Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill. All 36 costs associated with Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill shall be included in the 37 respective unit prices of “Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe __ In. Diam.” or 38 “Schedule A Storm Sewer Pipe __ In. Diam.” or “Replace Damaged Pipe” per linear 39 foot. 40 41 Additional excavation so required will be classified as “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul”. 42 43 7-08.5 Payment 44 Section 7-08.5 is supplemented with the following: 45 46 “Replace Damaged Pipe”, per linear foot. 47 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Replace Damaged Pipe” shall be full pay to 48 perform the Work as specified, including but not limited to trenching, cutting existing 49 pipe, coupling existing pipe ends to new PVC pipe section, bedding, and backfilling 50 (whether with native or Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill). 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 298 City of Renton August 2015 “Dewatering”, lump sum. 1 The lump sum Contract price for “Dewatering” shall be full pay for all costs to perform 2 the Work as specified. 3 4 7-09 Water Mains 5 6 7-09.3 Construction Requirements 7 8 7-09.3(7)C Extra Trench Excavation 9 Section 7-09.3(7)C is revised by deleting the fourth paragraph and supplemented 10 with the following: 11 12 Additional excavation so required will be classified as “Roadway Excavation Incl. 13 Haul”. 14 15 7-09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains 16 Section 7-09.3(24) is supplemented with the following: 17 18 Where shown in the Plans, temporary polypig station per City of Renton Standard 19 Plan 300.6 shall be installed and used to clean new section of water main pipe 20 before disinfection. Polypigs and debris shall be removed from the pipe before 21 disinfection. 22 23 7-09.5 Payment 24 Section 7-09.5 is supplemented with the following: 25 26 “_______Pipe for Water Main _____In. Diam.”, per linear foot. 27 The unit Contract Price per linear foot for each size and kind of “_______ Pipe for 28 Water Main ______ In. Diam.” Shall be full pay for all Work to complete the 29 installation of the water main, including but not limited to, trench excavation 30 including haul, bedding, laying and jointing pipe and fittings, backfilling with “Bank 31 Run Gravel for Trench Backfill”, concrete thrust blocking, testing, temporary poly 32 pig station for cleaning, disinfecting the pipeline, flushing, dechlorination of water 33 used for flushing, and cleanup. 34 Payment for restoration will be made under the application items shown in the 35 Proposal. If no pay items for restoration are included in the Proposal, restoration 36 shall be considered incidental to the Work of constructing the water main, and all 37 costs thereof shall be included in the unit Contract price Bid for “_____ Pipe for 38 Water Main ______ In. Diam.” 39 40 41 7-14 Hydrants 42 43 7-14.3 Construction Requirements 44 45 7-14.3(7) Remove and Salvage Hydrant 46 Section 7-14.3(7) is added as follows: 47 48 Existing hydrants shall be removed where shown in the Plans. Removed hydrants shall 49 be delivered to the City shops by the Contractor. The existing hydrant lateral tee shall 50 be removed from the main. 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 299 City of Renton August 2015 1 7-14.5 Payment 2 Section 7-14.5 is supplemented with the following: 3 4 “Hydrant Assembly” per each. 5 The unit Contract price per each for “Hydrant Assembly” shall include full pay for all 6 Work to furnish and install fire hydrant assemblies, including all costs for auxiliary gate 7 valve, shackles, tie rods, concrete blocks, gravel, lateral tee and pipe connecting the 8 hydrant to the main, and painting required for the complete installation of the hydrant 9 assembly as specified in the plans. 10 11 “Remove and Salvage Hydrant” per each. 12 The unit Contract price per each for “Remove and Salvage Hydrant” shall be full pay for 13 all labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to remove the existing hydrant and 14 lateral, including but not limited to hydrant removal, excavation, lateral tee removal, and 15 backfilling activities. 16 17 18 7-20 Inline Check Valve 19 Section 7-20 is added as follows: 20 21 7-20.1 Description 22 This Work consists of constructing an Inline Check Valve at the locations shown in the Plans 23 or designated by the Engineer. 24 25 7-20.2 Materials 26 Inline check valves are to be slip-in style valves with all rubber body. The entire valve shall 27 be ply reinforced throughout the body, disc and bill, which is cured and vulcanized into a 28 one-piece unibody construction. A separate valve body or pipe used as the housing is not 29 acceptable. The valve shall be manufactured with no metal, mechanical hinges or fasteners, 30 which would be used to secure the disc or bill to the valve housing. The port area of the disc 31 shall contour down, which shall allow passage of flow in one direction while preventing 32 reverse flow. The entire valve shall fit within the pipe inner diameter, and shall not protrude 33 beyond the face of the structure or end of the pipe. 34 35 7-20.3 Construction Requirements 36 Each unit shall be installed at the locations shown in the Plans. 37 38 Slip-in style valves will be furnished with a set of stainless steel expansion clamps. The 39 clamps shall be installed per the manufacturer requirements. 40 41 The downstream end of the valve must be circumferentially in contact with the pipe while in 42 the closed positions. 43 44 7-20.4 Measurement 45 Each inline check valve will be measured per each. 46 47 7-20.5 Payment 48 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following Bid item when 49 included in the Proposal: 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 300 City of Renton August 2015 “Inline Check Valve”, per each. 1 The cost for “Inline Check Valve” per each shall include all costs associated with 2 installation of the inline check valve including all testing required after installation. 3 4 5 6 7 END DIVISION 78 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 301 City of Renton August 2015 Division 8 1 Miscellaneous Construction 2 3 4 8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 5 6 8-01.1 Description 7 Section 8-01.1 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 The Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) will be prepared by Ross Widener 10 and Associates, and it will be provided to the Contractor for implementation. 11 12 This Work shall consist of the Contractor implementing the Contracting Agency provided 13 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) to complete the Project’s National 14 Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. The Contractor shall be 15 required to follow and implement the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). 16 17 The Work includes is but not limited to weekly reporting to Department of Ecology on 18 behalf of the Contracting Agency. 19 20 8-01.3 Construction Requirements 21 22 8-01.3(1) General 23 Section 8-01.3(1) is supplemented with the following: 24 25 The Contractor shall be responsible for all Work required for compliance with the 26 Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) including annual permit fees. 27 28 The first through eighth paragraphs of Section 8-01.3(1) are deleted and replaced with 29 the following: 30 31 (January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) 32 The Contractor shall install a high visibility fence along the site preservation lines 33 shown in the Plans or as instructed by the Engineer. 34 35 Throughout the life of the project, the Contractor shall preserve and protect the 36 delineated area, acting immediately to repair or restore any fencing damaged or 37 removed. 38 39 Controlling pollution, erosion, runoff, and related damage requires the Contractor 40 to perform temporary Work items including but not limited to: 41 42 1. Providing ditches, berms, culverts, and other measures to control surface 43 water. 44 45 2. Building dams, settling basins, energy dissipaters, and other measures, 46 to control downstream flows. 47 48 3. Controlling underground water found during construction. 49 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 302 City of Renton August 2015 4. Covering or otherwise protecting slopes until permanent erosion-control 1 measures are working. 2 3 To the degree possible, the Contractor shall coordinate this temporary Work with 4 permanent drainage and erosion control Work the Contract requires. 5 6 All sediment control devices including, but not limited to, sediment ponds, perimeter 7 silt fencing, or other sediment trapping BMPs shall be installed prior to any ground 8 disturbing activity. Clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, or fill within the Right of 9 Way shall never expose more erodible earth than as listed below: 10 11 Western Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain Crest) Eastern Washington (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) May 1 through September 30 17 Acres April 1 through October 31 17 Acres October 1 through April 30 5 Acres November 1 through March 31 5 Acres 12 8-01.3(1)A Submittals 13 Section 8-01.3(1)A is revised to read: 14 15 A Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) Plan consists of a 16 narrative section and Plan sheets that meets Ecology’s Stormwater Pollution 17 Prevention Plan (SWPPP) requirement in the CSWGP. The Contractor shall 18 develop a TESC Plan. Contractor TESC Plans shall include all high visibility 19 fence delineation shown in the Contracting Agency Contract Plans. 20 21 All TESC Plans shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the 22 WSDOT Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109 and be 23 adapted as needed throughout construction based on site inspections and 24 discharge samples to maintain compliance with the CSWGP. The Contractor 25 shall develop a schedule for implementation of the TESC Work and 26 incorporate it into the Contractor’s progress schedule. 27 28 The Contractor shall submit their TESC Plan and implementation schedule as 29 Type 2 Working Drawings. At the request of the Engineer updated TESC 30 Plans shall be submitted as Type 1 Working Drawings. 31 32 The Contractor shall include a copy of the SWPPP document and subsequent 33 SWPPP revisions made during the project in inspection documentation 34 recorded by the ESC Lead. 35 36 8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead 37 The second and third paragraphs in Section 8-01.3(1)B are revised to read: 38 39 (January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) 40 The ESC Lead shall implement the TESC Plan. Implementation shall include, 41 but is not limited to: 42 43 1. Installing and maintaining all temporary erosion and sediment control 44 Best Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC Plan to 45 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 303 City of Renton August 2015 assure continued performance of their intended function. Damaged or 1 inadequate TESC BMP’s shall be corrected immediately. 2 3 2. Updating the TESC Plan to reflect current field conditions. 4 5 3. Discharge sampling and submitting Discharge Monitoring Reports 6 (DMRs) to Ecology in accordance with the CSWGP. 7 8 4. Develop and maintain the Site Log Book as defined in the CSWGP. 9 As a part of the Site Log Book, the Contractor shall develop and 10 maintain a BMP tracking table to show that identified TESC 11 compliance issues are fully resolved within 10 calendar days. The 12 table shall include the date an issue was identified, a description of 13 how it was resolved, and the date the issue was fully resolved. 14 15 The ESC Lead shall also inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, 16 all on-site erosion and sediment control BMP’s, and all stormwater discharge 17 points at least once every calendar week and within 24-hours of runoff events 18 in which stormwater discharges from the site. Inspections of temporarily 19 stabilized, inactive sites may be reduced to once every calendar month. The 20 Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Form (WSDOT Form 220-030) shall 21 be completed for each inspection and a copy shall be submitted to the 22 Engineer no later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. 23 24 8-01.3(1)F Stormwater Sampling 25 Section 8-01.3(1)F is added as follows: 26 27 Stormwater sampling shall be performed by the Contractor or authorized 28 representative at the frequencies required in the Construction Stormwater 29 General Permit (weekly at minimum). Samples shall be analyzed for turbidity 30 and pH in accordance with the Construction Stormwater General Permit. 31 Sampling shall be conducted in accordance with the EPA 180.1 analytical 32 method and the Washington State Department of Ecology’s How to do 33 Stormwater Monitoring: A guide for construction sites, available online at 34 http://www.ecy.wa.gov/pubs/0610020.pdf. Samples shall be taken at the point 35 of discharge from the site. Reports of the sampling results shall be recorded in 36 the project SWPPP and shall be submitted monthly to the Contracting Agency 37 and the Washington State Department of Ecology. The DMR forms are mailed 38 to permittees when permit coverage is granted for the project. If there are no 39 discharges during the month, the Contractor is still required to submit a form 40 stating “no discharge”. The sampling results shall be submitted via mail to: 41 42 Department of Ecology 43 Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater 44 PO Box 47696 45 Olympia, Washington 98504-7696 46 47 Ecology must receive DMR’s within 15 days after the end of each month. If the 48 permittee monitors more frequently than required by the permit, these results 49 also need to be submitted in the DMR. 50 51 Corrective measures shall be taken if benchmark values are exceeded. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 304 City of Renton August 2015 1 The key benchmark turbidity value is 25 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) for 2 the downstream receiving water body. If the 25 NTU benchmark is exceeded 3 in any sample collected from the discharge point, the following steps will be 4 conducted: 5 6 a. Ensure all BMPs specified in this SWPPP are installed and functioning 7 as intended. 8 9 b. Assess whether additional BMPs should be implemented, and 10 document modified BMPs in the SWPPP as necessary. 11 12 c. Sample discharge daily until the discharge is 25 NTU or lower. 13 14 If the turbidity exceeds 250 NTU at any time, the following steps will be 15 conducted: 16 17 a. Notify Ecology by phone within 24 hours of analysis. 18 19 b. Continue sampling daily until the discharge is 25 NTU or lower Initiate 20 additional treatment BMPs such as off-site treatment, infiltration, 21 filtration and chemical treatment within 24 hours, and implement those 22 additional treatment BMPs as soon as possible, but within a minimum 23 of 7 days. 24 25 1. Describe inspection results and remedial actions taken in the site 26 log book and in monthly discharge monitoring reports. 27 28 Sampling and monitoring for pH will occur during the phase of construction 29 when concrete pouring will be conducted until fully cured (3 weeks from pour). 30 Samples will be collected weekly at all discharge points prior to discharge to 31 surface water. Samples will be analyzed for pH using a calibrated pH meter 32 and recorded in the site log book. 33 34 The key benchmark pH value for stormwater is a maximum of 8.0. If a pH 35 greater than 8.0 is measured at a discharge point that has the potential to 36 discharge to surface water, the following steps will be conducted: 37 38 a. Assess whether additional BMPs should be implemented and whether 39 associated revisions to the SWPPP are necessary. 40 41 b. Stop (detain) all discharges from leaving the site and entering surface 42 waters or storm drains if the pH is greater than 8.5. 43 44 c. Sample sedimentation pond the following day, and if the pH exceeds 45 8.0 for the second consecutive day, implement CO2 sparging treatment. 46 47 d. Sample and measure pH daily until there are 3 consecutive pH 48 measurements less than 8.0. 49 50 e. If there are 3 consecutive pH measurements greater than 8.0, notify the 51 Washington Department of Ecology by phone within 24 hours of the 3rd 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 305 City of Renton August 2015 measurement exceeding a pH of 8.0 and initiate discussions with 1 Ecology regarding additional treatment BMPs. 2 3 f. Describe inspection results and remedial actions that are taken in the 4 site log book and in monthly Discharge Monitoring Reports. 5 6 8-01.3(2) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching 7 Section 8-01.3(2) is supplemented with the following: 8 9 All disturbed areas shall be hydroseeded with Erosion Control mix as noted in the 10 Plans. The seeding may be accomplished by approved hand methods when 11 impractical to do by hydroseeding. The Contractor shall submit the proposed plan 12 for hand seeding to the Engineer for approval five days prior to any seeding. 13 14 8-01.3(2)A Preparation for Application 15 Section 8-01.3(2)A is supplemented with the following: 16 17 Seed planting areas shall be scarified to a depth of six (6) inches prior to 18 receiving Topsoil Type A. Notify Engineer of possible poor draining or heavily 19 compacted soil conditions prior to proceeding with construction. All debris, 20 including sticks, roots, and rocks larger than one (1) inch, shall be removed 21 and disposed of off the project site before Topsoil Type A is placed. 22 23 Within seed planting areas, spread a minimum four (4) inch compacted depth 24 of Topsoil Type A. Rake to a smooth, uniform finish grade and remove all rocks 25 and debris larger than one (1) inch. Topsoil Type A shall not be placed when 26 ground is frozen, excessively wet, or in the opinion of the Engineer, in a 27 condition detrimental to the Work. 28 29 8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing 30 Section 8-01.3(2)B is supplemented with the following: 31 32 Seed Mix: Certified quality seed shall meet the following: 33 34 % by Weight Ingredient % of Pure Seed Min % of Germination Max % Weed Seed 70% Barkley Lo-Gro Perennial Rye 98% 90% 0.5% 20% Red Creeping Fescue 98% 90% 0.5% 10% Hard Fescue 98% 90% 0.5% 35 The rate of application shall be six (6) pounds per one thousand (1000) square 36 feet. 37 38 Seeding is anticipated to begin after finish-grading Work has been completed 39 and while the soil remains friable and weed free. Throughout seeding 40 operations, the Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free of excess soils 41 and other materials, including refuse and debris, resulting from the 42 Contractor’s Work. At the conclusion of Work, the Contractor shall remove 43 surplus seeding materials and installation debris from the construction site and 44 shall leave the project in a neat condition. 45 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 306 City of Renton August 2015 1 Fertilizer for seed areas shall be a commercially prepared mix of 10-20-20 and 2 shall be applied at a rate of ten (10) pounds per one thousand (1000) square 3 feet. 4 5 Seeding 6 Where feasible, the hydroseeding method of application shall be used. A slurry 7 consisting of seed, fertilizer, mulch, and water shall be uniformly applied over 8 all unpaved disturbed areas where noted in the Plans. 9 10 Hand Fertilizing 11 The fertilizer shall be applied by an approved hand or mechanical method. It 12 shall be raked into the surface soil to a depth of one inch. 13 14 Hand Seeding 15 The seed shall be applied by an approved hand held spreader. The seed shall 16 be evenly distributed over the disturbed area. Apply seed after the fertilizing 17 has been accomplished and rake the seed into the surface soil to a depth of 18 1/4-inch prior to seeding. 19 20 Hand Watering 21 Contractor shall hand water seed areas to establish a uniform, healthy, thick 22 stand of grass, as determined by the Engineer. 23 24 8-01.3(2)D Mulching 25 Section 8-01.3(2)D is supplemented with the following: 26 27 Wood cellulose fiber mulch used with erosion control seeding shall be applied 28 in accordance with manufacturer’s recommended rate. Mulch shall be applied 29 with a tackifier per Section 8-01.3(2)E. 30 31 8-01.3(2)E Tacking Agents and Soil Binders 32 Section 8-01.3(2)E is supplemented with the following: 33 34 Tacking agent or soil binder shall be applied as part of seeding, fertilizing and 35 mulching operations. 36 37 8-01.3(2)H Inspection 38 Section 8-01.3(2)H is supplemented with the following: 39 40 The Contractor shall be responsible to notify the Engineer prior to mixing the 41 seed, fertilizer, and mulch. The Engineer shall be present during the mixing 42 and seeding operation to verify quantity and quality of the Work. At the end of 43 10 weeks, the Engineer shall inspect the seeded area. Areas not established 44 with a uniform healthy thick stand of grass, as determined by the Engineer, 45 shall be reseeded, remulched, or re-fertilized at the Contractor’s expense prior 46 to payment. 47 48 Inspection of all areas shall be made upon completion of seeding operations 49 and at the completion of the maintenance period. 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 307 City of Renton August 2015 Areas not established with a uniform, healthy, thick stand of grass, as 1 determined by the Engineer, shall be reseeded, remulched, or fertilized at the 2 Contractor’s expense. 3 4 8-01.3(2)I Mowing 5 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 6 7 The Contractor shall mow seed planting areas until Completion of Initial 8 Planting. The cutting height shall be three (3) inches. The cost for mowing shall 9 be considered incidental to the unit Contract price for Seeding, Fertilizing and 10 Mulching. 11 12 8-01.3(15) Maintenance 13 14 (January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) 15 The fifth paragraph of Section 8-01.3(15) is deleted. 16 17 Section 8-01.3(15) is supplemented with the following: 18 19 Inlet protection devices shall be regularly cleaned at the discretion of the Engineer. 20 The cost of this cleaning will be incidental to other items of Work. 21 22 8-01.3(16) Removal 23 The first paragraph of Section 8-01.3(16) is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall remove all temporary BMP’s and all associated hardware from 26 the project limits prior to Physical Completion unless otherwise approved by the 27 Engineer. Physical Completion is at the sole discretion of the Engineer and will 28 require the following: 29 30 1. All other Work required for Contract Completion has been completed. 31 32 2. All Work required for compliance with the CSWGP has been completed to 33 the maximum extent possible. This includes removal of BMPs that are no 34 longer needed and the site has undergone all stabilization identified for 35 meeting the requirements of Final Stabilization in the CSWGP. 36 37 3. An Equitable Adjustment change order for the cost of Work that has not 38 been completed by the Contractor. 39 40 8-01.3(17) Protection of Existing Trees and Shrubs 41 Section 8-01.3(17) is added as follows: 42 43 The Contractor shall carefully protect existing trees and shrubs not specifically 44 protected with high visibility fence during the course of construction against cutting, 45 breaking or skinning of roots, skinning or bruising of bark. The Contractor shall 46 plan all operations so as to avoid creating situations in which trees and shrubs may 47 be damaged. Notify the Engineer if construction may damage trees and shrubs. 48 The Contractor shall not proceed with Work until directed by the Engineer. 49 50 Root Protection 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 308 City of Renton August 2015 Cut exposed roots clearly and keep moist with straw mulch and burlap or 1 equivalent during the time trenches are open. Hand dig trenches in areas with 2 extensive roots. Roots larger than 3” in diameter shall be left intact and the 3 Engineer notified for instructions on how to proceed. 4 5 Damages for Loss or Injury to Existing Trees and Shrubs to Remain 6 The Contractor shall be liable for damage to trees and shrubs. In the event of 7 injuries to the crown, trunk or root system of existing trees and shrubs resulting 8 from the Contractor’s failure to protect them (the just value of which is determined 9 by the Valuation of Landscape Trees, Shrubs, and Other Plants, (Current Edition) 10 damages shall be deducted from the total amount due the Contractor. 11 12 8-01.5 Payment 13 Section 8-01.5 is supplemented with the following: 14 15 “Erosion/Water Pollution Control” shall also be full pay for all Work and materials 16 necessary to implement the SWPPP and achieve the runoff turbidity and pH levels 17 compliant with the identified benchmarks and permit requirements, as approved by the 18 Engineer. All erosion control measures are included in “Erosion/Water Pollution Control”, 19 except as otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. 20 21 “Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching”, per square yard. 22 The unit Contract price for "Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching," per square yard shall be 23 full compensation for the complete operation of applying the seed, mulch and fertilizer 24 and the subsequent maintaining, mowing and watering of the material until the grass 25 reaches a healthy state of growth which is sustainable without further care. 26 27 Water provided by water truck, as needed, to install and establish seed shall be 28 included in the Contract unit price for “Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching.” 29 30 31 8-02 Roadside Restoration 32 33 8-02.1 Description 34 Section 8-02.1 is supplemented with the following: 35 36 This work shall consist of planting trees, shrubs, groundcovers, bark or wood chip mulch 37 topsoil type A, root barriers, self-watering bag, hand watering with water truck, gravel 38 backfill for drains, and property restoration in accordance with these Specifications and 39 as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. 40 41 8-02.3 Construction Requirements 42 43 8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction 44 Section 8-02.3(1) is supplemented with the following: 45 46 Landscape construction is anticipated to begin after all curbs, sidewalks and 47 associated Work is completed. 48 49 Landscape materials shall not be installed until weather permits and installation 50 have been authorized by the Engineer. 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 309 City of Renton August 2015 1 Throughout planting operations, the Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free 2 of excess soils, plants, and other materials, including refuse and debris, resulting 3 from the Contractor's Work. At the end of each Work day, and as each planting 4 area is completed, it shall be neatly dressed, and all surrounding walks and paved 5 areas shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. At the conclusion of 6 Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus soils, materials, and debris from the 7 construction site and shall leave the project in a condition acceptable to the 8 Engineer. 9 10 Water shall be provided by self-watering bag and water truck, as needed, to install 11 and establish plant materials. 12 13 8-02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan 14 Section 8-2.3(2) is supplemented with the following: 15 16 Within fourteen (14) calendar days after Award of Contract, submit written 17 documentation to the Engineer that all specified plant materials have been ordered. 18 Documentation shall include list of suppliers' names, addresses, and phone 19 numbers along with a list of respective growing or storage locations with addresses. 20 21 The Contractor shall provide all plants of the size, species, variety, and quality 22 noted and specified. If unavailable, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in 23 writing immediately and provide the names and telephone numbers of plant 24 suppliers contacted. 25 26 8-02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control 27 Section 8-2.3(3) is supplemented with the following: 28 29 See 8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A for additional weed control requirements. 30 31 8-02.3(4) Topsoil 32 33 8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A 34 Section 8-02.3(4)A is supplemented with the following: 35 36 Topsoil Type A shall consist of an imported Sandy Loam topsoil as defined by 37 the United States Department of Agriculture Classification system and the 38 particle size requirements defined below. Topsoil Type A shall consist of loose, 39 moderately well-drained, friable soil of sandy loam texture, free of weed seed, 40 weed debris, and no material toxic to plant growth. 100% of soil shall pass a 1 41 inch sieve size and be free of stones, roots, rhizomes, and weeds or similar 42 objects. Topsoil should be fertile and free-flowing (pulverized). 43 44 Topsoil Type A shall not contain any viable seeds or roots capable of sprouting 45 any State-listed noxious weed, or invasive root-propagating plants including 46 but not limited to horsetail, ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. Soil found to contain 47 these prohibited viable plant materials shall be removed to the full depth of 48 placement and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 49 50 Topsoil shall meet the following parameters: 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 310 City of Renton August 2015 Parameter Range 1 pH 5.0 to 7.0 2 Organic matter 2% min. – 5%max (by weight) 3 4 Sandy Loam Particle Size Requirements 5 6 Sieve Size Percent Passing 7 3/4” 100% 8 1/2” 98% 9 1/4” 85% 10 #10 70% 11 #18 50% 12 #30 40% 13 #60 30% 14 #100 25% 15 #200 <30% 16 #270 <25% 17 2 um <20% 18 19 Particle Size Analysis 20 Contractor shall send minimum of one representative sample of Topsoil Type 21 A to an approved soil-testing laboratory (state or commercial laboratory) for 22 approval prior to use on the project site. The cost for testing and any soil 23 amendments required per soil-laboratory recommendations shall be borne by 24 the Contractor. Testing shall be performed in accordance with the most current 25 edition of Methods of Soil Analysis published by the Soil Science Society of 26 America, Inc. The soil test analysis reports and recommendations shall include 27 the following: 28 29 Fertility Analysis 30 Extractable analyses: nitrate-nitrogen, ammoniacal-nitrogen, phosphorous, 31 potassium, calcium, magnesium, copper, zinc, manganese and iron. 32 33 Saturation extract values: calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, boron, 34 sulfate, pH, qualitative lime, salinity and sodium adsorption ratio (SAR). 35 36 Organic Content and Particle Size Appraisal 37 Percent dry weight organic matter and USDA particle size appraised to include 38 USDA soil classification. 39 40 Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) 41 42 Drainage 43 Drainage 2 inch min. – 5 inch max. per hour 44 45 Permeability or hydraulic conductivity testing of the Topsoil Type A, shall be 46 performed on accordance with ASTM D 2434, Standard Test Method for 47 Permeability of Granular Soils. For the Topsoil Type A, assume a relative 48 compaction of 85 percent of modified maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557). 49 50 Soil Sample and Laboratory Recommendations 51 Submit written statement from the soil-testing laboratory that they have 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 311 City of Renton August 2015 reviewed the project planting plans and the planting specifications, and that 1 their recommendations respond to the specific needs of the Contract. 2 3 Recommendations shall verify the Topsoil Type A will provide adequate 4 drainage, organic content and nutrients for plant growth. If the soil-testing 5 laboratory recommends additional fertilizer and/or soil amendments, the cost 6 to provide and install fertilizer and/or soil amendments shall be considered 7 incidental to the unit contract price for “Topsoil Type A”. 8 9 Submit a one (1) cubic foot soil sample and soil laboratory tests and 10 recommendations for Topsoil Type A for Engineer's review and approval prior 11 to installing Topsoil Type A. 12 13 8-02.3(5) Planting Area Preparation 14 Delete the third paragraph and replace it with the following: 15 16 Tree, shrub, and groundcover planting areas shall be brought to a uniform finish 17 grade as shown on plans with top of bark or wood chip mulch flush to adjacent 18 walks, curbs, junction and valve boxes, catch basins and driveways, unless 19 otherwise specified. 20 21 All excess material and debris, stumps, and rocks larger than one (1) inch, shall be 22 removed and disposed of off the project site or as approved by the Engineer prior 23 to placement of Topsoil Type A. 24 25 Section 8-02.3(5) is supplemented with the following: 26 27 Prior to installing Topsoil Type A, a percolation test shall be performed. This shall be 28 accomplished by excavating three (3) pits two (2) feet in depth. Location of pits 29 shall be per the Engineers field directive. Fill the pit with water and allow to drain for 30 twenty-four (24) hours. After twenty-four (24) hours, re-fill the pit with water. If the 31 time required for the pit to drain completely after being filled the second time is 32 greater than twenty-four (24) hours, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to 33 proceeding with the Work. 34 35 Install Topsoil Type A per details shown in the Plans. Topsoil Type A shall not be 36 placed when ground is frozen, excessively wet, or in the opinion of the Engineer, in 37 a condition detrimental to the Work. 38 39 All planting areas shall be finish graded and accepted by the Engineer before 40 commencement of planting. Drag to even grade, remove debris and rocks larger 41 than one (1) inch in diameter, and roll for firmness prior to planting. Finish grade of 42 planting areas shall allow for placement of bark or wood chip mulch to be added to 43 individual planting areas as specified herein. All grades shall flow smoothly into one 44 another and produce positive stormwater drainage. The Contractor is responsible 45 for any adverse drainage conditions that may affect plant growth unless the 46 Contractor contacts the Engineer immediately, indicating any possible problem. 47 48 8-02.3(17) Property Restoration 49 Section 8-02.3(17) is added as follows: 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 312 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor shall blend the new construction into developed private property 1 adjacent to the project using similar materials to those existing, (e.g. sod shall be 2 use match into lawn areas, bark shall be used to match into planting areas, topsoil 3 shall be used to match into garden areas, etc.). 4 5 If the items used for the restoration have pay items in the Contract, they will be paid 6 under those items. 7 8 If restoration of adjacent property requires use of materials that have no pay items, 9 payment will be by force account under the item ”Property Restoration”. 10 11 8-02.3(18) Root Barrier 12 Section 8-02.3(18) is added as follows: 13 14 Root barrier shall be Deep Root UB-24-2 (24” depth), manufactured by Deep Root 15 Urban Landscape Products, Supplied by Berkey Supply, Woodinville, WA, 425-16 487-3310 or approved equal. Install root barrier where shown on Plans. Root 17 barrier shall meet the following requirements: 18 19 1. 24” Depth Root Barrier 20 a. Material: black, recyclable, injection molded panel manufactured with 75% 21 reprocessed polypropylene with added ultraviolet inhibitors. 22 b. Dimensions: 0.080” (2.03 mm) wall thickness in modules 24” (609 mm) long 23 and 24" (609 mm) deep. 24 c. Additional specifications: 25 i. 3/8" (9.53mm) wide integral molded 0.060" (1.52mm) thickness double top 26 edge with stiffening ribs; bottom edge attached to vertical root deflecting 27 ribs. 28 ii. Integral molded vertical root directing ribs; 0.060" (1.52mm) thickness by 29 1/2" (12.7mm) deep spaced at 6" (152mm) O.C. 30 iii. Integral molded horizontal anti-lift ground lock tabs; 0.075" (1.90mm) 31 thickness by 2" (50.8mm) long by 1/2" (12.7mm) wide; minimum twelve 32 per panel. 33 iv. Integral zipper joining system for panel connections. 34 8-02.4 Measurement 35 Section 8-02.4 is supplemented with the following: 36 37 “Topsoil Type A” will be measured per cubic yard. 38 39 “Root Barrier” will be measured by the linear foot. 40 41 “Bark or Wood Chip Mulch” will be measured per cubic yard. 42 43 8-02.5 Payment 44 Section 8-02.5 is supplemented with the following: 45 46 “Topsoil Type A”, per cubic yard. 47 The unit Contract price per cubic yard for “Topsoil Type A” shall be full pay for providing 48 the source of material for topsoil Type A, excavating, loading, hauling, stockpiling, weed 49 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 313 City of Renton August 2015 control on stockpiles, and removal, placing, spreading, processing, cultivating, and 1 compacting topsoil Type A. Soil testing and topsoil additives shall be included in the 2 Contract Bid amount for “Topsoil Type A”. 3 4 “Root Barrier”, per linear foot. 5 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Root Barrier” shall be full pay for providing 6 and installing the root barrier as shown on the Contract Plans. 7 8 “Bark or Wood Chip Mulch” per cubic yard. 9 The unit Contract price per cubic yard for “Bark or Wood Chip Mulch” shall be full pay 10 for furnishing and spreading the mulch onto the existing soil. 11 12 “Property Restoration”, by force account. 13 14 Payment for “Property Restoration” shall be by force account as described in Section 1-15 09.6 of the Standard Specifications and no other compensation will be allowed. 16 17 For the purpose of providing a common Bid Proposal for all Bidders and for that 18 purpose only, the estimated cost of this Bid item has been arbitrarily entered in the 19 Proposal to become part of the total Bid by the Contractor. 20 21 22 8-03 Irrigation Systems 23 24 8-03.3 Construction Requirements 25 Section 8-03.3 is supplemented with the following: 26 27 Existing Irrigation System 28 The Contractor shall verify, in the presence of the Owner and Engineer, the operation, 29 location, and existing pressure capabilities and continuity of existing private systems 30 prior to excavation and removal. 31 32 The Contractor shall repair and restore any existing irrigation system damaged by 33 construction, as directed by the Engineer. Sprinkler heads, pipe, wiring, control valves 34 or other irrigation materials removed shall be given to the Owner. If the Contractor’s 35 operation damages any of these materials, the material shall be replaced with new 36 material of same make and model, or an approved equal, as directed by the Engineer. 37 Work shall be as provided within force account item for Property Restoration, Sections 38 1-09.6 and 8-02.3(17). 39 40 8-13 Monument Cases 41 42 8-13.1 Description 43 Section 8-13.1 is supplemented with the following: 44 45 This Work shall consist of removing and replacing monument, monument case and 46 covers in accordance with the Standard Plans and these Specifications, in conformity 47 with the lines and locations shown in the Plans. 48 49 8-13.3 Construction Requirements 50 Section 8-13.3 is supplemented with the following: 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 314 City of Renton August 2015 Remove and Replace Monument, Monument Case, and Cover. 1 The Contractor’s Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) shall be responsible for locating 2 and preservation of all existing monuments within the Right-of-Way. The Contractor 3 shall not remove or destruct any monument until the monument has been tied out. The 4 Contractor shall carefully protect all reference points to the monuments. 5 6 The Contractor’s PLS shall file all required permit forms with the Department of Natural 7 Resources (DNR), as required by RCW 58.09.130 and W AC 332-120. The DNR form 8 “Application for Permit to Remove or Destroy a Survey Monument” shall be signed by 9 the PLS, and submitted directly to DNR. No Work affecting monumentation shall 10 commence until DNR has approved the permit. The DNR form “Completion Report for 11 Monument Removal or Destruction” shall be signed by the PLS and submitted to DNR 12 upon completion of Work affecting monumentation.The Contractor shall use care to 13 avoid disturbing exiting monuments to remain. Any damage or disturbance to the 14 monument as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired and reset to its 15 original position at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall also work 16 diligently to protect from harm property corners encountered during construction. 17 18 19 8-13.4 Measurement 20 Section 8-13.4 is supplemented with the following: 21 22 Remove and replace monument, monument case, and cover will be measured per 23 each. 24 25 8-13.5 Payment 26 Section 8-13.5 is supplemented with the following: 27 28 “Remove and Replace Monument, Monument Case, and Cover”, per each. 29 The unit Contract price per each for “Remove and Replace Monument, Monument 30 Case, and Cover” shall be full pay for all costs for the Work required to survey, furnish 31 and install the new monument, monument case and cover at its previous location. 32 Included in the bid item are the costs to file a DNR “Remove or Destroy a Survey 33 Monument Permit” per RCW 58.09.130 and WAC 332-120. 34 35 36 37 8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks 38 39 8-14.1 Description 40 Section 8-14.1 is replaced with the following: 41 42 This Work consists of constructing cement concrete sidewalks, cement concrete bus 43 shelter pad, and cement concrete curb ramps in accordance with details shown in the 44 Contract Plans, Standard Plans, these Specifications, the Proposed Guidelines for 45 Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right-of-Way, July 26, 2011 (commonly referred to as 46 the 2011 PROWAG), and in conformity to lines and grades shown in the Plans or as 47 established by the Engineer. 48 49 8-14.3 Construction Requirements 50 Section 8-14.3 is supplemented with the following: 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 315 City of Renton August 2015 Decorative Cement Concrete Sidewalk 1 Decorative Cement Concrete Sidewalk shall consist of stamped concrete with a 2 decorative finish consisting of a color hardener, color release agent and clear sealer, as 3 detailed in the Plans and as specified in these Special Provisions. 4 5 Prior to start of pavement Work the Contractor shall provide two 5'x5' (25 square feet) 6 samples, as described herein, to be displayed adjacent to samples of 1) a standard, 7 non-stained, non-sandblasted concrete sidewalk and 2) the Decorative Concrete Finish 8 samples. The Engineer shall then select and approve the one final sample used for 9 Decorative Stamped Concrete Finish. 10 11 Each 5 x 5 sample area shall contain two variations. Samples shall vary in application of 12 the release agent and the accent stone staining, as directed by the Engineer, and 13 sealed with approved sealer to determine the final visual quality of the decorative finish. 14 15 The approved sample shall be the standard for acceptance of the rest of the Work 16 installed, and shall be protected from damage until final acceptance and approval. 17 Completed Work not meeting the visual quality of the approved sample shall be 18 removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 19 20 Decorative Cement Concrete Sidewalk shall be a natural 'River Pebble' pattern made 21 from a random interlocking stamp pattern. The surface texture is that of round smooth 22 river pebbles approximately 1- 4" long, with rounded and worn stone edges. The three 23 patterns interlock and shall be used to create a random pattern with a two-step color 24 process, as follows: 25 26 • Color Hardener - Color "Cream White", shall be a high-opacity, UV resistant, 27 powdered dry-shake color hardener broadcasted onto freshly laid concrete 28 pavement prior to imprinting with stamp pattern to produce long-wearing 29 horizontal surfaces. 30 • Color Release Agent - Color "Beige Taupe", shall be a colored powder providing 31 a natural, weathered antique appearance that accents the depth of the pattern 32 and adds realistic variation to imprinted concrete. 33 • Clear Sealer - Shall be solvent-borne, clear matte finish, clear curing compound, 34 protects the concrete surface from future staining, resistant to blushing, resistant 35 to discoloration and ultraviolet light. Apply sealer at full strength per 36 manufacturer's recommendations. 37 38 The color hardener and release agent shall be applied evenly to the surface of fresh 39 concrete, and sealer applied according to the manufacturer's Specifications. 40 41 Decorative Cement Concrete Sidewalk areas shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 42 28 days prior to application of concrete color stain. Pressure wash area free of dust, 43 contaminants and debris and allow to dry prior to application of concrete color stain. 44 Apply stain according to manufacturer's recommendations, and to achieve the 45 appearance of the approved sample. 46 47 Accent stone staining: approximately one-fourth of the raised stones in a pattern stamp 48 area shall then receive a stain coating using hand application methods, in general 49 proportions of the three colors below, as detailed in the Contract Plans and as approved 50 by the Engineer. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 316 City of Renton August 2015 The accent stone staining shall be in 3 colors: 1 2 • Color 1(shall cover 10% of stones): "Fern Green" 3 • Color 2 (shall cover 20% of stones): "Padre Brown" 4 • Color 3 (shall cover 40% of stones): "Weathered Bronze" 5 • No Color (shall be over 30% of stones): Left without any accent stone staining 6 7 All Decorative Cement Concrete Sidewalk shall be sealed with a waterborne, low 8 VOC, environmentally sound, clear curing compound and sealer for freshly placed 9 colored concrete flatwork. Sealer shall protect against future staining, resistant to 10 abrasion, deicing salts and UV radiation. 11 12 Cement Concrete Bus Shelter Pad 13 Cement Concrete Bus Shelter Pad shall consist of reinforced concrete as shown on the 14 Contract Plans and these Specifications. 15 16 (April 4, 2011 WSDOT GSP) 17 The Contractor shall request a pre-meeting with the Engineer to be held 2 to 5 working 18 days before any Work can start on cement concrete sidewalks, curb ramps or other 19 pedestrian access routes to discuss construction requirements. Those attending shall 20 include: 21 22 1. The Prime Contractor and Subcontractor in charge of constructing forms, and 23 placing, and finishing the cement concrete. 24 2. Project Engineer (or representative) and Project Inspectors for the cement 25 concrete sidewalk, curb ramp or pedestrian access route Work. 26 27 Items to be discussed in this meeting shall include, at a minimum, the following: 28 29 1. Slopes shown in the Plans 30 2. Inspection 31 3. Traffic control 32 4. Pedestrian control, access routes and delineation 33 5. Accommodating utilities 34 6. Form Work 35 7. Installation of detectable warning surfaces 36 37 8-14.3(6) Documentation 38 Section 8-14.3(6) is added as follows: 39 40 The Contractor shall perform as-constructed ADA compliance field checks for all 41 new sidewalk, bus shelter pad, and curb ramps constructed on the project and 42 provide documentation to the Engineer for approval, certifying that all slopes along 43 sidewalks and ramps meet the slope criteria set forth in the Plans and the 2011 44 PROWAG. The Contractor shall verify the as-constructed slopes of the sidewalks 45 and curb ramps with readings of a 4-foot long “smart level” placed along all fall lines 46 of sidewalks and curb ramps, and include the readings in the provided 47 documentation. 48 49 8-14.4 Measurement 50 Section 8-14.4 is supplemented with the following: 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 317 City of Renton August 2015 1 Cement concrete curb ramps will be measured by the square yard of completed curb 2 ramp installed. 3 4 Decorative cement concrete sidewalk will be measured by the square yard of completed 5 and finished decorative sidewalk area. 6 7 Cement concrete bus shelter pad will be measured by the square yard and includes the 8 installation of the “Grounding for Solar Lighting”. 9 10 8-14.5 Payment 11 Section 8-14.5 is supplemented with the following: 12 13 “Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type ___”, per square yard. 14 The unit Contract price per square yard for “Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type ___” shall 15 be full pay for installing the curb ramp as specified. 16 17 “Cement Conc. Bus Shelter Pad”, per square yard. 18 The unit Contract price per square yard for “Cement Conc. Bus Shelter Pad” shall be full 19 pay for installing the bus shelter pad as specified, including the “Grounding for Solar 20 Lighting” and all associated reinforcing rebar, conduit, and grounding wire shown in the 21 Contract Plans and these Specifications. 22 23 “Decorative Cement Conc. Sidewalk”, per square yard. 24 The unit Contract price per square yard for “Decorative Cement Conc. Sidewalk” shall 25 be full pay for installing the sidewalk as specified, including the decorative finish. 26 27 Payment for “Cement Conc. Sidewalk”, “Decorative Cement Conc. Sidewalk”, “Cement 28 Conc. Bus Shelter Pad”, and “Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type ___” as specified shall 29 be contingent on the Contractor certifying that all slopes, lines and grades comply with 30 Contract Documents in provided and accepted documentation. All Work not in 31 compliance with Contract Documents shall be considered defective and all costs 32 associated with removing or replacing defective Work shall be the Contractor’s 33 responsibility in accordance with Section 1-05.7. 34 35 Payment for documentation requirements as specified shall be considered as incidental 36 to the “Cement Conc. Sidewalk”, “Decorative Cement Conc. Sidewalk”, “Cement Conc. 37 Bus Shelter Pad”, and “Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type ___” Bid items. 38 39 40 8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, 41 and Electrical 42 43 8-20.1 Description 44 Section 8-20.1 is supplemented with the following: 45 46 This Work shall consist of, but will not be limited to providing new complete systems in 47 the vicinity of Logan Avenue N from Airport Way to N 6th Street. 48 49 • New Logan Avenue N & N 3rd Street intersection traffic signal. 50 • Replacement of Logan Avenue N & N 4th Street Intersection Traffic Signal 51 • Logan Ave N Corridor Illumination system. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 318 City of Renton August 2015 • Boeing Lot 11 Illumination system. 1 • Corridor Interconnect System requirements are included in the Special Provisions 2 and Contract Plans. 3 4 The existing lighting circuits shall remain in operation until the new foundation, conduit 5 work, and wiring for the new system is in place and ready for transfer. Transfer shall be 6 conducted in the shortest time possible, not to exceed one 8-hour workday. The exact 7 work plan and schedule must be pre-approved by the Engineer. Work shall include all 8 other items as shown in the Plans or in these Special Provisions. 9 10 All work shall be performed as shown in the Plans in accordance with applicable 11 Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, Amendments, City Standards, Puget Sound 12 Energy Standards, King County Standards included herein and the following Special 13 Provisions. 14 15 The Work involves, but shall not be limited to, the following: 16 17 • Signal controller and equipment 18 • Video detection cameras 19 • Cabinets and bases 20 • Signal interconnect fiber system 21 • Signal poles and bases 22 • Vehicle and pedestrian heads 23 • Pedestrian push buttons 24 • Emergency pre-emption equipment 25 • Video detection 26 • Junction boxes 27 • Loop detection 28 • Conduit and wire 29 • Luminaires 30 • Illumination poles and bases 31 • Electrical service, enclosures, battery back-up systems, connections, and 32 bases 33 • Subsurface exploration 34 • Utility locates 35 36 The Work shall include the supply, testing and installation of all traffic signal hardware 37 including the communication cable and interface system, and when specified, the 38 modification of such an existing system. 39 40 The Work shall also include removing existing traffic signal and illumination equipment, 41 pull boxes, poles, loop detectors, controller cabinets, service cabinets, and bases, and 42 all necessary associated equipment where applicable to complete the Work. 43 44 The Work will also include providing a complete, functional illumination systems. 45 46 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code 47 Delete the first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 8-20.1(1) and replace with the 48 following: 49 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 319 City of Renton August 2015 All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical 1 Manufacturers Association (NEMA), FHWA IP-78-16, the Radio Manufacturers 2 Association, the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American 3 Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), the American 4 National Standards Institute (ANSI), the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), 5 the International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA), whichever is applicable, and 6 to other codes listed herein. 7 8 Section 8-20.1(1) is supplemented with the following: 9 10 Where applicable, materials shall conform to the latest requirements of the 11 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and Puget Sound Energy. 12 13 8-20.1(2) Industry Codes and Standards 14 Section 8-20.1(2) is supplemented with the following: 15 16 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), Secretary NESC, NESC Committee, IEEE 17 Post Office Box 1331, 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331. 18 19 8-20.1(3) Restrictions on the Schedule of Work 20 Section 8-20.1(3) is added as follows: 21 22 Mast Arm Erection 23 Mast arms shall not be erected more than 14 calendar days prior to the system 24 being turned on. 25 26 Signal Head Installation 27 The vehicle and pedestrian signal heads and push buttons shall be covered 28 immediately upon installation and shall remain covered until the signal is turned on. 29 30 Work in Roadway 31 All work in the roadway is subject to the traffic control requirements specified in 32 Special Provision sections 1-07.23(1) and 1-10.1. 33 34 Traffic Control During Construction 35 The Contractor shall include in the submitted traffic control plan, detailed plan 36 during roadway trenching, erection of mast arms, installation of induction loops, and 37 other activities requiring lane closures or detours. See Special Provision sections 38 1-07.23(1) and 1-10.1 for traffic control requirements. 39 40 Existing Traffic Loops 41 The Contractor shall notify the Area Traffic Engineer through the Engineer a 42 minimum of five working days in advance of pavement removal in the loop areas or 43 any traffic loop removal. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary video 44 detection, for required detection zones as determined by the Engineer in the field, 45 during the construction until the permanent loops and video detection are in place. 46 If the Engineer suspects that damage to any existing loop to remain, during the 47 construction, may have resulted or believes it possible that an existing loop is not 48 operating adequately, the Engineer may order the Contractor to perform the 49 field tests specified in Section 8-20.3(14)D. The test results shall be recorded 50 and submitted to the Engineer. Loops that fail any of these tests shall be replaced. 51 If advance loops are replaced, they shall be installed immediately ahead of or 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 320 City of Renton August 2015 behind the existing loops. The Contractor shall avoid cutting through the existing 1 loop conductors or lead-in cable. 2 3 8-20.1(4) Permits 4 Section 8-20.1(4) is added as follows: 5 6 The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating, obtaining, and paying for 7 all permits, including electrical service applications, necessary to complete this 8 work in a timely fashion. All required electrical permits shall be obtained before 9 beginning trench excavation. 10 11 8-20.2 Materials 12 Section 8-20.2 is supplemented with the following: 13 14 Controlled density fill shall meet the requirements of Section 2-09.3(1)E of the 15 Standard Specifications. 16 17 Crushed surfacing top course and crushed surfacing base course shall meet the 18 requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. 19 20 Bedding material shall consist of 5/8-inch minus crushed rock free of any deleterious 21 substances per Section 9-03.1(5)A of the Standard Specifications. 22 23 Requirements for signal equipment and illumination system materials are contained in 24 Section 9-29 of the Standard Specifications and Section 9-29 of these Special 25 Provisions. 26 27 Salvaged Equipment 28 All existing equipment that is to be removed shall not be stockpiled within the job site 29 without the Engineer's approval. The following signal equipment shall remain the 30 property of the Contracting Agency and shall be disconnected, dismantled, stacked 31 separately and delivered to the Contracting Agency: 32 33 • Luminaire Standards and Mast Arms 34 • Luminaires 35 • Traffic Signal Standards and Mast Arms 36 • Traffic Signal Controllers and Cabinets 37 • Electrical Service Cabinets 38 • Emergency Vehicle Detectors 39 • Vehicle and Pedestrian Displays and Mounting Hardware 40 • Pedestrian Pushbuttons 41 • Terminal Cabinets 42 • Visors 43 • Back Plates 44 45 The Contractor shall give the Engineer fourteen (14) calendar days advance written 46 notice prior to delivery of removed materials to the Contracting Agency's storage 47 facilities. 48 49 Controller cabinets shall not be removed until all associated electronic equipment is 50 removed by Contracting Agency traffic signals personnel. All other equipment shall 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 321 City of Renton August 2015 be removed by the Contractor and delivered within 24 hours following removal to the 1 Contracting Agency. 2 3 The salvaged material listed above shall be delivered between the hours of 8:30am 4 and 2:30pm to: 5 6 City of Renton Corporate Yard 7 3555 NE 2nd Street 8 Renton, WA 98056 9 10 The Contractor shall: 11 12 • Remove all wires for discontinued circuits from the conduit system. 13 • Remove elbow sections of abandoned conduit entering junction boxes. 14 • Remove abandoned conduit that is less than 18 inches below finished grade, 15 unless otherwise indicated in the Plans. 16 • Remove foundations in accordance with Section 2-02.3(1). 17 • Backfill voids created by removal of foundations and junction boxes. 18 Backfilling and compaction shall be performed in accordance with Section 2-19 09.3(1)E. 20 21 Pole Shaft and Mast Arm Identification 22 All removed mast arms and pole shafts shall be identified by paper identification tags 23 recording pole number, intersection location (such as SR XXX, leg XXX), and mast arm 24 length. Four (4) inch by 6 inch (minimum) tags shall be taped to corresponding pole 25 shafts and mast arms. Information on the mast arm tag shall match the information on 26 the corresponding pole shaft tag. Each tag shall be entirely covered with clear acetate 27 tap. The tape shall be wrapped one full circle around the shaft or arm with a 1/2-inch 28 minimum overlap at the ends and sides. The Contractor shall bundle the complete 29 signal bridge, poles standard assembly together. The assembly consists of pole shaft, 30 mast arm, and connecting bolts. Connecting bolts shall be attached to the original mast 31 arm base plate. 32 33 Dismantled equipment shall be clearly marked and all hardware saved in a heavy duty 34 burlap bag attached to the corresponding signal standard or mast arm. The Contractor 35 shall be responsible for loading, delivering and unloading the salvaged signal 36 equipment. The Engineer shall determine the condition of the signal equipment. Material 37 parts will only be accepted by the Contracting Agency if in identical condition to that 38 prior to removal. 39 40 If the Contractor's operation causes damage to removed equipment, it shall be repaired 41 or replaced by the Contractor to the Engineer's satisfaction at no additional cost to the 42 Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall remove and dispose properly all debris and 43 signal equipment not identified for return to the Contracting Agency. 44 45 8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings 46 Delete the first paragraph of Section 8-20.2(1) and replace with the following: 47 48 Within 20 calendar days following execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall 49 submit to the Engineer a completed “Request for Approval of Material” that describes 50 the material proposed for use to fulfill the Plans and Specifications 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 322 City of Renton August 2015 Delete the fifth paragraph of Section 8-20.2(1) and replace it with the following: 1 2 Shop drawing for signal standards and lighting standards shall be provided in an 3 electronic format (AUTOCAD Release 2000 or later), as well as complying with 4 Section 6-03.3(7). 5 6 Manufacturer's technical information shall be submitted for all poles, mast arms, 7 luminaires, wire, conduit, junction boxes, control equipment, and all other items to 8 be used on the Project. The Contractor also shall submit either on the signal 9 standard shop drawings or attached to the signal standard shop drawings all 10 dimensions to clearly show the specific mast arm mounting height and signal ten 11 on locations for each signal pole to be installed. Final ground and roadway cross 12 sections at the locations of the standards shall be submitted for approval along with 13 the shop drawings. All approvals by the Engineer must be received by the 14 Contractor before material will be allowed on the job site. Materials not approved 15 will not be permitted on the job site. 16 17 The Engineer shall have fourteen (14) calendar days to review information for each 18 submittal that is made. Approval of shop drawings does not constitute final 19 acceptance or guarantee of the material, but is solely to assist the Contractor in 20 providing the specified materials. 21 22 Final verified dimensions for luminaire standards, signal standards, including pole 23 base to signal mast arm connection point, pole base to light source distances, 24 mast arm length, offset distances to mast arm mounted appurtenances, and 25 orientations of pole mounted appurtenances shall be furnished by the Engineer 26 as part of the final approved shop drawings prior to fabrication. 27 28 Manufacturer's data for materials proposed for the illumination, signal, and 29 interconnect systems, for use in the Contract which require approval shall be 30 submitted in one complete package. 31 32 8-20.3 Construction Requirements 33 Section 8-20.3 is supplemented with the following: 34 35 Signal Installation Coordination with the City 36 The Contractor shall coordinate with COR Transportation Maintenance Department 37 Representative (contact person: Eric Cutshall at 425-430-7423) for all required signal 38 installation work and testing. 39 40 Power Source Coordination 41 The Contractor shall coordinate all of the installation details for the electrical service 42 cabinet(s) with Puget Sound Energy. Within four (4) weeks after Notice to Proceed, the 43 Contractor shall meet with a PSE Representative (contact Sheri Clarke at 425-456-44 2701) in the field to verify the location of power source as shown in the Plans and shall 45 notify the Engineer immediately if any conflicts exist. Except for the service connection, 46 the PSE portion of the installation shall be completed prior to installation of the service 47 cabinet by the Contractor. 48 49 8-20.3(1)A Illumination Requirements During Construction 50 Section 8-20.3(1)A is added as follows: 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 323 City of Renton August 2015 Existing or higher illumination levels shall be maintained by using existing or 1 temporary illumination until the new system is operational. The Contractor is 2 responsible for maintaining 10’ clearance zone around existing aerial primary 3 power lines during the construction. Coordinate work with the power company. 4 5 8-20.3(1)B Signalization Requirements During Construction 6 Section 8-20.3(1)B is added as follows: 7 8 Signal system shall remain fully operational during construction. Contractor 9 shall follow the Construction Sequencing and Pedestrian Detour Plans to the 10 extent allowed by site conditions. Modifications to the existing signals must be 11 approved by the Engineer in the field prior to re-channelization for Construction 12 staging. Modifications shall be provided at the Contractors expense. The costs 13 for any changes to the signal systems required for compliance with maintance 14 of traffic during construction shall be incidental to the lump sum price of 15 Temporary Signal Systems. 16 17 8-20.3(4) Foundations 18 Section 8-20.3(4) is supplemented with the following: 19 20 The anchor bolts shall match that of the device to be installed thereon. 21 22 Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed earth if possible. Disturbed earth or 23 backfill material shall be compacted to ninety-five (95) percent of the material's 24 maximum density. Before placing the concrete the Contractor shall block-out around 25 any other underground utilities that lie in the excavated base so that the concrete will 26 not adhere to the utility line. Concrete foundations shall be troweled, brushed, edged 27 and finished in a workmanship-like manner. Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from 28 the exposed portion of the anchor bolts and conduit after placement. Foundation 29 shall all be Class 4000P or 4000W concrete. After the specified curing period, the 30 Contractor may install the applicable device thereon. 31 32 All concrete foundations shall be constructed in the manner specified below: 33 34 1. Where no sidewalks are to be installed, the grade for the top of the foundation 35 shall be as specified by the Engineer (see Signal Plans sheet). 36 37 2. Where sidewalk or raised islands are to be constructed as a part of this 38 project, the top of the foundation shall be made flush with the top of the 39 sidewalk or island (see Signal Plans sheet). 40 41 All concrete foundations shall be installed at locations per stationing on the Plans. 42 Pole locations shall be staked by the Contractor and locations shall be field verified 43 and approved by the Engineer in the field prior to excavation. 44 45 See Section 2-01 of these Special Provisions and details on the Plans regarding 46 special requirements for excavation of pole foundations near trees designated for 47 protection. 48 49 The Contractor shall secure the anchor bolts required for the item to be mounted on 50 the foundation. The Contractor shall also securely locate all conduit required, 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 324 City of Renton August 2015 including a spare 2-inch conduit to be used to connect the pole or controller cabinet 1 ground wire to the ground rod in the nearest J-box. 2 3 Construction Sequence 4 All excavation for a single pile cap foundation in which the drilled shafts are to be 5 constructed shall be completed before shaft construction begins. After shaft 6 construction is completed, all loose or displaced materials shall be removed from 7 around the shafts, leaving a clean solid surface to receive the footing concrete. 8 9 Shaft Excavation 10 1. Shafts shall be excavated to the required depth as shown in the Plans or as 11 required by the Engineer. The excavation shall be completed in a continuous 12 operation using equipment capable of excavating through the type of material 13 expected to be encountered. The concrete shall be placed within two hours 14 after the completion of shaft excavation and cleanout without any undue 15 delay. 16 2. If the shaft excavation is stopped with the approval of the Engineer, the shaft 17 shall be secured by the installation of a safety cover. It shall be the 18 Contractor's responsibility to ensure the safety of the shaft and the 19 surrounding soil and the stability of the sidewalls. A temporary casing should 20 be used if necessary to ensure such safety and stability. 21 3. Where caving conditions are encountered, due to soft soils or water intrusion, 22 no further excavation will be allowed until the Contractor selects a method to 23 prevent ground movement. The Contractor may elect to place a temporary 24 casing or use other methods approved by the Engineer. 25 4. The Contractor shall use appropriate means such as a clean-out bucket, to 26 clean the bottom of the excavation such that a minimum of 50 percent of the 27 base of each shaft will have less than 1inch of sediment at the time of 28 placement of the concrete. The maximum depth of sediment or any debris at 29 any place on the base of the shaft shall not exceed 2 inches. 30 5. If unexpected obstructions, which require specialized equipment and/or labor 31 are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer promptly. 32 Obstructions shall be removed per Section 6-16.3(3) except that payment 33 shall be made per Force Account as described in Section 1-09.6 of the 34 Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Excavation shall be 35 continued as approved by the Engineer. 36 37 Excavation Inspection 38 1. The Contractor shall provide equipment for checking the dimensions and 39 alignment of each permanent shaft excavation. The dimensions and 40 alignment shall be determined by the Contractor with the approval of the 41 Engineer. 42 2. Final shaft depths shall be measured with a suitable weighted tape or other 43 approved methods after final clean-out. 44 3. Shaft cleanliness will be determined by the Engineer, by visual inspection. 45 4. The excavated shaft shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placing any 46 steel or concrete into the shaft. 47 48 Reinforcing Steel Cage Construction and Placement 49 1. The reinforcing steel cage consisting of longitudinal bars, ties, cage stiffener 50 bars, spacers, centralizers, and other necessary appurtenances shall be 51 completely assembled and placed as a unit immediately after the shaft 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 325 City of Renton August 2015 excavation is inspected and accepted prior to concrete placement. The 1 reinforcing cage shall be rigidly braced to retain its configuration during 2 handling and when lowered into the shaft, during placement of concrete and 3 extraction of the casing from the shaft. No loose bars will be permitted. The 4 reinforcing steel fabricator shall include bracing and any extra reinforcing 5 steel required to fabricate the cage in the shop drawings. 6 2. If the bottom of the constructed shaft elevation is lower than the bottom of the 7 shaft elevation in the Plans, a minimum of one half of the longitudinal bars 8 required in the upper portion of the shaft shall be extended the additional 9 length. Tie bars shall be continued for the extra depth, spaced on 1 feet 10 centers, and the stiffener bars shall be extended to the final depth. These 11 bars may be lap spliced, or un-spliced bars of the proper length may be used. 12 Welding to the planned reinforcing steel will not be permitted unless 13 specifically shown in either the Plans or Special Provisions. 14 3. The reinforcing steel in the shaft shall be tied and supported so that the 15 reinforcing steel will remain within allowable tolerances given in this 16 specification. Concrete spacers or other approved non-corrosive spacing 17 devices shall be used at sufficient intervals (near the bottom and at intervals 18 not exceeding 5 feet up the shaft) to insure concentric spacing for the entire 19 cage length. Spacers shall be constructed of approved material equal in 20 quality and durability to the concrete specified for the shaft. 21 4. The elevation of the top of the steel cage shall be checked before and after 22 the concrete is placed. If the rebar cage is not maintained within the specified 23 tolerances, corrections shall be made by the Contractor as required by the 24 Engineer. No additional shafts shall be constructed until the Contractor has 25 modified his rebar cage support in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 26 27 Concrete Placement 28 Concrete placement shall commence within two (2) hours after completion of the 29 excavation and shall be placed in one continuous operation to the top of the shaft. 30 Concrete shall be placed through a tremie. The tremie used shall consist of a tube of 31 one-piece construction. Concrete shall be placed through a hopper at the top of the 32 tube so that the concrete is deposited through the center of the reinforcing steel to 33 prevent segregation of the aggregates and splashing of concrete on the 34 reinforcement cage. The Contractor's proposed method for depositing concrete shall 35 have approval of the Engineer prior to concrete placement. The concrete on the top 5 36 feet of the shaft shall be vibrated. 37 38 Casing Removal 39 During casing removal, a minimum 5 foot head of concrete must be maintained to 40 balance the soil and water pressure at the bottom of the casing. This casing shall be 41 well coated with form oil prior to concrete placement. 42 43 Construction Tolerances 44 1. The centerline of the drilled shaft shall be within 3 inches of Plan position in 45 the horizontal plane, at the Plan elevation for the top of the shaft. 46 2. The vertical alignment of the shaft excavation shall not vary from the Plan 47 alignment by more than 1/4 inch per foot of depth. 48 3. After all the concrete is placed, the top of the reinforcing steel cage shall be 49 no more than 1/2 inch above and no more than 1/2 inch below the Plan 50 position. 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 326 City of Renton August 2015 4. The minimum diameter of the drilled shaft shall be 1inch less than the 1 specified shaft diameter. 2 5. The top elevation of the shaft shall have a tolerance of ±1/2 inch from the 3 Plan top of shaft elevation. 4 6. Excavation equipment and methods shall be designed so that the completed 5 shaft excavation will have a flat bottom. The cutting edges of excavation 6 equipment shall be normal to the vertical axis of the equipment within a 7 tolerance of± 3/8 inch per 12 inches of diameter. 8 9 Drilled shaft excavations constructed in such a manner that the concrete shaft cannot 10 be completed within the required tolerances are unacceptable. When approved, 11 corrections may be made to an unacceptable drilled shaft excavation by any 12 approved combination of the following methods: 13 14 1. Overdrill the shaft excavation to a larger diameter to permit accurate 15 placement of the reinforcing steel cage with the required minimum concrete 16 cover. 17 2. Increase the number and/or size of the steel reinforcement bars. 18 19 The approval of the correction procedures is dependent on analysis of the effect of 20 the degree of misalignment and improper positioning. Correction methods may be 21 approved as design analysis indicate. Redesign drawings and computations 22 prepared by the Contractor's Engineer shall be signed by a Professional Engineer 23 licensed in the State of Washington. Materials •and work necessary, including 24 Engineering analysis and redesign, to effect corrections for out of tolerance drilled 25 shaft excavations shall be furnished at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 26 27 Submittals 28 1. Before placing the reinforcing steel, the Contractor shall submit shop 29 drawings to the Engineer as specified in Section 1-05.3 for the reinforcing 30 cage. 31 2. Work shall not proceed until the appropriate submittals have been approved 32 in writing by the Engineer. 33 34 DRILLED SHAFTS FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE FOUNDATIONS 35 36 This Special Provision covers the operations required to drill shafts for signal pole 37 foundations, removal of all soil and rock materials encountered, disposal of all 38 excavated materials, furnishing and placement of casing (if required), removal and 39 disposal of any obstructions encountered, furnish and place steel reinforcement 40 cages and concrete, and the work necessary to complete the drilled shaft 41 construction, in accordance with these Special Provisions and as specified on the 42 Plans. 43 44 Groundwater seepage might be encountered in the project area. Groundwater may 45 be encountered during excavations for the signal and luminaire pole foundations. 46 Consequently, some construction dewatering may be required. The Contractor 47 should be prepared to handle inflow of groundwater into excavation. Contractor shall 48 provide temporary casing and /or slurry as necessary to construct the drilled shaft 49 foundation. Excess groundwater from the drilled shaft construction shall be 50 dewatered by vactor truck and disposed at an approved site. Contractor may propose 51 alternate dewatering method and disposal method for Engineer approval. All 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 327 City of Renton August 2015 removed material shall be disposed at an approved site. 1 2 Materials 3 4 Concrete 5 Concrete used in the construction of shafts shall be Class 4000P conforming to 6 Section 6-02. 7 8 When shafts are constructed in water, the concrete used for the casing shoring seal 9 shall be Class 4000W conforming to Section 6-02. 10 11 Concrete shall meet all requirements for Concrete Class 4000P or 4000W as 12 specified in Section 6-02, with the following exceptions: 13 14 1. The slump of the concrete shall be between 5 inches to 7 inches when tested 15 in accordance with WSDOT Test Method No. 804 at the jobsite. 16 17 2. The Contractor may use a water-reducing admixture in accordance with 18 Section 6-02.3(3), the manufacturer's written recommendations, and as 19 approved by the Engineer in order to attain a slump of 5 inches to 7 inches. 20 21 Reinforcing Steel 22 All reinforcing steel shall meet the requirements of Section 9-07 and in accordance 23 with the Plans. 24 25 Casing 26 The casing shall be of steel and of ample strength to withstand handling stresses 27 and the external pressure of the caving soil and/or water. 28 The casing shall be watertight, smooth, and clean. 29 The inside diameter of the casing shall provide as a minimum the specified 30 diameter of the shaft. No extra compensation will be allowed for concrete required 31 to fill an oversized casing or an oversized excavation. 32 33 All temporary casing shall be a smooth wall structure of steel base metal, except 34 where corrugated metal pipe is shown in the Plans as an acceptable alternative 35 material. All temporary casing shall be of ample strength to resist damage and 36 deformation from transportation and handling, installation and extraction stresses, 37 and all pressures and forces acting on the casing. The casing shall be capable of 38 being removed without deforming and causing damage to the completed shaft, and 39 without disturbing the surrounding soil. 40 41 Temporary casing is defined as casing installed to facilitate shaft construction only, 42 which is not designed as part of the shaft structure, and which shall be completely 43 removed after shaft construction is complete, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 44 45 The casing shall be watertight and clean prior to placement in the excavation. 46 47 The outside diameter of the casing shall not be less than the specified diameter of 48 the shaft. The inside diameter of the casing shall not be greater than the specified 49 diameter of the shaft plus six inches, except as otherwise noted for shafts 5’-0” or 50 less in diameter, and as otherwise noted in 6-19.3(3)B4 for temporary telescoping 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 328 City of Renton August 2015 casing. The inside diameter of casings for shafts 5’-0” or less in diameter shall not 1 be greater than the specified diameter of the shaft plus 1’-0”. 2 3 Where the minimum thickness of the casing is specified in the Plans, it is specified 4 to satisfy structural design requirements only. The Contractor shall increase the 5 casing thickness as necessary to satisfy the requirements of item 1 of this section. 6 7 Slurry 8 A. Mineral Slurry 9 10 Mineral slurry shall conform to the following requirements: 11 12 Property Test Requirements 13 14 Density (pcf) Mud Weight (Density) 63 to 75 15 API 13B-1, Section 1 16 17 Viscosity (sec/quart) Marsh Funnel and Cup 26 to 50 18 API 13b-1, Section 2.2 19 20 PH Glass Electrode, pH Meter 8 to 11 21 or pH Paper 22 23 Sand Content (percent) Sand API 13B-1, Section 5 24 - Prior to cleaning 4.0 max 25 - Immediately to placing concrete 4.0 max 26 27 B. Synthetic Slurries 28 29 Synthetic slurries shall be used in conformance with the manufacturer's 30 recommendations, the quality control plan specified in “Shaft Installation Plan” 31 in this section of these Special Provisions. The following synthetic slurries are 32 approved as slurry systems, with additives that have been load tested for the 33 California Department of Transportation: 34 35 Product Manufacturer 36 37 ShorePac GCV CETCO 38 1500 Shure Drive 39 Arlington Heights, IL 60004 40 41 SlurryPro CDP KB International, LLC 42 735 Broad Street, Suite 216 43 Chattanooga, TN 37402-1855 44 45 Other synthetic slurry products may be approved for use provided the product 46 meets the acceptance criteria established by WSDOT, including status as an 47 approved synthetic slurry (with load tested additives) with the California 48 Department of Transportation (Caltrans). 49 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 329 City of Renton August 2015 The sand content of synthetic slurry prior to final cleaning and immediately 1 prior to placing concrete shall be less than 1.0 percent, in accordance with API 2 13B-1, Section 5. 3 4 C. Water Slurry (with or without site soils) 5 6 Water without site soils may be used as slurry when casing is used for the 7 entire length of the drilled hole. Use of water slurry without full length casing 8 may only be used with the approval of the Engineer. 9 10 Water slurry shall conform to the following requirements: 11 12 Property Test Requirements 13 14 Density (pcf) Mud Weight (Density) 65 max 15 API 13B-1, Section 1 16 17 Sand Content (percent) Sand API 13B-1, Section 5 1.0 max 18 19 Use of water slurry in salt water installations will not be allowed. 20 21 Slurry temperature shall be at least 40F when tested. 22 23 Construction Requirements 24 25 Quality Assurance 26 A. Shaft Construction Tolerances 27 1. Shafts shall be constructed so that the center at the top of the shaft is within 28 the following horizontal tolerances: 29 30 Shaft Diameter Tolerance 31 32 Less than or equal to 2'-0" 3" 33 Greater than 2’-0” and less than 5'-0" 4" 34 5'-0" or larger 6" 35 36 2. Shafts shall be within 1.5 percent of plumb. 37 3. During drilling or excavation of the shaft, the Contractor shall make frequent 38 checks on the plumbness, alignment, and dimensions of the shaft. Any 39 deviation exceeding the allowable tolerances shall be corrected with a 40 procedure approved by the Engineer. 41 4. Shaft steel reinforcing bar placement tolerances shall conform to Section 6-42 02.3(24)C. 43 44 B. Shaft Preconstruction Conference 45 1. A shaft preconstruction conference shall be held at least five working days 46 prior to the Contractor beginning any shaft construction work at the site to 47 discuss construction procedures, personnel, and equipment to be used, and 48 other elements of the approved shaft installation plan as specified in these 49 Special Provision. Those attending shall include: 50 a. (representing the Contractor) The superintendent, on site supervisors, 51 and all foremen in charge of excavating the shaft, placing the casing 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 330 City of Renton August 2015 and slurry as applicable, placing the steel reinforcing bars, and placing 1 the concrete. If synthetic slurry is used to construct the shafts, the 2 slurry manufacturer's representative or approved Contractor employees 3 trained in the use of the synthetic slurry shall also attend. 4 b. (representing the Contracting Agency) The Project Engineer, key 5 inspection personnel, and representatives from the WSDOT 6 Construction Office and Materials Laboratory Geotechnical Branch. 7 2. If the Contractor proposes a significant revision of the approved shaft 8 installation plan, as determined by the Engineer, an additional conference 9 shall be held before any additional shaft construction operations are 10 performed. 11 12 Submittals 13 A. Construction Experience 14 1. Prior to the start of shaft construction, the Contractor shall electronically 15 submit a project reference list to the Engineer for approval verifying the 16 successful completion by the Contractor of at least three separate 17 foundation projects with shafts of diameters and depths similar to or larger 18 than those shown in the Plans, and ground conditions similar to those 19 identified in the Contract. A brief description of each listed project shall be 20 provided along with the name and current phone number of the project 21 owner or the owner's Contractor. 22 2. Prior to the start of shaft construction, the Contractor shall electronically 23 submit a list identifying the on-site supervisors, and drill rig operators 24 potentially assigned to the project to the Engineer for approval. The list 25 shall contain a brief description of each individual's experience in shaft 26 excavation operations, and placement of assembled steel reinforcing bar 27 cages and concrete in shafts. The individual experience lists shall be 28 limited to a single page for each supervisor or operator. 29 a. On-site supervisors shall have a minimum two years experience in 30 supervising construction of shaft foundations of similar size (diameter 31 and depth) and scope to those shown in the Plans, and similar 32 geotechnical conditions to those described in the boring logs and 33 summary of geotechnical conditions. The work experience shall be 34 direct supervisory responsibility for the on-site shaft construction 35 operations. Project management level positions indirectly supervising 36 on-site shaft construction operations is not acceptable for this 37 experience requirement. 38 b. Drill rig operators shall have a minimum one year experience in 39 construction of shaft foundations. 40 3. The Engineer will approve or reject the Contractor's qualifications and field 41 personnel within 10 working days after receipt of the submission. Work 42 shall not be started on any shaft until the Contractor's qualifications and 43 field personnel are approved by the Engineer. The Engineer may suspend 44 the shaft construction if the Contractor substitutes unapproved personnel. 45 The Contractor shall be fully liable for the additional costs resulting from the 46 suspension of work and no adjustments in contract time resulting from the 47 suspension of work will be allowed. 48 49 B. Shaft Installation Plan 50 The Contractor shall electronically submit a shaft installation narrative for 51 approval by the Engineer. In preparing the narrative, the Contractor shall 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 331 City of Renton August 2015 reference the available subsurface data provided in the contract test hole boring 1 logs, and the Summary of Geotechnical Conditions provided in Appendix E to 2 the Contract Provisions, including the geotechnical report(s) prepared for this 3 project. This narrative shall provide at least the following information: 4 5 1. Proposed overall construction operation sequence. 6 2. Description, size and capacities of proposed equipment, including but not 7 limited to cranes, drills, auger, bailing buckets, final cleaning equipment and 8 drilling unit. The narrative shall describe why the equipment was selected, 9 and describe equipment suitability to the anticipated site conditions and 10 work methods. The narrative shall include a project history of the drilling 11 equipment demonstrating the successful use of the equipment on shafts of 12 equal or greater size in similar soil conditions. The narrative shall also 13 include details of shaft excavation and cleanout methods. 14 3. Details of the method(s) to be used to ensure shaft stability (i.e., prevention 15 of caving, bottom heave, etc. using temporary casing, slurry, or other 16 means) during excavation (including pauses and stoppages during 17 excavation) and concrete placement. 18 4. Detailed procedures for mixing, using and maintaining the slurry shall be 19 provided. A detailed mix design (including all additives and their specific 20 purpose in the slurry mix), and a discussion of its suitability to the 21 anticipated subsurface conditions, shall also be provided for the proposed 22 slurry. 23 24 The submittal shall include a detailed plan for quality control of the selected 25 slurry, including tests to be performed, test methods to be used, and minimum 26 and/or maximum property requirements which must be met to ensure that the 27 slurry functions as intended, considering the anticipated subsurface conditions 28 and shaft construction methods, in accordance with the slurry manufacturer's 29 recommendations and these Special Provisions. As a minimum, the slurry 30 quality control plan shall include the following tests: 31 32 Property Test Method 33 34 Density Mud Weight (Density) 35 API 13B-1, Section 1 36 37 Viscosity Marsh Funnel and Cup, 38 API 13B-1, Section 2.2 39 40 PH Glass Electrode, pH Meter, or 41 pH Paper 42 43 Sand Content Sand, API 13B-1, Section 5 44 45 46 6. Details of concrete placement, including proposed operational procedures 47 for pumping methods, and a sample uniform yield form to be used by the 48 Contractor for plotting the approximate volume of concrete placed versus 49 the depth of shaft for all shaft concrete placement (except concrete 50 placement in the dry). 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 332 City of Renton August 2015 7. When shafts are constructed in water, the submittal shall include seal 1 thickness calculations, seal placement procedure, and descriptions of 2 provisions for casing shoring dewatering and flooding. 3 4 8. Description and details of the storage and disposal plan for excavated 5 material, and drilling slurry (if applicable). 6 7 9. Reinforcing steel shop drawings, details of reinforcement placement, 8 including bracing, centering, and lifting methods, and the method to assure 9 the reinforcing cage position is maintained during construction, including 10 use of bar boots and/or rebar cage base plates, and including placement of 11 rock backfill below the bottom of shaft elevation provided the conditions of 12 these Special Provision are satisfied. 13 14 The reinforcing steel assembly and installation plan shall include: 15 16 a. Procedure and sequence of steel reinforcing bar cage assembly. 17 b. The tie pattern, tie types and tie wire gages for all ties on permanent 18 reinforcing and temporary bracing. 19 c. Number and location of primary handling steel reinforcing bars used 20 during lifting operations. 21 d. Type and location of all steel reinforcing bar splices. 22 e. Details and orientation of all internal cross-bracing, including a 23 description of connections to the steel reinforcing bar cage. 24 f. Description of how temporary bracing is to be removed. 25 g. Location of support points during transportation. 26 h. Cage weight and location of the center of gravity. 27 i. Number and location of pick points used for lifting for installation, 28 and for transport (if assembled off-site). 29 j. Crane charts and a description and/or catalog cuts for all spreaders, 30 blocks, sheaves and chockers used to equalize or control lifting 31 loads. 32 k. The sequence and minimum inclination angle at which intermediate 33 belly rigging lines (if used) are released. 34 l. Pick point loads at 0, 45, 60 and 90 degrees and at all intermediate 35 stages of inclination where rigging lines are engaged or slackened. 36 37 For shafts with a 6’-0” minimum nominal diameter and 60’-0” minimum length, 38 the reinforcing steel assembly and installation plan shall be prepared and 39 submitted in accordance with Section 6-01.9. 40 41 The Engineer will evaluate the shaft installation plan for conformance with the 42 Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, within the review time specified in 43 Section 6-01.9. If deemed necessary by the Engineer a Shaft Installation Plan 44 Submittal Teleconference Meeting will be scheduled by the Contracting Agency 45 following review of the Contractor’s initial submittal of the plan and prior to 46 Contracting Agency formal response to the initial submittal. Teleconference 47 participants shall include the following: 48 49 a. (representing the Contractor) The superintendent, on-site supervisors, 50 and other Contractor personnel involved in the preparation of the shaft 51 installation plan. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 333 City of Renton August 2015 1 b. (representing the Contracting Agency) The Project Engineer, key 2 inspection personnel, and representatives from the Materials 3 Laboratory Geotechnical Branch, and the WSDOT Construction Office. 4 5 C. Slurry Technical Assistance 6 1. If slurry other than water slurry is used to construct the shafts, the 7 Contractor shall provide or arrange for technical assistance in the use of the 8 slurry as specified in these Special Provision. The Contractor shall 9 electronically submit the following to the Engineer: 10 11 a. The name and current phone number of the slurry manufacturer's 12 technical representative assigned to the project, and the frequency of 13 scheduled visits to the project site by the synthetic slurry 14 manufacturer’s representative. 15 16 b. The name(s) of the Contractor’s personnel assigned to the project and 17 trained by the slurry manufacturer in the proper use of the slurry. The 18 submittal shall include a signed training certification letter from the 19 slurry manufacturer for each trained Contractor’s employee listed, 20 including the date of the training. 21 22 2. All submittals shall be in electronic pdf format, and all documents in each 23 pdf shall be legible. All submittals shall be prepared jointly by the 24 Contractor and any subcontractors that will be performing the work. 25 26 3. Work shall not begin until all the required submittals have been approved in 27 writing by the Engineer. All procedural approvals given by the Engineer will 28 be subject to trial in the field and shall not relieve the Contractor of the 29 responsibility to satisfactorily complete the work. 30 31 Shaft Excavation 32 A. Shafts shall be excavated to the required depth as shown in the Plans. Shaft 33 excavation operations shall conform to this Special Provision and the shaft 34 installation plan as approved by the Engineer. Once the excavation operation 35 has been started, the excavation shall be conducted in a continuous operation 36 until the excavation of the shaft is completed, except for pauses and stops as 37 noted, using approved equipment capable of excavating through the type of 38 material expected. Pauses during this excavation operation, except for casing 39 splicing, tooling changes, slurry maintenance, and removal of obstructions, are 40 not allowed. 41 42 Pauses, defined as momentary interruptions of the excavation operation, will be 43 allowed only for casing splicing, tooling changes, slurry maintenance, and 44 removal of obstructions. Shaft excavation operation interruptions not conforming 45 to this definition shall be considered stops. Stops for uncased excavations 46 (including partially cased excavations) shall not exceed 16 hours duration. 47 Stops for fully cased excavations shall not exceed 65 hours duration. 48 49 For stops exceeding the time durations specified above, the Contractor shall 50 stabilize the excavation using one or both of the following methods: 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 334 City of Renton August 2015 1. For an uncased excavation, before the end of the work day, install casing in 1 the hole to the depth of the excavation. The outside diameter of the casing 2 shall not be smaller than six inches less than either the Plan diameter of the 3 shaft or the actual excavated diameter of the hole, whichever is greater. 4 Prior to removing the casing and resumption of shaft excavation, the 5 annular space between the casing and the excavation shall be sounded. If 6 the sounding operation indicates that caving has occurred, the casing shall 7 not be removed and shaft excavation shall not resume until the Contractor 8 has stabilized the excavation in accordance with the shaft installation plan 9 conforming to these Special Provisions. 10 11 2. For both a cased and uncased excavation, backfill the hole with either CDF 12 or granular material. The Contractor shall backfill the hole to the ground 13 surface, if the excavation is not cased, or to a minimum of five feet above 14 the bottom of casing, if the excavation is cased. 15 16 During stops, the Contractor shall stabilize the shaft excavation to prevent 17 bottom heave, caving, head loss, and loss of ground. The Contractor bears full 18 responsibility for selection and execution of the method(s) of stabilizing and 19 maintaining the shaft excavation, in accordance with Section 1-07.13. Shaft 20 stabilization shall conform to the shaft installation plan in accordance with these 21 Special Provisions. 22 23 If slurry is present in the shaft excavation, the Contractor shall conform to the 24 requirements of these Special Provision regarding the maintenance of the slurry 25 and the minimum level of drilling slurry throughout the stoppage of the shaft 26 excavation operation, and shall recondition the slurry to the required slurry 27 properties in accordance with these Special Provision prior to recommencing 28 shaft excavation operations. 29 30 B. Variations in the bearing layer elevation from that shown in the Plans are 31 anticipated. The Contractor shall have equipment on-site capable of excavating 32 an additional 20 percent of depth below that shown in the Plans. 33 34 C. Install the casing by vibratory means or shaft casing be equipped with cutting 35 teeth or a cutting shoe, and installed by either rotating or oscillating the casing. 36 37 D. The Contractor shall furnish and install temporary casings to maintain stable 38 excavations and to facilitate construction. The Contractor shall provide 39 temporary casing at the site in sufficient quantities to meet the needs of the 40 anticipated construction method. 41 42 E. The Contractor shall conduct casing installation and removal operations and 43 shaft excavation operations such that the adjacent soil outside the casing and 44 shaft excavation for the full height of the shaft is not disturbed. Disturbed soil is 45 defined as soil whose geotechnical properties have been changed from those of 46 the original in-situ soil, and whose altered condition adversely affects the 47 structural integrity of the shaft foundation. 48 49 F. The Contractor shall use appropriate means such as a cleanout bucket, smooth 50 mouth grab, or air lift to clean the bottom of the excavation of all shafts. No 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 335 City of Renton August 2015 more than 2 inches of loose or disturbed material shall be present at the bottom 1 of the shaft just prior to placing concrete. 2 3 G. The excavated shaft shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to 4 proceeding with construction. The bottom of the excavated shaft shall be 5 sounded with an airlift pipe, a tape with a heavy weight attached to the end of 6 the tape, or other means acceptable to the Engineer to determine that the shaft 7 bottom meets the requirements in the Contract. 8 9 H. When obstructions are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer 10 promptly. An obstruction is defined as a specific object (including, but not limited 11 to, boulders, logs, and man-made objects) encountered during the shaft 12 excavation operation which prevents or hinders the advance of the shaft 13 excavation. When efforts to advance past the obstruction to the design shaft tip 14 elevation result in the rate of advance of the shaft drilling equipment being 15 significantly reduced relative to the rate of advance for the portion of the shaft 16 excavation in the geological unit that contains the obstruction, then the 17 Contractor shall remove, break-up, or push aside, the obstruction under the 18 provisions of these Special Provisions. The method of dealing with such 19 obstructions, and the continuation of excavation shall be as proposed by the 20 Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 21 22 I. After the casing has been filled with concrete, all void space occurring between 23 the casing and shaft excavation shall be filled with a material which 24 approximates the geotechnical properties of the in-situ soils, in accordance with 25 the shaft installation plan specified in these Special Provision and as approved 26 by the Engineer. 27 28 J. The Contractor shall use slurry, in accordance with these Special Provisions, to 29 maintain a stable excavation during excavation and concrete placement 30 operations once water begins to enter the shaft excavation at an infiltration rate 31 of 12 inches of depth or more in one hour. If concrete is to be placed in the dry, 32 the Contractor shall pump all accumulated water in the shaft excavation down to 33 a three inch maximum depth prior to beginning concrete placement operations. 34 35 36 Slurry Installation Requirements 37 A. Slurry Technical Assistance 38 39 1. If slurry other than water slurry is used, the manufacturer's representative, as 40 identified to the Engineer in accordance with these Special Provisions, shall: 41 42 a. provide technical assistance for the use of the slurry, 43 44 b. be at the site prior to introduction of the slurry into the first drilled hole 45 requiring slurry, and 46 47 c. remain at the site during the construction of the first shaft excavated to 48 adjust the slurry mix to the specific site conditions. 49 50 2. After the manufacturer’s representative is no longer present at the site, the 51 Contractor’s employee trained in the use of the slurry, as identified to the 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 336 City of Renton August 2015 Engineer in accordance with these Special Provisions, shall be present at the 1 site throughout the remainder of shaft slurry operations for this project to 2 perform the duties specified in items 1a through 1c above. 3 4 B. Minimum Level of Slurry in the Excavation 5 6 1. When slurry is used to maintain a stable excavation, the slurry level in the 7 excavation shall be maintained above the groundwater level the greater of the 8 following dimensions, except as otherwise noted in these Special Provisions: 9 10 a. not less than five feet for mineral slurries, 11 12 b. not less than ten feet for water slurries, 13 14 c. not less than ten feet for synthetic slurries, 15 16 d. dimension as required to provide and maintain a stable hole. 17 18 The Contractor shall provide casing, or other means, as necessary to meet 19 these requirements. 20 21 2. The slurry level shall be maintained above all unstable zones a sufficient 22 distance to prevent bottom heave, caving or sloughing of those zones. 23 24 3. Throughout all stops in shaft excavation operations, as specified in these 25 Special Provisions, the Contractor shall monitor and maintain the slurry level 26 in the excavation the greater of the following elevations: 27 28 a. no lower than the water level elevation outside the shaft, 29 30 b. elevation as required to provide and maintain a stable hole. 31 32 33 C. Slurry Sampling and Testing 34 35 1. Mineral slurry and synthetic slurry shall be mixed and thoroughly hydrated in 36 slurry tanks, ponds, or storage areas. The Contractor shall draw sample sets 37 from the slurry storage facility and test the samples for conformance with the 38 specified viscosity and pH properties before beginning slurry placement in the 39 drilled hole. Mineral slurry shall conform to the material specifications in 40 these Special Provisions. Synthetic slurry shall conform to the quality control 41 plan included in the shaft installation plan in accordance with these Special 42 Provisions and as approved by the Engineer. A sample set shall be 43 composed of samples taken at mid-height and within two feet of the bottom of 44 the storage area. 45 46 2. When synthetic slurry is used, the Contractor shall keep a written record of all 47 additives and concentrations of the additives in the synthetic slurry. These 48 records shall be provided to the Engineer once the slurry system has been 49 established in the first drilled shaft on the project. The Contractor shall 50 provide revised data to the Engineer if changes are made to the type or 51 concentration of additives during construction. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 337 City of Renton August 2015 1 3. The Contractor shall sample and test all slurry in the presence of the 2 Engineer, unless otherwise directed. The date, time, names of the persons 3 sampling and testing the slurry, and the results of the tests shall be recorded. 4 A copy of the recorded slurry test results shall be submitted to the Engineer at 5 the completion of each shaft, and during construction of each shaft when 6 requested by the Engineer. 7 8 4. Sample sets of all slurry, composed of samples taken at mid-height and within 9 two feet of the bottom of the shaft and the storage area, shall be taken and 10 tested once every four hours minimum at the beginning and during drilling 11 shafts and prior to cleaning the bottom of the hole to verify the control of the 12 viscosity and pH properties of the slurry. Sample sets of all slurry shall be 13 taken and tested at least once every two hours if the previous sample set did 14 not have consistent viscosity and pH properties. All slurry shall be re-15 circulated, or agitated with the drilling equipment, when tests show that the 16 sample sets do not have consistent specified properties. Cleaning of the 17 bottom of the hole shall not begin until tests show the samples taken at mid-18 height and within two feet of the bottom of the hole have consistent viscosity 19 and pH properties. 20 21 5. Sample sets of all slurry, as specified, shall be taken and tested to verify 22 control of the viscosity, pH, density, and sand content properties after final 23 cleaning of the bottom of the hole just prior to placing concrete. Placement of 24 the concrete shall not start until tests show that the samples taken at mid-25 height and within two feet of the bottom of the hole have consistent specified 26 properties. 27 28 D. The Contractor shall clean, re-circulate, de-sand, or replace the slurry to maintain 29 the required slurry properties. 30 31 E. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that stable 32 conditions are being maintained. If the Engineer determines that stable conditions 33 are not being maintained, the Contractor shall immediately take action to stabilize 34 the shaft. The Contractor shall submit a revised shaft installation plan which 35 addresses the problem and prevents future instability. The Contractor shall not 36 continue with shaft construction until the damage which has already occurred is 37 repaired in accordance with the specifications, and until receiving the Engineer's 38 approval of the revised shaft installation plan. 39 40 F. When mineral slurry, conforming to these Special Provisions, is used to stabilize 41 the unfilled portion of the shaft, the Contractor shall remove the excess slurry 42 buildup inside of the shaft diameter prior to continuing with concrete placement. 43 The Contractor shall use the same methods of shaft excavation and the same 44 diameter of drill tools to remove the excess slurry buildup as was used to excavate 45 the shaft to its current depth. 46 47 G. The Contractor shall dispose of the slurry and slurry-contacted spoils as specified 48 in the shaft installation plan as approved by the Engineer, and in accordance with 49 the following requirements: 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 338 City of Renton August 2015 1. Water slurry with no additives may be infiltrated to uplands within the confines 1 of the Contracting Agency Right Of Way for the project, provided that the 2 ground line at the disposal site is at least five feet above the current water 3 table, and that disposal operations conform to the temporary erosion and 4 sedimentation control (TESC) requirements established for this project. For 5 the purposes of water slurry disposal, upland is defined as an area that has 6 no chance of discharging directly to waters of the State, including wetlands or 7 conveyances that indirectly lead to wetlands or waters of the State. 8 9 Spoils in contact with this slurry may be disposed of as clean fill. 10 11 2. Synthetic slurry and water slurry with polymer-based additives shall be 12 contained and disposed of by the Contractor at an approved facility. Spoils in 13 contact with synthetic slurry or water slurry with polymer-based additives shall 14 be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at an approved waste facility. 15 Prior to beginning shaft excavation operations, the Contractor shall coordinate 16 with the waste facility operator and the Jurisdictional Health Department 17 (JHD) to determine requirements for shaft spoils disposal at the facility. The 18 Contractor shall submit the location of the waste facility, requirements for 19 disposal of shaft spoils (as approved by the waste facility operator and the 20 JHD), copies of any permits required and obtained, and any associated test 21 results to the Engineer prior to disposal. The Contractor shall stockpile spoils 22 on 6-mil plastic and cover with 6-mil plastic to protect from runoff until 23 approval from the waste facility operator and JHD is given to dispose of 24 spoils. 25 26 3. Mineral slurry may be infiltrated to uplands within the confines of the 27 Contracting Agency Right Of Way for the project, provided that the ground line 28 at the disposal site is at least five feet above the current water table, and that 29 disposal operations conform to the temporary erosion and sedimentation 30 control (TESC) requirements established for this project. For the purposes of 31 mineral slurry disposal, upland is defined as an area that has no chance of 32 discharging directly to waters of the State, including wetlands or conveyances 33 that indirectly lead to wetlands or waters of the State. 34 35 Spoils in contact with mineral slurry may be disposed of in accordance with 36 Section 2-03.3(7)C. 37 38 Assembly And Placement Of Reinforcing Steel 39 A. The reinforcing cage shall be rigidly braced to retain its configuration during 40 handling and construction. Individual or loose bars will not be permitted. The 41 Contractor shall show bracing and any extra reinforcing steel required for 42 fabrication of the cage on the shop drawings. Shaft reinforcing bar cages shall 43 be supported on a continuous surface to the extent possible. All rigging 44 connections shall be located at primary handling bars, as identified in the 45 reinforcing steel assembly and installation plan as approved by the Engineer. 46 Internal bracing is required at each support and lift point. 47 48 B. The reinforcement shall be carefully positioned and securely fastened to provide 49 the minimum clearances listed below, and to ensure that no displacement of the 50 reinforcing steel bars occurs during placement of the concrete. The steel 51 reinforcing bars shall be securely held in position throughout the concrete 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 339 City of Renton August 2015 placement operation. The Contractor shall submit details of the proposed 1 reinforcing cage centralizers along with the shop drawings. The reinforcing steel 2 centralizers at each longitudinal space plane shall be placed at least at the 3 quarter points around the circumference of the steel reinforcing bar cage, and at 4 a maximum longitudinal spacing of either 2.5 times the shaft diameter or 20’-0”, 5 whichever is less. 6 7 C. Place bars as shown in the Contract Plans with minimum concrete cover as 8 shown in the table below. 9 10 Shaft Diameter Minimum Minimum 11 Concrete Concrete 12 Cover Cover 13 Except At At 14 Perm. Slip Casing Perm. Slip Casing 15 16 17 Less than or equal to 3'-0" 3" 1-1/2” 18 Greater than 3’-0” 19 and less than 4'-0" 4" 1-1/2” 20 Greater than or equal to 4’-0” 21 and less than 5’-0” 4” 2” 22 5'-0" or larger 6" 3” 23 24 D. For shafts with temporary casing within 15 feet of the bottom of shaft elevation 25 as specified in the Plans, the Contractor may place quarry spalls or other rock 26 backfill approved by the Engineer into the shaft below the specified bottom of 27 shaft elevation as a means to support the steel reinforcing bar cage, provided 28 that the materials and means to accomplish this have been addressed by the 29 shaft installation plan as approved by the Engineer, as specified in these Special 30 Provisions. The use of bar boots and/or rebar cage base plates is required 31 when quarry spalls or other rock backfill is placed at the base of the shaft 32 excavation. 33 34 E. Shaft excavation shall not be started until the Contractor has received approval 35 from the Engineer for the reinforcing steel centralizers required when the casing 36 is to be pulled during concrete placement. 37 38 Placing Concrete 39 A. Concrete placement shall commence immediately after completion of excavation 40 by the Contractor and inspection by the Engineer. Immediately prior to 41 commencing concrete placement, the shaft excavation and the properties of the 42 slurry (if used) shall conform to these this Special Provisions. Concrete 43 placement shall continue in one operation to the top of the shaft, or as shown in 44 the Plans. 45 46 During concrete placement, the Contractor shall monitor, and minimize, the 47 difference in the level of concrete inside and outside of the steel reinforcing bar 48 cage. The Contractor shall conduct concrete placement operations to maintain 49 the differential concrete head as 1'-0" maximum. 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 340 City of Renton August 2015 B. When placing concrete in the dry, only the top five feet of concrete shall be 1 vibrated, in accordance with Section 6-02.3(9). If a temporary casing is used it 2 shall be removed before vibration. This requirement may be waived if a 3 temporary casing is used and removed with a vibratory hammer during the 4 concrete placement operation. Vibration of concrete does not affect the 5 maximum slump allowed for the concrete class specified. 6 7 C. If water is not present, the concrete shall be deposited through the center of the 8 reinforcement cage by a method which prevents segregation of aggregates and 9 splashing of concrete on the reinforcement cage. The concrete shall be placed 10 such that the free-fall is vertical down the center of the shaft without hitting the 11 sides, the steel reinforcing bars, or the steel reinforcing bar cage bracing. The 12 Standard Specification Section 6-02.3(6) restriction for 5’-0” maximum free-fall 13 shall not apply to placement of Class 4000P concrete into a shaft. 14 15 D. When placing concrete underwater, including when water in a shaft excavation 16 exceeds three inches in depth, the Contractor shall place the concrete by 17 pressure feed using a concrete pump, with a watertight tube having a minimum 18 diameter of 4 inches. The discharge end of the tube on the concrete pump shall 19 include a device to seal out water while the tube is first filled with concrete. 20 Alternatively, the Contractor may use a plug that is inserted in the hopper of the 21 concrete pump and travels through the tremie to keep the concrete separated 22 from the water and slurry. Concrete placement by gravity feed is not allowed. 23 24 E. Throughout the underwater concrete placement operation, the discharge end of 25 the tube shall remain submerged in the concrete at least 5 feet and the tube 26 shall always contain enough concrete to prevent water from entering. The 27 concrete placement shall be continuous until the work is completed, resulting in 28 a seamless, uniform shaft. If the concrete placement operation is interrupted, 29 the Engineer may require the Contractor to prove by core drilling or other tests 30 that the shaft contains no voids or horizontal joints. If testing reveals voids or 31 joints, the Contractor shall repair them or replace the shaft at no expense to the 32 Contracting Agency. Responsibility for coring costs, and calculation of time 33 extension, shall be in accordance with these Special Provisions. 34 35 F. Before placing any fresh concrete against concrete deposited in water or slurry, 36 the Contractor shall remove all scum, laitance, loose gravel and sediment on the 37 upper surface of the concrete deposited in water or slurry and chip off any high 38 spots on the upper surface of the existing concrete that would prevent the steel 39 reinforcing bar cage from being placed in the position required by the Plans. 40 41 Prior to performing any of the cross-hole sonic log testing operations specified in 42 subsection 3.09 of this Special Provision, the Contractor shall remove the 43 concrete at the top of the shaft down to sound concrete. 44 45 G. The Contractor’s construction operation in the vicinity of a shaft excavation with 46 freshly placed concrete and curing concrete shall conform to Section 6-02.3(6)D. 47 48 H. Except for shafts where the shaft concrete is placed in the dry, the Contractor 49 shall complete a uniform yield form, consistent with the sample form submitted 50 to the Engineer as part of the shaft installation plan as specified in these Special 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 341 City of Renton August 2015 Provisions, for each shaft and shall submit the completed form to the Engineer 1 within 24 hours of completing the concrete placement in the shaft. 2 3 Casing Removal 4 A. As the temporary casing is withdrawn, the Contractor shall maintain the concrete 5 and slurry inside the casing at a level sufficient to balance the hydrostatic 6 pressure outside the casing. 7 8 B. The Contractor shall completely remove all temporary casings, except as noted. 9 The Contractor may leave some or all of the temporary casing in place provided 10 all the following conditions are satisfied: 11 12 1. The Contractor shall submit the following information in writing to the 13 Engineer: 14 15 a. The Contractor shall completely describe the portion of the temporary 16 casing to remain. 17 18 b. The Contractor shall specify the reason(s) for leaving the portion of the 19 temporary casing in place. 20 21 c. The Contractor shall submit structural calculations, using the design 22 specifications and design criteria specified in the General Notes of the 23 structure Plans, in accordance with Section 6-01.9, indicating that 24 leaving the temporary casing in place is compatible with the structure 25 as designed in the Plans. 26 27 2. The Contractor shall have received the Engineer’s written approval of the 28 submitted request to leave the temporary casing in place. 29 30 8-20.3(5) Conduit 31 32 8-20.3(5)A General 33 Section 8-20.3(5)A is supplemented with the following: 34 35 Pull strings shall be provided by the Contractor. 36 37 8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type 38 Delete the second paragraph of Section 8-20.3(5)B and replace with the following: 39 40 Rigid metal conduit (RMC) shall only be placed where indicated and shown on 41 the Contract Plans. 42 43 Section 8-20.3(5)B is supplemented with the following: 44 45 All conduit shall be rigid non-metallic unless noted otherwise in the Contract 46 Plans or Special Provisions. 47 48 All conduit openings shall be fitted with approved bell-ends or bushings. Wall 49 thickness of conduit shall be consistent within continuous conduit runs with no 50 mixing of different schedule types between terminations. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 342 City of Renton August 2015 The Contractor shall provide all conduit and necessary fittings at the locations 1 noted on the Plans. Conduit size shall be as indicated on the wiring and 2 conduit schedule shown on the Plans. Conduit to be provided shall be of the 3 type indicated below: 4 5 Schedule 40 heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM standards shall be used 6 whenever the conduit is to be placed other than within the roadway area or 7 driveways. 8 9 Schedule 80 extra heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM standards shall be 10 used when the conduit is to be placed within the roadway area or under 11 driveways. If any portion of a conduit run between junction boxes is within 12 a roadway area or under a driveway, then all of that conduit run shall be 13 Schedule 80 extra heavy wall PVC. 14 15 All joints shall be made with strict compliance to the manufacturer's 16 recommendations regarding cement used and environmental conditions. 17 18 Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to 19 prevent entrance of water and debris. The conduits shall be cleaned before 20 pulling wire and shall include bonded ground wire (including spare conduits for 21 locating purposes). 22 23 Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled "City of Renton" conduits. 24 25 8-20.3(5)E Method of Conduit Installation 26 27 8-20.3(5)E6 Connection to Existing Communication Vault 28 Section 8-20.3(5)E6 is added as follows: 29 30 Excavation shall be performed in accordance with Section 2-09 and the 31 Contractor shall excavate completely around the communication vault to 32 prevent unbalanced loading. The fiber optic inside the communication vault 33 shall be moved and protected as necessary prior to cutting through the wall of 34 the vault. The fiber optic shall not be disturbed and shall be in operation at all 35 times. All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent debris or other 36 material from entering the vault. 37 38 All openings around new conduit routed into the existing communication vault 39 shall be sealed and filled with grout in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(20), 40 and 9-20.3(4) to prevent water and debris from entering the vault. 41 42 All damage to the communication vault resulting from the Contractor’s 43 operation shall be repaired at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 44 45 8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes 46 Section 8-20.3(6) is supplemented with the following: 47 48 All junction boxes and associated concrete pads shall be installed on compacted 49 sub grade which shall include six inches of 5/8th-inch minus crushed surfacing top 50 course material installed under and around the base of the junction box. The 51 junction box shall include installation of a 4" thick Class "B" cement concrete pad 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 343 City of Renton August 2015 enclosing the junction box as per the Plans, specifications and detail sheets. 1 Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from the junction box frame and lid. 2 3 If junction boxes are placed in the sidewalk, they shall not be placed closer than 12 4 inches from the edge of any sidewalk or sidewalk joint. The frame and lid shall be 5 from 0 to 3/16 inch below a straight edge laid across the sidewalk, and the lid shall 6 be flat to a maximum of 1/16 inch positive camber. Pre-molded joint filler for 7 expansion joints shall be placed around junction boxes installed in sidewalks. All 8 junction boxes placed in the sidewalks shall have skid resistant lids per Section 9-9 29. 10 11 Junction boxes shall have galvanized steel lids and frames. 12 13 Junction boxes used for electrical wiring shall utilize a locking lid per WSDOT 14 Standard Plan J-40.10-03 and J-40.30-03. 15 16 Wiring shall not be pulled into any conduit until all associated junction boxes have 17 been adjusted to or installed in their final grade and location, unless installation is 18 necessary to maintain system operation. If wire is installed for this reason, sufficient 19 slack shall be left to allow for final adjustment. 20 21 8-20.3(8) Wiring 22 Section 8-20.3(8) is supplemented with the following: 23 24 Splices to loop return cables shall be made with soldered compression type 25 connectors. All stranded wires terminated at a terminal block shall have an open 26 end, crimp style solderless terminal connector, and all solid wires terminated at a 27 terminal block shall have an open end soldered terminal connector. All terminals 28 shall be installed with a tool designed for the installation of the correct type of 29 connector and crimping with pliers, wire cutters, etc., will not be allowed. All wiring 30 inside the controller cabinet shall be trimmed and cabled together to make a neat, 31 clean appearing installation. No splicing of any traffic signal conductor shall be 32 permitted unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. All conductor runs shall be 33 attached to appropriate signal terminal boards with pressure type binding posts. 34 35 Field Wiring Chart 36 37 501 AC+ Input 521-540 Spare 38 502 AC-Input 541-580 Coordination 39 503-510 Control-Display 581-592 Emergency Pre-emp 40 511-515 Sign lights 593-599 Spare 41 516-520 Railroad Pre-empt 42 43 44 Movement 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 45 Number 46 47 48 Vehicle Heads 49 50 Red 611 621 631 641 651 661 671 681 6*1 51 Yellow 612 622 632 642 652 662 672 682 6*2 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 344 City of Renton August 2015 Green 613 623 633 643 653 663 673 683 6*3 1 Spare 614 624 634 644 654 664 674 684 6*4 2 Spare 615 625 635 645 655 665 675 685 6*5 3 AC- 616 626 636 646 656 666 676 686 6*6 4 Red Auxiliary 617 627 637 647 657 667 677 687 6*7 5 Yellow Auxiliary 618 628 638 648 658 668 678 6886 6*8 7 Green Auxiliary 619 629 639 649 659 669 679 6898 6*9 9 10 Pedestrian Heads & Detection 11 12 Hand 711 721 731 741 751 761 771 781 7*1 13 Man 712 722 732 742 752 762 772 782 7*2 14 AC- (Ped Head) 713 723 733 743 753 763 773 78315 7*3 16 Detection 714 724 734 744 754 764 774 784 7*4 17 AC- (Detection) 715 725 735 745 755 765 775 78518 7*5 19 Spare 716 726 736 746 756 766 776 786 7*6 20 Spare 717 727 737 747 757 767 777 787 7*7 21 Spare 718 728 738 748 758 768 778 788 7*8 22 Spare 719 729 739 749 759 769 779 789 7*9 23 * Overlap phase designator: A, B, C, D. 24 25 8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding 26 Section 8-20.3(9) is supplemented with the following: 27 28 All street light standards, signal poles and other standards on which electrical 29 equipment is mounted shall be grounded to a copper clad metallic ground rod 5/8" 30 in diameter x 8'0" in length complete with a #8 AWG bare copper bonding strap 31 located in the nearest junction box. All signal controller cabinets and signal/lighting 32 service cabinets shall be grounded to a 5/8" in diameter x 8'0" in length copper clad 33 metallic ground rod located in the nearest junction box with a bare copper bonding 34 strap sized in accordance with the Plans, specifications and applicable codes. 35 36 Ground rods are considered miscellaneous items and all costs are to be included 37 within the Bid Items in the proposal. 38 39 8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation System 40 (ITS) Cabinets 41 Section 8-20.3(10) is revised by deleting the second and third paragraphs and 42 supplement with the following: 43 44 Power service shall be single phase 120/240 volt, 3 wire 60 cycle A.C. (street 45 lighting contactor/traffic signal, grounded neutral service) per City of Renton 46 Standard Plans. 47 48 The power service point shall be as noted on the Plans and shall be verified by the 49 electrical servicing utility (the Contractor to coordinate a power service point 50 availability, with a power company, as described in these Special Provisions, 51 Section 8-20.3 Construction Requirements). 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 345 City of Renton August 2015 1 8-20.3(11) Testing 2 Section 8-20.3(11) is supplemented with following: 3 4 Prior to schedule of turn-on, an electrical inspection must be passed with a copy of 5 the Electrical Control Permit in the service cabinet. 6 7 A minimum of five (5) working days written notice will be required for signal turn on. 8 The Contractor shall not pick up the controller cabinet from the Contracting Agency 9 until power is present at the site and all site preparation required to install the 10 controller cabinet is complete. All discrepancies and deficiencies must be corrected 11 by the Contractor and re-inspected prior to requesting signal turn on date. All 12 functional tests required by the Contract Specifications shall be completed to the 13 satisfaction of the Engineer 48 hours prior to the Turn-On date. 14 15 Signal turn-on shall not be allowed on Mondays, Fridays, weekends, holidays, and 16 the weekday immediately before and after a holiday. Signal turn-on shall be 17 completed between the hours of 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. on the day of the turn-on. No 18 turn-on will be allowed until the City Traffic Engineer gives approval. 19 20 The signal turn-on shall be by the City's Traffic Engineer or his representative. The 21 Traffic Engineer or his representative shall enter all signal timing parameters as 22 supplied by the Engineer and shall certify the intersection is operating and 23 functioning in accordance with the contract documents. The Contractor shall be 24 present during the turn-on with adequate equipment to repair any deficiencies in 25 operation. 26 27 The traffic signal controller manufacturer's representative shall fully explain the 28 operation of all control equipment to the Engineer prior to the turn-on procedure. 29 The Engineer may contact the manufacturer to schedule the explanation of the 30 control equipment and the training session shall be provided if deemed necessary 31 by manufacturer's representative. 32 33 Requests for traffic signal turn on will not be considered until a pre-turn on 34 inspection of signal system has taken place. 35 36 Requests for signal turn on shall not be considered until electrical service to the 37 intersection has been provided and has been energized by the electric utility. 38 39 Channelization at the intersection must be complete per plan before requesting 40 signal turn on date. Any deletions of channelization prior to turn on must be 41 approved by the Engineer. City forces shall provide, post and maintain proper 42 signing warning of new signal ahead. 43 44 8-20.3(13)A Light Standards 45 Section 8-20.3(13)A is supplemented with following: 46 47 Lighting standards shall be fabricated in conformance with the methods and 48 materials specified on the pre-approved Plans and outlined in the Standard 49 Specifications and these Special Provisions, Section 9-29.6(1)B Decorative 50 Light Poles. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 346 City of Renton August 2015 Anchor bolts shall extend through the top heavy-hex nut two full threads to the 1 extent possible while conforming to the specified slip base clearance 2 requirements. Anchor bolts shall be tightened by the Turn-Of-Nut Tightening 3 Method in accordance with Sections 6-03.3(33) and 8-20.3(4). 4 5 The grout pad shall not extend above the elevation of the bottom of the 6 base. The hand hole shall be located at 90 degrees to the davit arm on the 7 side away from traffic. A grounding lug or nut shall be provided in the hand 8 hole frame or inside the hand hole frame or inside the pole shaft to attach a 9 ground bonding strap. 10 11 All poles and davit arms shall be designed to support a luminaire weight of 50 12 lbs. or more and to withstand pressures caused by wind loads of 85 MPH with 13 gust factor of 1.3. 14 15 All poles shall maintain a minimum safety factor of 4.38 PSI on yield strength 16 of weight load and 2.33 PSI for basic wind pressure. 17 18 Miscellaneous Hardware: 19 All hardware (bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc.) needed to complete the 20 installation shall be stainless steel. 21 22 I.D. (Identification for poles): 23 The Contractor shall provide a combination of digits and letters on each pole 24 (per luminaire schedules on illumination plans), whether individual luminaire or 25 signal pole with luminaire. The letter and numbers combination shall be 26 mounted at the 15 foot level on the pole facing approaching traffic. Legends 27 shall be sealed with transparent film, resistant to dust, weather and ultraviolet 28 exposure. The decal markers shall be either: 29 30 a. 3 inch square with gothic gold or white reflectorized 2 inch legend on a 31 black background, or 32 33 b. 3 inch square with black 2 inch legend on a white reflectorized background. 34 35 The I.D. number will be assigned to each pole at the end of the contract or 36 project by the City Traffic Engineering office. Cost for the decals shall be 37 considered incidental to the contract bid. 38 39 Light standards shall be spun aluminum and shall meet the pole detail 40 requirements indicated below and the detail sheets in the Plans. 41 42 The pole shaft shall be provided with a 4" x 6" flush hand hole near the base 43 and a matching metal cover secured with stainless steel screws or bolts. 44 45 The pole shall be adjusted for plumb after all needed equipment has been 46 installed thereon. After pole is installed and plumbed, nuts shall be tightened 47 on anchor bolts using proper sized sockets, open end, or box wrenches. Use 48 of pliers, pipe wrenches, or other tools that can damage galvanizing will not be 49 permitted. Tools shall be of sufficient size to achieve adequate torquing of the 50 nuts. The space between the concrete foundation and the bottom of the pole 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 347 City of Renton August 2015 base plate shall be filled with a dry pack mortar grout and troweled to a smooth 1 finish conforming to the contour of the pole base plate. 2 3 Dry pack mortar grout shall consist of a 1:3 mixture of portland cement and 4 fine sand with just enough water so that the mixture will stick together on being 5 molded into a ball by hand, and will not exude moisture when so pressed. A 6 one half-inch drain hole shall be left in the bottom of the grout pad as shown 7 on WSDOT Standard Detail J-28.40-02. 8 9 8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors 10 Items 4 and 11 in Section 8-20.3(14)C are revised to read: 11 12 4. All loops shall be installed in the final lift of asphalt designated in the Contract. 13 Loop conductors shall be held at the bottom of the saw cut by high 14 temperature backer rod (sized to fit snuggly in the saw centers along the 15 entire loop and home run(s) and at the entrance and exit of all turns greater 16 than 45 degrees. If new loops are installed over existing, the old loops shall 17 be removed by grinding and the grinding shall be enough to destroy any 18 existing operational loop conductors. 19 20 11. Install sealant per Section 9-02.1. 21 22 Section 8-20.3(14) is supplemented with the following: 23 24 Loop installation shall not take place in temperatures below 40⁰F. 25 26 The sawcuts shall be of uniform depth and any sharp edges, abrasions, or 27 ridges shall be removed prior to placing the wire. 28 29 Sawcut Cleaning 30 The high pressure washer shall operate at 1000 psi minimum pressure as 31 certified by the manufacturer's label on the machine or as measured by an in 32 line pressure gauge. 33 34 All requirements of Section 1-07.15, ''Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion 35 Control" shall be observed as specified in the contract and on the Plans when 36 the sawcut cleaning is performed. 37 38 8-20.3(14)D Test for Induction Loops and Lead-in Cable 39 Section 8-20.3(14)D is supplemented with the following: 40 41 The Contractor shall keep records of field testing and shall furnish the 42 Engineer with a copy of the results. 43 44 8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards 45 Item 3 in Section 8-20.3(14)E is revised as follows: 46 47 3. Disconnect connectors complete with pole and bracket cable shall be 48 installed in any signal standard supporting a luminaire. Illumination 49 wiring shall conform to City of Renton Standard Plans. 50 51 Section 8-20.3(14)E is supplemented with the following: 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 348 City of Renton August 2015 1 Installation of all nuts and bolts shall be performed with proper sized sockets, 2 open end or box wrenches. Use of pipe wrenches or other tools which can 3 damage the galvanization of the nuts and bolts will not be permitted. Tools 4 shall be of a sufficient size and strength to achieve adequate torquing of the 5 nut(s). 6 7 Traffic signal standards shall be fabricated in conformance with the methods 8 and materials specified on the pre-approved Plans and outlined in the 9 Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions,Section 9-29.6(1)A 10 Decorative Signal Poles. 11 12 While delivering the poles and arms to the job site and before they are 13 installed, they shall be transported and stored in a manner that will not 14 inconvenience the public or damage the surface finish. Extreme care shall be 15 taken by the Contractor during installation and pole erection to avoid damage 16 to the finish. 17 18 The poles shall be installed on leveling nuts and washers secured to the 19 anchor bolts and with locking nuts and washers on the top of the base flange. 20 The side of the shaft opposite the load shall be plumbed by adjusting the 21 leveling nuts or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. The space between the 22 concrete base and the bottom of the pole flange shall be filled with dry pack 23 mortar to completely fill the space under the flange and be neatly troweled to 24 the contour of the pole flange. A barrier shall be placed around the anchor 25 bolts to prevent grout from entering the conduits. A plastic drain hose {3/8-inch 26 diameter) shall be inserted through the mortar to provide drainage from the 27 interior of the pole base and be trimmed flush with the interior and exterior 28 surface of the mortar. Dry pack mortar shall consist of a 1 to 3 mixture of 29 cement and fine sand. 30 31 All welds shall comply with the latest AASHTO Standard Specifications for 32 Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals. 33 Welding inspection shall comply with Section 6-03.3(25)A Welding Inspection. 34 35 Hardened washers shall be used with all signal arm-connecting bolts instead 36 of lock washers. All signal arm AASHTO M 164 connecting bolts shall be 37 tightened to 40 percent of proof load. 38 39 All Type Ill signal standards shall have on luminaire arm connection as 40 described in Section 9-29.6(1)B Decorative Light Poles. 41 42 8-20.3(14)F Opticom Priority Control Systems 43 Section 8-20.3(14)F is added as follows: 44 45 Emergency preemption detectors shall be installed in a drilled and tapped hole 46 in the top of the mast arm unless otherwise shown in the Plans. They shall be 47 tightly fitted to point in the direction shown in the plan view. Lead-in cable back 48 to the controller shall be GTT detector 138 cable, or equivalent, and shall have 49 no splices. All lead-in cables shall be connected to terminals in the controller 50 cabinet as shown in the wiring diagram. The shields shall be grounded to the 51 grounding bar. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 349 City of Renton August 2015 1 8-20.3(15) Grout 2 Section 8-20.3(15) is supplemented with the following: 3 4 After the pole is plumbed the space between the concrete foundation and the 5 bottom of the pole base plate shall be filled with a dry pack mortar grout troweled to 6 a smooth finish conforming to the contour of the pole base plate. Dry pack mortar 7 grout shall consist of a 1:3 mixture of Portland cement and fine sand with just 8 enough water so that the mixture will stick together on being molded into a ball by 9 hand and will not exude moisture when so pressed. A one half inch drain hole shall 10 be left in the bottom of the grout pad as shown on the standard detail. 11 12 8-20.3(18) Video Detection System 13 Section 8-20.3(18) is added as follows: 14 15 Prior to commencing work around existing vehicle inductance loops, the 16 Contractor shall provide a fully operational temporary video detection system at 17 the intersection and install it under the presence of City of Renton 18 Transportation Maintenance Department Representative. The Contractor shall 19 maintain this video detection system throughout construction. The Contractor shall 20 provide adequate cable for each detection camera to allow relocation of 21 cameras as construction conditions (lane shifts, traffic control, etc) change. The 22 video detection system shall consist of the following: 23 24 • Video cameras, including camera enclosure, filter, sunshield and connector kit. 25 • Camera mount assemblies,including extensions as specified in the Plans. 26 • Video image processors 27 • 9-inch Video Monitor, including cable 28 • Programming devices and/or software 29 • Remote management software 30 • Camera lenses and lens adjustment modules 31 • Surge Suppressor 32 • Coaxial and power cables 33 • All other equipment necessary for a fully operational video detection system. 34 35 Cameras shall be mounted at a sufficient height to prevent occlusion from cross 36 traffic. The Contractor shall provide the camera mounts and cable per these 37 Specifications. The Contractor shall install the cameras and controller cabinet 38 video camera equipment under the presence of City of Renton Transportation 39 Maintenance Department Representative and the Representative will program the 40 cameras to provide detection. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours in 41 advance of changes that will require reprogramming cameras. 42 43 The Contractor shall maintain the video vehicle detection system at each 44 intersection during the construction. After the changeover to the new signal system, 45 the contractor shall reinstall the temporary video detection system to the new signal 46 system at the permanent locations shown in Plans and shall be confirmed by the 47 Engineer in the field. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the 48 video detection equipment. 49 50 8-20.3(19) Transit Signal Priority 51 Section 8-20.3(19) is added as follows: 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 350 City of Renton August 2015 1 The King County Metro (Metro) access points (antennas) will be provided by Metro 2 to be installed by the Contractor. The fully loaded ITS cabinet will be provided by 3 Metro to be installed by the Contractor on the Contractor installed foundation. The 4 wiring and testing of the cabinet will be by others. 5 6 8-20.3(20) Delivery of Removed Items 7 Section 8-20.3(20) is added as follows: 8 9 All removed equipment which remains the property of Renton shall be delivered to: 10 11 Renton Signal Shop 12 Phone: 425-430-7423 13 14 Provide a 5-day advance notice to the City of Renton Signal Shop prior to delivery 15 of salvaged material. Delivery shall occur during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 2:30 16 p.m. Monday thru Friday. Material will not be accepted without the required 17 advanced notice. 18 19 8-20.3(21) Fiber Optic Networks 20 Section 8-20.3(21) is added as follows: 21 22 8-20.3(21)A Fiber Vaults 23 Section 8-20.3(21)A is added as follows: 24 25 Fiber vaults shall be installed in accordance with the following: 26 1. Excavation shall comply with the requirements of Section 2-09. 27 2. All openings around conduits shall be sealed and filled with grout to 28 prevent water and debris from entering the vaults or pull boxes. The 29 grout shall meet the specifications of the fiber vault manufacturers. 30 3. Backfilling around the work shall not be allowed until the concrete or 31 mortar has set. 32 4. Upon acceptance of work, fiber vaults shall be free of debris and ready 33 for cable installation. All grounding requirements shall be met prior to 34 cable installation. 35 5. Fiber vaults shall be adjusted to final grade using risers or rings 36 manufactured by the fiber vault and pull box manufacturer. Fiber vaults 37 with traffic bearing lids shall be raised to final grade using ring risers to 38 raise the cover only. 39 6. Fiber vaults shall be installed at the approximate location shown in the 40 Drawings. Where conflicts arise with the location of the vault and 41 existing underground utilities, the Contractor shall follow the 42 procedures as outlined in Section 8-20.3(6). 43 7. All existing conduits will need to be open and exposed for access within 44 the vault. Care shall be taken to identify which conduits have existing 45 cables. All conduits will extend 2-inches within the vault walls. At the 46 2-inch mark, the excess conduit on the existing structure will need to be 47 removed and all cables exposed. 48 8. Once the conduits are located, excavate a hole large enough to install 49 the fiber vault. The vault shall have a concrete floor as indicated on the 50 Drawings. The floor shall be installed on 6-inches of crushed surfacing 51 top course, per Section 9-03.9(3). If a fiber vault is installed outside a 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 351 City of Renton August 2015 paved area, an asphalt pad shall be constructed surrounding the 1 junction box. Ensure that the existing conduits are at a minimum of 4-2 inches above the top of the floor. If the existing conduits contain 3 existing cables, the new vault will need to be bottomless to allow the 4 existing conduit and cables to be routed into the new vault. 5 6 8-20.3(21)B Fiber Optic Patch Panels 7 Section 8-20.3(21)B is added as follows:: 8 9 Install wall mounted or pre-terminated patch panels for all fiber terminating 10 applications. 11 12 The Contractor shall provide all necessary tools, consumables, cleaner, 13 mounting hardware and other materials required for the complete 14 installation of each patch panel. 15 16 A wiring diagram shall be supplied with each patch panel. The wiring 17 diagram shall identify the destination of each fiber terminated in the patch 18 panel. The destination information shall include at a minimum, an 19 intersection name, cabinet number, patch panel number and patch panel 20 port. The wiring diagram shall be placed in a plastic sheet protector next to 21 the patch panel and a copy submitted to the Project Representative with 22 As-Built drawings. Each row of ports in the patch panels shall be labeled 23 with the associated port numbers with the assumption that the numbers 24 increase from top to bottom or left to right. 25 26 8-20.3(21)C Fiber Optic Cable 27 Section 8-20.3(21)C is added as follows: 28 29 1. Fiber optic cables shall be installed in continuous lengths without 30 intermediate splices throughout the project, except at the location(s) 31 specified in the Drawings. 32 2. The Contractor shall comply with the cable manufacturer's 33 specifications and recommended procedures including, but not limited 34 to the following: 35 a. Installation. 36 b. Proper attachment to the cable strength elements for pulling during 37 installation. 38 c. Bi-directional pulling. 39 d. Cable tensile limitations and the tension monitoring procedure. 40 e. Cable bending radius limitations. 41 3. The Contractor shall protect the loops from tangling or kinking. At no 42 time shall the cable's minimum bending radius specification be violated. 43 Any damaged cable sections shall be replaced from splice to splice by 44 the Contractor at its expense. 45 4. To accommodate long, continuous installation lengths, bi-directional 46 pulling of the fiber optic cable will be permitted. 47 5. At fiber vault and junction box locations indicated on the Drawings, fiber 48 optic cable slack of the length noted on the Drawings shall be coiled 49 and secured with tie wraps to racking hardware, or as directed by the 50 Project Representative. 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 352 City of Renton August 2015 6. At aerial locations as indicated on the Drawings, 200 feet of surplus 1 cable shall be coiled and fastened to an aerial cable storage rack. 2 7. Installation shall involve the placement of fiber optic cables as defined 3 in the Drawings. The pulling eye/sheath termination hardware on the 4 fiber optic cables shall not be pulled over any sheave blocks. 5 8. When removing cable from the reel prior to installation, place it in a 6 "figure-eight" configuration to prevent kinking or twisting. Take care to 7 relieve the pressure on the cable at crossovers by placing cardboard 8 shims (or equivalent method) or by creating additional "figure-eights." 9 9. When power equipment is used to install fiber optic cabling, the pulling 10 speed shall not exceed 30-meters per minute. The pulling tension 11 limitation for fiber optic cables shall not be exceeded under any 12 circumstances. 13 10. Large diameter wheels, pulling sheaves, and cable guides shall be 14 used to maintain the appropriate bending radius. Tension monitoring 15 shall be accomplished using commercial dynamometers or load-cell 16 instruments. 17 18 8-20.3(21)D Fiber Optic Cable Splicing 19 Section 8-20.3(21)D is added as follows new section: 20 21 1. Field splices for mainline to lateral cables and for end-to-end mainline 22 cables shall be located as shown in the Drawings. The Contractor shall 23 not cut the entire cable at splice locations unless it is specifically noted 24 in the Drawings. 25 2. The Contractor shall provide and install all required brackets and other 26 racking hardware required for the fiber optic cable racking operations 27 as specified. 28 3. All fusion splicing equipment shall be in good working order, properly 29 calibrated, and meeting all industry standards and safety regulations. 30 Cable preparation, closure installation and splicing shall be 31 accomplished in accordance with accepted and approved industry 32 standards. 33 4. Upon completion of the splicing operation, all waste material shall be 34 deposited in suitable containers for fiber optic disposal, removed from 35 the job site, and disposed of in an environmentally acceptable manner. 36 5. The Contractor shall use the fusion method with local injection and 37 detection for all fiber optic splicing. The Contractor shall supply all 38 consumable materials required for fiber optic splicing. 39 6. The average splice loss of each fiber shall be 0.10 dB or less per 40 splice. The average splice loss is defined as the summation of the 41 attenuation as measured in both directions through the fusion splice, 42 divided in half. 43 7. No individual splice loss measured in a single direction shall exceed 44 0.20 dB. 45 8. The Contractor shall seal all cables where the cable jacket is removed. 46 The cable shall be sealed per the cable manufacturer's 47 recommendation with an approved blocking material. 48 9. All splices shall be contained in splice trays utilizing strain relief, such 49 as heat shrink wraps, as recommended by the splice tray manufacturer. 50 10. Upon sealing the splice closure, the Contractor shall show that the 51 closure maintains 10 psi of pressure for a 24-hour period. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 353 City of Renton August 2015 1 8-20.3(21)E Fiber Optic Terminations 2 Section 8-20.3(21)E is added as follows: 3 4 1. All fiber splices and terminations shall be made in the presence of the 5 Project Representative. 6 2. The Contractor shall splice fiber to pre-connectorized LC/UPC pigtails 7 by corresponding color and number when terminating fibers into the 8 fiber patch panels. 9 10 8-20.3(21)F Fiber Optic Cable Labeling 11 Section 8-20.3(21)F is added as follows: 12 13 1. Permanent cable labels shall be used to identify fibers and patch cords 14 at each termination point. The cable labels shall consist of white 15 colored heat shrink wraps with the connector end labeled with the 16 destination of the fiber on the other end of the fiber port and the port 17 number. 18 2. Each junction box, fiber vault and cabinet entered with the fiber optic 19 cable shall have the cable labeled with a permanent plastic marking tag 20 that is securely fastened to the cable. The labeling shall be of a 21 consistent format that is approved by the Project Representative. At a 22 minimum, the label shall indicate the cable owner, origin, destination 23 (identified as a full cable termination location or trunk splice location), 24 fiber count and the cable number. The labeling shall be permanent with 25 legible manufactured labels. 26 a. In vault locations where the 288 count fiber optic cable is installed, 27 the label attached to the 288 count fiber optic cable shall also 28 include the following information in addition to the requirements 29 outlined in Section 3.19E.2 above: 30 31 Purchased with 2010/UA Sl Funds 32 Grant No. 201 0-SS-T)-0084 33 KC-RCECC redundant fiber contact 34 King County IT @ 206.263.7000 35 36 8-20.3(21)G Cable Racking in Fiber Vaults 37 Section 8-20.3(21)G is added as follows: 38 39 1. Cables shall be racked and secured with nylon ties. Nylon ties shall not 40 be over- tightened. Identification or warning tags shall be securely 41 attached to the cables in at least two locations in each fiber vault. 42 2. All coiled cable shall be protected to prevent damage to the cable and 43 fibers. Racking shall include securing cables to brackets (racking 44 hardware) that extend from the sidewalls of the fiber vault. 45 46 8-20.3(21)H As-Built Records 47 Section 8-20.3(21)H is added as follows: 48 49 The Contractor shall provide the Project Representative with a cable route 50 diagram indicating the actual cable route and "foot marks" for all junction 51 boxes, for the entrance and exit to slack points and at all termination 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 354 City of Renton August 2015 points. The Contractor shall record these points during cable installation. 1 The Contractor shall provide Cable system "as-built" drawings showing the 2 exact cable route to the Project Representative. 3 4 8-20.3(21)I Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure 5 Section 8-20.3(21)I is added as follows: 6 7 1. Existing fiber splice enclosures shall be used for splicing all fiber 8 segments and laterals off the main trunk line and for splicing to patch 9 panels in the King County and traffic signal controller cabinets. The 10 Contractor shall make splices at locations shown on the Drawings. The 11 Contractor shall test all fiber optic cables, splices, and connectors as 12 shown on the Drawings and as specified in these Specifications. 13 2. The splice enclosure shall be mounted to allow the cable to enter the 14 enclosure without exceeding the cable manufacturer's minimum bending 15 radius. Sufficient cable shall be coiled with the splice enclosure to allow 16 the enclosure to be removed from the vault or aerial span for splicing. 17 3. The unprotected fiber exposed for splicing within the enclosure shall be 18 protected from mechanical damage using the fiber support tubes and 19 shall be secured within the splice enclosure. The fibers shall be labeled 20 with vinyl markers as directed by the County. 21 4. The enclosure shall be sealed following the splicing procedure as 22 recommended by the manufacturer to provide a moisture proof 23 environment for the splices. Care shall be taken at the cable entry points 24 to ensure a tight and waterproof seal is made which will not leak upon 25 aging. 26 27 8-20.3(21)J Fiber Optic Patch Cords 28 Section 8-20.3(21)J is added as follows: 29 30 Fiber optic patch cords shall be installed in each cabinet as noted in the 31 Drawings. 32 33 8-20.3(21)K Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet 34 Section 8-20.3(21)K is added as follows: 35 36 Type TSP-Plus controller cabinet wired per City of Renton (TS2-1) 37 specifications and including: 38 39 Type TSP-Plus (3-door) aluminum enclosure (unfinished inside & 40 outside) with rolled stock front handle, Allen wrench side handle, 41 generator front access door, Best™ green core locks and USA 42 Manufactured with; 16-position (TS2-1) load-bay, TSP upper 43 compartment panel, generator bypass panel, (1) detector rack wired for 44 1 – BIU /16 – channels of detection, (1) detector rack wired for 1 – BIU / 45 16 – channels of detection / 2 – Opticom, auxiliary switch panel, 46 detector panel, din-rail communications panel, fan-thermostat assembly, 47 power supply interface panel, power panel, video panel and final 48 assembly. 49 50 8-20.4 Measurement 51 Section 8-20.4 is supplemented with the following: 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 355 City of Renton August 2015 1 Install Conduit Pipe 4 In. Diam. will be measure per linear foot. 2 3 Install Small Cable Vault will be measured per each. 4 5 Connection to Existing Communications Vault will be measured per each. 6 7 When shown as lump sum in the Proposal as traffic signal system, illumination system, 8 interconnect system, or temporary traffic signal system, no specific unit of measurement 9 will apply, but measurement will be for the sum total of all items for a complete system 10 to be furnished and install. 11 12 Sawcutting required shall be incidental to lump sum items and no separate 13 measurement will be made. 14 15 Conduit zone bedding shall be incidental to the lump sum items and no separate 16 measurement will be made. 17 18 Removal, and salvage where required, of existing traffic signal equipment and 19 illumination, including grinding and removal of existing loop detectors, shall be incidental 20 to the lump sum items and no separate measurement will be made. 21 22 Temporary surface restoration items required for resuming pedestrian and vehicular 23 traffic prior to final surfacing, including steel sheeting, crushed rock, and cold mix 24 asphalt, shall be incidental to the lump sum items and no separate measurement will be 25 made. 26 27 All costs associated with placement of erosion control mat at interconnect conduit 28 crossings of ditches shall be incidental to the lump sum item "lnterconnect System 29 Complete" and no separate measurement shall be made. 30 31 The cost of conduit trenching, backfilling, compaction and landscape restoration outside 32 of paved areas and trenching and backfill for the pipe zone within paved areas shall be 33 included in the listed lump sums. 34 35 All costs for adjustment of junction boxes, both to the final grade and any grade 36 adjustments required for the various construction stages proposed in the Contract, or for 37 alternative stages proposed by the Contractor, shall be included in the applicable lump 38 sum contract price(s). 39 40 8-20.5 Payment 41 Section 8-20.5 is supplemented with the following: 42 43 “Install Conduit Pipe 4 In. Diam.”, per linear foot. 44 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Install Conduit Pipe 4 In. Diam.” shall be full 45 pay for all labor, materials, equipment, and necessary incidentals required to complete 46 the Work in accordance with the Contract Plans and these Specifications. Conduit Pipe 47 4 In. Diam shall be furnished by Electric Lightwave. 48 49 “Install Small Cable Vault”, per each. 50 The unit Contract price per each for “Install Small Cable Vault” shall be full pay for all 51 labor, materials, equipment and necessary incidentals to install a Small Cable Vault as 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 356 City of Renton August 2015 specified in the Plans including excavation, setting, grouting, backfilling, activation, and 1 all elements of a complete manufactured unit. Small Cable Vault shall be furnished by 2 Electric Lightwave. 3 4 “Connection to Existing Communications Vault”, per each. 5 The unit Contract price per each for “Connection to Existing Communications Vault” 6 shall be full pay to perform the Work as specified, including but not limited to excavating, 7 cutting through existing vault, attaching new conduits to vault, grouting, and backfilling. 8 9 10 "Traffic Signal System @ _____, Complete", per lump sum. 11 The unit Contract price per lump sum for "Traffic Signal System @ _____Complete" 12 shall include the cost of installation of a fully functioning traffic signal system including 13 but not limited to subsurface explorations, utility locates, controller, poles, signal heads, 14 vehicle detection system including remote management software and server hardware, 15 EVPE, vehicle detection loops, conduit, wiring, junction boxes, all associated 16 equipment, removal of existing loop detectors, removal and salvaging existing signal 17 system, and testing. 18 19 "Illumination System, Complete", per lump sum. 20 The unit Contract price per lump sum for "Illumination System, Complete" shall include 21 the cost of installation of a fully functioning illumination system including but not limited 22 to electrical service cabinets with BBS, luminaires, poles, foundations, conduit, wiring, 23 junction boxes, and all associated equipment, removal and salvaging of existing 24 luminaire poles, removal of foundations, and all existing associated equipment unless 25 noted to remain. Any temporary illumination shall be considered incidental to the 26 “Illumination System, Complete” lump sum bid item. 27 28 "Illumination System @ Boeing Lot 11, Complete", per lump sum. 29 The unit Contract price per lump sum for "Illumination System @ Boeing Lot 11, 30 Complete" shall include the cost of installation of a fully functioning illumination system 31 including but not limited to luminaires, poles, foundations, conduit, wiring, junction 32 boxes, and all associated equipment, removal and salvaging of existing luminaire poles, 33 removal of foundations, and all existing associated equipment unless noted to remain. 34 Any temporary illumination shall be considered incidental to the “Illumination System @ 35 Boeing Lot 11, Complete” lump sum bid item. 36 37 “Interconnect System, Complete”, per lump sum. 38 The unit Contract price per lump sum for “Interconnect System, Complete” shall include 39 the cost of installation of a fully functioning Interconnect System including but not limited 40 to conduit, wiring, junction boxes, vaults, and all associated equipment, removal of all 41 existing associated equipment unless noted to remain. 42 43 "Temporary Traffic Signal System @ _____", per lump sum. 44 The unit Contract price per lump sum for "Temporary Traffic Signal System @ " 45 shall cover all phases of construction including but not limited to channelization 46 changes, signal head relocations, maintenance of signals during construction, removal 47 of temporary signals and relocation of video detection systems. 48 49 Bidders are cautioned that lump sum contract prices shall include all incidental work and 50 shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to 51 satisfactorily complete the work as defined in the Contract Plans and these Special 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 357 City of Renton August 2015 Provisions which include but not limited to the removal, abandoning, and/or protection of 1 items to remain, utility locates, subsurface explorations, dewatering, and costs 2 associated with permits and with obtaining electrical inspection and signal testing as 3 required. 4 5 6 8-22 Pavement Marking 7 8 8-22.1 Description 9 Section 8-22.1 is supplemented with the following: 10 11 Concrete curbing shall be painted with two full coats of paint conforming to 12 Section 9-34.2, as shown in the Contract Plans or as designated by the Engineer. 13 The paint can be applied by brush or spray. The second coat shall have glass traffic 14 paint beads sprinkled in the wet paint at the rate of 12 pounds per 100 linear feet of 15 curbing. The beads shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-34.4. The paint 16 should be thoroughly dry before the application of successive coats. 17 18 8-22.4 Measurement 19 Section 8-22.4 is supplemented with the following: 20 21 Painted curb will be measured by the linear foot of curb painted, measured along the 22 face of the curb. 23 24 8-22.5 Payment 25 Section 8-22.5 is supplemented with the following: 26 27 “Painted Curb”, per linear foot. 28 The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Painted Curb” shall be full pay for all labor, 29 materials, paint, equipment, and necessary incidentals required to complete the Work in 30 accordance with the Contract Plans and these Specifications. 31 32 33 8-27 Project Identification Sign 34 Section 8-27 is added as follows: 35 36 8-27.1 Description 37 This Work consists of furnishing and installing two (2) project identification signs at the 38 project site in accordance with these Specifications and with the Contract. The project 39 identification signs shall be installed within five (5) calendar days from Notice to Proceed. 40 The Work also includes removing and disposing of the signs and supports after construction 41 is completed or when directed by the Engineer. 42 43 8-27.2 Materials 44 The quality of Contractor provided signs and supports shall be such that they present a 45 workmanlike appearance with the paint remaining in good condition for the duration of the 46 project. 47 48 8-27.2(1) General 49 Project identification signs shall be constructed with Medium Density Overlay plywood. 50 Descriptions of Contracting Agency furnished signs will be provided in the Contract. 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 358 City of Renton August 2015 1 8-27.2(2) Plywood 2 Plywood signs shall be made of Medium Density Overlay plywood meeting the 3 requirements of “Products Standard PS 1-83 for Softwood Plywood, Construction and 4 Industrial” grade, published by the Products Standards Section of the U.S. Department 5 of Commerce. The plywood shall be free of contaminants which would adversely affect 6 the application and life of the paint. Face veneers shall be Grade B or better. 7 8 Core and crossband veneers shall be solid. Core veneers shall be jointed. Core gaps 9 shall not exceed 1/8 inch in width. The entire area of each contacting veneer surface 10 shall be bonded with a waterproof adhesive that meets the requirements of the U.S. 11 Department of Commerce for exterior type plywood. 12 13 The overlay shall be high density type. It shall have a minimum weight of 60 pounds per 14 thousand square feet and shall be at least 0.012 inches thick before pressing. The 15 overlay shall have a sufficient resin content to bond itself to the plywood, a content 16 equal to 45 percent of the dry weight of the impregnated fiber. 17 18 The sign dimensions shall be as shown in the Plans. The thickness of the single panel 19 plywood sign shall be 1/2-inch. 20 21 8-27.2(3) Sign Borders 22 Every project identification sign shall have a border frame of 2 X 4’s as shown in the 23 Contract. 24 25 8-27.2(4) Lettering and Spacing Formula 26 Letters and symbols shall be of the type, size, and color specified in the Contract. 27 28 Letters and symbols shall be of material compatible with the sign surface material 29 recommended by the sign surface manufacturer. 30 31 The Contractor shall submit one sample of a finished project identification sign for the 32 Engineer’s approval prior to fabricating the remaining signs required under this 33 Contract. 34 35 8-27.2(5) Sign Supports 36 Posts and wood supports shall be 4-inch x 4-inch meeting the requirements of Section 37 9-09.2. Preservative treatment for posts and wood supports shall be as required in 38 Section 9-09.3. Project identification signs shall be securely mounted either to the posts, 39 or to the wood supports and supporting framework. Posts shall be of a length capable of 40 installing in the ground to a minimum depth of 3 feet below grade. The signs shall be 41 mounted to be level and in a vertical plane. Backfill around the posts shall be 42 reasonably compacted to provide adequate lateral support to prevent movement caused 43 by moderate wind conditions. The wood supports and framework shall be sturdy and 44 shall be installed to provide the needed stability to prevent movement caused by 45 moderate wind conditions. 46 47 8-27.3 Construction Requirements 48 49 8-27.3(1) Location of Signs 50 The Contractor shall install two (2) project identification signs at locations indicated by 51 the Engineer. Signs facing in each direction of traffic shall be placed at all project sites 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 359 City of Renton August 2015 prior to construction. Signs shall be placed so as to convey their message effectively 1 without restricting lateral clearances or sight distance. 2 3 8-27.3(2) Sign Removal 4 The Contractor shall remove all project identification signs, posts, and supports from the 5 project site when Work is completed at that location or when required by the Engineer. 6 When the Engineer directs a sign to be relocated, removal of the sign, posts, and wood 7 supports and supporting frame shall be done in such a manner as to prevent 8 disturbance or damage to the sign, wood support and supporting frame. Should the 9 sign, post(s), or wood support(s) be disturbed or damaged, the Contractor shall restore 10 the sign to an acceptable condition, or provide an identical sign or post or support, as 11 necessary, at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Engineer will determine if new 12 posts, or new wood supports and framework, are required to accommodate a 13 reasonably different site terrain where signs are to be relocated. 14 15 All removed materials become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from 16 the project site. 17 18 The area(s) shall be restored to pre-existing or better condition immediately after 19 removal. 20 21 8-27.4 Measurement 22 Project identification signs will not be measured separately, but will be included in the unit 23 bid price for “Project Temporary Traffic Control”, lump sum. 24 25 8-27.5 Payment 26 Payment for “Project Identification Sign” shall be included in the unit bid price for “Project 27 Temporary Traffic Control”, lump sum, and shall include all the costs for the Work required to 28 fabricate, paint, install, remove and dispose of signs, and restore all area(s) after project 29 completion 30 31 32 8-30 Field Office Building 33 Section 8-30 is added as follows: 34 35 8-30.1 Description 36 This work shall consist of furnishing and setting-up a temporary office building for the 37 sole use of the Contracting Agency. 38 39 Construction Requirements 40 The building shall be set-up, at the location to be approved by the Engineer, within the first 41 five (5) working days from the Notice to Proceed Date. 42 43 The building shall be weather-tight, installed plumb and level, and provided with the following 44 as a minimum: 45 46 1. 800 square feet of floor space 47 2. Above ground floor 48 3. Heat and Air Conditioning 49 4. Electric lights 50 5. Adequate windows with heavy security screens on metal frames 51 6. 4 shelving units with 5 shelves each 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 360 City of Renton August 2015 7. Plan table: 3 feet 6 inches deep by 6 feet wide by 3 feet 3 inches high 1 8. Drafting stool 2 9. Conference table: 4 foot by 8 foot 3 10. Seven office chairs 4 11. Cylinder door lock and six keys 5 12. Sanitary facilities (unless existing facilities are available) 6 13. Water service with hot and cold water taps 7 14. A copier/scanner capable of printing and scanning 11 x 17 sheets in color, 8 compatible with all other computer and networking equipment, 6-foot minimum 9 length power cord, and replacement toner cartridges as needed. 10 15. Three office work desks. 11 16. Four-drawer legal size steel file cabinets with folders, hanging folders, and frame in 12 each drawer to hold folders [2 units]. 13 17. White board 2-1/2 feet by 4-1/2 feet minimum with eight (8) dry erase markers, one 14 (1) dry board eraser, and sixteen (16) ounces of dry board cleaner [1 unit(s)]. 15 18. Electric power of sufficient capacity to operate the electric heater, air conditioner, 16 internet access, all computers with monitors, calculators, and lights. Field office 17 shall be provided with a minimum of ten (10) duplex convenience electrical 18 outlets. The office shall be illuminated at the tables and desks. An outdoor light 19 fixture with a 150-watt bulb or approved equal shall be installed to effectively light 20 the area around the office facility. 21 22 The building shall remain the property of the Contractor and removed from the site 23 upon physical completion of the contract, or when designated by the Engineer. 24 25 The contractor shall supply garbage and recycling receptacles in the field office and shall 26 provide weekly pickup service for garbage and recycle. 27 28 The building shall have fully functional high speed internet service, with a 4 port Wi-Fi router. 29 When available the internet service provider shall be a cable internet service. If cable 30 internet service is not available, the highest speed DSL service available will be acceptable. 31 Minimum acceptable internet speeds shall be 25Mb/s download, and 8Mbps upload. Only if 32 those speeds are not available, will lesser speeds be acceptable, and in this case, the 33 service shall be the highest speed available. 34 35 8-30.5 Payment 36 37 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid item: 38 39 "Field Office Building", lump sum. 40 41 The lump sum contract price for "Field Office Building" shall be full pay for 42 furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing the facility, including all costs 43 associated with all required utility hook-ups and disconnects, and monthly utility 44 charges for all utilities including internet service. 45 46 The lump sum payment for “Field Office Building” will be reduced in the prorated 47 amount for one day of the total amount of working days stated in the bid proposal, for 48 each day after the first working day that field office is not “working”. To be considered 49 “working” the field office must have all of the element listed above under “construction 50 requirements” subject to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Of particular note is the high 51 speed internet service. Under no circumstance shall the Contractor receive payment 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 361 City of Renton August 2015 for “Field Office Building” for any day that the high speed internet is not in service. 1 Reduction of the Lump Sum price for “Field Office Building” to be prorated based on 2 the number of working days that the high speed internet is in service, from the total 3 working days stated in the Bid Documents. 4 5 6 7 8 9 END DIVISION 810 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 362 City of Renton August 2015 Division 9 1 Materials 2 3 4 9-02 Bituminous Materials 5 6 9-02.1 Asphalt Material, General 7 Section 9-02.1 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 (August 4, 2014 WSDOT GSP) 10 The recycling agent used to rejuvenate the recovered asphalt binder from recycled 11 asphalt pavement (RAP) and reclaimed asphalt shingles (RAS) shall meet the 12 Specifications in Table 1: 13 14 Table 1 RA 1 RA 5 RA 25 Test Test Methods Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Viscosity @ 140˚F cSt ASTM D 2170 or D 2171, AASHTO T 201 or T 202 50 150 200 800 1000 4000 Flashpoint COC, ˚F ASTM D 92, AASHTO T 48 400 400 400 Saturates, Wt. % ASTM D 2007 30 30 30 Specific Gravity ASTM D 70 or 1298 AASHTO T 228 Report Report Report Tests on Residue from RTFO ASTM D 2872 AASHTO T 240 Viscosity Ratio1 3 3 3 Mass Change ± % 4 4 4 1Viscosity Ratio = RTFO Viscosity @ 140˚F, cSt Original Viscosity @ 140˚F, cSt 15 9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) 16 Section 9-02.1(4) is supplemented with the following: 17 18 (January 6, 2014 WSDOT GSP) 19 For HMA with either a RAP percentage greater than 20 percent of the total weight 20 or any amount of RAS the following shall apply: the new asphalt binder, recycling 21 agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and/or RAS) when blended in the proportions of 22 the mix design shall meet the PGAB requirements of AASHTO M 320 Table 1 for 23 the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract. 24 25 26 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 363 City of Renton August 2015 9-03 Aggregates 1 2 9-03.8 Aggregates for Hot Mix Asphalt 3 4 9-03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements 5 Section 9-03.8(2) after the first paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 (March 3, 2014 WSDOT GSP) 8 The mix design shall produce HMA mixtures when combined with RAP, RAS, 9 coarse and fine aggregate within the limits set forth in Section 9-03.8(6) and mixed 10 in the laboratory with the designated grade of asphalt binder, using the Superpave 11 gyratory compactor in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 312, and at the 12 required gyrations for N initial, N design, and N maximum with the following 13 properties: 14 15 Mix Criteria HMA Class ⅜ inch ½ inch ¾ inch 1 inch Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA), % 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 Voids Filled With Asphalt (VFA), % ESAL’s (millions) VFA < 0.3 70 80 70 80 70 80 67 80 0.3 to < 3 65 78 65 78 65 78 65 78 3 to < 10 73 76 65 75 65 75 65 75 10 to < 30 73 76 65 75 65 75 65 75 ≥ 30 73 76 65 75 65 75 65 75 Dust/Asphalt Ratio 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 Hamburg Wheel-Track Testing, WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 324 Rut Depth (mm) @15,000 Passes 10 10 10 10 Hamburg Wheel-Track Testing, WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T324 Number of Passes with no Stripping Inflection Point 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 Indirect Tensile(IDT) Strength (psi) of Bituminous Materials WSDOT FOP for ASTM D 6931 175 175 175 175 16 17 18 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 364 City of Renton August 2015 ESAL’s (millions) N initial N design N Max. % Gmm < 0.3 ≤ 91.5 96.0 ≤ 98.0 0.3 to < 3 ≤ 90.5 96.0 ≤ 98.0 ≥ 3 ≤ 89.0 96.0 ≤ 98.0 Gyratory Compaction (number of gyrations) < 0.3 6 50 75 0.3 to < 3 7 75 115 3 to < 30 8 100 160 ≥ 30 9 125 205 1 The mix criteria VMA and VFA only apply to HMA accepted by statistical evaluation. 2 3 The mix criteria for Hamburg Wheel-Track Testing and Indirect Tensile Strength of 4 Bituminous Materials do not apply to HMA accepted by commercial evaluation. 5 6 When material is being produced and stockpiled for use on a specific Contract or 7 for a future Contract, the uncompacted void content, fracture, and sand equivalent 8 requirements shall apply at the time of stockpiling. When material is used from a 9 stockpile that has not been tested as provided above, the Specifications for 10 uncompacted void content, fracture, and sand equivalent shall apply at the time of 11 its introduction to the cold feed of the mixing plant. 12 13 9-03.8(3) Grading 14 15 9-03.8(3)B Gradation – Recycled Asphalt Pavement and Mineral Aggregate 16 Section 9-03.8(3)B is supplemented with the following: 17 18 (August 6, 2012 WSDOT GSP) 19 For HMA with a RAP percentage greater than 20 percent of the total weight the 20 RAP shall be processed to ensure that 100 percent of the material passes a 21 sieve twice the size of the maximum aggregate size for the class of mix to be 22 produced. 23 24 When RAS is used in the production of HMA the RAS shall be milled, crushed 25 or processed to ensure that 100 percent of the material passes the ½ inch 26 sieve. Extraneous materials in RAS such as metals, glass, rubber, soil, brick, 27 tars, paper, wood and plastic shall not exceed 2.0 percent by mass as 28 determined on material retained on the No. 4 sieve. 29 30 9-03.21 Recycled Material 31 32 9-03.21(1) General Requirements 33 Section 9-03.21(1) is supplemented with the following: 34 35 (August 6, 2012 WSDOT GSP) 36 Reclaimed asphalt shingles samples shall contain less than the maximum 37 percentage of asbestos fibers based on testing procedures and frequencies 38 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 365 City of Renton August 2015 established in conjunction with the specifying jurisdiction and State or Federal 1 environmental regulatory agencies. 2 3 4 9-05 Drainage Structures and Culverts 5 6 9-05.15 Metal Castings 7 Delete the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 9-05.15 and replace with the 8 following: 9 10 Metal castings for drainage structures shall not painted, welded, plugged, or repaired. 11 12 13 9-06 Structural Steel and Related Materials 14 15 9-06.5 Bolts 16 17 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts 18 Section 9-06.5(4) is supplemented with the following: 19 20 All anchor bolts, nuts, washers and anchor plates for signal poles, street light poles, 21 strain poles or other types of poles shall meet the recommended specifications of 22 the pole manufacturer The Contractor shall be responsible for providing to the 23 Engineer any and all data concerning fabrication, strength test results, mill 24 certification and other data required to confirm that the anchor bolts meet those 25 specifications. 26 27 The following standard specifications shall apply to anchor bolts for street light, 28 signal and strain poles provided that the Contractor can submit documentation from 29 the manufacturer affirming 30 31 that anchor bolts meeting these specifications are recommended for the pole to be 32 installed thereon: 33 34 1. The standard anchor bolt for aluminum street light poles shall be 42 inches in 35 length and shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 307. The 36 shaft of the anchor bolt shall be a full one inch in diameter with a hot forged 37 four inch "L" bend on the bottom end and a minimum of six inches of die-cut 38 threads on the top end. 39 40 2. The anchor bolts for signal poles and strain poles shall meet the 41 specifications as designated on the approved manufacturer's pole plans 42 and/or supplemental plans or specifications provided by the manufacturer. 43 44 All anchor bolts, nuts and washers shall meet the pole manufacturer's 45 specifications and shall be hot dipped galvanized unless such galvanization is not 46 permitted for the type of steel as per Section 9-06.5(4). 47 48 49 9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical 50 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 366 City of Renton August 2015 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct 1 2 9-29.1(4) Non-Metallic Conduit 3 4 9-29.1(4)A Rigid PVC Conduit 5 Section 9-29.1(4)A is supplemented with the following: 6 7 The conduit PVC - non-metallic shall be of the two types indicated below: 8 1. Schedule 80 Extra heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM, Standards, to be 9 used in all installations under roadways. 10 2. Schedule 40 heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM Standards. 11 12 9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes 13 14 9-29.2(1) Standard Duty and Heavy-Duty Junction Boxes 15 16 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes 17 Section 9-29.2(1)A is supplemented with the following: 18 19 Junction boxes shall be reinforced concrete with galvanized steel frame 20 anchored in place and galvanized steel cover plate (Diamond pattern). 21 Grounding lugs shall be stainless steel and shall be mechanically and 22 electrically bonded. Junction boxes for copper wire shall incorporate a locking 23 lid per City of Renton Standard Plan. Junction boxes placed in the sidewalks 24 shall have slip-resistant lids. 25 26 Section 9-29.2(1)A is supplemented with the following: 27 28 (January 7, 2013 WSDOT GSP) 29 Concrete Junction Boxes 30 Both the slip-resistant lid and slip-resistant frame shall be treated with 31 Mebac#1 as manufactured by IKG industries, or SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse as 32 manufactured by W.S. Molnar Co. Where the exposed portion of the frame is 33 ½ inch wide or less the slip-resistant treatment may be omitted on that portion 34 of the frame. The slip-resistant lid shall be identified with permanent marking 35 on the underside indicating the type of surface treatment (“M1” for Mebac#1; or 36 “S3” for SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse) and the year manufactured. The permanent 37 marking shall be 1/8 inch line thickness formed with a stainless steel weld bead. 38 39 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes 40 Delete section titled “Non-Concrete Junction Boxes” and replaced with the 41 following: 42 43 Non-Concrete Junction Boxes shall not be allowed on the project. 44 45 9-29.2(2) Standard Duty and Heavy-Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes 46 47 9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes 48 Section 9-29.2(2)A is supplemented with the following: 49 50 (January 7, 2013 WSDOT GSP) 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 367 City of Renton August 2015 Both the slip-resistant lid and slip-resistant frame shall be treated with 1 Mebac#1 as manufactured by IKG industries, or SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse as 2 manufactured by W.S. Molnar Co. Where the exposed portion of the frame is 3 ½ inch wide or less the slip-resistant treatment may be omitted on that portion 4 of the frame. The slip-resistant lid shall be identified with permanent marking 5 on the underside indicating the type of surface treatment (“M1” for Mebac#1; or 6 “S3” for SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse) and the year manufactured. The permanent 7 marking shall be 1/8 inch line thickness formed with a stainless steel weld bead. 8 9 9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable 10 11 9-29.3(1) Fiber Optic Cable 12 Section 9-29.3(1) is supplemented with the following: 13 14 Fiber optic cable conduit shall be supplied as a system from a single manufacturer 15 providing all the conduit, all required fittings, termination and other installation 16 accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 17 18 The fiber optic cable network shall be single-mode, non-zero dispersion shifted, 19 loose tube fiber capable of supporting both SONET transmission speeds and 20 protocols up to 2.4 GB/s, and NTSC quality color video applications. Trace wire will 21 need to be in cable or pulled in conduit with fiber cable. 22 23 9-29.3(1)A Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable 24 Section 9-29.3(1)A is supplemented with the following: 25 26 Optical fiber shall meet the requirements of ITU G652 and specifically meet 27 ITU G652.D Attributes for zero water peak full spectrum optical cable. The 28 fibers shall support the transmission of wavelength for Coarse Wavelength 29 Division Multiplexing (CWDM) as defined in ITU G694.2. 30 31 9-29.3(1)B Fiber Optic Ethernet Switch 32 Section 9-29.3(1)B is added as follows: 33 34 Fiber optic Ethernet switch shall be RS940G-HI-D-C2C2C2 Ethernet switches, 35 or approved equal, complete with their corresponding pigtail power cords. 36 37 The Contractor shall furnish fiber Ethernet switches and deliver the equipment 38 to the City of Renton for installation by Signal Shop. For the RuggedCom 39 RS940G, or approved equal, Ethernet switches the warrantees shall be in the 40 name of City of Renton. 41 42 9-29.3(1)C Fiber Optic Cable Connectors 43 Section 9-29.3(1)C is added as follows: 44 45 Fiber optic connectors shall be LC/UPC connectors for fibers installed in the 46 upper compartment in all cabinets and in the upper compartment Double Door 47 P cabinets. The LC/UPC connectors shall meet the following requirements: 48 49 i. Insertion Loss Change (SM): < 0.30 dB 50 ii. Reflectance: < -40 dB 51 iii. Fiber Height: +/- 50nm 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 368 City of Renton August 2015 iv. Apex Offset: <50 µm 1 v. Return Loss: 55 dB 2 3 Fiber optic connectors shall be SC/UPC connectors for fibers installed in City 4 of Renton traffic signal controller cabinets and in the lower compartment of 5 Double Door P cabinets within the City of Renton. The SC/UPC connectors 6 shall meet the following requirements: 7 8 i. Insertion Loss (SM): <0.30 dB 9 ii. Reflectance: < -55 dB 10 iii. Fiber Height: +/- 50nm 11 iv. Apex Offset: < 50 µm 12 13 9-29.3(1)D Fiber Optic Patch Cords 14 Section 9-29.3(1)D is added as follows: 15 16 Fiber optic patch cords shall be singlemode LC/UPC patch cords in fiber patch 17 panels in the upper compartment in all cabinets and the upper compartments 18 of Double Door P cabinets, except where otherwise noted on the Contract 19 Plans. The patch cords shall be one (1) meter in length with duplex connectors 20 on each end. 21 22 Fiber optic patch cords shall be singlemode SC/UPC patch cords in fiber patch 23 panels in all traffic signal controller cabinets and lower compartments of 24 Double Door P cabinets within the City of Renton, except where otherwise 25 noted on the Contract Plans. The patch cords shall be one (1) meter in length 26 with duplex connectors on each end. 27 28 i. Insertion Loss: 0.2dB 29 ii. Return Loss: >=50dB 30 iii. Repeatability: <0.1dB 31 iv. Durability (times: >1000) 32 v. Compliant with IEC874 Standard 33 vi. Yellow jacketing 34 vii. Maximum attenuation of 1.0/0.75 dB/km 35 36 9-29.3(1)E Fiber Optic Pigtails 37 Section 9-29.3(1)E is added as follows: 38 39 Fiber Optic Pigtails shall be 12 count color coded fiber optic simplex SC/UPC 40 pigtail kits for splicing the field fiber into the 12 port wall mount fiber optic patch 41 panels located in the upper compartments of the Double Door P cabinets. The 42 pigtail shall be factory connectorized with simplex SC/UPC connectors, unless 43 otherwise noted on the Contract Plans. The SC/UPC connectors shall meet all 44 the requirements listed in Section 9-29.3(1)C. 45 46 9-29.3(1)F 12-Port Wall Mount Fiber Patch Panel 47 Section 9-29.3(1)F is added as follows: 48 49 For all terminations in the upper compartments of Double Door P, the fiber 50 patch panel shall be a Corning SPH-01P or approved equivalent meeting the 51 following requirements: 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 369 City of Renton August 2015 1 i. The panel shall be a maximum of 6.5-inches high, 5.5-inches wide and 2-2 inches deep 3 ii. The panel shall include one (1) CCH connector panel that accommodates 4 12 LC/UPC singlemode connectors supplied with protective covers. 5 iii. The panel shall include a splice holder for 12 fusion splices for splicing to 6 a pre-connectorized pigtail. 7 iv. The panel shall be suitable for wall of shelf mounting and shall be 8 provided with all necessary hardware for mounting. 9 v. The panel shall have cable entrances on the top and bottom. All cable 10 entrances shall have a gasket to prevent ingress of foreign material into 11 the panel. 12 13 For all terminations in traffic signal controller cabinets and in lower 14 compartments of Double Door P cabinets within the City of Renton, the fiber 15 patch panel shall be a Corning SPH-01P or approved equivalent meeting the 16 following requirements: 17 18 i. The panel shall be a maximum of 6.5-inches height, 5.5-inches wide and 19 2-inches deep. 20 ii. The panel shall include one (1) CCH connector panel that accommodates 21 12 fibers and is populated with 12 SC/UPC singlemode connectors. All 22 connectors shall be supplied with protective covers. 23 iii. The panel shall be suitable for wall or shelf mounting and shall be 24 provided with all the necessary hardware for mounting. 25 iv. The panel shall have cable entrances on the top and bottom. All cable 26 entrances shall have a gasket to prevent ingress of foreign material into 27 the panel. 28 v. The panel shall include internal cable management for the protection of 29 the furcated fibers. 30 vi. The panel shall utilize connector panels to facilitate the connection of the 31 connectorized Buffer Tube Fan-Out Kit and fiber optic patch cords used to 32 connect to equipment. 33 34 9-29.3(1)G Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure 35 Section 9-29.3(1)G is added as follows: 36 37 Fiber optic splice enclosure shall be a FOSC 450 by Tyco Electronics, or 38 approved equivalent, and shall be suitable for both vault and aerial 39 applications. The enclosure will meet the following requirements: 40 41 a. Be made of one single-ended thermoplastic closure: 42 1. In locations where the total fiber count entering the splice case is 43 144 strands or less, the case shall be 24-inches in length and 10-44 inches in diameter, and have capacity to store up to six splice 45 trays. Each splice tray will be able to store 12 splices securely. 46 2. In locations where the total fiber count entering the splice case is 47 greater than 144 strands of fiber, the case shall be 30-inches in 48 length and 11.5-inches in diameter, and have the capacity to store 49 up to eight splice trays. Each splice tray will be able to store 72 50 splices securely. 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 370 City of Renton August 2015 b. Each splice case shall have one base with clamp and O-ring system with 1 six round cable ports. 2 c. The splice enclosure shall be suitable for outdoor applications with a 3 temperature range of -10 degrees C to 60 degrees C. 4 d. The splice enclosure shall provide sufficient space to allow entry of fiber 5 optic cable without exceeding the cable minimum bending radius. 6 e. The enclosure shall protect the splices from moisture and mechanical 7 damage and shall be resistant to corrosion. 8 f. The enclosure shall be waterproof, re-enterable and shall have a gel 9 sealing system to prevent water from entering. 10 g. The enclosure shall permit selective splicing to allow one or more fibers 11 to be cut and spliced without disrupting other fibers. 12 h. The enclosure shall have strain relief for the cable to prevent accidental 13 tension from disturbing the splices. 14 i. Each splice shall be individually mounted and mechanically protected on 15 the splice tray. Tyco Electronic SMOUV splice sleeves, or approved 16 equivalent, shall be used for protecting all splices. Vinyl markers shall be 17 supplied to identify each fiber spliced within the enclosure. 18 19 9-29.3(2) Electrical Conductors and Cable 20 Section 9-29.3(2) is supplemented with the following: 21 22 Each wire shall be numbered at each terminal end with a wrap-around type 23 numbering strip bearing the circuit number shown on the Plans. 24 25 The Contractor shall provide and install all the necessary wiring, fuses and fittings so 26 as to complete the installation of the signal and lighting equipment as shown on the 27 Plans. All materials and installation methods, except as noted otherwise herein, shall 28 comply with applicable sections of the National Electrical Code. 29 30 9-29.3(2)F Detector Loop Wire 31 Section 9-29.3(2)F is deleted and replaced with the following: 32 33 Detector loop wire shall be No. 12 AWG stranded copper wire, Class B, with 34 chemically cross-linked polyethylene type RHH-RHW insulation of code 35 thickness. 36 37 9-29.3(2)I Twisted Pair Communications Cable 38 Section 9-29.3(2)I is deleted and replaced with the following: 39 40 Twisted Pair Communications Cable shall meet REA specification PE-39 and 41 shall have No. 19 AWG wires with 0.008 inch FPA/MPR coated aluminum 42 shielding. The cable shall have a petroleum compound completely filling the 43 inside of the cable and rated for OSP (Outside Plant) applications. 44 45 9-29.3(2)J Cable for Vehicle Video Detection Cameras 46 Section 9-29.3(2)J is added as follows: 47 48 Dual-Element six-conductor cable (6cDE) shall be a composite of two 49 elements. The first element shall have five 18 AWG stranded copper 50 conductors and each shall have polyethylene insulation, color coded White, 51 Red, Blue, Black, and Brown. Insulation thickness shall be a minimum of 16 52 mils. The second element shall have one 20 AWG solid copper conductor and 53 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 371 City of Renton August 2015 shall have foam polyethylene insulation with a minimum thickness of 56 mils. 1 This shall be surrounded by a 95% bare copper braid with an outer 2 polyethylene insulation jacket with a minimum thickness of 35 mils. 3 4 Both elements shall be enclosed in an outer black PVC jacket having a 5 minimum thickness of 30 mils with ratings of 600V and 165°F. Both ratings 6 shall be permanently ink imprinted on the outer jacket. The total diameter of 7 the entire assembly shall be 0.50" ± 0.025". 8 9 Cable for Vehicle Video Detection Cameras shall be compatible with Video 10 Detection Cameras per section 9-29.18(3) of these Special Provisions. 11 12 9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards 13 14 9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards 15 16 9-29.6(1)A Decorative Signal Poles Type II and III 17 Section 9-29.6(1)A is added as follows: 18 19 The decorative steel traffic signal poles shall be capable of supporting two (2) 20 mast arms up to sixty-five (65) feet in length and up to two (2) luminaire arms, 21 and shall be complete in all respects. No welding will be allowed at the site at 22 the time of erection. The vertical pole shaft shall be round tapered steel, multi-23 sided poles are not acceptable. 24 25 The pole shaft shall consist of a maximum 17” round smooth steel tapered 26 pole, with adequate wall thickness to meet all design requirements. The 27 vertical section shall be continuous taper (0.14/ft.) for the entire length without 28 a reducing cone. The pole shaft and mast arm shall meet ASTM A595 Grade A 29 or Grade 572 specifications, minimum yield 55 KSI. The pole shall have a base 30 plate (bolt circle per the Contract Plans) meeting ASTM Grade A-36 31 specifications welded to the pole shaft per the manufacturer’s 32 recommendations and have four (4) holes at 90 degrees to accept the properly 33 sized anchor bolts. The pole shall have a 4” x 6” oval handhole located 18” up 34 from the base plate to the top of the centerline of the handhole and oriented as 35 per detail in the Signal Pole Specifications sheet. A pressure type grounding 36 nut shall be welded 180 degrees from the handhole opening. Four (4) 37 galvanized steel anchor bolts (design to be supplied by pole manufacturer) 38 conforming to ASTM F1554 GR105 specifications shall be provided for each 39 pole complete with two (2) nuts and washers for each bolt. 40 41 Pole top tenon shall be 4 ¼” OD X 11” tall with removable pole top cap. 42 43 Decorative Arm (Steel) 44 Arm Assembly shall be as dimensioned in the Plans, 3/16” minimum wall, 45 ASTM A500 Grades B & C with ¼” upper gusset (fin) and 4” OD decorative 46 hole per plan sheets. Two piece clamp assembly shall be 3/16” tubing welded 47 on each end, sized to fit luminaire and pole, clamp assemblies are secured 48 with ½”-13NC stainless steel hex head bolts. Fixture clamp shall have 1” NPT 49 X 1” long threaded pipe nipple with bushings to provide additional means of 50 securing luminaire to clamp assembly and provide a raceway for the 51 conductors. Arm assembly shall be hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A123. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 372 City of Renton August 2015 1 Poles and arms shall be factory galvanized, primed and finish coated as 2 referenced in Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. 3 4 9-29.6(1)B Decorative Light Poles 5 Section 9-29.6(1)B is added as follows: 6 7 Decorative Roadway/Pedestrian, Roadway and Pedestrian Poles shall be 8 spun tapered from all new seamless 6063 alloy aluminum and be heat treated 9 to produce a T6 temper. The rate of taper shall be 0.14-inch per foot except 10 the section of the pole where decorative arms are attached, the poles will be 11 non-tapered for the height of the clamp assembly used (16” approx). 12 13 Decorative Roadway/Pedestrian and Roadway luminaire poles shall be per 14 dimensions as shown on the Contract Plans and shall have a 10” butt diameter 15 with a 4” x 8” reinforced hand hole opening 18” above the base plate, base 16 plate shall be 13” square cast aluminum with slotted holes for 1” anchor bolts 17 at 14” to 15” bolt circle. 18 19 Pedestrian luminaire poles shall be per dimensions as shown on the Plans 20 shall have a 7” butt diameter with a 4” X 6” reinforced hand hole opening 18” 21 above the base plate, base plate shall be 11 13/16” square cast aluminum with 22 slotted holes for 1” anchor bolts at 10” to 11” bolt circle. 23 24 All aluminum poles shall have a 5/16”-18 tapped provision for ground 25 connector, dome shaped pole top cap and have a satin brushed finish to 26 insure proper adhesion of paint. 27 28 Decorative Arms (Aluminum): 29 Arm assembly shall be extruded tubing, as dimensioned in the Plans, minimum 30 .125 wall, 6061-T6 alloy with upper gusset (fin) and decorative hole per plan 31 sheets. Two piece clamp assembly shall be .188 wall tubing welded on each 32 end, sized to fit luminaire and pole at the proper mounting height, clamp 33 assemblies are secured with ½”-13NC stainless steel hex head bolts. Fixture 34 clamp shall have a 1½” wireway going from pole shaft to fixture extending into 35 pole shaft and fixture by 1”. Prove ½” through hole at 45 degrees on pole 36 clamp assembly for 3/8”-16NC self-tapping screw to prevent rotation of arm 37 assembly after installation. 38 39 Poles and arms shall be factory primed and finish coated as referenced in 40 Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. 41 42 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires 43 Section 9-29.10(2) is deleted and replaced with the following: 44 45 Roadway and pedestrian luminaires shall be LED type, wattages similar to the 46 wattages shown in the luminaire schedules on the Plans. The Contractor shall 47 be responsible for verifying that the performance of the LED luminaires is 48 adequate to comply with the City illumination standards (roadways: 1.3 ft-49 candles average and 4:1 uniformity; intersections: 1.5 ft-candles average and 50 4:1 uniformity, and a minimum of 0.8 ft-candles at any location within the 51 crosswalks) without modifying illumination and signal pole locations shown on 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 373 City of Renton August 2015 the Plans. AGI32 files shall be provided, by the Contractor upon the request, 1 by the Engineer. 2 3 The roadway and pedestrian luminaire housing shall be dome shaped and 4 similar to dimensions as shown on the Plans, made of cast or spun aluminum 5 with tempered flat glass lens attached to a round cast aluminum lens frame 6 with one or more latches to provide tool less access to the internal 7 components, upper section shall be round aluminum tubing with shallow dome 8 shaped top cap. Luminaire shall be IP66 certified and conform to UL 1598 9 standards or CSA certified. 10 11 Optical assembly/reflector shall be made of pre-anodized aluminum, 12 segmented in multiple facets, ventilated perforations and heat sinks to 13 maximize heat dissipation. Reflector shall produce Full Cut-Off optics and light 14 distribution per luminaire schedule (Type II or III) to meet the 15 design/performance criteria, 4000K CCT. LED driver module rated for 120V-16 277V operation, high power factor (90%), with a minimum starting temperature 17 of -40 Degrees Fahrenheit, secured on a tool-less access tray with quick 18 disconnects. Individual LED chips or modules shall be removable by means of 19 tool less access in the event they need to be replaced. LED driver not to 20 exceed 750 MA. 21 22 All decorative fixtures shall be of the same manufacturer and external 23 appearance. 24 25 Color shall be per these Special provisions, Section 6-07 Painting. 26 27 9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls 28 Section 9-29.11(2) is replaced with: 29 30 Photoelectric controls shall be a plug in device, rated to operate on 120 volts, 60 31 Hz. The unit shall consist of a light sensitive element connected to necessary 32 control relays. The unit shall be so designed that a failure of any electronic 33 component will energize the lighting circuit. 34 35 The photocell shall be a solid state device with stable turn on values in the 36 temperature range of -55 degrees C to +70 degrees C. In a contactor-controlled 37 system, the photocell to control the system shall be mounted on the luminaire 38 nearest to the service/contactor cabinet. The photo cell shall be rated for a 10-year 39 (or higher) life expectancy. 40 41 9-29.13 Control Cabinet Assemblies 42 43 9-29.13(1) Environmental, Performance, and Test Standards for Solid-State 44 Traffic Controller Assemblies 45 Section 9-29.13(1) is supplemented with the following: 46 47 The traffic signal controller assemblies, including the traffic signal controller, 48 auxiliary control equipment and cabinet shall be shop tested to the satisfaction of 49 the Engineer. Testing and check-out of all timing circuits, phasing and signal 50 operation shall be at the City of Renton Signal Shop, Renton, Washington. The 51 contractor shall give the city of Renton Signal Shop at least one week lead time to 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 374 City of Renton August 2015 delivery. The contractor shall deliver the controller and cabinet to the shop and 1 shall pick up the units at the end of the test period, deliver to the job site, and 2 install. Allow for three weeks for testing. 3 4 The Signal Shop will make space available to the Contractor for the required test 5 demonstrations. The Contractor shall assemble the cabinet and related signal 6 control equipment ready for testing. A complete demonstration by the Contractor of 7 all integrated components satisfactorily functioning shall start the test period. Any 8 malfunction shall stop the test period until all parts are satisfactorily operating. The 9 test shall be extended until a minimum of 72 hours continuous satisfactory 10 performance of the entire integrated system has been demonstrated. The 11 demonstration by the Contractor to the Engineer of all components functioning 12 properly shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility relative to the proper 13 functioning of all aforestated control gear when field installed. 14 . 15 9-29.13(2) Manufacturing Quality 16 17 9-29.13(2)A Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing 18 Section 9-29.13(2)A is deleted and replaced with the following: 19 20 The Contractor shall give fourteen (14) calendar days written notice to the 21 Engineer prior to delivering the signal control equipment to the City of Renton 22 Field Maintenance Shop. The equipment shall be delivered far enough in 23 advance of actual need to allow for testing by the City of Renton Field 24 Maintenance Shop. This may involve retesting because of failures or 25 rejections. The City of Renton Field Maintenance Shop may require thirty-five 26 (35) calendar days for testing the signal control equipment. This time will 27 increase if the equipment does not meet the contract requirements or is 28 incomplete. If more than thirty-five (35) calendar days are required for any 29 individual testing or retesting by the City of Renton Field Maintenance Shop, 30 an extension of time will be considered in accordance with Section 1-08.8. 31 32 Tests in environment chamber will only be run as needed for type changes. 33 34 Upon successful completion of testing by the City of Renton Field Maintenance 35 Department, the signal controller equipment shall be available for pickup. A 36 certificate verifying environmental testing, if required, shall be supplied in the 37 cabinet to the City of Renton Field Maintenance Shop for each respective 38 control cabinet. 39 40 The Contractor shall notify the City of Renton Field Maintenance Shop in 41 writing a minimum of fourteen (14) calendar days before the Contractor is 42 ready to pick up the signal controller cabinet. The Contractor shall not pick up 43 the controller cabinet from City of Renton Field Maintenance Shop until the 44 electrical service is energized and all site preparation required to install the 45 controller cabinet is complete. 46 47 Documentation 48 A complete documentation set shall be furnished with the control equipment 49 prior to the start of testing. It shall include the following: 50 • Serial numbers when applicable. 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 375 City of Renton August 2015 • Written certification that equipment of the same make and model has 1 been tested according to NEMA Environmental Standards and Test 2 Procedures, and has met or exceeded these standards. The certificate 3 shall include equipment model number and where, when, and by whom 4 the tests were conducted. This certificate shall accompany each 5 shipment of controllers. 6 • The Contractor shall provide wiring diagrams, including a duplicate set of 7 3-1/2” high density diskettes containing the diagrams for all controllers in 8 AUTOCAD Release 2000 or later and two blue-tone prints for each 9 controller and cabinet supplied. The sheet size shall be 22 inches by 34 10 inches. 11 • Wiring diagrams for all auxiliary equipment furnished. One set per 12 cabinet. 13 • Complete operations and maintenance manuals including complete and 14 correct software listing and flow charts, five sets of operations and 15 maintenance manuals per cabinet, and five sets of software listings and 16 flow charts. 17 • Complete operations and maintenance manuals for all auxiliary 18 equipment. One set per cabinet. 19 • The operational and maintenance manuals for each traffic signal 20 controller supplied including as a minimum, but not to be limited to the 21 following: Detailed instructions for maintaining all hardware components, 22 controller, and auxiliary equipment; a complete parts list detailing all 23 manufacturer's identification codes; detailed wiring diagrams and 24 schematics indicating voltage levels and pictorial description, part name, 25 and location for all hardware components, controller, and auxiliary 26 equipment. 27 28 The supplier has 5 working days to repair or replace any components that fail 29 during the testing process at no cost to the Contracting Agency. All failed or 30 rejected equipment shall be removed from the City of Renton Field 31 Maintenance Shop within seven (7) calendar days following notification; 32 otherwise, the failed or rejected equipment will be returned, freight collect, to 33 the Contractor. 34 35 9-29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller 36 Section 9-29.13(3) is revised with the following: 37 38 The NEMA controller shall be a Siemens Eagle Model EPAC-M62 NEMA ATC 39 with Linux operating system, USB, data-key, RS232 & FSK modules, and 40 SEPAC 3.54 software. Two Input / Output configurations shall be provided: 41 a. NEMA TS-2 Type 1 for serial connection to cabinet Bus Interface Unit 42 b. NEMA TS-2 Type 2 for direct parallel connection to load switches and 43 detectors. 44 45 In addition to NEMA requirements, the controller shall provide the following: 46 a. Built-in 10 Base-T Ethernet with RJ-45 connector on controller front panel 47 b. Built-in Internet Protocol (IP) address assigned by Institute of Electrical and 48 Electronic Engineers (IEEE), one unique IP address for each controller. 49 c. Built-in Infrared (IR) wireless port compatible with Microsoft Windows for 50 Pocket PC Infrared RAW mode. 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 376 City of Renton August 2015 d. Built-in 1200 bps Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) modem. Modem is optional 1 per Agency specification. Choice of 2 or 4 wire operation per Agency 2 specification. 3 e. Built-in EIA-232 port for uploading and downloading applications software, 4 as well as to update the operating system. 5 f. Built-in C60 connector for use with removable Keyboard and Display, 6 Personal Computer COM1 or Personal Digital Assistant (PDA). C60 7 protocol per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC standard. 8 9 NEMA Traffic Signal Controller Firmware: 10 The controller shall have Siemens Eagle SE-PAC firmware Version 3.54. 11 12 9-29.13(5) Flashing Operations 13 Items 2, 3, and 5 in Section 9-29.13(5) are revised to read as follows: 14 15 2. Police Panel Switch. When the flash automatic switch located behind the police 16 panel door is turned to the flash position, the signals shall immediately revert to 17 flash and remove power from the controller. When the switch is placed on 18 automatic, power shall be applied to the controller to initiate start-up sequence. 19 3. Controller Cabinet Switches. When the flash-automatic switch located inside the 20 controller cabinet is placed in the flash position, the signals shall immediately 21 revert to flash; however, the controller shall continue to function. When the flash-22 automatic switch is placed in the automatic position, the controller shall 23 immediately resume normal cyclic operation. Adjacent to the flash-automatic 24 switch shall be a controller on-off switch. If the flash-automatic switch is in the 25 automatic position and the controller on-off switch is placed in the OFF position, 26 the signals shall immediately revert to flash. 27 5. Conflict Monitor. Upon sensing conflicting signals or unsatisfactory operation 28 voltages, the conflict monitor shall immediately cause the signal to revert to 29 flash; however, the controller shall stop time at the point of conflict. After the 30 conflict monitor has been reset, the controller shall immediately take command 31 of the signal displays. 32 33 Section 9-29.13(5) is supplement with the following: 34 6. Flash unit shall be a two-circuit type, capable of switching loads up to 1000 watts 35 per circuit alternately at a rate of 60 flashes per minute per circuit, plus or minus 36 two flashes per minute. 37 38 9-29.13(6) Emergency Pre-emption 39 Section 9-29.13(6) is deleted and replaced with the following: 40 41 Immediately after a valid call has been received, the preemption controls shall 42 cause the signals to display the required clearance intervals and subsequent 43 preemption intervals. Preemption shall sequence as noted in the contract. 44 Preemption equipment shall be installed so that internal wiring of the controller, as 45 normally furnished by the manufacturer, is not altered. Termination of the pre-46 emption sequence shall NOT place a call on all vehicle and pedestrian phases. 47 Pre-emption indicators, if required, shall turn on when the controller reaches the 48 pre-empted phase. 49 50 Emergency vehicle pre-emption shall be furnished as modules that plug directly 51 into a rack wired to accept GTT Opticom discriminator type units. The pre-emption 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 377 City of Renton August 2015 system operation shall be compatible with the 764 Series GTT company "opticom" 1 system which the City of Renton is currently using and shall be capable of being 2 activated by the same transmitters. 3 4 The optical signal discriminator system shall enable an authorized vehicle to 5 remotely control traffic control signals from a distance of up to 1800 feet (0.54 6 kilometers) along an unobstructed "line of sight" path. The system shall cause the 7 traffic signals controller to move into an appropriate fire pre-emption program. This 8 optical discriminator shall interface to the 562 software, for field programmability. It 9 shall consist of the following components: 10 11 1. Optical energy detectors which shall be mounted on the traffic signal mast 12 arms and shall receive the optical energy emitter's signal. 13 2. Discriminators which shall cause the signal controller to go into internal pre-14 emption which will give the authorized vehicle the right of way in the manner 15 shown on the phase sequence diagram. 16 3. Pre-emption Indicator Lights. 17 18 Optical Detector 19 1. Shall be of solid state construction. 20 2. Fittings shall meet the specifications of the system manufacturer to facilitate 21 ease of installation. 22 3. Shall operate over an ambient temperature range of -40*F to +180*F (-40*C 23 to +85*C). 24 4. Shall have internal circuitry encapsulated in a semi-flexible compound and 25 shall be impervious to moisture. 26 5. Shall respond to the optical energy impulses generated by a pulsed Xenon 27 source with a pulse energy density of 0.8 micro joule per square meter at the 28 detector, a rise time less than one microsecond and half power point pulse 29 width on not less than thirty microseconds. 30 31 Discriminator 32 When a pre-emption detector detects an emergency vehicle, the phase selector 33 shall hold the controller in the required phase or advance directly to that phase after 34 observing all vehicle clearances. The phase selector shall hold the controller in the 35 phase selected until the detector no longer detects the emergency vehicle. 36 37 When the phase selector is responding to one detector, it shall not respond to any 38 other detector until calls from the first detector are satisfied. Indicator lights shall 39 indicate power on, signal being received, channel called. Switches shall control 40 system power and simulate detector calls for each phase. 41 42 9-29.13(7) Wiring Diagrams 43 Section 9-29.13(7) is modified and supplemented by retaining the first three sentences 44 and replacing the remainder with: 45 46 The controller cabinet shall have a waterproof envelope with a side access 47 attached to the inside of the cabinet door. There shall be four (4) complete sets of 48 controller cabinet schematics as well as manuals for all assemblies and sub-49 assemblies. The controller cabinet schematics shall include the intersection name, 50 and an intersection diagram that shall include intersection phasing and loop 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 378 City of Renton August 2015 assignments. There shall be a digital compact disk (CD) containing the controller 1 cabinet schematics in AutoCAD digital file format. 2 3 9-29.13(9) Radio Interference Suppressors 4 Section 9-29.13(9) is added as follows: 5 6 A Cornell-Dubiler radio interference filter NF 10801-1 30 amps or equivalent shall 7 be used to filter the A.C. power. Additionally, all power supplies shall have noise 8 immunity from other devices within the cabinet. 9 10 9-29.13(10)A Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers 11 Section 9-29.13(10)A is revised as follows: 12 13 The following auxiliary equipment shall be furnished and installed in each cabinet 14 for NEMA traffic-actuated controllers: 15 16 1. A solid-state Type 3 NEMA flasher with flash-transfer relay which will cut in 17 the flasher and isolate the controller from light circuits. See Section 9-29.13(2) 18 for operational requirements. The flasher shall be two circuit with indicator 19 lights. The unit shall be rated for fifteen (15) amps per circuit through the 20 entire NEMA temperature range. 21 2. Modular solid state relay load switches of sufficient number to provide for 22 each vehicle phase (including future phases if shown in the Plans), each 23 pedestrian phase and preemption sequence indicated in the contract. Type P 24 & R cabinets shall include a fully wired 16-position back panel. Solid-state 25 load switches shall conform to NEMA standards except only optically isolated 26 load switches will be allowed. Load switches shall include indicator lights on 27 the input and output circuits. 28 3. A power panel with: 29 a. A control-display breaker sized to provide 125 percent overload 30 protection for all control equipment and signal displays, 30 ampere 31 minimum. 32 b. A 20 ampere accessory breaker wired parallel to the control display 33 breaker. The breaker will carry accessory loads, including vent fan, 34 cabinet light, plug receptacle, etc. 35 c. A busbar isolated from ground and unfused for the neutral side of power 36 supply. 37 d. A radio interference suppresser to the output side of the control display 38 breaker. See Section 9-29.13(9) for other requirements. 39 e. A transient voltage protection device connected to the controller power 40 circuit for protection against voltage abnormalities of 1 cycle or less 41 duration. The protector shall be a solid state high energy circuit 42 containing no spark gap, gas tube, or crow bar component. The current 43 rating of the device shall be 15 amps minimum. The device shall provide 44 transient protection between neutral and ground, line and ground, as 45 well as line and neutral. If the protection circuits fail, they shall fail to an 46 open circuit condition. The device shall meet all requirements of UL 47 standard 1449. The suppressed voltage rating shall be 600 volts or less 48 when subjected to an impulse of 6,000 volts, 3,000 amp source 49 impedance, 8.0/20 microsecond waveform as described in UL 1449. In 50 addition, the device shall withstand, without failure or permanent 51 damage, one full cycle at 264 volts RMS. The device shall contain 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 379 City of Renton August 2015 circuitry to prevent self-induced regenerative ringing. There shall be a 1 failure warning indictor light which shall illuminate when the device has 2 failed and is no longer operable. 3 f. Cabinet ground busbar independent (150K ohms minimum) of neutral. 4 5 Sections 4 - 13 are replaced with the following: 6 7 GENERAL 8 9 All mounting hardware used in the cabinet, whether it is used to secure 10 equipment or some portion of the cabinet itself, shall be stainless steel or 11 nickel plated brass. 12 13 FAIL SAFE UNIT 14 15 1. INTRODUCTION 16 This specification sets forth the minimum requirements for a shelf-mountable, 17 sixteen channel, solid-state Malfunction Management Unit (MMU). The MMU 18 shall meet, as a minimum, all applicable sections of the NEMA Standards 19 Publication No. TS2-1998. Where differences occur, this specification shall 20 govern. 21 22 2. MONITORING FUNCTIONS 23 The following monitoring functions shall be provided in addition to those 24 required by the NEMA Standard Section 4. 25 26 2.1 DUAL INDICATION MONITOR 27 Dual Indication monitoring shall detect simultaneous input 28 combinations of active Green (Walk), Yellow, or Red (Don’t Walk) field 29 signal inputs on the same channel. In Type 12 mode this monitoring 30 function detects simultaneous input combinations of active Green and 31 Yellow, Green and Red, Yellow and Red, Walk and Yellow, or Walk 32 and Red field signal inputs on the same channel. 33 34 2.1.1 DUAL INDICATION MONITORING 35 Sixteen switches labeled FIELD CHECK/DUAL ENABLES shall 36 be provided on the MMU front panel to enable Dual Indication 37 Monitoring on a per channel basis. The Dual Indication Monitor 38 function shall provide two modes of operation, Dual Indication 39 Fault and GY-Dual Indication Fault. 40 When voltages on two inputs of a vehicle channel are sensed as 41 active for more than 450 msec, the MMU shall enter the fault 42 mode, transfer the OUTPUT relay contacts to the Fault position, 43 and illuminate the DUAL INDICATION indicator. The MMU shall 44 remain in the fault mode until the unit is reset by the RESET 45 button or the EXTERNAL RESET input. When voltages on two 46 inputs of a vehicle channel are sensed as active for less than 47 200 msec, the MMU shall not transfer the OUTPUT relay 48 contacts to the Fault position. 49 When operating in the Type 16 mode with Port 1 50 communications enabled, Bit #68 (Spare Bit #2) of the Type 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 380 City of Renton August 2015 #129 response frame shall be set to indicate a Dual Indication 1 fault has been detected. 2 Dual Indication Monitoring shall be disabled when the RED 3 ENABLE input is not active. 4 5 2.1.2 GY-DUAL INDICATION MONITOR 6 GY-Dual Indication monitoring shall detect simultaneous inputs 7 of active Green and Yellow field signal inputs on the same 8 channel. It will be used to monitor channels which have an 9 unused Red field signal input tied to AC LINE such as a five 10 section signal head. 11 GY Dual Indication Monitoring shall be enabled by a front panel 12 option switch. When the GY Dual Indication Monitoring option is 13 enabled, all channels which have the front panel FIELD 14 CHECK/DUAL ENABLE switches OFF shall be individually 15 monitored for simultaneous active Green and Yellow field signal 16 inputs. All channels which have the front panel FIELD 17 CHECK/DUAL ENABLE switches ON (i.e. enabled for Dual 18 Indication Monitoring) shall function as described above in Dual 19 Indication Monitoring. 20 21 2.2 FIELD CHECK MONITORING 22 Sixteen switches labeled FIELD CHECK/DUAL ENABLES shall be 23 provided on the MMU front panel to enable Field Check Monitoring on 24 a per channel basis. The Field Check Monitor function shall provide 25 two modes of operation, Field Check Fault and Field Check Status. 26 Field Check Monitoring shall be disabled when the RED ENABLE 27 input is not active. The Field Check Monitoring function shall be 28 disabled in the Type 12 mode. 29 30 2.2.1 FIELD CHECK MONITOR 31 In the Field Check Fault mode, when the field signal input states 32 sensed as active or inactive by the MMU do not correspond with 33 the data provided by the Controller Unit in the Type #0 message 34 for 10 consecutive messages, the MMU shall enter the fault 35 mode, transfer the OUTPUT relay contacts to the Fault position, 36 and illuminate the FIELD CHECK FAIL indicator. The Channel 37 Status Display shall indicate the channels on which the Field 38 Check fault was detected. Bit #67 (Spare Bit #1) of the Type 39 #129 response frame shall be set to indicate a Field Check fault 40 has been detected. The MMU shall remain in the fault mode until 41 the unit is reset by the RESET button or the EXTERNAL RESET 42 input. 43 44 2.2.2 FIELD CHECK STATUS 45 The Field Check Status mode shall work in combination with the 46 other fault monitoring functions of the MMU. When a Conflict, 47 Red Fail, Clearance Fail, or Dual Indication Fail triggers the 48 MMU, the Channel Status Display and Fault Status Display shall 49 correspond to that detected fault. If Field Check errors were 50 detected while the fault was being timed, the inputs on which the 51 Field Check errors were detected shall double pulse at the same 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 381 City of Renton August 2015 time as the FIELD CHECK STATUS indicator. Bit #67 (Spare Bit 1 #1) of the Type #129 response frame shall also be set to indicate 2 Field Check errors have been detected. 3 4 2.3 RECURRENT PULSE MONITORING 5 The Signal Monitor shall detect Conflict, Red Fail, and Dual Indication 6 faults that result from intermittent or flickering field signal inputs. 7 These recurring pulses shall result in a latching fault with the 8 RECURRENT PULSE STATUS indicator illuminated along with the 9 resulting Conflict, Red Fail, or Dual Indication indicator. An option 10 switch shall be provided to disable the RP detect function for testing 11 purposes. 12 When operating in the Type 16 mode with Port 1 communications 13 enabled, Bit #69 (Spare Bit #3) of the Type #129 response frame shall 14 be set to indicate a Recurrent Pulse status has been detected. 15 16 2.4 EXTERNAL WATCHDOG MONITOR 17 The MMU shall provide the capability to monitor an optional external 18 logic level output from a Controller Unit or other external cabinet 19 circuitry. If the MMU does not receive a change in state on the 20 EXTERNAL WATCHDOG input for 1500 msec (_+100 msec), the 21 MMU shall enter the fault mode, transfer the OUTPUT relay contacts 22 to the Fault position, and illuminate the CVM/WATCHDOG indicator. 23 The MMU shall remain in the fault mode until the unit is reset by the 24 RESET button or the EXTERNAL RESET input. An MMU Power 25 Failure shall reset the CVM/WATCHDOG fault state of the monitor. 26 The EXTERNAL WATCHDOG input shall be wired to connector MSB-27 S. 28 When operating in the Type 16 mode with Port 1 communications 29 enabled, Bit #70 (Spare Bit #4) of the Type #129 response frame shall 30 be set to indicate an External Watchdog fault has been detected. 31 32 2.5 WALK DISABLE OPTION 33 The MMU shall provide the capability to exclude the Walk inputs from 34 the Red Fail fault detection algorithm when operating in the Type 12 35 mode. When the option is selected, the absence of signals on the 36 Green, Yellow, and Red field outputs of a channel will place the MMU-37 16 unit into the fault mode, transfer the OUTPUT relay contacts to the 38 Fault position, and illuminate the RED FAIL indicator. 39 40 2.6 TYPE FAULT MONITOR 41 The MMU shall verify at power-up that the Type 12 or Type 16 42 operating mode as determined by the TYPE SELECT input is 43 consistent with the mode set by the last external reset. 44 Detection of a Type Fault shall place the MMU into the fault mode, 45 transfer the OUTPUT relay contacts to the Fault position, illuminate 46 the DIAGNOSTIC indicator, and flash the TYPE 12 indicator at a 2Hz 47 rate. The MMU shall remain in the fault mode until the unit is reset by 48 the RESET button or the EXTERNAL RESET input. An MMU Power 49 Failure shall reset the Type Fault state of the monitor. 50 51 2.7 CONFIGURATION CHANGE MONITOR 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 382 City of Renton August 2015 On power-up, reset, and periodically during operation, the Signal 1 Monitor shall compare the current configuration settings with the 2 previously stored value. If the settings have changed, the Signal 3 Monitor shall automatically log the new setting. These settings shall 4 include the Program Card jumpers and all switches. 5 A programming option shall be provided such that any change in the 6 configuration parameters shall cause the Signal Monitor to enter the 7 fault mode causing the Output relay contacts to close and enabling the 8 Stop-Time output to the controller. To indicate this fault mode the PGM 9 CARD / CF indicator shall flash at a 4 Hz rate. Depressing the Reset 10 button for 3 seconds shall be required to clear this fault and log the 11 new configuration parameters. 12 If the programming option is not selected, the unit shall not set the 13 fault mode but will still log the configuration change. 14 15 2.8 CVM LOG DISABLE 16 The MMU shall provide a means to disable the logging of CVM fault 17 events. 18 19 3. DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 20 The following display functions shall be provided in addition to those required 21 by the NEMA Standard Section 4. 22 23 3.1 FULL INTERSECTION CHANNEL STATUS DISPLAY 24 A separate Red, Yellow, and Green indicator shall be provided for 25 each channel to show full intersection status simultaneously. For Type 26 12 mode operation the Walk input status shall be shown on channel 27 indicators 13 through 16. 28 29 3.2 FAULT CHANNEL STATUS DISPLAY 30 During normal operation the 48 Channel Status indicators shall display 31 all active signals. In the fault mode the Channel Status indicators shall 32 display all signals active at the time of the fault for six seconds and 33 then indicate the channels involved in the fault for 2 seconds. 34 35 3.3 FIELD CHECK STATUS DISPLAY 36 The FIELD CHECK FAIL indicator shall illuminate when a Field Check 37 Fault is detected. The Channel Status display shall show the channels 38 on which the Field Check fault occurred. 39 If Field Check errors occurred during a Conflict Fault, Red Fail, 40 Clearance Fail, or Dual Indication Fail the FIELD CHECK STATUS 41 indicator shall illuminate. The channels on which the Field Check 42 Status was detected during the fault shall double pulse on the 43 Channel Status Display at the same time as the FIELD CHECK 44 STATUS indicator. 45 46 3.4 RECURRENT PULSE STATUS DISPLAY 47 If Recurrent Pulse inputs were detected during a Conflict Fault, Red 48 Fail, or Dual Indication Fail the RECURRENT PULSE STATUS 49 indicator shall illuminate. The channels on which the Recurrent Pulse 50 Status was detected during the fault shall double pulse on the 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 383 City of Renton August 2015 Channel Status Display at the same time as the RECURRENT PULSE 1 STATUS indicator. 2 3 3.5 DISPLAY INDICATORS 4 The following display indicators shall be provided in addition to those 5 required by the NEMA Standard Section 4. 6 7 3.5.1 TYPE 12 MODE INDICATOR 8 The TYPE 12 indicator shall illuminate when the MMU is 9 programmed for Type 12 operation. If a Type Fault is detected 10 the DIAGNOSTIC indicator shall illuminate and the TYPE 12 11 indicator shall flash at a rate of 2Hz. 12 13 3.5.2 DUAL INDICATION 14 The DUAL INDICATION indicator shall illuminate when a DUAL 15 INDICATION Fault is detected. The Channel Status display shall 16 show the channels which were detected as DUAL INDICATION. 17 18 3.5.3 POWER INDICATOR 19 The POWER indicator shall flash at a rate of 2Hz when the AC 20 LINE voltage is below the drop out level. It shall illuminate 21 steadily when the AC LINE voltage returns above the restore 22 level. 23 24 3.5.4 PORT 1 RECEIVE INDICATOR 25 The RECEIVE indicator shall illuminate for a 33 msec pulse each 26 time a Port 1 message is correctly received from the Controller 27 Unit. 28 29 3.5.5 PORT 1 TRANSMIT INDICATOR 30 The TRANSMIT indicator shall illuminate for a 33 msec pulse 31 each time a Port 1 message is transmitted from the MMU. 32 33 3.5.6 RS232 RECEIVE INDICATOR 34 The COMM indicator shall illuminate for a 33 msec pulse each 35 time a message is correctly received on the RS-232 port. 36 37 3.5.7 PROGRAM CARD / CF INDICATOR 38 The PGM CARD indicator shall illuminate if the Programming 39 Card is absent or not seated properly in the edge connector. The 40 PGM CARD indicator shall flash at a 4 Hz rate if the MMU has 41 been triggered by a Configuration Change fault. 42 43 3.5.8 Y+R CLEARANCE INDICATOR 44 The Y+R CLEARANCE indicator shall illuminate when the MMU 45 has been triggered by a Yellow Change plus Red Clearance 46 fault. 47 48 3.5.9 FIELD CHECK FAIL INDICATOR 49 The FIELD CHECK FAIL indicator shall illuminate when the 50 MMU has been triggered by a Field Check fault. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 384 City of Renton August 2015 3.6 OPERATING MODES 1 The MMU shall operate in both the Type 12 mode and Type 16 mode 2 as required by the NEMA Standard. 3 4 4. HARDWARE 5 6 4.1 ENCLOSURE 7 8 4.1.1 The MMU shall be compact so as to fit in limited cabinet 9 space. It shall be possible to install on a shelf that is at least 7" 10 deep. Overall dimensions, including mating connectors and 11 harness, shall not exceed 10.5" x 4.5" x 11" (H x W x D). 12 13 4.1.2 The enclosure shall be constructed of sheet aluminum 14 with a minimum thickness of 0.062", and shall be finished with an 15 attractive and durable protective coating. Model, serial number, 16 and program information shall be permanently displayed on the 17 top surface. 18 19 4.2. ELECTRONICS 20 21 4.2.1 A microprocessor shall be used for all timing and 22 control functions. Continuing operation of the microprocessor 23 shall be verified by an independent monitor circuit, which shall 24 force the OUTPUT RELAY to the de-energized "fault" state and 25 indicate an error message if a pulse is not received from the 26 microprocessor within a defined period not to exceed 500 ms. 27 28 4.2.2 High speed sampling techniques shall be used to 29 determine the true RMS value of the AC field inputs. Each AC 30 input shall be sampled at least 32 times per line cycle. The 31 RMS voltage measurement shall be insensitive to phase, 32 frequency, and waveform distortion. 33 34 4.2.3 In the interest of reliability, only the PROM memory 35 device for the microprocessor firmware shall be socket 36 mounted. The PROM Memory socket shall be a precision 37 screw machine type socket with a gold contact finish providing 38 a reliable gas tight seal. Low insertion force sockets or sockets 39 with "wiper" type contacts shall not be acceptable. 40 41 4.2.4 All user programmed configuration settings shall be 42 stored in an electrically erasable programmable read-only 43 memory (EEPROM) or front panel DIP switches. Designs using 44 a battery to maintain configuration data shall not be 45 acceptable. 46 47 4.2.5 All 120 VAC field terminal inputs shall provide an input 48 impedance of at least 150K ohms and be terminated with a 49 resistor having a power dissipation rating of 0.5 Watts or 50 greater. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 385 City of Renton August 2015 4.2.6 All electrical components used in the MMU shall be 1 rated by the component manufacturer to operate over the full 2 NEMA temperature range of -34oC to +74oC. 3 4 4.2.7 All printed circuit boards shall meet the requirements of 5 the NEMA Standard plus the following requirements to 6 enhance reliability: 7 a. All plated-through holes and exposed circuit traces 8 shall be plated with solder. 9 b. Both sides of the printed circuit board shall be covered 10 with a solder mask material. 11 c. The circuit reference designation for all components 12 and the polarity of all capacitors and diodes shall be 13 clearly marked adjacent to the component. Pin #1 for 14 all integrated circuit packages shall be designated on 15 both sides of all printed circuit boards. 16 d. All electrical mating surfaces shall be gold plated. 17 e. All printed circuit board assemblies shall be coated on 18 both sides with a clear moisture-proof and fungus-proof 19 sealant. 20 21 4.3 FRONT PANEL & CONNECTORS 22 23 4.3.1 All displays, configuration switches, and connectors 24 shall be mounted on the front panel of the MMU. All MMU 25 configuration inputs beyond those required by the NEMA 26 Standard shall be provided by front panel mounted DIP 27 switches and shall be clearly labeled. Configuration DIP 28 switches shall be provided for the following functions: 29 a. Field Check / Dual Enables 1-16 30 b. GY-Dual Indication Enable (GY ENABLE) 31 c. Recurrent Pulse Test Disable (RP DISABLE) 32 d. External Watchdog Enable (WD ENABLE) 33 e. Walk Disable (Type 12) 34 f. Configuration Change Fault Enable (CF ENABLE) 35 g. CVM Log Disable 36 37 4.3.2 MS CONNECTORS 38 The MS connectors on the MMU shall have a metallic shell 39 and be attached to the chassis internally. The connectors shall 40 be mounted on the front of the unit in accordance with the 41 following: Connector A shall intermate with a MS 3116 22-55 42 SZ, and Connector B shall intermate with a MS 3116 16-26 S. 43 In the interest of reliability and repair ability, printed circuit 44 board mounted MS connectors shall not be acceptable. 45 Internal MS harness wire shall be a minimum of AWG #22, 19 46 strands. 47 48 4.3.3 EIA-232 PORT 49 The EIA-232 port shall be electrically isolated from the MMU 50 electronics using optical couplers. The connector shall be an 51 AMP 9721A or equivalent 9 pin metal shell D subminiature type 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 386 City of Renton August 2015 with female contacts. Pin assignments shall be as shown in the 1 following table: 2 3 PIN FUNCTION 4 1 DCD* 5 2 TX DATA 6 3 RX DATA 7 4 DTR (Data Terminal Ready) 8 5 SIGNAL GROUND 9 6 DSR* 10 7 DSR* 11 8 CTS* 12 9 NC 13 14 *Jumper options shall be provided to allow the connection of 15 Pin #4 to be made with Pin #7, and the connection of Pin #8 16 to be made with Pin #1 and or Pin #6. 17 18 5 EVENT LOGGING FUNCTIONS 19 20 The Signal Monitor shall be capable of storing in non-volatile memory a 21 minimum of 100 events. Each event shall be marked with the time and date of 22 the event. These events shall consist of fault events, AC Line events, reset 23 events, and configuration change events. The capability to assign a four digit 24 identification number and 30 character description to the unit shall be 25 provided. The event logs shall be uploaded to a PC using the serial port of the 26 Signal Monitor and Windows 9x based software provided by the 27 manufacturer. 28 29 a. Each event log report shall contain the following information: 30 b. Monitor ID#: a four digit (0000-9999) ID number and 30 character 31 description assigned to the monitor. 32 c. Time and Date: time and date of occurrence. 33 d. Event Number: identifies the record number in the log. Event #1 is the 34 most recent event. 35 36 5.1 MONITOR STATUS REPORT (CS) 37 The Current Status report shall contain the following information: 38 a. Fault Type: the fault type description. 39 b. Field Status: the current GYR(W) field status and field RMS 40 voltages if the monitor is not in the fault state, or the latched 41 field status and field RMS voltages and fault channel status at 42 the time of the fault. 43 c. Cabinet Temperature: the current temperature if the monitor is 44 not in the fault state, or the latched temperature at the time of 45 the fault. 46 d. AC Line Voltage: the current AC Line voltage and frequency if 47 the monitor is not in the fault state, or the AC Line voltage and 48 frequency at the time of the fault. 49 e. Control Input Status: the current state and RMS voltages of the 50 Red Enable input & Load Switch Flash bit input if the monitor is 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 387 City of Renton August 2015 not in the fault state, or the status latched at the time of the 1 fault. 2 3 5.2 PREVIOUS FAULT LOG (PF) 4 The Previous Fault log shall contain the following information: 5 a. Fault Type: the fault type description. 6 b. Field Status: the latched field status with RMS voltages, fault 7 channel status, RP Detect status and Field Check status at the 8 time of the fault. 9 c. Cabinet Temperature: the latched temperature at the time of 10 the fault. 11 d. AC Line Voltage: the AC Line voltage & frequency at the time 12 of the fault. 13 e. Control Input Status: the latched state of the Red Enable input 14 at the time of the fault. 15 16 5.3 AC LINE EVENT LOG (AC) 17 The AC Line log shall contain the following information: 18 a. Event Type: describes the type of AC Line event that occurred. 19 Power-up - AC on, monitor performed a cold start 20 Interrupt - AC Line < Brownout level 21 Restore - AC restored from AC brown-out or AC interruption (AC 22 Off), no cold start 23 b. AC Line Voltage: the AC Line voltage & frequency at the time 24 of the event. 25 26 5.4 MONITOR RESET LOG (MR) 27 The Monitor Reset log shall contain the following information: 28 a. The monitor was reset from a fault by the front panel Reset 29 button, or External Reset input, or a non-latched event clear. 30 31 5.5 CONFIGURATION CHANGE LOG (CF) 32 The Configuration Change log shall contain the following information: 33 a. The status of all configuration programming including the 34 contents of the Program Card, all configuration dip switches 35 and option switches. 36 b. Any configuration programming inputs such as 24V Inhibit, 37 Port 1 Disable, Type select. 38 c. Configuration CRC: A unique CRC value which is based on the 39 configuration of items #a and #b above. 40 41 The log shall also indicate which items have been changed since the 42 last log entry. 43 44 5.6 SIGNAL SEQUENCE LOG (SSQ) 45 A log shall be provided that graphically displays all field signal states 46 for up to 30 seconds prior to the current fault trigger event. The 47 resolution of the display shall be at least 50 milliseconds. 48 49 SURGE PROTECTOR (LIGHTING ARRESTER) 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 388 City of Renton August 2015 The controller shall have an input voltage surge protector that shall protect 1 the controller input from any voltage surges that could damage the controller 2 or any of its components. 3 4 FIELD WIRING TERMINAL 5 There shall be a terminal strip for field wiring in the controller cabinet. The 6 terminals shall be numbered in accordance with the schematic wiring diagram 7 on the Plans. If a different numbering system is used for the cabinet wiring, 8 then both numbers shall label each terminal and the cabinet wiring schematic 9 drawing shall include the field wiring numbers where the terminal strip is 10 illustrated. A common bus bar with a minimum of 15 terminals and a ground 11 bar with a minimum of 6 terminals shall be provided. 12 13 COMPUTER INTERFACE UNIT 14 Interface communication devices shall be designed as separate units or as 15 modules that plug directly into the controller case. The communication 16 devices shall be used for on-line computer control of the intersection and shall 17 be capable of transmitting all detector and signal status information and 18 receiving and decoding command information from the computer all in 19 conformance and within the capability of the multisonic master computer unit 20 or other central system as specified in the Plans and specifications and the 21 interconnect cables. 22 23 DOOR SWITCH 24 A door switch shall be provided to operate the cabinet light. 25 26 WIRE COLOR SCHEME 27 All 120VAC circuits shall use black wire. All other circuits shall not use black 28 wires. Color traces shall be used to identify functions. Red with white tracer 29 wire is to be used for all 24VDC circuits, and white with red tracer wire for 30 logic ground circuits. 31 32 PREEMPTION INDICATOR LIGHT 33 The preemption indicator light shall be energized when the emergency 34 vehicle preemption system is in operation. Said light shall turn on when a 35 phase is preempted and the priority green is displayed. There shall be one 36 indicator light for each of the four emergency vehicle preempt channels. 37 Opticom inputs/outputs need to be wired to green sense panel located on left 38 side wall of the cabinet. 39 40 POWER REQUIREMENTS 41 The controller cabinet and all associated equipment shall be designed for use 42 on 120 volts, 60 Hz., single phase alternating current. 43 44 45 MAIN PANEL CONFIGURATION (LOAD BAY) 46 The design of the panel shall conform to NEMA TS2 Section 5, Terminals and 47 Facilities, unless modified herein. This panel shall be the termination point for 48 the controller unit (CU) MSA, (MMU) MSA & B cables, bus interface units 1 & 2 49 (BIU) and field terminal facilities. The terminal and facilities layout shall be 50 arranged in a manner that allows all equipment in the cabinet and all screw 51 terminals to be readily accessible by maintenance personnel. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 389 City of Renton August 2015 1 The load-bay shall be fully wired and meet the following requirements: 2 • The load-bay shall have the following dimensions; constructed from 3 aluminum with a nominal thickness of 0.125”, a maximum height of 24” 4 and maximum width of 28.5”. The field terminal’s width shall be 31.5” 5 including attached wiring bundles. 6 • The entire assembly shall roll down and provide access to all of the back 7 of panel wiring. All solder terminals shall be accessible when the load-bay 8 is rolled down. The assembly shall be able to roll down without requiring 9 other components, cables or switches to be removed. 10 • The load-bay shall be designed so that all other cabinet screw terminals 11 are accessible without removing cabinet electronics. 12 • All the controller (CU) and malfunction management (MMU) cables shall 13 be routed through the back of the load-bay so that they will not be subject 14 to damage during load-bay roll down. 15 • The top of the load-bay panel shall attach directly to UnistrutTM spring nuts 16 without the use of standoffs and spacers. 17 • The load-bay shall be balanced such that it will not roll down when the 18 UnistrutTM spring nuts are removed, even when fully loaded with BIUs load 19 switches, flasher and flash transfer relays. 20 • The load-bay facility shall be wired for 16 channels. Load switch(s) 1-8 21 shall be vehicle phases 1-8; load switch(s) 9-12 shall be pedestrian 22 phases 2, 4. 6 & 8; load switches 13-16 shall be overlaps A, B, C & D. 23 Load switches 1-8 & 13-16 shall be routed through a flash transfer relay. 24 • (16) Load switch sockets in two rows of(8) spaced on 2” center per NEMA 25 TS2 section 5.3.1.2, figure 5-2. 26 • (6) Flash transfer relay sockets. 27 • (1) Flasher socket. 28 • All load switches and flasher shall be supported by a bracket extending at 29 least V the length of the load switch. 30 • (2) Bus interface unit rack slots for BIU’s I and 2. The main panel BIU 31 racks shall be left of the load switches, placed vertically with BIU 1 on top 32 and BIU 2 on bottom. 33 • BIU wires connection to the PCB shall be two (2) 34 pin connectors. 34 These connectors shall have locking latches. 35 • All BIU wiring shall be soldered to backside of a screw terminal. The screw 36 terminals provide access to all functions of BIUs. 37 • Wiring for one Type-16 MMU. All MMU wiring shall be soldered to 38 backside of a screw terminal. The screw terminals provide access to all 39 functions of the MMU. 40 • All 24 VDC relays shall have the same base socket, but it shall be different 41 from the 1 15VAC relays 42 • Alt 11 5VAC relays shall have the same base socket, but it shall be 43 different from the 24VDC relays. (not applicable to flash transfer relays). 44 Shall have a relay that drops +24VDC to load switches when the cabinet 45 is in flash. The load bay shall have terminals to access the flash circuits 1 46 and 2. There shall be a wire between the pedestrian yellow field terminals 47 and another terminal on the load bay. The MMU channel 9-12 yellows 48 shall terminate next to said pedestrian yellows terminal. 49 • The load-bay shall be silkscreened on both sides. Silkscreen shall be 50 numbers and functions on the front side, and numbers only on the back 51 side. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 390 City of Renton August 2015 • Field wiring terminations shall be per channel across the bottom of the 1 load-bay. Each channel shall have 3 terminations corresponding to the 2 appropriate vehicle phase Red, Yellow and Green. Default wiring shall be 3 left to right vehicle phases 1-8, pedestrian phases 2, 4, 6 & 8 and overlap 4 channels A, B, C & D following the order of the load switches. Field 5 terminals shall be #10 screw terminal and be rated for 600V. 6 • All cable wires shall be terminated. No tie-off of unused terminals will be 7 allowed. 8 • Shall be 100°/b manufactured in the United States of America 9 10 All wiring shall conform to NEMA TS2 Section 5.2.5 and table 5-1. Conductors 11 shall conform to military specification MIL-W-l6878D, Electrical insulated high 12 heat wire, type B. Conductors #14 or larger shall be permitted to be UL type 13 THHN. Main panel wiring shall conform to the following colors and minimum 14 wire sizes: 15 16 Vehicle green load switch output 14 gauge brown 17 Vehicle yellow load switch output 14 gauge yellow 18 Vehicle red load switch output 14 gauge red 19 Pedestrian Don’t Walk switch 14 gauge orange 20 Pedestrian Walk switch 14 gauge blue 21 Pedestrian Clearance load switch 14 gauge yellow 22 Vehicle green load switch input 22 gauge brown 23 Vehicle yellow load switch input 22 gauge yellow 24 Vehicle red load switch input 22 gauge red 25 Pedestrian Don’t Walk input 22 gauge orange 26 Pedestrian Walk input 22 gauge blue 27 Pedestrian Clearance input 22 gauge yellow 28 29 30 Logic Ground 18 gauge white with red tracer 31 +24V DC 18 gauge red with white tracer 32 +12VDC 18 gauge pink 33 34 AC+ Line 14 gauge black 35 AC- Line 14 gauge white 36 Earth Ground 16 gauge green 37 38 AC line (load bay) 12/14 gauge black 39 AC neutral (load bay) 12-14 gauge white 40 41 42 43 Controller A cables 22 gauge blue with the exception of power wires 44 (AC+ Black, AC- White & Earth Ground Green) 45 These wires shall be 18 AWG 46 MMU A & B cables 22 gauge orange with the exception of power 47 wires (AC+ Black, AC- White & Earth Ground 48 Green Start Delay Relay Common Black, 49 Normally open Black & Normally Closed Black) 50 These wires shall be 18 AWG 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 391 City of Renton August 2015 Four conductors will supply alternating current (AC) power to the load switch 1 sockets. The load switch sockets shall be supplied 1-4, 5-8, 9-12 & 13-16 by 2 each conductor. 3 4 The field terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of 5 accepting no less than 3 No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. Four 6 (4) 12-position terminal blocks shall be provided in a single row across the 7 bottom of the main panel. Spade lugs from internal cabinet wiring are not 8 allowed on field terminal screws. There shall be a second row of four (4) 12-9 position terminal blocks with screw type #10 above the field terminal blocks. 10 These blocks shall operate the flash program. It shall be changeable from the 11 front of the load bay. 12 13 The terminal block above the Pedestrian field blocks shall be tied to the “Don’t 14 Walk” and “Walk” with orange and blue 14 AWG wire. This shall provide 15 termination for pushbutton control wires without utilizing field terminals. 16 17 The power terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of 18 accepting no less than 3 No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. One 19 (1) 12-position terminal block and one (1) 6-position terminal block shall be 20 provided vertically on the right side of the load-bay. The placement of the 21 power terminal block on any other panel shall not be allowed. 22 23 All load switches, flasher, and flash transfer relay sockets shall be marked and 24 mounted with screws. Rivets and clip-mounting is unacceptable. 25 26 Wire size 16 AWG or smaller at solder joints shall be hooked or looped around 27 the eyelet or terminal block post prior to soldering to ensure circuit integrity. All 28 wires shall have lugs or terminal fittings when not soldered. Lap joint/tack on 29 soldering is not acceptable. All soldered connections shall be made with 60’40 30 solder and non-corrosive, non-conductive flux. All wiring shall be run neatly 31 and shall use mechanical clamps and conductors shall not be spliced between 32 terminations. Cable shall be sleeved in braded nylon mesh and wires shall not 33 be exposed. 34 35 AUXILIARY PANEL 36 The cabinet shall include an auxiliary switch panel mounted to the interior side 37 of the police panel compartment on the cabinet door. The panel shall be 38 secured to the police panel compartment by (2) screws and shall be hinged at 39 the bottom to allow access to the soldered side of the switches with the use of 40 only a Phillips screwdriver. Both sides of the panel shall be silkscreened. Silk-41 screening on the backside of the switch panel shall be upside down so that 42 when the panel is opened for maintenance the silk-screening will be right side 43 up. All of the switches shall be protected by a hinged see-through Plexiglas 44 cover. 45 46 At a minimum the following switches shall be included: 47 48 Controller ON/Off Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the 49 controller and load-switching devices electrically dead while maintaining 50 flashing operations for purpose of changing the controller or load-51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 392 City of Renton August 2015 switching devices. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle 1 switch with .688-inch long bat. 2 3 Stop Time Switch: There shall be a 3-position switch labeled “Normal” 4 (up), “Off’ (center), and “On” (down). 5 With the switch in the “Normal” position, a stop timing command shall be 6 applied to the controller by the police flash switch or the MMU 7 (Malfunction Management Unit). 8 When the switch is in its “Off’ position, stop timing commands shall be 9 removed from the controller. 10 The “On” position shall cause the controller to stop time. The switch shall 11 be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with 688-inch long bat. 12 13 Technician Flash Switch: There shall be a switch that places the field 14 signal displays in flashing operation while the controller continues to 15 operate. This flash shalt have no effect on the operation of the controller 16 or MMU. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch 17 with .688-inch long bat. 18 19 Signals ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the field 20 signal displays electrically dead while maintaining controller operation for 21 purpose of monitoring controller operations. The switch shall be a general-22 purpose bat style toggle switch with 0.688-inch long bat. 23 24 Vehicle Test Switches: All eight vehicle phase inputs shall have a 2 25 position switches labeled “Off’ (up), “On” (down). With the switch in the 26 “On” position a constant input shall be applied to the controller. The 27 switches shall directly input a call to the related controller vehicle phase 28 without Touting the call through the detector rack(s). These switches shall 29 be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. 30 31 Pedestrian Test Switches: All eight pedestrian phase inputs shall have a 2 32 position switches labeled “Off’ (up), “On” (down). With the switch in the 33 “On” position a constant input shall be applied to the controller. The 34 switches shall directly input a call to the related controller pedestrian 35 phase. These switches shall be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. 36 37 VENTILATING FANS 38 The cabinet shalt be provided with two (2) finger safe fan mounted on the right 39 and left sides of the cabinet plenum, and shall be thermostatically controlled 40 (adjustable between 4-176° Fahrenheit). The safe-touch thermostat fuse 41 holder and power terminal block(s) shall be din rail mounted on right side of 42 cabinet plenum. 43 44 DETECTOR RACKS 45 At a minimum, the cabinet shall be wired to accommodate (32) channels of 46 detection. One detector rack shall support (16) channels of loop detection, (1) 47 Buss Interface Unit (BIU) and (4) channel of OpticomTM. One detector rack 48 shall support (16) channels of loop detection and one (1) Buss Interface Unit 49 (BIU). Racks shall be capable of using both two channel or four channel 50 detection devices or OpticomTM cards. The loop cabling shall be connected via 51 a 37 pin DB connector using spring clips. The Opticom cable shall be 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 393 City of Renton August 2015 connected via a 24 pin connector using locking latches. The power cable shall 1 be a 6 pin connector. All power wires shall be 18 AWG. The addressing of 2 detector racks shall be accomplished via dipswitches mounted to the PCB. 3 There shall be the capability to turn off the TS2 status to the BIU for the uses 4 of TSI detector equipment via dipswitches mounted to the PCB. There shall be 5 a 34 pin connector using locking latches that breaks the output from the 6 detector to the input of the BIU, there shall also be +24VDC and logic ground 7 on this connector. All racks shall have space at the bottom front for labeling. All 8 racks shall be designed for horizontal stacking. Separate racks for detection 9 and preemption are not allowed. 10 11 FLASH TRANSFER RELAY 12 Flash transfer relays shall be provided with each cabinet. Six (6) each shall be 13 supplied with the Type ‘P’ cabinet. A thin copper disc called a non-freeze pin 14 shall be included in the relay design to combat the residual magnetism 15 phenomena. The uses of tape, plastic or dimples are not acceptable solutions. 16 17 LOADSWITCHES 18 The load switches shall be a three-(3) function NEMA and shall have LED 19 indicator lights that show the input side of the relay. The unit shall be rated for 20 a minimum of ten (10) amps per circuit through the entire NEMA temperature 21 range. 22 23 DETECTOR CARD CAGE 24 The detector card cage shall be a completely enclosed assembly. It shall have 25 12 positions and wired for two channel detector amps as specified in section 9-26 29.18. The last two card cage slots shall be wired for the emergency pre-27 emption modules described in section 9-29.13(3). The detector power 28 supply(s) shall occupy the first two slots of the card cage. 29 30 UNIVERSAL PROGRAM PANEL 31 The controller cabinet shall be provided with a raised universal Program Panel, 32 with connectors attached in lieu of a “D” cable. A cable shall be provided to 33 work with the controller specified. The attached connectors and pin 34 assignments shall be consistent with existing standards. The panel shall 35 contain 2 dual surge suppressors, SRA64. These are to be wired for 36 protection of the telemetry lines. The panel shall contain ten 20 position feed 37 through terminal blocks, and one 6 position terminal block. The function and 38 layout of these terminal blocks shall be consistent with existing standards. The 39 first block shall be used to input to the controllers normal 8 phase inputs on the 40 A, B and C cables. Pull up resistors shall be provided on this block to insure 41 compatibility with both TS1 and TS2 detectors. The second and third blocks 42 shall be the detector out puts from the card cage(s). The fourth block shall be 43 the detector inputs to the “D” cable. The fifth and seventh blocks shall be the 44 green inputs into the card cages. The sixth block shall have the controller 45 greens and reds. The remaining blocks shall have miscellaneous “D” functions 46 laid out consistent with existing standards. The panel shall be a Western 47 Systems or a pre-approved equal. The “D” cable provided must work with an 48 Eagle M-50 controller. 49 50 CABINET QUALITY 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 394 City of Renton August 2015 The cabinet shall be compliant to both mechanical and function specification 1 prior to being shipped to owner. 2 3 1. Cabinet and hardware will comply with project specification. 4 2. Function compliance will be tested with power applied. 5 3. All cabinet and load-bay functions will pass point-to-point tests 6 including expansion requirements. 7 4. All field detector inputs must be checked from field connection point to 8 controller. 9 10 Cabinet issues and clarifications need to be documented and addressed prior 11 to Delivery. This agency will NOT provide QA or testing service for the 12 delivered cabinet. Testing done by this agency is not in lieu of manufacturer 13 test requirements. 14 15 16 CABINET ENCLOSURE 17 At a minimum the cabinets shall meet the following criteria: 18 19 1. It shall have nominal dimensions of 56” high x 44” width x 25.5” depth 20 and meet the footprint dimensions as specified in Section 7.3, table 7-1 21 of NEMA TS2 standards for a Type P cabinet. The cabinet base shall 22 have continuously welded interior mounting reinforcement plates with the 23 same anchor bolt hole-pattern as the footprint dimensions. 24 2. Shall be fabricated from 5052-H32 0.1 25-inch thick aluminum. 25 3. The cabinet shall be double-flanged where it meets the cabinet door. 26 4. The top of the cabinet shall be sloped 1” towards the rear to facilitate 27 water runoff and shall bend at a 90° angle at the front of the cabinet. 28 Lesser slope angles are not allowed. 29 5. The inside of the cabinet shall have (2) separate compartments. The main 30 compartment shall be accessible from the front door and shall house the 31 cabinet load facilities and electronics. The BBS compartment shall be 32 accessible from the side door and shall contain the UPS system 33 batteries. The UPS system inverter and ATS assembly shall be mounted 34 in the BBS compartment but shall be accessible when the front door is 35 open. 36 6. The inside of the cabinet shall utilize C channel rails. (2) Welded on the 37 back wall on 25” center and (4) welded on each side wall on 8” center 38 with 2” between sets. The C channel rails on the back wall shall be 48” in 39 length and start 5” from the bottom of the cabinet interior. The C channel 40 rails on the side walls shall be 48” in length and start 5” from the bottom 41 of the cabinet interior. Adjustable rails are not allowed. 42 7. The Cabinet shall be supplied with the following finishes: the interior 43 natural mill finish. The exterior natural mill finish. 44 8. All external fasteners shall be stainless steel. Pop rivets shall not be 45 allowed on any external surface. 46 9. The front door handle shall be “round stock stainless steel bar. The side 47 door shall use a recessed hexagonal socket in lieu of a door handle. All 48 door handle mechanisms shall be interchangeable and field replaceable. 49 10. The front door shall contain (2) flush mount locking recessed 50 compartments. The upper compartment that houses a police door and a 51 lower compartment that houses a generator bypass receptacle. A 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 395 City of Renton August 2015 stiffener plate shall be welded to the inside of the front door to prevent 1 flexing. It shalt have a two-position, three-point door stop that 2 accommodates open-angles at 900, 125°, and 1500. A louvered air 3 entrance located at the bottom of the main door shall satisfy NEMA rod 4 entry test requirements for 3R ventilated enclosures. Bearing rollers shall 5 be applied to ends of door latches to discourage metal-on-metal surfaces 6 from rubbing. The main front door lock assembly shall be positioned so 7 the door handle does not cause interference with the key when opening 8 the door. 9 11. The police door compartment shall come with a conventional police lock. 10 12. The generator bypass receptacle compartment shall be equipped with a 11 universal lock bracket capable of accepting a BestTM style lock and a 12 Corbin #2 tumbler series lock. The lock shall be a tapered lock using a 13 Best style lock or Corbin #2 series core. The door shall have an 14 integrated door slide mechanism that allows the door to be closed and 15 locked after a generator has been connected to the internal receptacle. 16 This compartment is used by maintenance personnel for emergency 17 generator operation in the absence of service power or BBS control. 18 13. The side door shall be one piece construction without any recessed 19 compartments. It shall have a three-position, two-point door stop that 20 accommodates open-angles at roughly 80°, 100°, and 120°. A louvered 21 air entrance located at the bottom of the side door shalt satisfy NEMA 22 rod entry test requirements for 3R ventilated enclosures. Bearing rollers 23 shall be applied to ends of door latches to discourage metal-on-metal 24 surfaces from rubbing. Lock assembly shall be positioned so handle 25 does not cause interference with key when opening the door. 26 14. Closed-cell, neoprene gaskets shall be bonded to the inside of the 27 cabinet doors. The gaskets shall cover all areas where the doors contact 28 the double flanged cabinet housing exterior and be thick enough to 29 provide a watertight seal. 30 15. A complete set of keys shall be supplied providing access to the cabinet 31 front door, cabinet side door, the police door and the generator 32 receptacle door. 33 16. The cabinet shall be equipped with a universal lock brackets capable of 34 accepting a BestTM style lock and a Corbin #2 tumbler series lock. The 35 cabinet shall come equipped with a BestTM style lock. 36 17. The cabinet shall be supplied with three (3) door switches which control 37 the door and police door open status and the cabinet interior lighting 38 circuits. 39 18. All exterior seams shall be manufactured with a neatly formed 40 continuously weld construction. The weld for the police and generator 41 bypass box door shall be done on the inside of the cabinet door. All 42 welds shall be free from burrs, cracks, blowholes or other irregularities. 43 19. The fan baffle panel seams shall be sealed with RTV sealant or 44 equivalent material on the interior of the cabinet. 45 20. The cabinet shall be UL listed. 46 21. The cabinet shall come with lifting ears affixed to the upper exterior of the 47 cabinet. These ears shall utilize only one bolt for easy reorientation. (The 48 cabinet lifting ears shall not be used when the batteries are installed,. 49 22. The cabinet shall come with two (2) three-stage, multi-ply progressive 50 density polyester, disposable air filter; and the filter performance shall 51 conform to listed UL 900 Class 2 and conform to ASKRAE Standard 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 396 City of Renton August 2015 52.1. The filter element shall be secured to louvered entrance on main 1 door and side door with Velcro type mounting on alt four edges. 2 23. All cabinet doors shall be mounted with a single continuous stainless 3 steel piano hinge that runs the length of the door. The hinge shall be 4 attaching via stainless steel tamper resistant bolts. 5 24. All steel incorporated in the cabinet shell shall be manufactured in the 6 United States of America, and shall meet the requirements of Section 7 1605 of the American Recovery and 8 25. The cabinet enclosure shall be a P+ style Western Systems Part 9 #3012500000. 10 11 CABINET MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION 12 The foundation for a cabinet shall be a concrete pedestal of the same size as 13 the base of the cabinet with one foot of the foundation above the adjacent 14 grade. The pedestal shall be poured in place and shall be 12 inches below 15 grade and 12 inches above grade. A sidewalk shall be provided on all sides of 16 a cabinet and poured in place with the cabinet foundation. Refer to Cabinet 17 Foundation details on project Plans for concrete pedestals where multiple 18 cabinets are to be installed on one pad. 19 20 9 29.13(10)C NEMA Controller Cabinets 21 Section 9-29.13(10)C is replaced with the following: 22 23 The standard traffic signal controller cabinet shall be a TS2 – Type 1 P+. The 24 traffic signal cabinet(s) built to NEMA TS2 – Type 1 P+ standards shall be 25 supplied in compliance with Section 9-29.13, Control Cabinet Assemblies of 26 the Standard Specifications and modified as stated herein. 27 28 All new traffic signals located within a signal interconnect system shall be 29 connected to said system. 30 31 The following are requirements for all cabinets: 32 1. The cabinet shall be anodized aluminum, with a minimum thickness of 33 0.125 inches. 34 2. All sheet metal products incorporated within this cabinet are to be 35 aluminum, shall be a minimum thickness of 0.090 inches and are to be 36 powder coated white. 37 3. The dimensions shall be 55” High x 44” Wide x 26” Deep. 38 4. No vertical seams shall be allowed except for the attachment of the 39 panels above and below the door. The cabinet sides and back shall be 40 fabricated of one continuous piece of sheet aluminum. All interior 41 seams shall be continuously welded. 42 5. The roof shall be fabricated of one (1) continuous piece of sheet 43 aluminum and shall incorporate a plenum to which the fan will be 44 mounted from the inside of the cabinet to provide forced air ventilation. 45 The ventilation exhaust opening of the unit shall be underneath the front 46 overhang and shall have a screen. The roof section shall be 47 continuously welded to the main cabinet body. 48 6. The cabinet interior shall be painted white and the shelves shall be 49 white. The inside of the cabinet door does not need to be white. 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 397 City of Renton August 2015 7. The Cabinet shall be base mounted. The Type ‘P’ cabinets shall have 1 four (4) mounting holes on the bottom of the unit. The mounting holes 2 will be: 3 Center to center width: 40- 5/8” 4 Center to center in depth: 18-1/2” 5 8. The main door of the cabinet shall include a police door. Stainless steel 6 hinges shall support both the main door and police door. 7 9. The main door shall be equipped with a three (3) point latching 8 mechanism, fabricated from heavy gauge steel with steel locking rods 9 and twin nylon rollers. This mechanism is to be cadmium plated. Main 10 door shall be provided with a doorstop to securely hold the door open at 11 approximately 90 degrees, 120 degrees, and 180 degrees. 12 10. Included with the main door shall be a replaceable filter, 12” x 16” x 1”, 13 which shall be located behind the louvered vents and secured with a 14 aluminum cover, holding clips and spring. 15 11. Door handle shall be made of stainless steel and have a provision for 16 padlocking. 17 12. Two (2) shelves or more shall be included and shall be of sufficient 18 depth to store equipment, and be powder coated white. 19 13. A pullout shelf with an internal document storage compartment mounted 20 under the controller shelf shall be supplied. The document drawer shall 21 have a nominal storage area of approximately 17” W x 12” D x 1” H as 22 approved by the Engineer. 23 14. All mounting hardware used in the cabinet, whether it is used to secure 24 equipment or some portion of the cabinet itself, shall be stainless steel 25 or nickel plated brass. 26 15. The cabinet shall be supplied with a standard Lock, Best CX-1, Red 27 Construction Core for the main door and a standard police lock for the 28 police door. Two (2) keys for each lock shall be included. 29 30 Cabinets for traffic signals and safety lighting shall comply with Section 9-29 of 31 the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal construction 2010, 32 except as supplemented by the requirements herein. The cabinet shall be 33 anodized aluminum and painted white inside, with a minimum thickness of 34 0.080 or 0.125 inches as indicated herein. The cabinet shall be fabricated from 35 flat aluminum and welded. The riveted type fabrication will not be permitted. 36 All cabinets shall be supplied with a standard Best CX-1 Lock, Red 37 Construction Core. All control cabinets shall include but not be limited to 38 switches, relays, flashers, power supply, component racks, terminals, wiring 39 harnesses, lights, interior and exterior hardware and/or related components, 40 and when specified on the Plans and special provisions, shall include 41 operating components, such as controller, modems, loop amplifiers, load 42 switches, preempt module, and signal monitor. 43 44 Additional fiber optic equipment shall meet the requirements of Sections 8-45 20.3(21) and 9-29.3. 46 47 Cabinet mounting and installation 48 The foundation for a cabinet shall be a concrete pedestal of the same size as 49 the base of the cabinet with one foot of the foundation above the adjacent 50 grade. The pedestal shall be poured in place and shall be 12 inches below 51 grade and 12 inches above grade. A sidewalk shall be provided on all sides of 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 398 City of Renton August 2015 a cabinet and poured in place with the cabinet foundation. Refer to Cabinet 1 Foundation details on project Plans for concrete pedestals where multiple 2 cabinets are to be installed on one pad. 3 4 9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing 5 6 9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads 7 Section 9-29.16(2) is supplemented with the following: 8 9 Vehicular signal heads shall have 12 inch lens sizes unless shown otherwise on the 10 Contract Plans. 11 12 Each signal head shall have a 1/4 inch drain hole in its base. 13 14 Signal heads shall be mounted on the mast arm such that the red indications lie in 15 the same plane and such that the bottom of the housing of a signal head shall not 16 be less than 16 feet 6 inches nor more than 18 feet 6 inches above the grade at the 17 center of the roadway. 18 19 Signal heads shall be a McCain Inc product. 20 21 9-29.16(2)A Optical Units 22 Section 9-29.16(2)A is supplemented with the following: 23 24 Optical units shall be GE Lighting product. 25 26 9-29.16(2)B Signal Housing 27 Delete the fifth paragraph of Section 9-29.16(2)B and replaced with the following: 28 29 Each lens shall be protected with a removable visor. The visor shall be tunnel 30 type unless noted otherwise in the contract. Tunnel, cap, and cut away type 31 visors shall be made of aluminum throughout. Visors shall be flat black in color 32 inside and shall be yellow baked enamel on the outside. Visors shall have 33 attaching ears for installation to the housing door. The signal display shall have 34 square doors. End caps shall be made from aluminum and shall be installed 35 with fittings to provide a watertight seal. A bead of silicone sealant shall be 36 applied around the perimeter of all top end cap openings prior to installation of 37 the end cap assembly. Plastic end caps shall utilize a threaded stud with seal 38 and wing nut. End caps shall have the same color as the signal housing. 39 40 9-29.16(2)C Louvered Visors 41 Section 9-29.16(2)C has been deleted and replaced with the following: 42 43 Where noted in the Contract, louvered tunnel visors shall be furnished and 44 installed. Directional louvers shall be constructed to have a snug fit in the 45 signal visor. The outside cylinder shall be constructed of aluminum, and the 46 louvers shall be constructed of anodized aluminum painted flat black. 47 Dimensions and arrangement of louvers shall be as shown in the contract. 48 49 9-29.16(2)D Back Plates 50 Section 9-29.16(2)D has been added as follows: 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 399 City of Renton August 2015 Back plates shall be furnished and attached to the signal heads. Back plates 1 shall be 3-S half-hard aluminum sheet, 0.058-inch minimum thickness, with 5-2 inch square cut border and painted black in front and yellow in back. 3 4 9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads 5 Section 9-29.16(2)E has been been revised as follows: 6 7 Traffic signal heads (vehicle and pedestrian) shall be finished with two coats of 8 factory applied traffic signal federal yellow baked enamel or shall be finished 9 with a traffic signal federal yellow oven baked powder coating comprised of 10 resins and pigments. Aluminum end caps and the back of back plates shall be 11 painted to match the color of the signal housing. The inside of visors, front of 12 back plates, and louvers shall be finished with two coats of factory applied flat 13 black enamel. 14 15 9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings 16 Section 9-29.17 has been deleted and replaced with the following: 17 18 Mounting hardware will provide for a rigid connection between the signal head and 19 mast arm. All mounting hardware will be of the top-mount plumbizer type as shown 20 on the standard Plans, unless specified otherwise on the Plans. 21 22 Vehicle and pedestrian signal head mountings shall be as detailed in the Standard 23 Plans. Material requirements for signal head mounts are as follows: 24 25 Aluminum 26 1. Arms and slotted tube fittings for Type N mount (temporary signals only). 27 2. Tube clamp and female clamp assembly for Type N mount. 28 29 Bronze 30 1. Terminal compartments for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts. 31 2. Collars for Type C, D, and F mounts. 32 3. Ell fittings for Type L and LE mounts. 33 4. Messenger hanger and wire entrance fittings for Type P, Q, R, and S mounts. 34 5. Balance adjuster for Type Q, R, and S mounts. 35 36 Galvanized Steel 37 1. Washers for Type A, B, C, D, F, H, and K mounts. 38 2. Fasteners for Type A, B, E, H, and K mounts. 39 40 Stainless Steel 41 1. All set screws and cotter Keys. 42 2. Bands for Type N mount. 43 3. Bolt, nut and washers for Type L mount. 44 4. Bolts, nuts, washers, and screw buckle swivels. 45 46 Steel 47 1. Center pipes, nipples, elbow and tee fittings for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K 48 mounts. 49 2. Nipples for Type L, LE, and P mounts. 50 51 All other miscellaneous hardware shall be stainless steel. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 400 City of Renton August 2015 1 All hardware for mounts shall be painted with two coats of factory applied traffic 2 signal federal yellow baked enamel. 3 4 Pins for messenger hanger fittings shall be a minimum of 1 /2 inch in diameter. 5 6 Terminal compartments for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts shall contain a 12 7 section terminal block. 8 9 All hardware for mounts shall be painted with two coats of factory applied traffic 10 signal Federal yellow baked enamel. 11 12 9-29.18 Vehicle Detector 13 14 9-29.18(1) Induction Loop Detectors 15 Section 9-29.18(1) has been deleted and replaced with the following: 16 17 4 Channel Rack Mount Detector Specifications: 18 19 The detector shall be an EDI or pre-approved equal meeting the following 20 specifications: 21 22 PHYSICAL 23 Weight: 6 oz. (170 gm.). 24 Size: 4.500 inches (11.43 cm.) high x 1.12 inches (2.84 cm.) wide x 6.875 inches 25 (17.46 cm.) long including connector (not including front handle). 26 Operating Temperature: -40 F to +180 F (-40 C to +82 C) 27 Circuit Board: Printed circuit boards are 0.062in. FR4 material with 2 oz. copper on 28 both sides and plated through holes. Circuit board and components are conformal 29 coated with polyurethane. 30 Connector: 2 x 22 pin edge card connector with 0.156-inch (0.396 cm.) contact 31 centers. Key slots located between B & C and M & N. 32 Loop Feeder Length: Up to 5000 feet (1500m.) maximum with proper feeder cable 33 and appropriate loops. 34 35 ELECTRICAL 36 Power: 10.8 to 30 VDC, 120 mA max. 37 Loop Inductance Range: 20 to 2500 microHenries with a Q factor of 5 or greater. 38 Loop Inputs: Transformer isolated. The minimum capacitance added by the 39 detector is 0.068 microFarad. 40 41 Lightning Protection: The detector shall be able to tolerate, without damage, a 10 42 microFarad capacitor charged to 2,000 volts being discharged directly into the loop 43 input terminals, or a 10 microFarad capacitor charged to 2,000 volts being 44 discharged between either loop terminal and earth ground. 45 46 Reset: Shall meet and/or exceed NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 detector specifications. 47 Application of a 30-millisecond low state (0 to 8 VDC) to pin C shall reset both 48 channels. Each detector channel shall be manually reset by pressing the CHAN 49 button until the desired channel is selected, then holding the CHAN button for 3 50 seconds, or by changing the sensitivity or loop frequency of the channel. 51 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 401 City of Renton August 2015 Phase Green Inputs: Also known as Call Delay Overrides. Shall meet and/or 1 exceed all NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 requirements. Application of a Low state voltage 2 (0 to 8 VDC) to pin 1(Ch. 1) and/or pin 2 (Ch. 2) shall cause the delay timer for the 3 channel to abort the delay timing function and also provide control for Phase Green 4 Loop Compensation, Max Presence Timing (End-of-Green), Extension timing, and 5 Detector Disconnect, if the features are programmed. 6 7 Fail-Safe Outputs: Per NEMA TS 2 - conducting state indicates detection output. 8 Each detector channel output shall default to a CALL state for any loop failure 9 condition or loss of power. 10 Channel Status Outputs: Per NEMA TS 2 - Each channel shall have an output to 11 communicate the status states of the channel as follows: 12 13 Normal operation Continuous Low or On State Detector failure Continuous High or Off State Open loop 50 millisecond On time, 50 millisecond Off time Shorted loop 50 millisecond On time, 100 millisecond Off time Excessive inductance change (±25%) 50 millisecond On time, 150 millisecond Off time 14 Solid State Output Ratings: Shall be optically coupled field effect transistors. 30 15 VDC max. drain to source. 50 mA. max. current. The output transistor shall be 16 protected with a 33-volt zener diode connected between the drain and source. 17 18 OPERATIONAL 19 Display: Shall be LCD and back lighted whenever any push button is pressed. The 20 back lighting shall extinguish 15 minutes after the last actuation of any push button. 21 22 Detect Indicators: Each channel shall have an super high intensity red light emitting 23 diode (LED) to indicate a CALL output, Delay Timing, Extension Timing, Pending 24 state, or failed loop. 25 26 Response Time: Shall Meet or exceed NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 response time 27 specifications. 28 Self-Tuning: The detector shall automatically tune and be operational within 2 29 seconds after application of power or after being reset. 30 31 Environmental & Tracking: The detector shall be fully self-compensating for 32 environmental changes and loop drift over the full temperature range and the entire 33 loop inductance range. 34 35 Grounded Loop Operation: The loop isolation transformer shall allow operation with 36 poor quality loops (which may include one short to ground at a single point). 37 38 Loop (Fail) Monitor: If the total inductance of the channel’s loop input network goes 39 out of the range specified for the detector, or rapidly changes by more than ±25%, 40 the channel shall immediately enter the Fail-Safe mode and display “LOOP FAIL” 41 on the LCD. The type of loop failure shall also be displayed as “L lo” (for -25% 42 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 402 City of Renton August 2015 change or shorted loop conditions) or “L hi” (for +25% change or open loop 1 conditions). This will continue as long as the loop fault exists. The Fail-Safe mode 2 shall generate a continuous call in Presence Mode or in Pulse Mode. At the time of 3 a loop failure, the channel’s LED shall begin repeating a burst of three flashes each 4 one second. The LED shall continue these bursts until the channel is manually 5 reset or power is removed. If the loop “self heals”, the LOOP FAIL message on the 6 LCD shall extinguish and the channel will resume operation in a normal manner; 7 except the LED shall continue the bursts thus providing an alert that a Loop Fail 8 condition occurred. Each loop failure for the channel shall be counted and 9 accumulated into the Loop Fail Memory. The total number of loop failures written 10 into the Loop Fail Memory (since the last power interruption or manual reset) can 11 be viewed by stepping through the channel’s functions in Program Mode to the 12 “LOOP FAIL” message. 13 14 LOOP FREQUENCY 15 There shall be eight (8) selectable loop frequency settings per channel (normally in 16 the range of 20 to 100 kilohertz). The actual loop operating frequency shall be 17 digitally displayed on the LCD. 18 19 SENSITIVITY 20 There shall be nine (9) selectable sensitivity levels per channel, plus Continuous-21 Call and Channel-Off. The sensitivity levels are to be designed so that a one level 22 increase actually doubles the sensitivity and a one level decrease halves the 23 sensitivity. A bar graph shall be displayed on the LCD to make it easy to quickly 24 set the sensitivity to the ideal level for any loop/lead-in network situation. 25 26 Continuous-Call: When set to the Continuous-Call state, the channel output shall 27 be in the continuously call state regardless of the presence or absence of vehicles 28 over the loop. The loop oscillator shall be disabled when in the “Continuous-Call 29 State”. This state shall be indicated by CALL flashing on the LCD. This option shall 30 be selected from the Sensitivity menu in Program Mode. 31 32 Channel-Off: When set to the Channel-Off state, the channel output shall be 33 continuously in the No-Call state regardless of the presence or absence of vehicles 34 over the loop. The loop oscillator shall be disabled when in the “Channel-Off State”. 35 This state shall be indicated by OFF flashing on the LCD. This option shall be 36 selected from the Sensitivity menu in Program Mode. 37 38 CALL DELAY 39 Each channel’s Call Delay shall be adjustable from 0 to 255 seconds in 1-second 40 steps. Call Delay time shall start counting down when a vehicle enters the loop 41 detection zone. The remaining Call Delay time shall be continuously displayed on 42 the LCD. Whenever a Phase Green Input (call delay override) signal (pins 1 or 2) 43 is active (low state), the Call Delay function for that channel shall be aborted and 44 the Call Delay time forced to zero. 45 46 CALL EXTENSION 47 Each channel’s Call Extension shall be adjustable from 0 to 25.5 seconds in 0.1-48 second steps. Extension time shall start counting down when the last vehicle clears 49 the loop detection zone. The remaining Extension time shall be continuously 50 displayed on the LCD. Any vehicle entering the loop detection zone during the 51 Extension time period shall cause the channel to return to the Detect state, and 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 403 City of Renton August 2015 later, when the last vehicle clears the loop detection zone, the full Extension time 1 shall start counting down again. 2 3 PRESENCE/PULSE 4 One of two mutually exclusive modes of operation for each channel shall be 5 available. Presence or Pulse mode shall be toggled by momentarily pressing either 6 the up or down button. 7 Presence Mode: Will provide a Call hold time of at least 4 minutes (regardless of 8 vehicle size) and typically 1 to 3 hours for an automobile or truck. 9 Pulse Mode: An output Pulse of 125±10 milliseconds duration shall be generated 10 for each vehicle entering the loop detection zone. Each detected vehicle shall be 11 instantly tuned out if it remains in the loop detection zone longer than 2 seconds. 12 After each vehicle leaves the loop detection zone, the channel shall resume full 13 sensitivity within 0.5 seconds. 14 15 MAX PRESENCE TIMER 16 Each channel’s Max Presence timer shall be adjustable from 1 to 999 seconds in 1-17 second steps, plus OFF. The Max Presence function is used to limit presence 18 time, by automatically resetting a channel. If this function is enabled (on), the Max 19 Presence timer begins counting down when a Call is initiated and the remaining 20 time is continuously displayed on the LCD. If the loop becomes vacant before the 21 Max Presence timer reaches zero, the Call is dropped and no automatic reset 22 occurs. If the End-Of-Green (EOG) function is not enabled (off) and the Call is still 23 present when the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the channel then is 24 automatically reset. If the EOG function is enabled (on) and the Call is still present 25 when the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the channel enters a “Wait” state. The 26 Wait state continues until either the loop becomes vacant or the Phase Green Input 27 signal for the channel (pin 1 or 2) transitions from green to not green with the Call 28 still present. If the loop becomes vacant first, the Call is dropped and no automatic 29 reset occurs. If the Phase Green Input for the channel transitions from green to not 30 green while the channel is in a Wait state, the channel is automatically reset. The 31 signals on pins 1 and 2 are also called Call Delay Overrides. 32 33 END-OF-GREEN (EOG) 34 Each channel’s EOG setting can be toggled ON or OFF by momentarily pressing 35 either the up or down button. The EOG function is used to synchronize resetting of 36 a channel with the termination of the associated phase green. The EOG function is 37 only available when the Max Presence function is set between 1 and 999 seconds. 38 It is not available when the Max Presence function is OFF. When the EOG function 39 is enabled (ON), the channel will automatically be reset at the time the phase green 40 input signal (pin 1 or 2) transitions from the ON state to the OFF state, if the Max 41 Presence Time has counted down to zero and is resting in the wait state. The 42 signals on pins 1 and 2 are also called Call Delay Overrides. 43 44 OPTION 1, LOOP INDUCTANCE DISPLAY 45 The detector’s Loop Inductance Display setting shall be toggled ON or OFF by 46 momentarily pressing either the up or down button. When this option is enabled 47 (on), the LCD will display the total loop inductance (actual loop inductance plus 48 actual lead-in inductance) in microHenries with an accuracy of ±3% for loop 49 inductance values in the range of 20 to 2500 microHenries. NOTE: Enabling this 50 option activates it for all channels. This option shall be automatically disabled 15 51 minutes after activation or on loss of power. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 404 City of Renton August 2015 1 OPTION 2, LOOP INDUCTANCE -DL/L DISPLAY 2 The detector’s Loop Inductance -DL/L Display setting shall be toggled ON or OFF 3 by momentarily pressing either the up or down button. When this option is enabled 4 (on), the LCD displays the percentage of inductance change (-DL/L value) during 5 the Call state. To facilitate the viewing of the maximum amount of change in the -6 DL/L value while traffic is in motion over the detection zone, the detector shall hold 7 the peak -DL/L value for a period of 2 seconds. NOTE: Enabling this option 8 activates it for both channels. This option shall be automatically disabled 15 9 minutes after activation or on loss of power. 10 11 OPTION 3, CALL EXTENSION CONTROL 12 Each channel’s Call Extension Control setting shall be toggled ON or OFF by 13 momentarily pressing either the up or down button. When this option is enabled 14 (on), the channel will extend calls for the programmed extension time only when the 15 Phase Green Input signal (pin 1 or 2) is active for the channel. When this option is 16 off, the channel shall extend ALL calls for the programmed extension time. The 17 signals on pins 1 and 2 are also called Call Delay Overrides. 18 19 OPTION 4, NORMAL/FAST RESPONSE MODE 20 The detector’s Normal/Fast Response Mode setting shall be toggled ON or OFF by 21 momentarily pressing either the up or down button. When this option is enabled 22 (on), internal call filtering is disabled thus providing a faster response time. When 23 this option is off, normal call filtering is used. NOTE: Turning this option ON will 24 make it active for both channels. 25 26 OPTION 5, PHASE GREEN LOOP COMPENSATION 27 The detector’s Phase Green Loop Compensation setting shall be toggled ON or 28 OFF by momentarily pressing either the up or down button. When Option 5 is 29 enabled (on), normal loop compensation is used until the Phase Green Input signal 30 (pin 1 or 2) becomes active. Once the Phase Green Input signal is active, the 31 detector shall desensitizes the loop. Maximum desensitization shall not exceed 32 0.05% (-L/L). This desensitization will “tune out” small changes, such as adjacent 33 lane pick up therefore minimizing the chance for max timing an empty lane. When 34 Option 5 is not enabled (off), normal loop compensation shall be used. 35 36 OPTION 6, VEHICLE COUNTING DISPLAY (OPTIONAL OPTION) 37 When Option 6.0 is enabled (on) for a channel, the normal operating display for that 38 channel shall be replaced with the accumulated vehicle count. The unit shall be 39 capable of accumulating 65,535 vehicle counts before rolling over to 0. The display 40 will show just the hundreds, tens, and ones digits until the accumulated count 41 exceeds 999. At this point the display will alternate between the ten thousands and 42 thousands digits and the remaining three digits for hundreds, tens, and ones. The 43 accumulated vehicle count is cleared by loss of power or can be manually cleared 44 using Option 6.1. 45 Option 6.1 shall be used to reset the accumulated vehicle count for the selected 46 channel. When Option 6.1 is changed from the off state to the on state, the 47 accumulated vehicle count for the selected channel shall be reset to zero. Option 48 6.1 shall always be in the off state when first viewed. 49 50 OPTION 7, VEHICLE COUNTING LOOP CONFIGURATION (OPTIONAL OPTION) 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 405 City of Renton August 2015 The detector's Vehicle Counting Loop Configuration setting shall be set from 01 to 1 04 for each channel. This setting should indicate the number of loops installed in a 2 single lane. 01 would indicate a single loop. This could be a single 6' x 6' or a long 3 loop such as a 6' x 50' QuadrapoleTM. The remaining three settings indicate the 4 number of 6' x 6' loops installed in a single lane of traffic. 5 6 OPTION 8, COMMON FAIL OUTPUT (OPTIONAL OPTION) 7 The Common Fail Output setting shall be toggled ON or OFF by momentarily 8 pressing either the up or down button. The Common Fail Output setting shall be a 9 "detector wide" option. This means that setting it to ON for any channel turns it ON 10 for all channels, and setting it to OFF for any channel turns it OFF for all channels. 11 When Option 8 is enabled (on), a failure on any channel in the detector will cause 12 all of the fail outputs for the detector to activate. 13 14 OPTION 9, THIRD CAR PASSAGE 15 Each channel’s Third Car Passage setting can be toggled ON or OFF by 16 momentarily pressing either the up or down button. Option 9 is a “paired channel” 17 option. This means that it takes two channels to implement the feature. Therefore, 18 when this option is toggled ON or OFF in one channel, its paired channel is also set 19 to the same state. Option 9 shall be mutually exclusive with Option 10. Turning ON 20 one option shall automatically turn OFF the other option. 21 When Option 9 is enabled (on), the output of the paired channels shall be logically 22 ANDed together. This means that while the loops for both of the paired channels 23 are occupied, a call will output on both channels. While only one channel is 24 occupied, or neither channel is occupied, a call will not output for either channel. 25 The first channel with detection shall enter a “pending” state while waiting for 26 detection in the other paired channel. While in the pending state, the LCD shall 27 show “Pnd” on the display. 28 29 OPTION 10, DIRECTIONAL LOGIC 30 Each channel’s Directional Logic setting shall be toggled ON or OFF by 31 momentarily pressing either the up or down button. Option 10 is a “paired channel” 32 option. This means that it takes two channels to implement the feature. Therefore, 33 when this option is toggled ON or OFF in one channel, its paired channel is also set 34 to the same state. Option 9 shall be mutually exclusive with Option 10. Turning ON 35 one option shall automatically turn OFF the other option. 36 When Option 10 is enabled (on), directional logic shall be enabled. Direction logic 37 starts with a detection on one channel. This channel shall go into the “pending” 38 state, display “Pnd” on the LCD display, and NOT output a call. When both of the 39 paired channels have detection, the last channel to have detection will output a Call 40 until the detection for the last channel ends, even if the detection ends for the first 41 channel. None of the timing functions of the first channel with a detection shall time 42 (Delay, Extension, Max Presence, and Detector Disconnect) and the first channel 43 shall always operate in the Presence Mode regardless of programming for the 44 channel. The second channel with a detection shall time all timing functions as 45 programmed. 46 47 OPTION 11, AUDIBLE DETECT SIGNAL 48 Each channel's, Audible Detect Signal setting shall be toggled ON or OFF by 49 momentarily pressing either the up or down button. Only one channel can be 50 turned on at a time. Turning this option on for one channel automatically turns it off 51 for the other channel. When this option is enabled (on), an audible signal will be 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 406 City of Renton August 2015 activated whenever the detection zone for the selected channel is occupied. The 1 audible signal indicates actual occupancy of the loop detection zone. Timing and 2 disconnect functions shall have no effect on the audible signal. This option shall be 3 automatically disabled 15 minutes after activation or on loss of power. 4 5 OPTION 12, DETECTOR DISCONNECT 6 Each channel's Detector Disconnect settings shall be toggled ON or OFF and the 7 Extension timer toggled between ON and OFF by momentarily pressing either the 8 up or down button. The Detector Disconnect feature requires that the Phase Green 9 Inputs for each channel be connected to the proper controller phase. When the 10 Phase Green Input is not active (high), the detector shall operate normally. When 11 the Phase Green Input is active (low), at the end of each detection the extension 12 timer will start to count down. If this timer reaches zero before the next detection, 13 this channel will no longer output a call until the phase green input is not active. 14 Because the extension timer is used as a disconnect timer while in this mode, two 15 different disconnect types shall be available: 16 Option 12.1 OFF - Extension timing occurs and the extension timer also serves as 17 the disconnect timer during phase green. This will cause the Call output to remain 18 in the Call state until disconnect occurs. 19 Option 12.1 ON - Extension timing is disabled and the extension timer is used as 20 the disconnect timer. This will cause the Call output to follow the occupancy of the 21 loop detection zone until disconnect occurs. 22 23 9-29.18(3) Video Detection System 24 Section 9-29.18(3) is added as follows: 25 26 The video detection camera housing and mounting hardware shall be painted per 27 Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. The fully functional video detection 28 systems shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall 29 submit complete equipment list to the City Engineer for approval prior to the 30 systems purchase. The video detection system shall be capable of providing 31 presence vehicle detection and shall be expandable without removing or replacing 32 existing units. All materials furnished during construction for temporary and 33 permanent detection shall be new, unused, current production models and shall be 34 items currently in distribution. The video detection system shall have a minimum 35 18-month warranty (from the time of permanent installation) against manufacturing 36 defects in materials and workmanship from the date of shipment. The Contractor 37 shall supply the warranty and all documentation necessary to maintain and operate 38 the system to the Electrical Inspector prior to approval of the video detection 39 system by the Electrical Inspector. 40 41 The Video Detection System shall consist of ITERIS video detection equipment, 42 auxiliary equipment, cameras, housings, and mounts, and all required mounting 43 hardware, cables, connectors, and wiring. The video detection equipment shall be 44 of the quantities shown in the Plans, and shall meet the following specifications 45 (The contractor shall submit to the City of Renton Field Maintenance Shop 46 Representative a detailed summary of video detection equipment prior to 47 placing an order): 48 49 Camera 50 Vantage RZ-4 Advanced WDR color camera with integrated weatherproof housing 51 or Vantage Vector with video and radar sensor fusion. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 407 City of Renton August 2015 1 Mounting 2 Pelco Astro-Brac Extended Tilt & Pan mount with cable mount and 72 inch tube. 3 The cable mount shall be suitable for the mast arm diameter at each camera 4 installation location. 5 6 Video Detection Board 7 Vantage Edge 2 – Dual Camera Processor 8 9 Remote Monitoring 10 Vantage View (include 9” LCD color monitor at each signal and non-rack mounted 11 design. 12 13 Modem 14 Edge Connect Network Modem 15 16 Surge Suppression 17 Each camera assembly shall have a surge suppressor which shall be installed 18 inside the traffic signal controller cabinet. The surge suppressor shall be an EDCO 19 CX06-BNCY or equivalent meeting these specifications: 20 21 Peak Surge Current 5Ka Technology Hybrid, Solid State Attenuation 0.1dB @ 10 Mhz Response Time <1 nanosecond Protection Line to Ground Clamp Voltage 6 V Connectors BNC Impedance 75 ohms Environmental -40 F to 185 F Mechanical 4½" x 1½" x 1¼" 22 23 9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons 24 Section 9-29.19 is replaced by the following: 25 26 Pedestrian push buttons shall be 2 wire APS type and shall conform to MUTCD Section 27 4E.09 Accessible Pedestrian Signal Detectors requirements. The push button 28 assembly shall be audibly locatable with independent ambient adjustment settings, built 29 in false walk detection, equipped with vibro-tactile arrows, LED indicator and 9 X 15 30 retro reflective sign and shall be installed as per manufacturer’s recommendations and 31 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 408 City of Renton August 2015 per the Plans. Where noted in the Plans, the pedestrian push button shall have a voice 1 message. Voice message shall be programmed by the pedestrian push button 2 manufacturer. 3 4 The pedestrian push button assembly shall be Polara (or approved equal). 5 6 9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals 7 Section 9-29.20 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 The pedestrian signal shall be hand/man with a countdown feature. The hand and man 10 and countdown symbols shall have a uniform appearance; individual LEDs shall not be 11 visible. The hand and man symbols shall be on the left side superimposed and the 12 countdown symbol on the right side and shall comply with the latest MUTCD 13 requirements. 14 15 The countdown feature shall allow countdown time to remain stored internally, even 16 when power is removed for extended periods of time, shall automatically adjust to traffic 17 controller interval changes and the symbol shall be minimum 9 inches high. 18 19 20 9-29.24 Service Cabinets 21 Section 9-29.24 is deleted and replaced with the following: 22 23 The service cabinets shall be Tesco back to back with the Tesco 27-000 Battery Back-24 Up. The signal/street lighting service cabinet shall be as indicated on the Contract Plans 25 and detail sheets. All electrical conductors, buss bars and conductor terminals shall be 26 copper or brass. The cabinet shall be fabricated from galvanized cold rolled sheet steel, 27 with 12 gauge used for exterior surfaces and 14 gauge for interior panels. Door hinges 28 shall be the continuous concealed piano type and no screws, rivets or bolts shall be 29 visible outside the enclosure. The cabinet door shall be fitted for a Best internal type 30 lock. The cabinet shall have ventilation louvers on the lower and upper sides complete 31 with screens, filters and have rain tight gaskets. The cabinet door shall have a one 32 piece weather proof neoprene gasket. 33 34 9-29.24(1) Painting 35 Section 9-29.24(1) is deleted and replaced with the following: 36 37 The finish coat shall be a factory baked on enamel light grey in color. The 38 galvanized surface shall be etched before the baked on enamel is applied. The 39 interior shall be given a finish coat of exterior grade of white metal enamel. 40 41 Painting shall be done in conformance with the provisions of Section 8 20.3(12). 42 43 9-29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors 44 Section 9-29.24(2) is deleted and replaced with the following: 45 46 The electrical circuit breakers and contactors shall be as indicated on the Contract 47 Plans and detail sheets. The following equipment shall be featured within the 48 cabinet. 49 1. Main circuit breaker 50 2. Branch circuit breakers 51 3. Utility plug (120 volt-20 Amp rated) G.F.I. Type 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 409 City of Renton August 2015 4. Light control test switch (120 volt-15 Amp) 1 5. Contactor relay for each circuit 2 6. Double pole branch breaker(s) for lighting circuits (240 volt) 3 7. One 120 volt, 20 Amp single pole branch breaker (for utility plugs) 4 8. Type 3-single phase 120/240 volt grounded neutral service 5 9. One 120 volt 40 Amp single pole branch breaker (signal service) 6 10. Complete provisions for 16 breaker poles 7 11. Name plates phenolic black with white engraving except the main breaker 8 which shall be red with white lettering. All name plates shall be attached by 9 S.S. screws. 10 12. Meter base sections are unnecessary 11 12 13 9-29.25 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets 14 Section 9-29.25 is supplemented with the following: 15 16 The terminal box shall be weather tight, have a single door with continuous hinge on 17 one side and screw hold-downs on the door locking side. All hardware will be stainless 18 steel. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel and shall be incidental to the unit 19 price of terminal box. 20 21 Terminal blocks shall be 600V heavy duty, barrier type. Each terminal shall be 22 separated by a marker strip. The marker strip shall be permanently marked with the 23 circuit number indicated in the Plans. Each connector shall be a screw type with No. 10 24 post capable of accepting no less than 3 #12 AWG wires fitted with spade tips. 25 26 Interconnect splice tower cabinets shall be Type F, with nominal dimensions of 22" high 27 x 13" wide x 11" deep and constructed of cast aluminum and fitted with a Best internal 28 lock. 29 30 31 9-29.26 PTZ Cameras 32 Section 9-29.26 is added as follows: 33 34 PTZ cameras shall be supplied as a unit including the following: 35 36 GENERAL 37 A. This product shall be manufactured by a firm whose quality system is in 38 compliance with the ISO-9001 39 B. All equipment and materials used shall be standard components that are 40 regularly manufactured and used in the manufacturer ’s system. 41 C. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in 42 actual use. 43 D. All materials furnished under this item shall be compliant with 802.3 Ethernet 44 standards 45 E. All systems and components shall be provided with comprehensive repair and 46 spare parts replacement. The manufacturer on warranty and non-warranty items 47 shall guarantee the spare parts and the repair. 48 49 INDOOR/OUTDOOR CCTV CAMERA DOME SYSTEM 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 410 City of Renton August 2015 A. The Siqura HSD626 is an indoor/outdoor IP pan/tilt/zoom (PTZ) camera capable 1 of streaming dual streaming H.264 while simultaneously streaming dual MPEG-2 4/MPEG-2 /MJPEG streams. 3 B. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide four independent 4 digital video streams, with different resolutions, frame rates, and bit rates. The 5 CCTV Dome System shall support H.264, MPEG-2, MPEG-4 and MJEPG for 6 compression methods. For highest quality H.264 performance, the CCTV 7 Camera Dome System shall use a separate processor from the 8 MPEG2/4/MJPEG DSP, for hardware H.264 encoding of the video stream. 9 C. Each H.264 and MPEG-2/4/MJPEG stream of the indoor/outdoor CCTV camera 10 dome system shall be capable of being streamed to three different destinations 11 simultaneously for distribution to the video network. The CCTV Dome System 12 shall simultaneously handle H.264 encoding and dual MPEG-2/4/MJPEG 13 encoding at full frame rate, and a separate Live View encoder at 5 frames per 14 second. Each stream can be streamed to different unicast and/or multicast 15 destinations. The MJPEG Live View shall only be present within the web 16 interface and viewed by HTTP. 17 D. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall support streaming over 18 RTP/UDP/IP, multicast and unicast connections and RTSP/RTP/TCP/IP. In 19 addition to hardware decoding, the camera systems shall be interoperable with 20 standard software decoders such as Quick Time and Video LAN’s VLC media 21 player. 22 E. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall support Session 23 Announcement Protocol (SAP) for broadcasting multicast session information. An 24 application can use this information to receive an H.264/MPEG-4/-2 video stream 25 or audio stream transmitted by the camera system to the advertised multicast 26 address. 27 F. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide a Stream Manager 28 to set a maximum network load per stream which limits the output rate to each of 29 the streams transmitters. In addition, the camera system shall provide a minimum 30 of 3 RTP control modes to manage the network load if the receiver fails including 31 no control, a Flood Guard flood protection mechanism and real time control 32 protocol (RTCP). 33 G. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide an option to insert 34 metadata in the video stream. This metadata at a minimum shall include video 35 loss, black/white video, video motion detection alarms, tampering alarms, and 36 image quality monitor alarms. In addition, temperature alerts, audio detection 37 alerts and contact closure status shall be provided in metadata format. 38 H. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide a full featured web 39 interface for both live viewing and configuration of the camera. The Live View 40 page shall provide options for the encoder to be viewed and provide full Pan, Tilt, 41 Zoom, Focus, Iris, and Preset (set and go) as well as On-Screen Menu navigation 42 controls. Volume control for audio shall also be supported. 43 I. The user shall be able to remotely reboot the unit, reboot the unit and return the 44 setting to factory defaults leaving the network setting unchanged, or reboot the 45 unit and restore all setting to factory defaults. 46 J. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide status and 47 measurement information via the web interface. Status shall include but not be 48 limited to video and audio real-time streaming state. Measurements shall include 49 codec board current and peak temperatures, network tx/rx bit rates, CPU and 50 DSP loading, real-time video bit, frame rates and latency, audio sample rate FTP 51 push status and PTZ coordinates. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 411 City of Renton August 2015 K. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall be able to transmit up to 1 three independent copies of audio signal pairs (one pair in one stream), up to 2 three copies of each of two independent data signals, and up to three copies of 3 each of eight independent contact closure signals, each stream having an 4 independently selectable IP destination 5 L. The indoor/outdoor camera system shall support a minimum of 4 levels of 6 password protected access with 3 distinct levels of web page access including 7 administrator, operator and viewer. In addition, the operating system (Linux) shall 8 have configurable root pass code protection with no back door access. 9 M. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system is based on open streaming 10 architecture (OSA) standards (API) and shall operate in a Siqura environment as 11 well as in third-party software recording solutions. In addition, the camera system 12 shall support ONVIF v1.02 or later for open systems compatibility native or as an 13 upgrade. 14 N. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall include a removable 15 100Base-TX network interface for live streaming to a standard Web browser and 16 a analog output for live monitoring. 17 O. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide a small form-factor 18 pluggable (SFP) interface which can be installed in place of the removable RJ45 19 interface. This SFP interface shall provide for direct fiber to the dome and support 20 a wide range of SFP fiber modules including Single Mode, Multi-mode and 21 CWDM. 22 P. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall be a discreet camera dome 23 system consisting of a integral dome drive with a variable speed/high speed 24 pan/tilt drive unit with continuous 360 rotation; 1/4-inch high resolution 25 color/black-white CCD camera; motorized zoom lens with optical and digital 26 zoom; auto focus; 27 Q. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera domes system shall be in an environmental 28 IP66 enclosure, with sunshield as standard offering. The unitized camera body 29 shall connect to a pendant style adapter with quick-install ¼ rotation gasketed 30 interface with locking screw. The pendant adapter shall mount to all mounting 31 brackets with a quick install ¼ rotation interface with locking hardware. 32 R. The Indoor/Outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall be compatible with a wide 33 range of mounting accessories from the same manufacturer including but not 34 limited to wall, pole, corner, ceiling and an adapter for other manufacturers 1 35 ½”NPT mounts. 36 S. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide user commands for 37 controlling key image functions directly from a CCTV keyboard or GUI including 38 Day/Night (Auto, On, Off), Back Light Compensation (On/Off), Wide Dynamic 39 Range (On/Off) and Electronic Image Stabilization (On, Off) without entering On-40 screen Menus or web browser interfaces. 41 T. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide Pan, Tilt Zoom 42 coordinate positions and permit querying and positioning the unit with such 43 coordinate date via the cameras API. 44 U. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide built in analytics 45 that checks the health of the camera. This image quality monitor analyzes 46 contrast, exposure, sharpness and noise, and immediately alerts an operator for 47 any malfunctioning. 48 V. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome shall provide tampering detection which 49 can monitor the position of the camera or obstructions in the field-of-view of the 50 camera for up to 16 preset reference images. After a configurable time period, 51 the tamper detection alerts an operator of the tamper event. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 412 City of Renton August 2015 W. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall support both an FTP Push 1 function, and an FTP pull function. The FTP Push function shall enable the 2 camera system to send a jpeg image to a specified client location at user 3 specified intervals, or on user configurable encoder events. The FTP pull 4 function shall enable the camera system to send a jpeg image on request of a 5 remote server. 6 X. The indoor/outdoor CCTV camera dome system shall provide event management 7 for sending events to a contact closure stream or an FTP push. Supported event 8 triggers shall include event on, off or changed. Events shall include video, video 9 motion, audio, contact closure, image quality, tampering events. 10 Y. The indoor/outdoor IP PTZ dome camera system shall meet or exceed the 11 following design and performance specifications. 12 13 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 14 A. Network interface Interchangeable 100Base-TX RJ-45 and 15 SFP connector modules 16 B. Cabling Cat-5 Cable or better for 100Base-TX 17 C. Analog output BNC 18 D. Power consumption (/with heater) 27W/ 73W with heater max. 19 E. Input Power 19.2 – 28.4 VAC (24 VAC nominal +/- 20%) 20 22 -27 VDC (24VDC nominal) 21 F. Audio In/Out 3.5mm jacks 22 G. Alarm Inputs- 8 Color coded wire harness 23 H. Alarm Outputs -1 Color coded wire harness 24 25 VIDEO SPECIFICATIONS 26 A. Number of video streams 2x H.264, 2x MPEG-4/MPEG-2 27 and/or MJPEG 28 a. Hardware Based Two H.264 streams shall be from 29 dedicated hardware compression DSPs. 30 b. DSP encoders A flexible TI DaVinci DSP shall be 31 available to provided two selectable software based 32 MPEG-4 or MPEG-2 or MJPEG streams. 33 B. Encoding Priorities Encoding priority shall be configurable. 34 C. Frame rate 1 - 30 frames per second (fps) 35 D. Image Output Interlaced/Deinterlaced; Deinterlacing shall be 36 configurable for edge adaptive and 37 motion adaptive modes. 38 E. Compression algorithm H.264 BP (ISO/IEC 14496-10); MPEG-4 SP 39 Layer 5 (ISO/IEC 14496-2); MPEG-2 (ISO/IEC 13818- 2),MJPEG 40 F. Network protocol H.264 BP, MPEG-4 ES, MPEG-2, RTP, UDP, IP, DHCP, 41 SSM, IGMP v2, RTSP, (S)NTP, SDP, MX/IP, HTTP, SNMP v2, DiffServ, SAP, 42 UPnP, FTP, Telnet 43 G. Resolution 44 a. D1 45 i. NTSC 720x480 46 ii. PAL 720x576 47 b. ½ D1 48 i. NTSC 352x480 49 ii. PAL 352x576 50 c. 2CIF 51 i. NTSC 720x240 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 413 City of Renton August 2015 ii. PAL 720x288 1 d. CIF 2 i. NTSC 325x240 3 ii. PAL 350x288 4 e. QCIF 5 i. NTSC 176x120 6 ii. PAL 176x144 7 H. Video motion detection (VMD) User-defined free-drawn 8 masking, sensitivity and response level; 9 I. VMD Alarm response Via associated software(via API) or 10 contact closure 11 J. Camera Health Focus, Contrast, SNR, Exposure 12 K. Tamper Monitoring Image Positioning (up to 16 presets) 13 L. Camera Health and tampering alarms Via associated software(via API) 14 or contact closure 15 M. Encoding latency <130 ms typical; <90 ms (low latency 16 mode) 17 N. GOP structure I, P frames with adjustable I frame interval 18 O. Number of output streams 20 19 P. Total output data rate 56 kb/s to 20 MB/s 20 Q. Rate control Constant bit rate (CBR), variable bit rate (VBR) or 21 Constant Quality (H.264 only) 22 R. Selectable Video profiles Custom settings or Predefined 23 profiles optimized, at a minimum, for High Quality 24 Camera or PTZ, Storage and Low bandwidth. 25 S. Encoder Priorities Encoder streams shall be prioritized for 26 optimal performance. 27 T. Video settings Contrast, brightness, color saturation, hue, 28 sharpness 29 U. Type of streaming RTP/UDP/IP, (multicast and/or unicast); 30 RTSP/RTP/TCP/IP 31 V. On-screen display (OSD) 3x text lines (configurable: position, 32 color, transparency, border/outline color, font size);1x image in BMP, Animated 33 GIF, or JPEG format (configurable: position, scaling) 34 W. User levels Support up to 4 levels – viewer, operator and 35 administrator with rights ranging from view webpage video only to full 36 administration, and “root” for the Linux prompt. 37 38 CAMERA SPECIFICATIONS 39 A. Image sensor ¼” progressive scan EXview HAD CCD 40 B. Scanning system 2:1 Interlaced output 41 C. Minimum illumination 0.1 lux (color), 0.01 (B/W), F1.4, ¼ sec 42 shutter, 50IRE 43 D. Electronic shutter ½ - 1/30 k s 44 E. Horizontal resolution 540 TVL 45 F. Optical zoom 35x 46 G. Digital zoom 12x 47 H. Analog NTSC or PAL 48 I. Video output 1.0 Vpp/75Ω impedance 49 J. Effective pixels 768x494 NTSC, 752x582 PAL 50 1. NTSC 380k 51 2. PAL 440k 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 414 City of Renton August 2015 K. Signal noise ratio (SNR) >50 dB (AGC off) 1 L. Focal length 3.4 - 119 mm 2 M. Horizontal Field of View 55.8˚ wide to 1.7˚ tele 3 4 CAMERA OPERATION 5 A. Iris control Auto/manual 6 B. Focus mode Auto/manual 7 C. Zoom Auto/manual 8 D. AGC Auto/manual 9 E. White balance Auto/manual 10 F. Backlight Compensation Auto/manual 11 G. Day/night (IR-cut filter) Auto/On/off 12 H. Digital slow shutter On/off 13 I. Wide dynamic range (WDR) On/off (Ratio/shutter iris levels (0 - 128) 14 J. Noise reduction Off/On (4 levels) 15 K. Image Stabilizer On/off (5Hz/10Hz) 16 L. Privacy Masks 8 (Black, white, Gray, mosaic (3 levels)) 17 18 DOME DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS 19 A. Pan travel 360° continuous 20 B. Tilt travel -10° - 190° with configurable limits 21 C. Preset speed 400°/s 22 D. Manual speed 90°/s 23 E. Presets 256 preset commands (228 positions) 24 F. Motor Drive 0.9 degree stepper motor with cogged 25 belt drive 26 G. Preset accuracy +/- .100 deg 27 H. Menu system English, French, German, Italian, 28 Japanese, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, 29 Spanish 30 I. Freeze Frame Freeze current image during preset 31 movement 32 J. Cruise 8, with 200 seconds per cruise 33 K. Sequence 8 34 L. Auto pan 4 35 M. Proportional pan and tilt On/off 36 N. Resume after power loss Yes 37 O. Camera ID Yes (on/off) 38 P. Camera Title Yes 39 Q. Preset Title Yes 40 R. Zone title 16 41 S. Home function Preset, sequence, auto pan, cruise 42 T. Auto flip Digital/mechanical/off 43 U. PTZ control protocols OSA API, Bi-directional Pelco-D or 44 NTCIP 45 V. OSD Positional Compass direction, Azimuth, Elevation 46 W. PTZ coordinate data OSA API or Pelco-D 47 X. Auto-calibration Auto/Off/Remote triggered/scheduled 48 49 AUDIO 50 A. Two-way audio Full duplex mono 51 B. Sampling Resolution 8bit linear PCM or ITU G.711 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 415 City of Renton August 2015 C. Max. Bandwidth 20hz to 20kHz 1 D. Input Level Adjustable, mic or line 2 E. Output Level Adjustable, 3 VRMS max. 3 F. Input Impedance >20kOhm or 600 Ohm balanced 4 G. Output Impedance <100Ohm Balanced 5 H. Transport RTP/UDP/Ip multicast and unicast 6 I. Transmission Up to 3 independent copies of audio signal pair 7 with each stream having an independently 8 selectable IP destination 9 10 CONTACT CLOSURES 11 A. Alarm input 8 contact closure inputs, normally open (fail-safe) 12 B. Operational modes Normal, inverted, forced active or forced inactive 13 C. Sampling rates Contact closure shall be sampled 100 times per 14 second and provide latency of less than 20 msec. 15 D. Transport TCP and UDP (unicast or multicast), 16 E. Transmission Independently selectable IP destination and port 17 number. 18 F. Alarm output 1 contact closure output 19 G. Remote Control HTTP API (OSA) 20 21 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 22 A. Dimensions Ø7.5 x 11.9 in (Ø190 x 302.5 mm) 23 B. Weight 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg) 24 C. Color RAL-9003 (Signal White) 25 D. Optical cover Polycarbonate bubble, IK10 Rated 26 27 NETWORK SPECIFICATIONS 28 A. RJ45 10/100BASE-TX, CAT-5 29 B. SFP 100Base TX, SFP (fiber or copper) 30 C. Management OSA HTTP API, MX, SNMP v2, HTML 31 (password protected) 32 33 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS 34 A. Operating temperature, Continuous -49°F to +122°F (-45°C to +50°C) 35 B. Operating Temperature, Max. -49°F to +140°F (-45°C to +60°C) 36 C. Humidity 10 to 90% RH, non-condensing 37 D. MTBF 116,000 hrs, 30˚C; >61,000 hrs, 38 at 50˚C, continuous use 39 40 CERTIFICATIONS AND RATINGS 41 A. Waterproof standard IP66 42 B. Regulatory CE, FCC, RoHS, UL/cUL 43 C. Impact Resistance IK10 44 45 MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY 46 A. Repair or replacement of defective parts for a period of 2 years from date of 47 shipment. 48 49 Camera housing and all mounting equipment shall be painted as specified in 6-07 of 50 these Special Provisions. Cameras shall be mounted to the poles, at the locations 51 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 416 City of Renton August 2015 shown on the specifications and detail sheets, and per manufacturer’s 1 recommendations. 2 3 PTZ System Cabling 4 Cable connections between the camera system and the controller cabinet shall be 5 per section 9-29.3(2)J of these Special Provisions and as shown in the Plans. The 6 cable ends shall be factory terminated. Cable installation shall only require installing 7 the connector shell at the camera end, and modifying the power cable at the cabinet 8 end. The cable used between the PTZ camera and the controller cabinet shall be 9 compatible with the video detection cameras and shall not exceed 300 feet in length. 10 11 PTZ System Software 12 System shall include one (1) license of the compatible software and shall meet the 13 following requirements: 14 • Highly customizable user interface 15 • HD camera support 16 • Failover server support 17 • Scalable and Modular architecture 18 • Support of graphical maps for easy localization 19 • Centralized User Management 20 • Automated switching to failover Server(s) 21 • HD Quality Video in multiple compression standards 22 • Automated Event – Reaction macro 23 • Multiple time schedule based 24 • Supports multiple security subsystems 25 26 9-30 Water Distribution Materials 27 28 9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe (RC) 29 Section 9-30.1(1) is revised as follows: 30 31 Ductile iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast and meet the requirements of AWWA 32 C151. Ductile iron pipe shall have a cement-mortar lining meeting the requirements 33 of AWWA C104. All other ductile iron pipe shall be Standard Thickness Class 52 or 34 the thickness class as shown in the Plans. 35 36 9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3 inches to 12 inches) 37 Section 9-30.3(1) is deleted and replaced with the following: 38 39 Valves shall be designed for a minimum water operating pressure of 200 PSI. Gate 40 valves shall be Iowa List 14, Mueller Company No. A2380, Kennedy, or M&H. 41 42 Approval of valves other than models specified shall be obtained prior to bid 43 opening. 44 45 All gate valves less than 12" in diameter shall include an 8" x 24" cast iron gate 46 valve box and extensions, as required. All 12" diameter and larger gate valves 47 shall be installed in a vault. See Water Standard Detail for 12" gate valve assembly 48 vault and 1" bypass installation. 49 50 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 417 City of Renton August 2015 Gate valves shall conform to AWWA C500 and shall be iron body, bronze-mounted, 1 double disc with bronze wedging device and O-ring stuffing box. 2 3 Resilient Seated Gate Valves 4 5 Resilient seated gate valves shall be manufactured to meet or exceed the 6 requirements of AWWA Standard C509 latest revisions. 7 8 All external and internal ferrous metal surfaces of the gate valve shall be coated for 9 corrosion protection with fusion bonded epoxy. The epoxy coating shall be factory 10 applied to all valve parts prior to valve assembly and shall meet or exceed the 11 requirements of AWWA Standard C-550 latest revision. Valves shall be provided 12 with two (2) internal O-ring stems seals. The valves shall be equipped with one (1) 13 anti-friction washer. The resilient gate valve shall have rubber sealing surfaces to 14 permit bi-directional flow. The stem shall be independent of the stem nut or 15 integrally cast. 16 17 Manufacturers of Resilient Seated gate Valves shall provide the City on request 18 that the valve materials meet the City specifications. 19 20 Valves shall be designed for a minimum water operating pressure of 200 psi. 21 End connections shall be mechanical joints, flanged joints or mechanical by flanged 22 joints as shown on the project Plans. 23 24 Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be U.S. Metroseal 250, Clow, M&H Style 3067, 25 Mueller Series 2370, Kennedy. 26 27 Approval of valves other than model specified shall be obtained prior to bid 28 opening. All gate valves less than 12 inches in diameter shall include an 8"x24" 29 cast iron gate valve box and extensions, as required. 30 31 All 12 inch diameter and larger resilient seated gate valves shall have a 1 inch by-32 pass assembly and shall be installed in a concrete vault per City of Renton 33 Standard Details, latest revision. 34 35 9-30.3(3) Butterfly Valves 36 Section 9-30.3(3) is supplemented with the following: 37 38 Butterfly valves shall be Dresser 450 or Pratt Groundhog. 39 40 9-30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts 41 Section 9-30.3(5) has been deleted and replaced with the following: 42 43 The valve markers shall be fabricated and installed in conformance with the 44 Standard Details. Valve markers shall be in accordance with City of Renton 45 Standard Plan 330.1 with blue label "water.” 46 47 9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly 48 Section 9-30.3(8) is revised as follows: 49 50 Tapping sleeves shall be cast iron, ductile iron epoxy-coated steel, or other 51 approved material. 52 Special Provisions – Logan Ave N Page 418 City of Renton August 2015 1 9-30.5 Hydrants 2 Section 9-30.5 is supplemented with the following: 3 4 Fire hydrants shall be in accordance with City of Renton Standard Plan 310.1 conforming to 5 AWWA C-502-85. Approval of substitutions must be obtained prior to bid opening. 6 7 9-30.5(1) End Connections (RC) 8 Section 9-30.5(1) is supplemented with the following: 9 10 Hydrants shall be constructed with mechanical joint connection unless otherwise 11 specified in Bid Proposal description. 12 13 9-30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions 14 Section 9-30.5(2) is replaced with the following: 15 16 Fire hydrants shall be Corey type (opening with the pressure) or compression type 17 (opening against pressure) conforming to AWWA C-502-85 with a 6 inch 18 mechanical joint inlet and a main valve opening (M.V.O.) of 5 1/4 inches, two 2 1/2 19 inch hose nozzles with National Standard Threads 7 1/2 threads per inch and one 4 20 inch pumper nozzles with the new Seattle Pattern 6 threads per inch, 60 degrees V. 21 Threads, outside diameter of male tread 4.875 and root diameter 4.6263. Hydrants 22 shall have a 1-1/4" pentagon operating nut opened by turning counter clockwise 23 (left). 24 25 The two 2-1/2" hose nozzles shall be fitted with cast iron threaded caps with 26 operating nut of the same design and proportions as the hydrant stem nut. Caps 27 shall be fitted with suitable neoprene gaskets for positive water tightness under test 28 pressures. 29 30 The 4" pumper nozzle shall be fitted with a Stortz adapter, 4" Seattle Thread x 5" 31 Stortz. Stortz adapter shall be forged and/or extruded 6061-T6 aluminum alloy, 32 hardcoat anodized. Threaded end portion shall have no lugs and 2 set screws 180 33 degrees apart. Stortz face to be metal, no gasket to weather. Stortz cap to have 34 synthetic molded rubber gasket, and shall be attached to hydrant adapter with 1/8" 35 coated stainless steel aircraft cable. 36 37 Fire hydrants shall be installed per City of Renton Standard Detail for fire hydrants, 38 latest revisions. 39 40 9-30.6(3)B Polyethylene Pipe 41 Section 9-30.6(3)B has been revised with the following: 42 43 Polyethylene pipe shall not be used. 44 45 9-30.6(4) Service Fittings 46 Section 9-30.6(4) has been revised with the following: 47 48 Fittings used for copper tubing shall be compression type with gripper ring. 49 50 END DIVISION 9 51 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX A PREVAILING HOURLY MINIMUM WAGE RATES | 1 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction General Decision Number: WA150001 07/31/2015 WA1 Superseded General Decision Number: WA20140001 State: Washington Construction Type: Highway Counties: Washington Statewide. HIGHWAY (Excludes D.O.E. Hanford Site in Benton and Franklin Counties) Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2015 11 07/24/2015 1 01/09/2015 12 07/31/2015 2 01/23/2015 3 02/27/2015 4 03/20/2015 5 04/03/2015 6 05/22/2015 7 05/29/2015 8 06/12/2015 9 07/03/2015 10 07/10/2015 CARP0001-008 06/01/2015 Rates Fringes CARPENTER GROUP 1.....................$ 27.61 14.00 GROUP 2.....................$ 41.86 14.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 32.97 14.00 GROUP 4.....................$ 31.94 14.00 GROUP 5.....................$ 73.44 14.00 GROUP 6.....................$ 35.02 14.00 GROUP 7.....................$ 36.72 14.00 GROUP 8.....................$ 33.27 14.00 GROUP 9.....................$ 35.02 14.00 | 2 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction CARPENTER & DIVER CLASSIFICATIONS: GROUP 1: Carpenter GROUP 2: Millwright, machine erector GROUP 3: Piledriver - includes driving, pulling, cutting, placing collars, setting, welding, or creosote treated material, on all piling GROUP 4: Bridge carpenters GROUP 5: Diver Wet GROUP 6: Diver Tender, Manifold Operator, ROV Operator GROUP 7: Diver Standby, Bell/Vehicle or Submersible operator Not Under Pressure GROUP 8: Assistant Tender, ROV Tender/Technician GROUP 9: Manifold Operator-Mixed Gas ZONE PAY: ZONE 1 0-40 MILES FREE ZONE 2 41-65 MILES $2.25/PER HOUR ZONE 3 66-100 MILES $3.25/PER HOUR ZONE 4 OVER 100 MILES $4.75/PER HOUR DISPATCH POINTS: CARPENTERS/MILLWRIGHTS: PASCO (515 N Neel Street) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS/PILEDRIVER: SPOKANE (127 E. AUGUSTA AVE.) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: WENATCHEE (27 N. CHELAN) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: COEUR D' ALENE (1839 N. GOVERNMENT WAY) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: MOSCOW (302 N. JACKSON) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). | 3 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction DEPTH PAY FOR DIVERS BELOW WATER SURFACE: 50-100 feet $2.00 per foot 101-150 feet $3.00 per foot 151-220 feet $4.00 per foot 221 feet and deeper $5.00 per foot PREMIUM PAY FOR DIVING IN ENCLOSURES WITH NO VERTICAL ASCENT: 0-25 feet Free 26-300 feet $1.00 per Foot SATURATION DIVING: The standby rate applies until saturation starts. The saturation diving rate applies when divers are under pressure continuously until work task and decompression are complete. the diver rate shall be paid for all saturation hours. WORK IN COMBINATION OF CLASSIFICATIONS: Employees working in any combination of classifications within the diving crew (except dive supervisor) in a shift are paid in the classification with the highest rate for that shift. HAZMAT PROJECTS: Anyone working on a HAZMAT job (task), where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated at a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL D + $.25 per hour - This is the lowest level of protection. No respirator is used and skin protection is minimal. LEVEL C + $.50 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B + $.75 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit". LEVEL A +$1.00 per hour - This level utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 4 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction CARP0003-006 10/01/2011 SOUTHWEST WASHINGTON: CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, LEWIS(Piledriver only), PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to Willapa Bay to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES and INCLUDES THE ENTIRE PENINSULA WEST OF WILLAPA BAY SEE ZONE DESCRIPTION FOR CITIES BASE POINTS ZONE 1: Rates Fringes Carpenters: CARPENTERS..................$ 32.04 14.18 DIVERS TENDERS..............$ 36.34 14.18 DIVERS......................$ 77.08 14.18 DRYWALL.....................$ 27.56 14.18 MILLWRIGHTS.................$ 32.19 14.18 PILEDRIVERS.................$ 33.04 14.18 DEPTH PAY: 50 TO 100 FEET $1.00 PER FOOT OVER 50 FEET 101 TO 150 FEET $1.50 PER FOOT OVER 101 FEET 151 TO 200 FEET $2.00 PER FOOT OVER 151 FEET Zone Differential (Add up Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $0.85 Zone 3 - 1.25 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.00 Zone 6 - 3.00 BASEPOINTS: ASTORIA, LONGVIEW, PORTLAND, THE DALLES, AND VANCOUVER, (NOTE: All dispatches for Washington State Counties: Cowlitz, Wahkiakum and Pacific shall be from Longview Local #1707 and mileage shall be computed from that point.) ZONE 1: Projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities ZONE 2: Projects located more than 30 miles and less than 40 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 3: Projects located more than 40 miles and less than 50 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 4: Projects located more than 50 miles and less than 60 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities. ZONE 5: Projects located more than 60 miles and less than 70 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 6: Projects located more than 70 miles of the respected city of the above mentioned cities ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 5 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction CARP0770-003 06/01/2015 Rates Fringes CARPENTER CENTRAL WASHINGTON: CHELAN, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) AND YAKIMA COUNTIES CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL...................$ 40.46 13.66 CARPENTERS.................$ 40.36 13.66 DIVERS TENDER..............$ 35.02 14.00 DIVERS.....................$ 73.44 14.00 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS...................$ 41.86 13.66 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING.......$ 40.61 13.66 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Olympia Bellingham Auburn Bremerton Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen-Hoquiam Tacoma Wenatchee Ellensburg Everett Port Angeles Centralia Mount Vernon Sunnyside Chelan Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour | 6 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0770-006 06/01/2015 Rates Fringes CARPENTER WESTERN WASHINGTON: CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS (excludes piledrivers only), MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES BRIDGE CARPENTERS..........$ 40.36 13.66 CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL...................$ 40.46 13.66 CARPENTERS.................$ 40.36 13.66 DIVERS TENDER..............$ 44.67 13.66 DIVERS.....................$ 93.56 13.66 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS...................$ 41.86 13.66 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING.......$ 40.61 13.66 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Olympia Bellingham Auburn Bremerton Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen-Hoquiam Tacoma Wenatchee Ellensburg Everett Port Angeles Centralia Mount Vernon Sunnyside Chelan Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour | 7 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0046-001 02/04/2013 CALLAM, JEFFERSON, KING AND KITSAP COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 46.87 3%+15.96 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 42.61 3%+15.96 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0048-003 01/01/2015 CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 44.22 21.50 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 40.20 21.50 HOURLY ZONE PAY: Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Portland, The Dalles, Hood River, Tillamook, Seaside and Astoria Zone Pay: Zone 1: 31-50 miles $1.50/hour Zone 2: 51-70 miles $3.50/hour Zone 3: 71-90 miles $5.50/hour Zone 4: Beyond 90 miles $9.00/hour *These are not miles driven. Zones are based on Delorrne Street Atlas USA 2006 plus. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0048-029 01/01/2015 COWLITZ AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTY Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 44.22 21.50 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 40.20 21.50 ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 8 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ELEC0073-001 07/01/2015 ADAMS, FERRY, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 34.10 16.68 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 31.00 16.68 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0076-002 09/01/2014 GRAYS HARBOR, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 37.94 23.36 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 34.49 23.36 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0112-005 06/01/2015 ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, KITTITAS, WALLA WALLA, YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 40.74 18.65 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 38.80 18.59 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0191-003 06/01/2014 ISLAND, SAN JUAN, SNOHOMISH, SKAGIT AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 44.23 17.73 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 40.21 17.73 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0191-004 06/01/2014 CHELAN, DOUGLAS, GRANT AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 40.82 17.63 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 37.11 17.63 ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 9 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ENGI0302-003 06/01/2014 CHELAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), CLALLAM, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, KITTITAS, MASON, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), SAN JUNA, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, WHATCOM AND YAKIMA (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES PROJECTS: CATEGORY A PROJECTS (EXCLUDES CATEGORY B PROJECTS, AS SHOWN BELOW) Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates Fringes Power equipment operators: Group 1A...................$ 38.39 17.39 Group 1AA..................$ 38.96 17.39 Group 1AAA.................$ 39.52 17.39 Group 1.....................$ 37.84 17.39 Group 2.....................$ 37.35 17.39 Group 3.....................$ 36.93 17.39 Group 4.....................$ 34.57 17.39 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) - $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: Aberdeen, Bellingham, Bremerton, Everett, Kent, Mount Vernon, Port Angeles, Port Townsend, Seattle, Shelton, Wenatchee, Yakima POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1AAA - Cranes-over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Tower crane over 175 ft in height, base to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders-overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off-road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9, HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers-self propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all truck or track type | 10 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operaor- Concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane-overhead, bridge type-20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete Pump-truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3yards and under; Finishing Machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Horizontal/directional drill operator; Loaders-overhead under 6 yards; Loaders-plant feed; Locomotives-all; Mechanics-all; Mixers-asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders-finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill,roto-grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper-self propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off-road equipment-under 45 yards; Subgrade trimmer; Tractors, backhoes-over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine-shuttle buggy, blaw knox-roadtec; Truck crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount portable conveyor; Yo Yo Pay dozer GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes-thru 19 tons with attachments; A-frame crane over 10 tons; Drill oilers-auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozers-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside hoists-(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loader-elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pumps-concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lift materials; Saws-concrete; Scrpers-concrete and carry-all; Service engineer-equipment; Trenching machines; Truck Crane Oiler/Driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe 75 hp and under GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete finish mahine-laser screed; Cranes-A frame-10 tons and under; Elevator and Manlift-permanent or shaft type; Gradechecker, Stakehop; Forklifts under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger, mechanical; Power plant; Pumps, water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller-other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator | 11 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Category B Projects: 95% of the basic hourly reate for each group plus full fringe benefits applicable to category A projects shall apply to the following projects. A Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .25 per hour. H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .75 per hour. Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) - $ .70 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.00 BASEPOINTS: Aberdeen, Bellingham, Bremerton, Everett, Kent, Mount Vernon, Port Angeles, Port Townsend, Seattle, Shelton, Wenatchee, Yakima | 12 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1AAA - Cranes-over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Tower crane over 175 ft in height, base to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders-overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off-road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9, HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers-self propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all truck or track type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operaor- Concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane-overhead, bridge type-20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete Pump-truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3 yards and under; Finishing Machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Horizontal/directional drill operator; Loaders-overhead under 6 yards; Loaders-plant feed; Locomotives-all; Mechanics-all; Mixers-asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders-finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill,roto-grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper-self propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off-road equipment-under 45 yards; Subgrade trimmer; Tractors, backhoes-over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine-shuttle buggy, blaw knox-roadtec; Truck crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount portable conveyor; Yo Yo Pay dozer | 13 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes-thru 19 tons with attachments; A-frame crane over 10 tons; Drill oilers-auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozers-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside hoists-(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loader-elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pumps-concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lift materials; Saws-concrete; Scrpers-concrete and carry-all; Service engineer-equipment; Trenching machines; Truck Crane Oiler/Driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe 75 hp and under GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete finish mahine-laser screed; Cranes-A frame-10 tons and under; Elevator and Manlift-permanent or shaft type; Gradechecker, Stakehop; Forklifts under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger, mechanical; Power plant; Pumps, water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller-other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator CATEGORY B PROJECTS: 95% OF THE BASIC HOURLY RATE FOR EACH GROUP PLUS FULL FRINGE BENEFITS APPLICABLE TO CATEGORY A PROJECTS SHALL APPLY TO THE FOLLOWING PROJECTS. REDUCED RATES MAY BE PAID ON THE FOLLOWING: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving including, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, ect.) less than $150,000. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designed hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing. H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $.25 per hour. H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $.50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $.75 per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 14 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ENGI0370-002 06/01/2015 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES ZONE 1: Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 26.16 13.55 GROUP 2.....................$ 26.48 13.55 GROUP 3.....................$ 27.09 13.55 GROUP 4.....................$ 27.25 13.55 GROUP 5.....................$ 27.41 13.55 GROUP 6.....................$ 27.69 13.55 GROUP 7.....................$ 27.96 13.55 GROUP 8.....................$ 29.06 13.55 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 Zone 1: Within 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho Zone 2: Outside 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Bit Grinders; Bolt Threading Machine; Compressors (under 2000 CFM, gas, diesel, or electric power); Deck Hand; Fireman & Heater Tender; Hydro-seeder, Mulcher, Nozzleman; Oiler Driver, & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine; Pumpman; Rollers, all types on subgrade, including seal and chip coatings (farm type, Case, John Deere & similar, or Compacting Vibrator), except when pulled by Dozer with operable blade; Welding Machine; Crane Oiler-Driver (CLD required) & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine | 15 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 2: A-frame Truck (single drum); Assistant Refrigeration Plant (under 1000 ton); Assistant Plant Operator, Fireman or Pugmixer (asphalt); Bagley or Stationary Scraper; Belt Finishing Machine; Blower Operator (cement); Cement Hog; Compressor (2000 CFM or over, 2 or more, gas diesel or electric power); Concrete Saw (multiple cut); Distributor Leverman; Ditch Witch or similar; Elevator Hoisting Materials; Dope Pots (power agitated); Fork Lift or Lumber Stacker, hydra-lift & similar; Gin Trucks (pipeline); Hoist, single drum; Loaders (bucket elevators and conveyors); Longitudinal Float; Mixer (portable-concrete); Pavement Breaker, Hydra-Hammer & similar; Power Broom; Railroad Ballast Regulation Operator (self-propelled); Railroad Power Tamper Operator (self-propelled); Railroad Tamper Jack Operator (self-propelled; Spray Curing Machine (concrete); Spreader Box (self-propelled); Straddle Buggy (Ross & similar on construction job only); Tractor (Farm type R/T with attachment, except Backhoe); Tugger Operator GROUP 3: A-frame Truck (2 or more drums); Assistant Refrigeration Plant & Chiller Operator (over 1000 ton); Backfillers (Cleveland & similar); Batch Plant & Wet Mix Operator, single unit (concrete); Belt-Crete Conveyors with power pack or similar; Belt Loader (Kocal or similar); Bending Machine; Bob Cat (Skid Steer); Boring Machine (earth); Boring Machine (rock under 8 inch bit) (Quarry Master, Joy or similar); Bump Cutter (Wayne, Saginau or similar); Canal Lining Machine (concrete); Chipper (without crane); Cleaning & Doping Machine (pipeline); Deck Engineer; Elevating Belt-type Loader (Euclid, Barber Green & similar); Elevating Grader-type Loader (Dumor, Adams or similar); Generator Plant Engineers (diesel or electric); Gunnite Combination Mixer & Compressor; Locomotive Engineer; Mixermobile; Mucking Machine; Posthole Auger or Punch; Pump (grout or jet); Soil Stabilizer (P & H or similar); Spreader Machine; Dozer/Tractor (up to D-6 or equivalent) and Traxcavator; Traverse Finish Machine; Turnhead Operator GROUP 4: Concrete Pumps (squeeze-crete, flow-crete, pump- crete, Whitman & similar); Curb Extruder (asphalt or concrete); Drills (churn, core, calyx or diamond); Equipment Serviceman; Greaser & Oiler; Hoist (2 or more drums or Tower Hoist); Loaders (overhead & front-end, under 4 yds. R/T); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (under 1000 ton); Rubber-tired Skidders (R/T with or without attachments); Surface Heater & Plant Machine; Trenching Machines (under 7 ft. depth capacity); Turnhead (with re-screening); Vacuum Drill (reverse circulation drill under 8 inch bit) | 16 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 5: Backhoe (under 45,000 gw); Backhoe & Hoe Ram (under 3/4 yd.); Carrydeck & Boom Truck (under 25 tons); Cranes (25 tons & under), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Derricks & Stifflegs (under 65 tons); Drilling Equipment(8 inch bit & over) (Robbins, reverse circulation & similar); Hoe Ram; Piledriving Engineers; Paving (dual drum); Railroad Track Liner Operaotr (self-propelled); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (1000 tons & over); Signalman (Whirleys, Highline Hammerheads or similar); Grade Checker GROUP 6: Asphalt Plant Operator; Automatic Subgrader (Ditches & Trimmers)(Autograde, ABC, R.A. Hansen & similar on grade wire); Backhoe (45,000 gw and over to 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3/4 yd. to 3 yd.); Batch Plant (over 4 units); Batch & Wet Mix Operator (multiple units, 2 & incl. 4); Blade Operator (motor patrol & attachments); Cable Controller (dispatcher); Compactor (self-propelled with blade); Concrete Pump Boom Truck; Concrete Slip Form Paver; Cranes (over 25 tons, to and including 45 tons), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Crusher, Grizzle & Screening Plant Operator; Dozer, 834 R/T & similar; Drill Doctor; Loader Operator (front-end & overhead, 4 yds. incl. 8 yds.); Multiple Dozer Units with single blade; Paving Machine (asphalt and concrete); Quad-Track or similar equipment; Rollerman (finishing asphalt pavement); Roto Mill (pavement grinder); Scrapers, all, rubber-tired; Screed Operator; Shovel(under 3 yds.); Trenching Machines (7 ft. depth & over); Tug Boat Operator Vactor guzzler, super sucker; Lime Batch Tank Operator (REcycle Train); Lime Brain Operator (Recycle Train); Mobile Crusher Operator (Recycle Train) GROUP 7: Backhoe (over 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3 yds & over); Blade (finish & bluetop) Automatic, CMI, ABC, Finish Athey & Huber & similar when used as automatic; Cableway Operators; Concrete Cleaning/Decontamination machine operator; Cranes (over 45 tons to but not including 85 tons), all attachments including clamshell and dragine; Derricks & Stiffleys (65 tons & over); Elevating Belt (Holland type); Heavy equipment robotics operator; Loader (360 degrees revolving Koehring Scooper or similar); Loaders (overhead & front-end, over 8 yds. to 10 yds.); Rubber-tired Scrapers (multiple engine with three or more scrapers); Shovels (3 yds. & over); Whirleys & Hammerheads, ALL; H.D. Mechanic; H.D. Welder; Hydraulic Platform Trailers (Goldhofer, Shaurerly andSimilar); Ultra High Pressure Wateriet Cutting Tool System Operator (30,000 psi); Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator | 17 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 8: Cranes (85 tons and over, and all climbing, overhead,rail and tower), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Loaders (overhead and front-end, 10 yards and over); Helicopter Pilot BOOM PAY: (All Cranes, Including Tower) 180 ft to 250 ft $ .50 over scale Over 250 ft $ .80 over scale NOTE: In computing the length of the boom on Tower Cranes, they shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the point of the boom. HAZMAT: Anyone working on HAZMAT jobs, working with supplied air shall receive $1.00 an hour above classification. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0612-012 06/01/2014 LEWIS,PIERCE, PACIFIC (portion lying north of a parallel line extending west from the northern boundary of Wahkaikum County to the sea) AND THURSTON COUNTIES ON PROJECTS DESCRIBED IN FOOTNOTE A BELOW, THE RATE FOR EACH GROUP SHALL BE 90% OF THE BASE RATE PLUS FULL FRINGE BENEFITS. ON ALL OTHER WORK, THE FOLLOWING RATES APPLY. Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1A...................$ 38.39 17.40 GROUP 1AA..................$ 38.96 17.40 GROUP 1AAA.................$ 39.52 17.40 GROUP 1.....................$ 37.84 17.40 GROUP 2.....................$ 37.35 17.40 GROUP 3.....................$ 36.93 17.40 GROUP 4.....................$ 34.57 17.40 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) = $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: CENTRALIA, OLYMPIA, TACOMA | 18 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 AAA - Cranes-over 300 tons or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes- 200 tonsto 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments; Tower crane over 175 ft in height, bas to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders-overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off-road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead, 6 yards to, but not including, 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9 HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers- self-propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all track or truck type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operator- concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane-Overhead, bridge type, 20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete pump-truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck engineer/deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3 yards and under; Finishing machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Loaders, overhead under 6 yards; Loaders-plant feed; Locomotives-all; Mechanics- all; Mixers, asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders, finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill, roto- grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper-self- propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off-road equipment- under 45 yards; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoe over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine-shuttle buggy, Blaw Knox- Roadtec; Truck Crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount Portable Conveyor; Yo Yo pay | 19 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes through 19 tons with attachments; Crane-A-frame over 10 tons; Drill oilers-auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozer-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside Hoists-(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loaders-elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pump-Concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lfit materials; Saws-concrete; Scrapers, concrete and carry all; Service engineers-equipment; Trenching machines; Truck crane oiler/driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine-laser screed; Cranes A-frame 10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift (permanent and shaft type); Forklifts-under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradechecker, stakehop; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger-mechanical; Power plant; Pumps-water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller-other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator FOOTNOTE A- Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing, Class "D" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.00 per hour. H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $2.00 per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 20 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ENGI0701-002 01/01/2015 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES POWER RQUIPMENT OPERATORS: ZONE 1 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 39.47 14.10 GROUP 1A....................$ 41.44 14.10 GROUP 1B....................$ 43.42 14.10 GROUP 2.....................$ 37.58 14.10 GROUP 3.....................$ 36.44 14.10 GROUP 4.....................$ 35.36 14.10 GROUP 5.....................$ 34.13 14.10 GROUP 6.....................$ 30.94 14.10 Zone Differential (add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $3.00 Zone 3 - $6.00 | 21 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction For the following metropolitan counties: MULTNOMAH; CLACKAMAS; MARION; WASHINGTON; YAMHILL; AND COLUMBIA; CLARK; AND COWLITZ COUNTY, WASHINGTON WITH MODIFICATIONS AS INDICATED: All jobs or projects located in Multnomah, Clackamas and Marion Counties, West of the western boundary of Mt. Hood National Forest and West of Mile Post 30 on Interstate 84 and West of Mile Post 30 on State Highway 26 and West of Mile Post 30 on Highway 22 and all jobs or projects located in Yamhill County, Washington County and Columbia County and all jobs or porjects located in Clark & Cowlitz County, Washington except that portion of Cowlitz County in the Mt. St. Helens "Blast Zone" shall receive Zone I pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located in the area outside the identified boundary above, but less than 50 miles from the Portland City Hall shall receive Zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the Portland City Hall, but outside the identified border above, shall receive Zone III pay for all classifications. For the following cities: ALBANY; BEND; COOS BAY; EUGENE; GRANTS PASS; KLAMATH FALLS; MEDFORD; ROSEBURG All jobs or projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone I pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 30 miles and less than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone III pay for all classifications. | 22 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS Group 1 Concrete Batch Plan and or Wet mix three (3) units or more; Crane, Floating one hundred and fifty (150) ton but less than two hundred and fifty (250) ton; Crane, two hundred (200) ton through two hundred ninety nine (299) ton with two hundred foot (200') boom or less (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, ninety (90) ton through one hundred ninety nine (199) ton with over two hundred (200') boom Including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Tower Crane with one hundred seventy five foot (175') tower or less and with less than two hundred foot (200') jib; Crane, Whirley ninety (90) ton and over; Helicopter when used in erecting work Group 1A Crane, floating two hundred fifty (250) ton and over; Crane, two hundred (200) ton through two hundred ninety nine (299) ton, with over two hundred foot (200') boom (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, three hundred (300) ton through three hundred ninety nine (399) ton; Crane, Tower Crane with over one hundred seventy five foot (175') tower or over two hundred foot (200') jib; Crane, tower Crane on rail system or 2nd tower or more in work radius Group 1B Crane, three hundred (300) ton through three hundred ninety nine (399) ton, with over two hundred foot (200') boom (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Floating crane, three hundred fifty (350) ton and over; Crane, four hundred (400) ton and over Group 2 Asphalt Plant (any type); Asphalt Roto-Mill, pavement profiler eight foot (8') lateral cut and over; Auto Grader or "Trimmer"; Blade, Robotic; Bulldozer, Robotic Equipment (any type); Bulldozer, over one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. and above; Concrete Batch Plant and/or Wet Mix one (1) and two (2) drum; Concrete Diamond Head Profiler; Canal Trimmer; Concrete, Automatic Slip Form Paver (Assistant to the Operator required); Crane, Boom Truck fifty (50) ton and with over one hundred fifty foot (150') boom and over; Crane, Floating (derrick barge) thirty (30) ton but less than one hundred fifty (150) ton; Crane, Cableway twenty-five (25) ton and over; Crane, Floating Clamshell three (3) cu. Yds. And over; Crane, ninety (90) ton through one hundred ninety nine (199) ton up to and including two hundred foot (200') of boom (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, fifty (50) ton through eighty nine (89) ton with over one hundred fifty foot (150') boom (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Whirley under ninety (90) ton; Crusher Plant; Excavator over one hundred thirty thousand (130,000) lbs.; Loader one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. and above; Remote Controlled Earth Moving Equipment; Shovel, Dragline, Clamshell, five (5) cu. Yds. And over; Underwater Equipment remote or otherwise, when used in construction work; Wheel Excavator any size | 23 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Group 3 Bulldozer, over seventy thousand (70,000) lbs. up to and including one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs.; Crane, Boom Truck fifty (50) ton and over with less than one hundred fifty foot (150') boom; Crane, fifty (50) ton through eighty nine (89) ton with one hundred fifty foot (150') boom or less (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Shovel, Dragline or Clamshell three (3) cu. yds. but less than five (5) cu. Yds.; Excavator over eighty thousand (80,000) lbs. through one hundred thirty thousand (130,000) lbs.; Loader sixty thousand (60,000) lbs. and less than one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. Group 4 Asphalt, Screed; Asphalt Paver; Asphalt Roto-Mill, pavement profiler, under eight foot (8') lateral cut; Asphalt, Material Transfer Vehicle Operator; Back Filling Machine; Backhoe, Robotic, track and wheel type up to and including twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. with any attachments; Blade (any type); Boatman; Boring Machine; Bulldozer over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. and more than one hundred (100) horse up to seventy thousand (70,000) lbs.; Cable-Plow (any type); Cableway up to twenty five (25) ton; Cat Drill (John Henry); Chippers; Compactor, multi-engine; Compactor, Robotic; Compactor with blade self-propelled; Concrete, Breaker; Concrete, Grout Plant; Concrete, Mixer Mobile; Concrete, Paving Road Mixer; Concrete, Reinforced Tank Banding Machine; Crane, Boom Truck twenty (20) ton and under fifty (50) ton; Crane, Bridge Locomotive, Gantry and Overhead; Crane, Carry Deck; Crane, Chicago Boom and similar types; Crane, Derrick Operator, under one hundred (100) ton; Crane, Floating Clamshell, Dragline, etc. Operator, under three (3) cu. yds. Or less than thirty (30) ton; Crane, under fifty (50) ton; Crane, Quick Tower under one hundred foot (100') in height and less than one hundred fifty foot (150') jib (on rail included); Diesel-Electric Engineer (Plant or Floating); Directional Drill over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. pullback; Drill Cat Operator; Drill Doctor and/or Bit Grinder; Driller, Percussion, Diamond, Core, Cable, Rotary and similar type; Excavator Operator over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. through eighty thousand (80,000) lbs.; Generator Operator; Grade-all; Guardrail Machines, i.e. punch, auger, etc.; Hammer Operator (Piledriver); Hoist, stiff leg, guy derrick or similar type, fifty (50) ton and over; Hoist, two (2) drums or more; Hydro Axe (loader mounted or similar type); Jack Operator, Elevating Barges, Barge Operator, self-unloading; Loader Operator, front end and overhead, twenty five thousand (25,000) lbs. and less than sixty thousand (60,000) lbs.; Log Skidders; Piledriver Operator (not crane type); Pipe, Bending, Cleaning, Doping and Wrapping Machines; Rail, Ballast Tamper Multi-Purpose; Rubber-tired Dozers and Pushers; Scraper, all types; Side-Boom; Skip Loader, Drag Box; Strump Grinder (loader mounted or similar type); Surface Heater and Planer; Tractor, rubber-tired, over fifty (50) HP Flywheel; Trenching Machine three foot (3') depth and deeper; Tub Grinder (used for wood debris); Tunnel Boring Machine Mechanic; Tunnel, Mucking Machine; | 24 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Ultra High Pressure Water Jet Cutting Tool System Operator; Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator; Water pulls, Water wagons Group 5 Asphalt, Extrusion Machine; Asphalt, Roller (any asphalt mix); Asphalt, Roto-Mill pavement profiler ground man; Bulldozer, twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. or less, or one hundred (100) horse or less; Cement Pump; Chip Spreading Machine; Churn Drill and Earth Boring Machine; Compactor, self-propelled without blade; Compressor, (any power) one thousand two hundred fifty (1,250) cu. ft. and over, total capacity; Concrete, Batch Plant Quality control; Concrete, Combination Mixer and compressor operator, gunite work; Concrete, Curb Machine, Mechanical Berm, Curb and/or Curb and Gutter; Concrete, Finishing Machine; Concrete, Grouting Machine; Concrete, Internal Full Slab Vibrator Operator; Concrete, Joint Machine; Concrete, Mixer single drum, any capacity; Concrete, Paving Machine eight foot (8') or less; Concrete, Planer; Concrete, Pump; Concrete, Pump Truck; Concrete, Pumpcrete Operator (any type); Concrete, Slip Form Pumps, power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms; Conveyored Material Hauler; Crane, Boom Truck under twenty (20) tons; Crane, Boom Type lifting device, five (5) ton capacity or less; Drill, Directional type less than twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. pullback; Fork Lift, over ten (10) ton or Robotic; Helicopter Hoist; Hoist Operator, single drum; Hydraulic Backhoe track type up to and including twenty thousand (20,000) lbs.; Hydraulic Backhoe wheel type (any make); Laser Screed; Loaders, rubber-tired type, less than twenty five thousand (25,000) lbs.; Pavement Grinder and/or Grooving Machine (riding type); Pipe, cast in place Pipe Laying Machine; Pulva-Mixer or similar types; Pump Operator, more than five (5) pumps (any size); Rail, Ballast Compactor, Regulator, or Tamper machines; Service Oiler (Greaser); Sweeper Self-Propelled; Tractor, Rubber-Tired, fifty (50) HP flywheel and under; Trenching Machine Operator, maximum digging capacity three foot (3') depth; Tunnel, Locomotive, Dinkey; Tunnel, Power Jumbo setting slip forms, etc. Group 6 Asphalt, Pugmill (any type); Asphalt, Raker; Asphalt, Truck Mounted Asphalt Spreader, with Screed; Auger Oiler; Boatman; Bobcat, skid steed (less than one (1) yard); Broom, self-propelled; Compressor Operator (any power) under 1,250 cu. ft. total capacity; Concrete Curing Machine (riding type); Concrete Saw; Conveyor Operator or Assistant; Crane, Tugger; Crusher Feederman; Crusher Oiler; Deckhand; Drill, Directional Locator; Fork Lift; Grade Checker; Guardrail Punch Oiler; Hydrographic Seeder Machine, straw, pulp or seed; Hydrostatic Pump Operator; Mixer Box (CTB, dry batch, etc.); Oiler; Plant Oiler; Pump (any power); Rail, Brakeman, Switchman, Motorman; Rail, Tamping Machine, mechanical, self-propelled; Rigger; Roller grading (not asphalt); Truck, Crane Oiler-Driver ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 25 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction IRON0014-005 07/01/2015 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND ORIELLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA AND WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER.......................$ 32.76 23.19 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0029-002 07/01/2015 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKAIKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER.......................$ 34.12 23.04 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0086-002 07/01/2015 YAKIMA, KITTITAS AND CHELAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER.......................$ 32.76 23.19 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0086-004 07/01/2015 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER.......................$ 40.04 23.19 ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 26 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction LABO0001-002 06/01/2014 ZONE 1: Rates Fringes Laborers: CALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (NORTH OF STRAIGHT LINE MADE BY EXTENDING THE NORTH BOUNDARY WAHKIAKUM COUNTY WEST TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN), PIERCE, SAN JUAN,SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH,THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES GROUP 1....................$ 22.49 10.30 GROUP 2....................$ 25.79 10.30 GROUP 3....................$ 32.29 10.30 GROUP 4....................$ 33.08 10.30 GROUP 5....................$ 33.62 10.30 CHELAN, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS AND YAKIMA COUNTIES GROUP 1....................$ 18.95 10.30 GROUP 2....................$ 21.76 10.30 GROUP 3....................$ 23.85 10.30 GROUP 4....................$ 24.43 10.30 GROUP 5....................$ 24.85 10.30 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 | 27 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper-Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller-Power; Raker-Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person-sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 28 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction LABO0238-004 06/01/2014 PASCO AREA: ADAMS, BENTON, COLUMBIA,DOUGLAS (East of 120th Meridian), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GRANT, OKANOGAN, WALLA WALLA SPOKANE AREA: ASOTIN, GARFIELD, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS & WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER (PASCO) GROUP 1.....................$ 22.25 10.95 GROUP 2.....................$ 24.35 10.95 GROUP 3.....................$ 24.62 10.95 GROUP 4.....................$ 24.89 10.95 GROUP 5.....................$ 25.17 10.95 LABORER (SPOKANE) GROUP 1.....................$ 21.95 10.95 GROUP 2.....................$ 24.05 10.95 GROUP 3.....................$ 24.32 10.95 GROUP 4.....................$ 24.59 10.95 GROUP 5.....................$ 24.87 10.95 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: 45 radius miles and over from the main post office. | 29 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Flagman; Landscape Laborer; Scaleman; Traffic Control Maintenance Laborer (to include erection and maintenance of barricades, signs and relief of flagperson); Window Washer/Cleaner (detail cleanup, such as, but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc. prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Asbestos Abatement Worker; Brush Hog Feeder; Carpenter Tender; Cement Handler; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Crewman (to include stripping of forms, hand operating jacks on slip form construction, application of concrete curing compounds, pumpcrete machine, signaling, handling the nozzle of squeezcrete or similar machine,6 inches and smaller); Confined Space Attendant; Concrete Signalman; Crusher Feeder; Demolition (to include clean-up, burning, loading, wrecking and salvage of all material); Dumpman; Fence Erector; Firewatch; Form Cleaning Machine Feeder, Stacker; General Laborer; Grout Machine Header Tender; Guard Rail (to include guard rails, guide and reference posts, sign posts, and right-of-way markers); Hazardous Waste Worker, Level D (no respirator is used and skin protection is minimal); Miner, Class "A" (to include all bull gang, concrete crewman, dumpman and pumpcrete crewman, including distributing pipe, assembly & dismantle, and nipper); Nipper; Riprap Man; Sandblast Tailhoseman; Scaffold Erector (wood or steel); Stake Jumper; Structural Mover (to include separating foundation, preparation, cribbing, shoring, jacking and unloading of structures); Tailhoseman (water nozzle); Timber Bucker and Faller (by hand); Track Laborer (RR); Truck Loader; Well-Point Man; All Other Work Classifications Not Specially Listed Shall Be Classified As General Laborer GROUP 3: Asphalt Roller, walking; Cement Finisher Tender; Concrete Saw, walking; Demolition Torch; Dope Pot Firemen, non-mechanical; Driller Tender (when required to move and position machine); Form Setter, Paving; Grade Checker using level; Hazardous Waste Worker, Level C (uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Jackhammer Operator; Miner, Class "B" (to include brakeman, finisher, vibrator, form setter); Nozzleman (to include squeeze and flo-crete nozzle); Nozzleman, water, air or steam; Pavement Breaker (under 90 lbs.); Pipelayer, corrugated metal culvert; Pipelayer, multi- plate; Pot Tender; Power Buggy Operator; Power Tool Operator, gas, electric, pneumatic; Railroad Equipment, power driven, except dual mobile power spiker or puller; Railroad Power Spiker or Puller, dual mobile; Rodder and Spreader; Tamper (to include operation of Barco, Essex and similar tampers); Trencher, Shawnee; Tugger Operator; Wagon Drills; Water Pipe Liner; Wheelbarrow (power driven) | 30 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 4: Air and Hydraulic Track Drill; Aspahlt Raker;Brush Machine (to include horizontal construction joint cleanup brush machine, power propelled); Caisson Worker, free air; Chain Saw Operator and Faller; Concrete Stack (to include laborers when laborers working on free standing concrete stacks for smoke or fume control above 40 feet high); Gunite (to include operation of machine and nozzle); Hazardous Waste Worker, Level B (uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Laser Beam Operator (to include grade checker and elevation control); Miner, Class C (to include miner, nozzleman for concrete, laser beam operator and rigger on tunnels); Monitor Operator (air track or similar mounting); Mortar Mixer; Nozzleman (to include jet blasting nozzleman, over 1,200 lbs., jet blast machine power propelled, sandblast nozzle); Pavement Breaker (90 lbs. and over); Pipelayer (to include working topman, caulker, collarman, jointer, mortarman, rigger, jacker, shorer, valve or meter installer); Pipewrapper; Plasterer Tender; Vibrators (all) GROUP 5 - Drills with Dual Masts; Hazardous Waste Worker, Level A (utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line); Miner Class "D", (to include raise and shaft miner, laser beam operator on riases and shafts) ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0238-006 06/01/2014 COUNTIES EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN: ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, STEVENS, SPOKANE, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN Rates Fringes Hod Carrier......................$ 24.32 10.95 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0335-001 06/01/2013 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH OF A STRAIGHT LINE MADE BY EXTENDING THE NORTH BOUNDARY LINE OF WAHKIAKUM COUNTY WEST TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN), SKAMANIA AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Laborers: ZONE 1: GROUP 1....................$ 28.65 10.05 GROUP 2....................$ 29.25 10.05 GROUP 3....................$ 29.69 10.05 GROUP 4....................$ 30.07 10.05 GROUP 5....................$ 26.15 10.05 GROUP 6....................$ 23.73 10.05 GROUP 7....................$ 20.53 10.05 | 31 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 $ 0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 BASE POINTS: GOLDENDALE, LONGVIEW, AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city all. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Asphalt Plant Laborers; Asphalt Spreaders; Batch Weighman; Broomers; Brush Burners and Cutters; Car and Truck Loaders; Carpenter Tender; Change-House Man or Dry Shack Man; Choker Setter; Clean-up Laborers; Curing, Concrete; Demolition, Wrecking and Moving Laborers; Dumpers, road oiling crew; Dumpmen (for grading crew); Elevator Feeders; Median Rail Reference Post, Guide Post, Right of Way Marker; Fine Graders; Fire Watch; Form Strippers (not swinging stages); General Laborers; Hazardous Waste Worker; Leverman or Aggregate Spreader (Flaherty and similar types); Loading Spotters; Material Yard Man (including electrical); Pittsburgh Chipper Operator or Similar Types; Railroad Track Laborers; Ribbon Setters (including steel forms); Rip Rap Man (hand placed); Road Pump Tender; Sewer Labor; Signalman; Skipman; Slopers; Spraymen; Stake Chaser; Stockpiler; Tie Back Shoring; Timber Faller and Bucker (hand labor); Toolroom Man (at job site); Tunnel Bullgang (above ground); Weight-Man- Crusher (aggregate when used) GROUP 2: Applicator (including pot power tender for same), applying protective material by hand or nozzle on utility lines or storage tanks on project; Brush Cutters (power saw); Burners; Choker Splicer; Clary Power Spreader and similar types; Clean- up Nozzleman-Green Cutter (concrete, rock, etc.); Concrete Power Buggyman; Concrete Laborer; Crusher Feeder; Demolition and Wrecking Charred Materials; Gunite Nozzleman Tender; Gunite or Sand Blasting Pot Tender; Handlers or Mixers of all Materials of an irritating nature (including cement and lime); Tool Operators (includes but not limited to: Dry Pack Machine; Jackhammer; Chipping Guns; Paving Breakers); Pipe Doping and Wrapping; Post Hole Digger, air, gas or electric; Vibrating Screed; Tampers; Sand Blasting (Wet); Stake-Setter; Tunnel-Muckers, Brakemen, Concrete Crew, Bullgang (underground) | 32 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 3: Asbestos Removal; Bit Grinder; Drill Doctor; Drill Operators, air tracks, cat drills, wagon drills, rubber-mounted drills, and other similar types including at crusher plants; Gunite Nozzleman; High Scalers, Strippers and Drillers (covers work in swinging stages, chairs or belts, under extreme conditions unusual to normal drilling, blasting, barring-down, or sloping and stripping); Manhole Builder; Powdermen; Concrete Saw Operator; Pwdermen; Power Saw Operators (Bucking and Falling); Pumpcrete Nozzlemen; Sand Blasting (Dry); Sewer Timberman; Track Liners, Anchor Machines, Ballast Regulators, Multiple Tampers, Power Jacks, Tugger Operator; Tunnel-Chuck Tenders, Nippers and Timbermen; Vibrator; Water Blaster GROUP 4: Asphalt Raker; Concrete Saw Operator (walls); Concrete Nozzelman; Grade Checker; Pipelayer; Laser Beam (pipelaying)-applicable when employee assigned to move, set up, align; Laser Beam; Tunnel Miners; Motorman-Dinky Locomotive-Tunnel; Powderman-Tunnel; Shield Operator-Tunnel GROUP 5: Traffic Flaggers GROUP 6: Fence Builders GROUP 7: Landscaping or Planting Laborers ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0335-019 09/01/2013 Rates Fringes Hod Carrier......................$ 30.47 10.05 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0005-002 07/01/2014 STATEWIDE EXCEPT CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Painters: STRIPERS....................$ 28.50 14.61 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0005-004 03/01/2009 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER..........................$ 20.82 7.44 ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 33 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction PAIN0005-006 07/01/2015 ADAMS, ASOTIN; BENTON AND FRANKLIN (EXCEPT HANFORD SITE); CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER Application of Cold Tar Products, Epoxies, Polyure thanes, Acids, Radiation Resistant Material, Water and Sandblasting............$ 28.15 10.85 Over 30'/Swing Stage Work..$ 22.20 7.98 Brush, Roller, Striping, Steam-cleaning and Spray....$ 23.05 10.85 Lead Abatement, Asbestos Abatement...................$ 21.50 7.98 *$.70 shall be paid over and above the basic wage rates listed for work on swing stages and high work of over 30 feet. ---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0055-003 07/01/2015 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER Brush & Roller..............$ 22.47 10.13 High work - All work 60 ft. or higher...............$ 23.22 10.13 Spray and Sandblasting......$ 23.07 10.13 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0055-006 11/01/2014 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, SKAMANIA and WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Painters: HIGHWAY & PARKING LOT STRIPER.....................$ 33.43 11.08 ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 34 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction PLAS0072-004 06/01/2014 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER ZONE 1......................$ 26.41 12.44 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston; Wenatchee Zone 1: 0 - 45 radius miles from the main post office Zone 2: Over 45 radius miles from the main post office ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0528-001 06/01/2015 CLALLAM, COWLITZ, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, WAHKIAKUM AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON CEMENT MASON................$ 38.52 15.43 COMPOSITION, TROWEL MACHINE, GRINDER, POWER TOOLS, GUNNITE NOZZLE.......$ 39.02 15.43 TROWLING MACHINE OPERATOR ON COMPOSITION..............$ 39.02 15.43 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0555-002 06/01/2015 CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES ZONE 1: Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON CEMENT MASONS DOING BOTH COMPOSITION/POWER MACHINERY AND SUSPENDED/HANGING SCAFFOLD..$ 30.58 18.18 CEMENT MASONS ON SUSPENDED, SWINGING AND/OR HANGING SCAFFOLD............$ 30.58 18.18 CEMENT MASONS...............$ 29.98 18.18 COMPOSITION WORKERS AND POWER MACHINERY OPERATORS...$ 31.18 18.18 | 35 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Zone Differential (Add To Zone 1 Rates): Zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 3.00 BASE POINTS: BEND, CORVALLIS, EUGENE, MEDFORD, PORTLAND, SALEM, THE DALLES, VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0037-002 06/01/2014 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: ZONE 1 GROUP 1....................$ 26.90 14.37 GROUP 2....................$ 27.02 14.37 GROUP 3....................$ 27.15 14.37 GROUP 4....................$ 27.41 14.37 GROUP 5....................$ 27.63 14.37 GROUP 6....................$ 27.79 14.37 GROUP 7....................$ 27.99 14.37 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 Rates): Zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 BASE POINTS: ASTORIA, THE DALLES, LONGVIEW AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. | 36 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: A Frame or Hydra lifrt truck w/load bearing surface; Articulated Dump Truck; Battery Rebuilders; Bus or Manhaul Driver; Concrete Buggies (power operated); Concrete Pump Truck; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations there of: up to and including 10 cu. yds.; Lift Jitneys, Fork Lifts (all sizes in loading, unloading and transporting material on job site); Loader and/or Leverman on Concrete Dry Batch Plant (manually operated); Pilot Car; Pickup Truck; Solo Flat Bed and misc. Body Trucks, 0-10 tons; Truck Tender; Truck Mechanic Tender; Water Wagons (rated capacity) up to 3,000 gallons; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix - 5 cu. yds. and under; Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck Driver, Tireman, Wash Rack, Steam Cleaner or combinations; Team Driver; Slurry Truck Driver or Leverman; Tireman GROUP 2: Boom Truck/Hydra-lift or Retracting Crane; Challenger; Dumpsters or similar equipment all sizes; Dump Trucks/Articulated Dumps 6 cu to 10 cu.; Flaherty Spreader Driver or Leverman; Lowbed Equipment, Flat Bed Semi-trailer or doubles transporting equipment or wet or dry materials; Lumber Carrier, Driver-Straddle Carrier (used in loading, unloading and transporting of materials on job site); Oil Distributor Driver or Leverman; Transit mix and wet or dry mix trcuks: over 5 cu. yds. and including 7 cu. yds.; Vacuum Trucks; Water truck/Wagons (rated capacity) over 3,000 to 5,000 gallons GROUP 3: Ammonia Nitrate Distributor Driver; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 10 cu. yds. and including 30 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Self-Propelled Street Sweeper; Transit mix and wet or dry mix truck: over 7 cu yds. and including 11 cu yds.; Truck Mechanic-Welder-Body Repairman; Utility and Clean-up Truck; Water Wagons (rated capacity) over 5,000 to 10,000 gallons GROUP 4: Asphalt Burner; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom cumps, including Semi-Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 30 cu. yds. and including 50 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Fire Guard; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks, over 11 cu. yds. and including 15 cu. yds.; Water Wagon (rated capacity) over 10,000 gallons to 15,000 gallons GROUP 5: Composite Crewman; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 50 cu. yds. and including 60 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks GROUP 6: Bulk Cement Spreader w/o Auger; Dry Pre-Batch concrete Mix Trucks; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains of combinations thereof: over 60 cu. yds. and including 80 cu. yds., and includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Skid Truck | 37 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 7: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 80 cu. yds. and including 100 cu. yds., includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Industrial Lift Truck (mechanical tailgate) ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0174-001 01/01/2014 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: ZONE A: GROUP 1:...................$ 32.18 16.69 GROUP 2:...................$ 31.34 16.69 GROUP 3:...................$ 28.53 16.69 GROUP 4:...................$ 23.56 16.69 GROUP 5:...................$ 31.73 16.69 ZONE B (25-45 miles from center of listed cities*): Add $.70 per hour to Zone A rates. ZONE C (over 45 miles from centr of listed cities*): Add $1.00 per hour to Zone A rates. *Zone pay will be calculated from the city center of the following listed cities: BELLINGHAM CENTRALIA RAYMOND OLYMPIA EVERETT SHELTON ANACORTES BELLEVUE SEATTLE PORT ANGELES MT. VERNON KENT TACOMA PORT TOWNSEND ABERDEEN BREMERTON TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 - "A-frame or Hydralift" trucks and Boom trucks or similar equipment when "A" frame or "Hydralift" and Boom truck or similar equipment is used; Buggymobile; Bulk Cement Tanker; Dumpsters and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Tournotrailer, Cat DW series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye Wagon, Euclid Two and Four-Wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top-loaded equipment transporting material: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi-trucks and trains or combinations thereof with 16 yards to 30 yards capacity: Over 30 yards $.15 per hour additional for each 10 yard increment; Explosive Truck (field mix) and similar equipment; Hyster Operators (handling bulk loose aggregates); Lowbed and Heavy Duty Trailer; Road Oil Distributor Driver; Spreader, Flaherty Transit mix used exclusively in heavy construction; Water Wagon and Tank Truck-3,000 gallons and over capacity | 38 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 2 - Bulllifts, or similar equipment used in loading or unloading trucks, transporting materials on job site; Dumpsters, and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Turnotrailer, Cat. D.W. Series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye wagon, Euclid two and four-wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top-loaded equipment transporting material: Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi-trucks and trains or combinations thereof with less than 16 yards capacity; Flatbed (Dual Rear Axle); Grease Truck, Fuel Truck, Greaser, Battery Service Man and/or Tire Service Man; Leverman and loader at bunkers and batch plants; Oil tank transport; Scissor truck; Slurry Truck; Sno-Go and similar equipment; Swampers; Straddler Carrier (Ross, Hyster) and similar equipment; Team Driver; Tractor (small, rubber-tired)(when used within Teamster jurisdiction); Vacuum truck; Water Wagon and Tank trucks-less than 3,000 gallons capacity; Winch Truck; Wrecker, Tow truck and similar equipment GROUP 3 - Flatbed (single rear axle); Pickup Sweeper; Pickup Truck. (Adjust Group 3 upward by $2.00 per hour for onsite work only) GROUP 4 - Escort or Pilot Car GROUP 5 - Mechanic HAZMAT PROJECTS Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C: +$.25 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B: +$.50 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit." LEVEL A: +$.75 per hour - This level utilizes a fully- encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 39 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction TEAM0690-004 01/01/2014 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: (AREA 1: SPOKANE ZONE CENTER: Adams,Chelan, Douglas, Ferry, Grant, Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pen Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, and Whitman Counties AREA 1: LEWISTON ZONE CENTER: Asotin, Columbia, and Garfield Counties AREA 2: PASCO ZONE CENTER: Benton, Franklin, Walla Walla and Yakima Counties) AREA 1: GROUP 1....................$ 20.17 15.19 GROUP 2....................$ 22.44 15.19 GROUP 3....................$ 22.94 15.19 GROUP 4....................$ 23.27 15.19 GROUP 5....................$ 23.38 15.19 GROUP 6....................$ 23.55 15.19 GROUP 7....................$ 24.08 15.19 GROUP 8....................$ 24.44 15.19 AREA 2 GROUP 1....................$ 21.77 15.19 GROUP 2....................$ 24.31 15.19 GROUP 3....................$ 24.42 15.19 GROUP 4....................$ 24.75 15.19 GROUP 5....................$ 24.86 15.19 GROUP 6....................$ 25.02 15.19 GROUP 7....................$ 25.56 15.19 GROUP 8....................$ 25.88 15.19 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate: Zone 1 + $2.00) BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: Outside 45 radius miles from the main post office TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Escort Driver or Pilot Car; Employee Haul; Power Boat Hauling Employees or Material GROUP 2: Fish Truck; Flat Bed Truck; Fork Lift (3000 lbs. and under); Leverperson (loading trucks at bunkers); Trailer Mounted Hydro Seeder and Mulcher; Seeder & Mulcher; Stationary Fuel Operator; Tractor (small, rubber-tired, pulling trailer or similar equipment) | 40 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction GROUP 3: Auto Crane (2000 lbs. capacity); Buggy Mobile & Similar; Bulk Cement Tanks & Spreader; Dumptor (6 yds. & under); Flat Bed Truck with Hydraullic System; Fork Lift (3001-16,000 lbs.); Fuel Truck Driver, Steamcleaner & Washer; Power Operated Sweeper; Rubber-tired Tunnel Jumbo; Scissors Truck; Slurry Truck Driver; Straddle Carrier (Ross, Hyster, & similar); Tireperson; Transit Mixers & Truck Hauling Concrete (3 yd. to & including 6 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (3 yards to and including 6 yds.); Warehouseperson (to include shipping & receiving); Wrecker & Tow Truck GROUP 4: A-Frame; Burner, Cutter, & Welder; Service Greaser; Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (over 6 yards to and including 12 yds.); Truck Mounted Hydro Seeder; Warehouseperson; Water Tank truck (0-8,000 gallons) GROUP 5: Dumptor (over 6 yds.); Lowboy (50 tons & under); Self- loading Roll Off; Semi-Truck & Trailer; Tractor with Steer Trailer; Transit Mixers and Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 6 yds. to and including 10 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and end dump (over 12 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Truck-Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled, up to 14 ton); Vacuum Truck (super sucker, guzzler, etc.) GROUP 6: Flaherty Spreader Box Driver; Flowboys; Fork Lift (over 16,000 lbs.); Dumps (Semi-end); Mechanic (Field); Semi- end Dumps; Transfer Truck & Trailer; Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 10 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 20 yds. to & including 40 yds.); Truck and Pup; Tournarocker, DWs & similar with 2 or more 4 wheel-power tractor with trailer, gallonage or yardage scale, whichever is greater Water Tank Truck (8,001- 14,000 gallons); Lowboy(over 50 tons) GROUP 7: Oil Distributor Driver; Stringer Truck (cable oeprated trailer); Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 20 yds.); Truck, side, end, bottom end dump (over 40 yds. to & including 100 yds.); Truck Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled (16 through 25 tons); GROUP 8: Prime Movers and Stinger Truck; Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 100 yds.); Helicopter Pilot Hauling Employees or Materials Footnote A - Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in additon to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C-D: - $.50 PER HOUR (This is the lowest level of protection. This level may use an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. | 41 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction LEVEL A-B: - $1.00 PER HOUR (Uses supplied air is conjunction with a chemical spash suit or fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus. Employees shall be paid Hazmat pay in increments of four(4) and eight(8) hours. NOTE: Trucks Pulling Equipment Trailers: shall receive $.15/hour over applicable truck rate ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. | 42 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- | 43 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 | 44 P a g e WA150001 Modification 11 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX B STANDARD PLANS CITY OF RENTON D O M E S T Y L E L E D L U M I N A R E ( W A T T A G E P E R P L A N S , 4 , 0 0 0 K C C T , 1 2 0 — 2 7 7 V U N I V E R S A L D R I V E R , W I T H F L A T G L A S S L E N S ) B Y C Y C L O N E ( o R A P P R O V E D E Q U A L ) D R I V E R S H A L L B E I N T E G R A L T O T H E F I X T U R E W I T H C L A M S H E L L A R M C O N N E C T I O N F O R M O U N T I N G A R M D E T A J L S S T D P L A N 1 1 7 . 3 . F O R S T R E E T L I G H T S T A N D A R D D E C A L N U M B E R I N G D E T A I L , R E F E R T O C I T Y O F R E N T O N S T D P L A N 1 2 1 . 1 0 ” B A S E D I A M E T E R , 4 0 — 0 ” L O N G ( C O N T I N U O U S ) , 0 . 2 5 ” W A L L T H I C K N E S S S M O O T H R O U N D T A P E R E D ( 0 1 4 ” / F T ) A L U M N U M P O L E R E I N F O R C E D H A N D H O L E W I T H C O V E R I N S T A L L A N C H O R B O L T C O V E R S ( P R O V I D E D B Y P O L E M A N U F A C T U R E R ) 2 ” C O N D U I T U N L E S S S T A T E D O T H E R W I S E O N P L A N S 2 ” C O N D U I T U N L E S S S T A T E D O T H E R W I S E O N P L A N S 3 / 4 ” C H A M F E R ( T Y P ) — 1 — 6 ” M I N B E L O W G R O U N D , 2 — 0 ” M I N U N D E R P A V E M E N T E X T E N D T H E C O N D U I T 6 ” M I N B E Y O N D F O U N D A T I O N O R T H E C O N T R O L L E D D E N S I T Y B A C K F I L L # 4 H O O P S @ 1 2 ” 8 — 7 B A R S , E V E N L Y S P A C E D 2 1 / 2 ” C L R H 9 0 I i o - Q € Q 0 ’ ‘ I ( 2 7 0 ’ • D E C O R A I V E R O A D W A Y L U M I N A I R E S A R E M O U N T E D A T 0 ’ • D E C O R A T I V E P E D E S T R I A N L I J M I N A I R E S A R E M O U N T E D A T 1 6 0 H A N D H O L E S • A R E M O U N T E D A T 1 8 0 • B A N N E R S U P P O R T B R A C K E T S A R E M O U N T E D A T 0 ’ O R I E N T A T I O N L O C A T I O N T O P O F F O U N D A T I O N A N C H O R B O L T , 4 T O T A L , 1 — 1 / 4 ” B A ( T Y P ) 1 ” H E X N U T S , S T E E L ( 6 R E Q ’ D P E R A N C H O R B O L T ) , F L A T W A S H E R S ( 6 R E Q ’ D P E R A N C H O R B O L T ) — ( 4 ) O V A L S L O T S A C C E P T N O 1 “ x 4 8 ” x 4 G A L V A N I Z E D S T E E L A N C H O R B O L T S P O L E E L E V A T I O N F O U N D A T I O N D E T A I L S A R T E R I A L S T R E E T S T D . P L A N - 1 1 7 . 1 D E C O R A T I V E R O A D W A Y L U M I N A I R E P O L E A P R O V E D E T A I L S 1 m m J s i c € f I T / ’ P A I N T S P E C I F C A T I O N S A L L A L U M N U M L U M I N A I R E A N D P O L E R E L A T E D P A R T S S H A L L B E F A C T O R Y P R I M E D A N D P O W D E R C O A T E D . F N I S H C O L O R ; R A L 9 0 0 5 T X “ J E T B L A C K ” R O U N D P O L E C A P D E C O R A T I V E L U M I N A I R E P O L E N O T E S “ I 1 L U M N A R E A R M L E N G T H P E R F L A N S R O U N D T U B U L A R S E C T I O N ( N O T A P E R ) R O U N D T A P E R E D P O L E S E C T I O N ( 0 . 1 4 ” / F T ) “ N O M I N A L L I J M L N A I R E H E I G H T ( L U M I N A I R E H E I G H T + S H R O U D ) A L U M I N I U M S H R O U D ( B Y M A N U F A C T U R E R ) D O M E S T Y L E L E D L U M N A I R E ( W A T T A G E P E R P L A N S , 4 , 0 0 0 K C C T , 1 2 0 — 2 7 7 V U N I V E R S A L D R I V E R , W T H F L A T G L A S S L E N S ) B Y C Y C L O N E ( O R A P P R O V E D E Q U A L ) . D R I V E R A S H A L L B E I N T E G R A L T O T H E F I X T U R E W I T H C L A M S H E L L A R M U C O N N E C T I O N . F O R M O U N T I N G A R M D E T A I L S S E E S I B P L A N 1 1 7 . 3 2 8 ” ( 2 ) B A N N E R B R A C K E T S W I T H P R E S S U R E R E L E A S E S P R I N G S W I T H P R O T E C T I V E R U B B E R C O A T I N G S E C U R E T O P B A N N E R B R A C K E T W I T H — T H R O U G H B O L T S A N D S H I M T O L E V E L P E R M A N U F A C T U R E R ’ S N S T R U C T I O N S S E C U R E B O T T O M B A N N E R B R A C K E T W I T H A D J U S T A B L E S T A I N L E S S S T E E L B A N D S A N D S H I M T O L E V E L P E R \ L M A N U F A C T U R E R ’ S I N S T R U C T O N S \ A N C H O R B O L T A — 0 ’ L E V E L , , ‘ — O P T O N A L B A N N E R T O B E P R O V I D E D A N D N S T A L L E D B Y O T H E R S U N _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ B A S E P L A T E D E T A I L 3 6 ” 8 — # 7 B A R S , E V E N L Y S P A C E D C E N T E R C O N D U I T N F O U N D A T O N 1 4 — 1 5 ’ D I A B O L T C I R C L E H O O P S W 1 2 ” F O U N D A T O N S E C T I O N G R O U N D P O L E T O F O I J N D A l l O N L U , z z 2 0 z 0 0 ’ L E V E L 0 ( 2 0 ( 0 0 0 C - , 0 0 = C - , ’ U , U , 0 0 0 3 6 ” F O U N D A T I O N D E T A I L / 1 1 / 4 ” D I A H O L E ( T Y P ) 3 / 8 ” S T E E L P L A T E B O L T C I R C L E ( D I X S I Z E T O L U M I N A I R E B A S E P L A T E D I M E N S I O N ) F O R F O U N D A T I O N D E T A I L S , A N C H O R B O L T T E M P L A T E D E T A I L G R O U T ‘ V A N C H O R B u _ T A S S E M B L Y D E T A I L P A I N T S P E C I F I C A T G N U A L L A L U M I N U M L U M N A I R E A N D P D L E R E L A T E D P A R I S S H A L L B E F A C T O R Y P R I M E D A N D P O W D E R C O A T E D F I N I S H C O L O R . R A L S C D S T A “ J E T B L A C K ” A i 2 2 2 S ” ” E O M C S I t E L E D L M ‘ . I F E ( W U T E A G E P E R P L A N S , 4 , 0 0 1 K C C T , 1 2 0 — 2 7 7 V U N I V E R S A L D R I V E R W I T H Y U G L A S S L C N S ( B Y C Y C L O N E ( O R A P P R O V E D E O U A L ) . D R V C H S H A L L B C I N T E G R A L T O T H E F I V T U R E W I T H C L A H S H E L L A P H C O S N E L T O N F O R H O U N T I N C A R M D E T A I L S S E E S T D P L A N 1 1 7 . 3 F O R S T R E E T L I G H T S T A N D A R D D E C A L N U M B E R I N G D E T A I L , R E F E R T O C I T Y O F B E N I G N S T D P L A N 1 2 1 . 7 ” B A S E D I A M E T E R , ( B — U ” L O N G ( C T N T I S U G G S ) , S M O O T H B O U N D T A P E R E D ( U 1 4 ” / F T ) , U 1 B H ” W A L L T H I C K N E S S A L U M I N U M P O L E R E I N F O R C E D H A N H D G L E W I T H C O V E R I N S T A L L A N C H O R B O L T C O V E R S ( P R O V I D E D B Y P O L E M A N U F A C T U R E R ) I N S T A L L G R O U T . P R O V E E 1 / 2 ” D I A D R A N T U B E T H R O U G H G R O U T O R F O U N D A T I O N D E N L S , S E E T H I S S H E E T 2 ’ C O N D U I T U N L E S S S T A T E D O T H E R W S E O N P L A N S 1 — B ” M I l . S E L D A G B O V I D , 2 — 0 ” M I N U N D E R P A V E M E N T E V T E L D T H E C C N D U T B ” M I S B C H C . N D E G U 1 I D A S C ’ I C R T h E C O N T E D L L E D D E N S I T Y B A C K F L L B — # 5 B A R S , E V E N L Y S P A C E D ( 4 ) D V A L V L G T U C C E P Y N G 1 ” x D K ” x 4 ” G A L V A N I Z E D S T E E L A N C H O R B O L T S 1 — 1 / B ” D I A H O L E ( T V P ( — 1 / 4 ” S T E E L P L A T E B 5 f l L t P L T U E M E ’ E L - B O L T C I R C L E ( U A S I Z E T O L U M N A I R E B A S E P L A T E D I M E N S I G N D E C O R A T I V E L U M I N A I R E P O L E N O T E S - 7 ] . R O U N D T U B U L A R S E C T I O N ( S O T A P E R ( R O U N D T A P E R E D R O L E S E C T I O N ( D 1 4 ” / F T ) R O U N D P O L E C A P — _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4 — C ” L U M I N A I R E A R M • D E C O R A T I V E R E D E S T R A N L U M H A R E S A R E M O U N T E D A T l B S ( U N L E S S O T H E R W I S E N O T E D 0 5 P L A N S ( • H A N D H T L E S A R E M O U N T E D A T 1 B D ’ P L A N T • S U P P O R T B R A C K E T S A R E M O U N T E D A T D ’ ( U N L E S S O T H E R W S E N O T E D E N P L A N S ) H I E N T A T ’ . O N L O C A T I O N 2 ” C 0 0 0 U r U N L E S S S T A T E D D T - E R W 1 S C O N P L A N S A N C H O R B O L T B A S E P L A T E [ E T A L B — # 5 B A R S , E V E N L Y S R A C E G C C N T E R C L N E U F / ‘ ( \ I N ‘ C V N D A ’ C I I — T , ’ V . c U U U : ; T 0 0 0 5 U ; V / 1 0 — i l ” D I A B O L T — # H O O P S @ 1 2 ’ F ’ ‘ P I [ : U I O , [ , S E C T i O N T O 3 / 4 ” C H U M E B ( T Y P ( — P U G H D R T I G N A A # 4 M O O R S * 1 2 ” = a 0 a 0 2 1 / 2 ” C L R F O U N D A T I O N D E T A I L / \ / a a P O L E E L E V A T I O N F O U N D A T I O N D E T A I L S I A R T E R I A L S T R E E T S T D . P L A N - T 1 7 . 2 P U B L I C W O R K S _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ D E C O R A T I V E P E D E S T R I A N L U M I N A I R E P O L E D E P A R T M E N T D E T A I L S Z m 5 j Ø / / 5 A N C H O R B O L T T E M P L A T E D E T A I L T O P O F F O U N D A T I O N A A N C H O R B O L T , 4 T O T A L , 1 ” 0 1 4 ( T V P ( 1 ” H E Y N U T S , S T E E L ( K B E G ’ D P E R A N C H O R B O L T ) , F L A F W A S H E R S ( K R E G ’ D P E R A N C H O R B O L T ) P O L E — 4 — 0 ” — ( L u M 1 N A I R E : A R M L E N G T H ) — 2 ” T A N G E N T 7 5 ’ R 1 3 5 3 5 ” D I A H O L E L _ _ . . 4 ” 0 0 H O L E R O U N D C A P A L U M I N U M S H R O U D ( B Y M A N U F A C T U R E R ) M A N O F A C T U R E R S H A L L W E L D S H R O U D A L L T H E W A Y A R O U N D L U M I N A I R E A R M L I J M I N A I R E C O N D U C F O R S B R A C k E T S I D E V I E W D E T A I L S C L A M P — O N T O L U M I N A I R E D E C O R A T I V E L U M I N A I R E L U M I N A I R E A R M D E T A I L S L U M I N A I R E A R M M O U N T I N G B R A C K E T D E T A I L S L U M I N A I R E A R M A N D M O U N T I N G B R A C K E T D E T A I L S 6 — 0 ” ( L U E I I N A I R E A R M L E N G T H ) 1 6 ’ R 2 2 ” 4 ” O D H O L E 3 / 4 ” - 1 1 / 2 ” D A M E T E R W R E W A Y 6 — 0 ( L U M I N A I R E A R M L E N G T H ) 1 0 , — c , ’ ( L U M I N A I R E A R M L E N G T H ) 4 5 ’ R _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 — 0 ” ( L U M I N A I R E A R M L E N G T H ) 6 0 ’ B 4 6 ” D 0 — r r U , 4 ” O D H O L E ERjb:I 5rJO Cl) 0< zm Ic, NW LIrLI MAIN I I I DISCONNECT LOCAL UI1LI1’T’SERVICE PROVIDED 120/240 VOLT BY OTHERS 1 PHASE 0 —I 3 WIRE z NOTE:LOAD CURRENT FOR ALL BREAKER NOT TO EXCEED 80%OF BREAKER AMPERAGE ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION NOTES %.ii to LABEL THE STREEt FACING SIDE OF THE CONTACTOR CABINEt WFfl-I ITS ADRESS NUMBER (w/o STREET NAME)USING AN ENGRAVED PHENOIJC NAMEPLATE WITH 2 HIGH BLACK LETtERING ON WHITE BACKGROUND.ATtACH NAMEPLATE WITH ADHESIVE MEtERING D42_ [C TEST BYPASS AWGWG#8 INTERNAL PHOTOCELL TEST SERVICE DISCONNECT 100/2 p O— p MAIN RATED @10K 30/215CONTROLS —.O p ,RECEPTACLE 20 ‘T”ILLUMINA11ON —0 —O 0 BBS W/OPTIONS HEATER GEN SET CORE LOCK FRONT VIEW ET1 Cl -‘ r tT I 24EV NOT 10 CEDCEEDSO%OF LJ ) TO SIGNAL CONTROLLER CABINET > BASE PLAN I.EXTERIOR,l/8 ALUUINLJM,AND INTERIOR 14 GA COLD ROLLED STEEL ELECTRICALLY WELDED AND REINFORCED WHERE REOURED. 2.CONSTRUCTTON HALL SE NEIAN 314.RAINTTORT. 3.ALL TESTS,BOLTS AND SCREWS TELL BE STAINLESS STEEL. 4.NUTS,BOLTS &SCREWS WILL NOT BE VTSISLE FROM OUTTEDE OF ENCLOSURE. 5.ILMJ,IEPLATES WILL BE PROIDDED AS REQUIRED. 6,CONTROL WIRING WILL BE MARKED AT BOTH ENDS BY PERMAAIENT RARE MARITEI1S. 7.A PLASHC CONERED WIRING DAIGRAUI WILL BE ATTACHED 10 THE INSIDE OF THE FRONT DOOIL B.ENCLOSURE WILL SE FACTORY WIRED AND CONFORM TO REQUIRED NEW AND DL TORN STANDARDS. B.ANODIZE AFTER FABRICATION JJJ7/a. REFLECTORIZED GOTHIC GOLD OR WHITE LEGEND ON BLACK BACKGROUND ADDENDUM #2 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX C STANDARD PLANS WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX D STANDARD PLANS KING COUNTY METRO TRANSIT City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX E GEOTECHNICAL REPORT January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 2.0 FIELD & LABORATORY INVESTIGATION 2.1 SITE EXPLORATIONS Our field investigation included drilling seven borings, designated BH-1 through BH-5 and MW-1 and MW-2, to depths of 21.5 feet below ground surface. Borings BH-1 through BH-4 and MW-1 and MW-2 were drilled by Holocene Drilling, of Puyallup, Washington, using a truck-mounted drill rig. Boring BH-5 was drilled by Geologic Drill Explorations, Inc., of Spokane, Washington, using a mini-track-mounted drill rig. Slotted standpipe piezometers (2- inch diameter) were installed in monitoring wells MW-1 and MW-2, with screened interval from 10 to 20 feet below ground surface. A transducer was installed in each of the monitoring wells and set to take ground water readings every hour. The approximate boring and monitoring well locations are shown on the Site and Exploration Plans, Figures 2A through 2C. Due to nearby subsurface utilities, the upper 5 feet of boring BH-2 and the upper 6 feet of MW-1 and MW-2 were excavated using a vacuum truck. Similarly, the upper 5 feet of BH-5 was excavated using a hand auger due to nearby marked subsurface utilities. Standard Penetration Testing (SPT) was performed in each of our geotechnical borings using a 2- inch outside diameter split-spoon sampler and a 140-pound hammer driven using an automatic trip hammer (truck-mounted drill) or a rope and cathead (mini-track-mounted drill). During the test, a sample was obtained by driving the sampler 18 inches into the soil with the hammer free- falling 30 inches. The number of blows required for each 6-inches of penetration was recorded. If a total of 50 blows was recorded within a single 6-inch interval, the test was terminated, and the blow count was recorded as 50 blows for the number of inches of penetration. This resistance, or N-value, provides an indication of the relative density of granular soils and the relative consistency of cohesive soils. At the completion of the borings, they were abandoned with bentonite chips per Department of Ecology (DOE) requirements. Each of the explorations was completed under the full-time observation of an HWA geotechnical engineer. HWA personnel recorded pertinent information including soil sample depths, stratigraphy, soil engineering characteristics, and ground water occurrence as the explorations were advanced. Soils were classified in general accordance with the classification system described in Figure A-1, which also provides a key to the exploration log symbols. Summary boring logs are presented in Figures A-2 through A-8. The stratigraphic contacts shown on the individual boring logs represent the approximate boundaries between soil types. The actual transitions may be more gradual. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 2 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 2.2 LABORATORY TESTING Representative soil samples obtained from the subsurface explorations were taken to the HWA laboratory for further examination and testing. Laboratory tests were conducted on selected soil samples to characterize engineering properties of the soils. Laboratory tests, as described below, included moisture content determination, grain size distribution and Atterberg limits. The results of the laboratory testing are presented in Appendix B. Moisture Content of Soil: The moisture content (percent by dry mass) of selected soil samples was determined in general accordance with ASTM D 2216. The results are shown at the sampled intervals on the appropriate borehole logs in Appendix A. Particle Size Analysis of Soils: Selected samples were tested to determine the particle size distribution of material in general accordance with ASTM D422. The results are summarized on the attached Grain Size Distribution Reports, Figures B-1 through B-7, which also provides information regarding the classification of the samples and the moisture content at the time of testing. Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils (Atterberg Limits): Select fine- grained samples were tested using method ASTM D 4318, multi-point method. The results are reported on the attached Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index reports, Figures B-8 and B-9. 3.0 SITE CONDITIONS 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS The project alignment consists of a north-south arterial located just east of the Cedar River in Renton, Washington. Ground surface in the vicinity of the project is relatively level. Surrounding land use consists of the Renton Stadium and Boeing parking along the west side of the roadway and Boeing parking lots from N 4th Street to N 6th Street on the east side of the roadway. A grass field with scattered trees exists along the east side of the alignment from N 3rd Street to N 6th Street. Currently, no sidewalk exists on the east side of Logan Avenue N between N 3rd Street and N 4th Street. Borings BH-1and BH-4 were drilled in the Logan Avenue N traffic lanes. Borings BH-2 and monitoring wells MW-1 and MW-2 were drilled in the grass strip along the east side of Logan Avenue N between N 3rd Street and N 4th Street. Boring BH-3 was drilled in the asphalt island forming the right turn lane for the northbound lane of N 4th Street. Boring BH-5 was drilled in a mulch planter area at the southeast corner of the intersection of Logan Avenue N and N 6th Street. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 3 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 3.2 GENERAL GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS The Puget Lowland has repeatedly been occupied by a portion of the continental glaciers that developed during the ice ages of the Quaternary period. During at least four periods, portions of the ice sheet advanced south from British Columbia into the lowlands of western Washington. The southern extent of these glacial advances was near Olympia, Washington. Each major advance included numerous local advances and retreats, and each advance and retreat resulted in its own sequence of erosion and deposition of glacial lacustrine, outwash and drift deposits. Between and following these glacial advances, sediments from the Olympic and Cascade Mountains accumulated in the Puget Lowland. As the most recent glacier retreated, it uncovered a sculpted landscape of elongated, north-south trending hills and valleys between the Cascade and Olympic mountain ranges, composed of a complex sequence of glacial and interglacial deposits. Post-glacial deposits within the Puget Lowland include alluvium, lacustrine deposits, volcanic mudflow deposits, and landslide deposits. The project area is located in the geologically recent floodplain of the Cedar River and former Black River, a site of deposition since the retreat of the last glacier some 13,000 years ago. Post- glacial alluvial sediments include fine sands and silts deposited in slow-moving water; coarse sands and gravels deposited in faster-moving active channels; and clayey silts, organic silts, and peats, deposited in still water such as ponds, oxbow lakes and Lake Washington. Portions of the proposed alignment are located near the former channel of the Black River which was the outlet of Lake Washington until the early 20th century. The Black River flowed to the Duwamish River until 1916 when the opening of the Lake Washington Ship Canal lowered the lake level and the Black River went dry (Galster and Laprade, 1991). A present-day drainage, also named the Black River, originates in wetlands approximately eight miles south of the project alignment and flows northwesterly through the P-1 forebay (located in the Black River Riparian Forest southwest of the project area) before its confluence with the Duwamish River in Tukwila. 3.3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Geological information for the site was obtained from the Geologic Map of the Renton Quadrangle, King County, Washington (Mullineaux, 1965). The geologic map indicates that the project area is generally underlain by urban or industrial land modified by widespread or discontinuous artificial fill. Based on our borings, the alignment is generally underlain by a sequence of fill and alluvium. Fill was encountered in nearly all of the borings, extending to depths of approximately 2.5 to 7.5 feet. The fill consisted generally of loose to medium dense, clean to slightly silty, sand and gravel. Occasional cobbles and concrete debris were observed in the fill. Recent alluvium was encountered immediately below the pavement, topsoil or fill in all of our explorations and extended the entire depth of the explorations. The alluvium consists of 2013-063 T200 Final Report 4 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 interbedded, very loose to medium dense, clean to very silty sand, and very soft to stiff, sandy silt, organic silt and elastic silt. These materials are relatively fine-grained and were deposited in a low-energy environment such as a lake or shallow estuary. They are moderately to highly compressible and have relatively low shear strengths. They may contain logs, stumps or other woody debris. 3.4 GROUND WATER CONDITIONS Ground water was encountered in all borings during drilling at depths varying from approximately 5 to 10 feet below ground surface. Ground water levels taken one day after drilling indicated water levels of 6.4 feet and 5.3 feet below ground surface in MW-1 and MW-2, respectively. A 2-inch diameter PVC piezometer was installed in monitoring wells MW-1 and MW-2 to monitor ground water levels. Transducers programmed to log hourly readings were installed in each of the wells on March 31, 2014. Data was retrieved from each transducer periodically to check their functioning during the monitoring period ending January 7, 2015. A plot of ground water levels relative to the ground surface is presented in Figure 4. It is anticipated that ground water conditions will change in response to rainfall, time of year and other factors; however, shallow ground water levels should be expected year round given the close proximity of Cedar River to the project alignment. 4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 GENERAL Based on the soils encountered in our explorations, we believe that the proposed improvements can be constructed with standard construction practices; however, the existing alluvium possesses relatively low shear strength and deeper foundations will likely be required for traffic signal poles and luminaries. In addition, relatively shallow ground water levels will necessitate dewatering for excavations. The loose nature of some of the fill and alluvium and shallow ground water table are such that prospective contractors should be prepared to deal with caving of the shaft excavations during construction of the signal pole/luminary foundations and caving of excavation sidewalls for the storm drainage system. Shoring will be necessary for excavations and contractors should be prepared to deal with significant amounts of ground water during construction. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 5 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 4.2 SIGNAL & LUMINARY POLE DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS We understand that the proposed traffic signals will consist of cantilever signal poles conforming to the WSDOT Standard Plans (WSDOT, 2014). For Standard Plan foundation design, required signal standard foundation depths and diameters are a function of the total “XYZ” value of each mast arm and the allowable lateral bearing pressure of the surrounding soils. Table 17-2 of the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (WSDOT, 2013) provides allowable lateral bearing pressures based on Standard Penetration Test (SPT) Resistance N-values (blows/foot). Based on this table, we recommend using an N-value of 5 for design of the signal poles and luminaries. This corresponds to an allowable lateral bearing pressure of 1,000 pounds per square foot (psf). Some higher N-values were obtained in several of the borings; however, the presence of sand heave (due to ground water) and broken gravels (indicating driving on large gravels/cobbles) artificially inflate these values. The use of an allowable lateral bearing pressure of 1,000 psf will likely require special foundations for the luminaries, rather than use of the Standard Plans provided by WSDOT. 4.3 SIGNAL & LUMINARY POLE FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS Drilled shaft signal pole foundations can be constructed using conventional methods using flighted augers. Cobbles were encountered in several of our borings and boulders could also possibly be present. Per the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS), cobbles are defined as a rock with a dimension between 3 and 12 inches; boulders are defined as rock with a minimum dimension of 12 inches. The Contractor should be prepared to encounter cobbles and boulders during drilling of shafts. Ground water seepage was encountered in all of our borings. The Contractor should be prepared to control ground water and prevent caving of the drilled shaft sidewalls, which will require use of temporary casing. The concrete should be placed using a tremie pipe from the bottom of the shaft. A qualified geotechnical engineer should observe shaft excavation and concrete placement. This will also provide the opportunity to confirm conditions assumed in design and provide corrective recommendations as necessary to adapt to conditions observed during construction. 4.4 SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS Soil liquefaction is a phenomenon wherein saturated soil deposits temporarily lose strength and behave as a liquid in response to earthquake shaking. Soil liquefaction is generally limited to loose granular soils located below the water table. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 6 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 The fill and alluvial soils in the project area have a high susceptibility to liquefaction. Evidence of liquefaction was observed in the vicinity of the project area during the 1965 magnitude 6.5 Seattle-Tacoma earthquake. In our opinion, trench backfill compacted as specified in further sections of this report will have little or no liquefaction potential. It would be impractical to design this project to mitigate for potential liquefaction effects. 4.5 FOUNDATION CONDITIONS AND PIPE BEDDING FOR STORM SYSTEM Along most of the alignment, the soils consist of loose, silty sand and soft, sandy silt. It will not be feasible to remove these soils, as these deposits extend to considerable depths. To provide suitable support and bedding for the pipe, we recommend the storm drain be founded on suitable bedding material meeting the requirements of Gravel Borrow for Pipe Zone Bedding, Section 9- 03.12(3) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2014). To minimize trench subgrade disturbance during excavation, the excavator should use a smooth-edged bucket rather than a toothed bucket. Pipe bedding should provide a firm uniform cradle for support of the pipes. A minimum 12-inch thickness of bedding material beneath the pipe should be provided. Prior to installation of the pipe, the pipe bedding should be shaped to fit the lower part of the pipe exterior with reasonable closeness to provide uniform support along the pipe. Pipe bedding material should be used as pipe zone backfill and placed in layers and tamped around the pipes to obtain complete contact. To protect the pipe, bedding material should extend at least 12 inches above the top of the pipe. In areas where the subgrade soils in the trench excavation consist of fine-grained soils, such as silt/clay, or organic rich soils, we recommend that 1 to 2 feet of these soils be over-excavated and replaced with pipe zone bedding material. A geotextile separator fabric should be placed over the native soils prior to placement of the pipe zone bedding material. We recommend that the geotextile meet the requirements of WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2014) Section 9-33.2(1) Table 3 for Separation. We recommend that a qualified earthworks inspector observe subgrade conditions during construction and determine if and where a separator is necessary, in addition to providing full-time monitoring of all backfilling operations. We recommend that all manholes and vaults be founded on a minimum of 6 inches of Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC) meeting the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2014). A separator fabric, as described above, should be placed below the CSTC where fine-grained soils, such as silt/clay, or organic rich soils are encountered at the base of the excavation. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 7 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 4.6 TEMPORARY SHORING Excavations for the storm sewer trench can be accomplished with conventional excavating equipment such as backhoes and trackhoes. Because of the nature of the fill/alluvial soils, the high ground water table, potential for flowing sands, and the depths of excavation, the excavations will require construction dewatering and temporary shoring. We have identified three methods by which the excavation could be shored: traditional trench boxes, steel plates with hydraulic/adjustable bracing and driven/vibrated interlocking sheet piles with internal bracing. In some areas, trench boxes may not provide adequate sidewall support and could allow soils to slough and cave, resulting in loss of support for existing utilities and the road surface. These soft/loose soils have the potential to slough to slopes approaching 1.25H:1V (horizontal:vertical). Where utility and roadway protection is of more concern, steel plates with adjustable or hydraulic bracing may be used for temporary shoring. Excavation to, or slightly below, the water table may be possible before placement of the steel plates. Thereafter, excavation could continue within the plates. Where it is necessary to minimize the area affected by trench excavation, and/or protect nearby structures or utilities, the use of interlocking sheetpiles may be required. The use of sheetpiles would also minimize ground water flow into the excavation and limit the amount of dewatering required, protecting nearby utilities and structures from settlements associated with dewatering. The temporary shoring should be designed to resist the lateral earth pressures resulting from the soil and ground water as well as any traffic and/or construction surcharge loads. Figure 3 presents lateral earth pressures for use in temporary shoring design assuming ground water at the ground surface. We recommend that the contractor be required to submit a shoring/excavation plan for review prior to construction. The plan should be required to contain specific measures for temporary support and protection of the existing utilities and structures. Precautions should be taken during removal of the shoring to minimize disturbance of the pipe, underlying bedding materials, and native soils. Maintenance of safe working conditions, including temporary excavation stability, is the responsibility of the contractor. In accordance with Part N of WAC (Washington Administrative Code) 296-155, all temporary cuts in excess of 4 feet in height should be sloped or shored. The existing native soils generally consist of loose sands and soft silt. These sand deposits generally classify as Type C soil, per WAC 296-155, and, if no shoring is used, should be sloped no steeper than 1½H:1V. Flatter side slopes will be required where ground water seepage is encountered. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 8 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 4.7 DEWATERING Dewatering should be anticipated for excavations greater than about 4 feet in depth, and ground water seepage may be present at shallower depths. Ground water flow rates into the trench will be lowest if construction occurs during the summer and early fall. Ground water levels were measured with transducers installed in boreholes MW-1 and MW-2. Readings were taken every hour from March 31, 2014 through January 7, 2015. A figure showing these readings is presented in Figure 4. As indicated in this figure, water levels in MW-1 varied between about 6.5 feet below ground surface in the wet months monitored, to about 9.5 feet below ground surface in early August. Water levels in MW-2 varied from about 4 feet below ground surface in November and December, to about 8.3 feet below ground surface near the end of September. Dewatering will likely require dewatering wells or well points in some or all areas, depending on depths of excavations. Settlement of adjoining ground surface, structures or utilities may occur due to dewatering activities. Dewatering should be performed in such a way as to not cause settlements or damage to adjacent areas, which may require reinjection of ground water. Design and implementation of any dewatering system is the responsibility of the contractor. Dewatering systems should be designed and submitted to the project engineer for approval prior to the commencement of the excavation. 4.8 TRENCH BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND MATERIALS In general the existing soils that will be excavated are silty and wet of optimum moisture content and they will be unsuitable for re-use as trench backfill. Where granular structural fill is utilized, it should consist of Gravel Borrow meeting the requirements of Section 9-03.14(1) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2014). It should be free of gravel, organics and other debris. The on-site soil removed from the excavation will generally not be suitable for reuse as structural fill. The structural trench backfill should be moisture conditioned to within about 3 percent of optimum moisture content, placed in loose horizontal lifts less than 6 inches in thickness, and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density (MDD), determined using test method ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). Trench backfill should be densely compacted in a systematic manner. The contractor should develop compaction methods that consistently produce adequate compaction levels. All backfilling operations should be monitored full-time by a qualified inspector and a sufficient number of in-place density tests should be performed as the fill is placed to determine that the required compaction is being achieved. During placement of the initial lifts, the trench backfill material should not be bulldozed into the trench or dropped directly on the pipe. Furthermore, heavy vibratory equipment should not be permitted to operate directly over the pipe until a minimum of 2 feet of backfill has been placed over the pipe bedding. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 9 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 A significant cause of large settlement results from inadequate shoring practices and poor compaction during shoring removal and backfilling. Special care must be taken to obtain good compaction up to the edges of the excavation as the shoring is removed. Moreover, attention must be paid to ensuring good compaction around manholes. 4.9 PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS It is assumed that new ADA compliant pedestrian ramps and sidewalks will be constructed as part of this project. All new sidewalks should be constructed on structural fill, consisting of Crushed Surfacing Base Course (CSBC) or Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC), placed over fill or properly prepared subgrade soils. 4.9.1 Subgrade Preparation Subgrade preparation should begin with the removal of all deleterious matter, vegetation and topsoil. Once this material is removed and the desired subgrade elevation is achieved, the native subgrade soils should be compacted to a dense and unyielding condition. It is recommended that the condition of the subgrade soils be verified by a competent earthworks inspector prior to construction of the improvements. 4.9.2 Structural Fill and Compaction For purposes of this report, material placed under sidewalks is classified as structural fill. Imported structural fill to raise site grades (gravel borrow) should consist of clean, relatively free-draining, sand and gravel free from organic matter or other deleterious materials. Such fill should contain particles of less than 4 inches maximum dimension, with less than 7% fines (material passing the #200 sieve; based on the ¾-inch fraction), as described in Section 9-03.14(1) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2014). Fines should be non-plastic. Imported structural fill placed as base course and top course below sidewalks should meet the requirements of Crushed Surfacing Base Course (CSBC) and Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC), as described in Section 9-03.9(3) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2014). All structural fill should be placed in loose, horizontal lifts of not more than 8 inches in thickness and compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry density, as determined using test method ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). At the time of placement, the moisture content of structural fill should be at or near optimum. The procedures required to achieve the specified minimum relative compaction depends on the size and type of compaction equipment, the number of passes, thickness of the layer being compacted, and the soil moisture-density properties. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 10 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 5.0 CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS We have prepared this letter report for the City of Renton and Perteet Inc. for use in design of a portion of this project. This report should be provided in its entirety to prospective contractors for bidding and estimating purposes; however, the conclusions and interpretations presented in this report should not be construed as a warranty of existing subsurface conditions. Experience has shown that soil and ground water conditions can vary significantly over small distances. Inconsistent conditions can occur between exploration locations and may not be detected by a geotechnical study of this nature. If, during future site operations, subsurface conditions are encountered which vary appreciably from those described herein, HWA should be notified for review of the recommendations of this report, and revision of such if necessary. Sufficient geotechnical monitoring, testing, and consultation should be provided during construction to confirm that the conditions encountered are consistent with those indicated by the explorations, to provide recommendations for design changes should conditions revealed during construction differ from those anticipated, and to verify that geotechnical aspects of construction comply with the contract plans and specifications. Within the limitations of scope, schedule and budget, HWA attempted to execute these services in accordance with generally accepted professional principles and practices in the fields of geotechnical engineering and engineering geology in the area at the time the report was prepared. No warranty, express or implied, is made. HWA does not practice or consult in the field of safety engineering. We do not direct the contractor’s operations, and cannot be responsible for the safety of personnel other than our own on the site. As such, the safety of others is the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor should notify the owner if he/she considers any of the recommended actions presented herein unsafe. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 11 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. January 8, 2015 HWA Project No. 2013-063-21 Task 200 REFERENCES Galster, R.W., and W.T. Laprade, 1991, Geology of Seattle, Washington, United States of America, Bulletin of the Association of Engineering Geologists, Vol. XXVII, No.3, pp. 235- 302. Mullineaux, D.R., 1965, Geologic Map of the Renton Quadrangle, King County, Washington, Department of the Interior, U.S. Geologic Survey, Map GQ-405. Washington Department of Transportation (WSDOT), 2014, Standard Plans, M 21-01. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT), 2014, Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT), 2013, Geotechnical Design Manual. 2013-063 T200 Final Report 13 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. VICINITY MAP LOGAN AVE N IMPROVEMENTS RENTON, WASHINGTON 1 2013-063 FIGURE NO. PROJECT NO. Approximate Project Site Location NORTH BASE MAP BY GOOGLE MAPS © 2014 0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 3/2/2014 4/1/2014 5/1/2014 5/31/2014 6/30/2014 7/30/2014 8/29/2014 9/28/2014 10/28/2014 11/27/2014 12/27/2014 1/26/2015 De p t h t o G r o u n d W a t e r , f e e t b e l o w g r o u n d s u r f a c e Date MW-1 MW-2 LOGAN AVE N GROUNDWATER LEVELS LOGAN AVE N IMPROVEMENTS RENTON, WA 4 2013-063 FIGURE NO. PROJECT NO. APPENDIX A FIELD INVESTIGATION A-12013-063-21 Renton, Washington Logan Ave N Improvements SYMBOLS USED ON EXPLORATION LOGS LEGEND OF TERMS AND to 30 over 30 Approximate Undrained Shear Strength (psf) <250 250 - No. 4 Sieve Sand with Fines (appreciable amount of fines) amount of fines) More than 50% Retained on No. 200 Sieve Size Sand and Sandy Soils Clean Gravel (little or no fines) More than 50% of Coarse Fraction Retained on No. 4 Sieve Gravel with SM SC ML MH CH OH RELATIVE DENSITY OR CONSISTENCY VERSUS SPT N-VALUE Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Very Dense Dense N (blows/ft) 0 to 4 4 to 10 10 to 30 30 to 50 over 50 Approximate Relative Density(%) 0 -15 15 -35 35 -65 65 -85 85 -100 COHESIVE SOILS Consistency Very Soft Soft Medium Stiff Stiff Very Stiff Hard N (blows/ft) 0 to 2 2 to 4 4 to 8 8 to 15 15 Clean Sand (little or no fines) 50% or More of Coarse Fraction Passing Fine Grained Soils Silt and Clay Liquid Limit Less than 50% 50% or More Passing No. 200 Sieve Size Silt and Clay Liquid Limit 50% or More 500 500 -1000 1000 -2000 2000 -4000 >4000 DensityDensity USCS SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Coarse Grained Soils Gravel and Gravelly Soils Highly Organic Soils GROUP DESCRIPTIONS Well-graded GRAVEL Poorly-graded GRAVEL Silty GRAVEL Clayey GRAVEL Well-graded SAND Poorly-graded SAND Silty SAND Clayey SAND SILT Lean CLAY Organic SILT/Organic CLAY Elastic SILT Fat CLAY Organic SILT/Organic CLAY PEAT MAJOR DIVISIONS GW SP CL OL PT GP GM GC SW COHESIONLESS SOILS Fines (appreciable LEGEND 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.: Coarse sand Medium sand SIZE RANGE Larger than 12 in Smaller than No. 200 (0.074mm) Gravel time of drilling) Groundwater Level (measured in well or AL CBR CN Atterberg Limits: LL = Liquid Limit California Bearing Ratio Consolidation Resilient Modulus Photoionization Device Reading Pocket Penetrometer Specific Gravity Triaxial Compression Torvane 3 in to 12 in 3 in to No 4 (4.5mm) No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) COMPONENT DRY Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch. MOIST Damp but no visible water. WET Visible free water, usually soil is below water table. Boulders Cobbles Coarse gravel Fine gravel Sand MOISTURE CONTENT COMPONENT PROPORTIONS Fine sand Silt and Clay 5 - 12% PROPORTION RANGE DESCRIPTIVE TERMS Clean Slightly (Clayey, Silty, Sandy) 30 - 50% Components are arranged in order of increasing quantities. Very (Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly) 12 - 30%Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly open hole after water level stabilized) Groundwater Level (measured at 3 in to 3/4 in 3/4 in to No 4 (4.5mm) No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 10 (2.0 mm) No. 10 (2.0 mm) to No. 40 (0.42 mm) No. 40 (0.42 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) PL = Plastic Limit DD DS GS K MD MR PID PP SG TC TV Dry Density (pcf) Direct Shear Grain Size Distribution Permeability Approx. Shear Strength (tsf) Percent Fines%F Moisture/Density Relationship (Proctor) Approx. Compressive Strength (tsf) Unconfined CompressionUC (140 lb. hammer with 30 in. drop) Shelby Tube Small Bag Sample Large Bag (Bulk) Sample Core Run Non-standard Penetration Test 2.0" OD Split Spoon (SPT) NOTES: Soil classifications presented on exploration logs are based on visual and laboratory observation. Density/consistency, color, modifier (if any) GROUP NAME, additions to group name (if any), moisture content. Proportion, gradation, and angularity of constituents, additional comments. (GEOLOGIC INTERPRETATION) Please refer to the discussion in the report text as well as the exploration logs for a more complete description of subsurface conditions. Soil descriptions are presented in the following general order: < 5% 3-1/4" OD Split Spoon with Brass Rings (3.0" OD split spoon) TEST SYMBOLS SAMPLE TYPE SYMBOLS GROUNDWATER SYMBOLS COMPONENT DEFINITIONS GS GS GS S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 2-inch layer of Hot Mix Asphalt. Good condition, unbonded to PCC below. [ASPHALT] 10-inch Portland Concrete Cement. Good condition. [CONCRETE] [ALLUVIUM] Medium dense, light yellow brown, clean to slightly silty, SAND, moist. Loose, interbedded, light brown to gray, slightly silty SAND to silty SAND, moist. Organic rich layers and wood fragments observed. Very loose, light brown to gray, silty SAND, moist. Organics and laminar bedding observed. Very loose, dark grayish brown, poorly graded SAND with silt, wet. Wood fragments observed. Medium dense, dark olive brown, poorly graded SAND with gravel, wet. Medium dense, olive gray, slightly silty to silty, gravelly, fine to coarse SAND, wet. Gravel in sampler tip. Medium dense, olive gray, slightly silty to silty, gravelly, fine to coarse SAND, wet. Gravel in sampler tip. Boring terminated at 21.5 feet below ground surface. Ground water seepage was observed at 10 feet below ground surface during the exploration. 11-8-5 1-2-3 1-2-2 1-1-3 12-10-14 8-14-15 8-9-6 SP SM SP SM SP BORING-DSM 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2013-063-21 Renton, Washington Logan Ave N Improvements BH-1 PAGE: 1 of 1 (b l o w s / 6 i n c h e s ) GR O U N D W A T E R PE N . R E S I S T A N C E Liquid Limit SY M B O L 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 SA M P L E T Y P E SA M P L E N U M B E R Natural Water Content US C S S O I L C L A S S Water Content (%) NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OT H E R T E S T S Plastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-2 DE P T H (f e e t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 EL E V A T I O N (f e e t ) DATE COMPLETED: 3/26/2014 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling DRILLING METHOD: Mobile B-51 truck rig HSA LOCATION: Logan Ave N, Sta. 18+26, 10' W of centerline - See Figure 2A DATE STARTED: 3/26/2014 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with Auto-Hammer LOGGED BY: T. Hesedahl GS GS S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 Loose, olive brown, silty, gravelly SAND, moist. Abundant rootlets observed. [TOPSOIL] Hole was excavated with a vac truck to 5 feet below ground surface (BGS) due to nearby utilities. Cuttings consisted of olive brown, silty, gravelly, SAND, moist. Cobbles observed. [FILL] Very loose, dark yellow brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Soil most likely disturbed by vacuum excavation. [ALLUVIUM] Medium dense, light yellow brown, poorly graded SAND with gravel, wet. Broken gravels in sampler tube. Medium dense, gray, slightly silty, slightly gravelly, fine to coarse SAND, wet. Possible heave in sampler. Medium dense, dark olive brown, well graded SAND with silt and gravel, wet. Heave in sampler. Boring terminated at 21.5 feet below ground surface. Ground water seepage was observed at 10 feet below ground surface during the exploration. 1-2-1 8-14-11 8-11-12 5-9-14 SM SP SW SM BORING-DSM 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2013-063-21 Renton, Washington Logan Ave N Improvements BH-2 PAGE: 1 of 1 (b l o w s / 6 i n c h e s ) GR O U N D W A T E R PE N . R E S I S T A N C E Liquid Limit SY M B O L 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 SA M P L E T Y P E SA M P L E N U M B E R Natural Water Content US C S S O I L C L A S S Water Content (%) NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OT H E R T E S T S Plastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-3 DE P T H (f e e t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 EL E V A T I O N (f e e t ) DATE COMPLETED: 3/25/2014 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling DRILLING METHOD: Diedrich D-50 Track Rig HSA LOCATION: Logan Ave N, Sta 18+35, 35' E of centerline - See Figure 2A DATE STARTED: 3/25/2014 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with Auto-Hammer LOGGED BY: T. Hesedahl AL GS GS GS GS S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6a S-6b S-7 2.75" thick layer of Hot Mix Asphalt. Good condition. Cuttings: Olive brown, silty, gravelly SAND. [FILL] Medium dense, mottled red olive gray, slightly gravelly, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Lenses of organic material. [ALLUVIUM] Very soft, mottled brownish gray, SILT, moist. Loose, gray, interbedded silty SAND and SILT, wet. Lenses of organic material. Very loose, mottled brownish gray to dark yellow brown, poorly graded SAND with silt, wet. Lenses of SILT noted. Medium dense, dark yellow brown, poorly graded SAND with silt, wet. Organic material noted at tip of sampler. Loose, fine to coarse, olive gray, clean SAND, wet. Stiff, dark gray, sandy SILT, wet. Loose, gray, slightly silty to silty, fine to medium SAND, wet. Boring was terminated at 21.5 feet below ground surface. Ground water seepage was observed at 7 feet below ground surface during the exploration. 9-6-4 4-1-1 1-2-3 2-2-2 4-2-8 7-5-4 2-3-2 SM SM ML SM SP SM SP ML SM BORING-DSM 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2013-063-21 Renton, Washington Logan Ave N Improvements BH-3 PAGE: 1 of 1 (b l o w s / 6 i n c h e s ) GR O U N D W A T E R PE N . R E S I S T A N C E Liquid Limit SY M B O L 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 SA M P L E T Y P E SA M P L E N U M B E R Natural Water Content US C S S O I L C L A S S Water Content (%) NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OT H E R T E S T S Plastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-4 DE P T H (f e e t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 EL E V A T I O N (f e e t ) DATE COMPLETED: 3/19/2014 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling DRILLING METHOD: Diedrich D-50 Track Rig HSA LOCATION: Logan Ave N, Sta 23+80, 55' E of centerline - See Figure 2B DATE STARTED: 3/19/2014 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with Auto-Hammer LOGGED BY: S. Ramos AL %F GS GS S-1 S-2a S-2b S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 1.5" thick layer of Hot Mix Asphalt. Fair condition. 8.5" thick layer of Portland Cement Concrete. Good condition. Cuttings: Loose, dark olive brown, poorly graded GRAVEL with sand, moist. [FILL] Loose, mottled red to dark gray, silty fine SAND, moist. Highly rust mottled at the top of sampler. [ALLUVIUM] Very loose, gray, silty, fine to medium SAND, wet. Soft, olive gray, sandy SILT, wet. Very soft, olive gray, sandy SILT, wet. Plastic. Lenses of organic material. Medium dense, dark olive gray, interbedded silty SAND and SILT, wet. 1/4" thick layer of wood at 11 feet bgs. Medium dense, gray, interbedded silty SAND and SILT, wet. Lenses of coarse sand. Medium dense, dark olive gray, silty SAND, wet. 1/2" thick layer of wood debris at 16 feet bgs. First 2" of sample was SILT. Medium dense, gray, silty, fine to medium SAND, wet. 1/4" thick layer of wood debris at 20.5 feet bgs. SILT at the bottom of sampler. Boring was terminated at 21.5 feet below ground surface. Ground water seepage was observed at 5 feet below ground surface during the exploration. 6-5-3 1-1-2 0-0-0 2-8-12 3-9-7 4-12-10 7-9-3 GP SM ML SM SM BORING-DSM 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2013-063-21 Renton, Washington Logan Ave N Improvements BH-4 PAGE: 1 of 1 (b l o w s / 6 i n c h e s ) GR O U N D W A T E R PE N . R E S I S T A N C E Liquid Limit SY M B O L 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 SA M P L E T Y P E SA M P L E N U M B E R Natural Water Content US C S S O I L C L A S S Water Content (%) NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OT H E R T E S T S Plastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-5 DE P T H (f e e t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 EL E V A T I O N (f e e t ) DATE COMPLETED: 3/19/2014 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling DRILLING METHOD: Diedrich D-50 Track Rig HSA LOCATION: Logan Ave N, Sta 27+60, 25' E of centerline - See Figure 2B DATE STARTED: 3/19/2014 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with Auto-Hammer LOGGED BY: S. Ramos GS AL %F AL GS %F S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 S-9 S-10 2-inch layer of partially decomposed wood fiber. [BARK MULCH] Hole was excavated with a hand auger from 0 to 5 feet below ground surface (BGS). 6-inch layer of medium dense, gray, slightly silty, sandy GRAVEL, moist. Gravel is predominantly 5/8" crushed rock. [FILL] Medium dense, yellow brown, slightly silty, gravelly, fine to medium SAND, moist. Medium stiff, light yellow brown with rust mottling, sandy SILT, moist. [ALLUVIUM] Very soft, rust mottled olive gray, SILT, wet. Loose, rust mottled gray, poorly graded SAND with silt, wet. Medium dense, dark olive brown, sandy SILT, wet. Medium dense, gray, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, wet. Possible heave in sampler at 17.5 feet bgs. Borehole terminated at 21.5 feet below ground surface. Ground water seepage observed at approximately 10 feet below ground surface during the exploration. 2-2-5 3-3-2 1-1-1 3-3-3 5-8-17 7-11-11 7-12-12 GP SP SM ML ML SP SM ML SP SM BORING-DSM 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2013-063-21 Renton, Washington Logan Ave N Improvements BH-5 PAGE: 1 of 1 (b l o w s / 6 i n c h e s ) GR O U N D W A T E R PE N . R E S I S T A N C E Liquid Limit SY M B O L 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 SA M P L E T Y P E SA M P L E N U M B E R Natural Water Content US C S S O I L C L A S S Water Content (%) NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OT H E R T E S T S Plastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-6 DE P T H (f e e t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 EL E V A T I O N (f e e t ) DATE COMPLETED: 3/31/2013 DRILLING COMPANY: Geologic Drill, Inc. DRILLING METHOD: Hand Auger to 5' bgs, Bobcat MT-51 mini-track Rig HSA LOCATION: Logan Ave N, Sta 36+40, 55' E of centerline - See Figure 2C DATE STARTED: 3/31/2013 SAMPLING METHOD: Dynamic Cone Penetrometer to 4.7' bgs, SPT with Cat Head Below LOGGED BY: T. Hesedahl S-1a S-1b S-2a S-2b S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 GS %F SP SM SM SP SM OL SM 1-0-1 3-12-13 8-6-7 2-1-2 1-1-3 1-3-3 Olive brown, gravelly SAND, moist. Abundant rootlets. [TOPSOIL] Hole was excavated with a vac truck to a depth of 6 feet below ground surface. Cuttings consisted of olive brown, gravelly, silty SAND, moist. A piece of concrete was encountered at 5 feet below ground surface. [FILL] Very loose, gray, rust mottled, silty, fine SAND, wet. [ALLUVIUM] Medium dense, olive gray, slightly silty, gravelly SAND, wet. Sample S-2a consisted of a 6-inch piece of decomposed wood. Poor recovery, mostly heave in sampler. Very loose, olive brown, silty SAND, wet. Organic fibers and wood debris observed. Soft, light olive brown to dark gray, sandy ORGANIC SILT, moist to wet. Strong organic odor. Loose, dark olive brown, silty SAND, wet. Organic seams observed. Boring was terminated at 21.5 feet below ground surface. Ground water seepage was observed at 10 feet during the exploration. A monitoring well was installed with screen from 10 to 20 feet below ground surface. Ground water was measured at 6.38 feet below ground surface on 3/26/14. 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot (b l o w s / 6 i n c h e s ) US C S S O I L C L A S S DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E SA M P L E N U M B E R PE N . R E S I S T A N C E OT H E R T E S T S PI E Z O M E T E R Standard Penetration Test A-7 SY M B O L SC H E M A T I C 0 10 20 30 40 50 Liquid Limit MONITORING WELL MW-1 PAGE: 1 of 1 Water Content (%) Natural Water ContentNOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. PZO-DSM 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2013-063-21 Renton, Washington Logan Ave N Improvements DE P T H (f e e t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 EL E V A T I O N (f e e t ) DATE COMPLETED: 3/25/2014 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling DRILLING METHOD: Diedrich D-50 Track Rig HSA LOCATION: Logan Ave N, Sta 18+75, 30' E of centerline - See Figure 2A DATE STARTED: 3/25/2014 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with Auto-Hammer LOGGED BY: T. Hesedahl S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5a S-5b S-6a S-6b GS AL AL %F %F SM ML MH SM 2-3-8 4-6-9 4-10-11 1-1-2 0-2-2 1-1-1 Olive brown, gravelly SAND, moist. Abundant rootlets. [TOPSOIL] Hole was excavated with a vac truck to a depth of 6 feet below ground surface. Cuttings consisted of olive brown, gravelly, silty SAND, moist. Abundant cobbles observed. [ALLUVIUM] Light brown, silty SAND, moist. Occasional gravels and cobbles. Ground water seepage was observed at 5.0 feet at the bottom of the vac truck excavation. Medium dense. dark yellow brown, slightly SAND with gravel, wet. Medium dense, gray, slightly silty, gravelly SAND, wet. Medium dense, gray, slightly silty SAND, wet. Driller notes heave in augers. Soft, olive gray, SILT, wet. Soft, olive brown, elastic SILT, wet. Some organics observed. Very loose, dark olive brown, silty SAND, wet. Very loose, gray, interbedded silty SAND and sandy SILT, wet. Organics observed. Boring was terminated at 21.5 feet below ground surface. Ground water seepage was observed at 5 feet below ground surface during the exploration. A monitoring well was installed with screen from 10 to 20 feet below ground surface. Ground water was measured at 5.3 feet below ground surface on 3/26/14. 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot (b l o w s / 6 i n c h e s ) US C S S O I L C L A S S DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E SA M P L E N U M B E R PE N . R E S I S T A N C E OT H E R T E S T S PI E Z O M E T E R Standard Penetration Test A-8 SY M B O L SC H E M A T I C 0 10 20 30 40 50 Liquid Limit MONITORING WELL MW-2 PAGE: 1 of 1 Water Content (%) Natural Water ContentNOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. PZO-DSM 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2013-063-21 Renton, Washington Logan Ave N Improvements DE P T H (f e e t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 EL E V A T I O N (f e e t ) DATE COMPLETED: 3/25/2014 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling DRILLING METHOD: Diedrich D-50 Track Rig HSA LOCATION: Logan Ave N, Sta 22+95, 38' E of centerline - See Figure 2B DATE STARTED: 3/25/2014 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with Auto-Hammer LOGGED BY: T. Hesedahl APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 23 33 9 #10 78.1 90.4 47.9 (SM) Dark olive brown, silty SAND (SP-SM) Dark grayish brown, poorly graded SAND with silt (SP) Dark olive brown, poorly graded SAND with gravel #20 Fine Coarse DEPTH (ft)SYMBOL Gravel % Sand % Fines % 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND 10 3" 2.5 1.9 47.7 1-1/2" PE R C E N T F I N E R B Y W E I G H T 50 SAMPLE B-1 0.00050.005 CLAY #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 19.4 7.7 4.3 3/8" 5 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 BH-1 BH-1 BH-1 5.0 - 6.5 10.0 - 11.5 12.5 - 14.0 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL % MC LL PL PI 90 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 0.05 5/8" 70 #4 #200 S-2 S-4 S-5 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 17 12 31 #10 72.5 59.4 64.9 (SP) Dark olive brown, poorly graded SAND with gravel (SW-SM) Dark olive brown, well graded SAND with silt and gravel (SM) Brown, silty SAND #20 Fine Coarse DEPTH (ft)SYMBOL Gravel % Sand % Fines % 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND 10 3" 24.0 33.2 0.0 1-1/2" PE R C E N T F I N E R B Y W E I G H T 50 SAMPLE B-2 0.00050.005 CLAY #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 3.5 7.4 35.1 3/8" 5 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 BH-2 BH-2 BH-3 10.0 - 11.5 20.0 - 21.5 7.5 - 9.0 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL % MC LL PL PI 90 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 0.05 5/8" 70 #4 #200 S-2 S-4 S-3 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 28 22 28 #10 88.8 87.5 45.7 (SP-SM) Dark olive brown, poorly graded SAND with silt (SP-SM) Brown, poorly graded SAND with silt (ML) Dark gray, sandy SILT #20 Fine Coarse DEPTH (ft)SYMBOL Gravel % Sand % Fines % 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND 10 3" 0.0 1.1 0.0 1-1/2" PE R C E N T F I N E R B Y W E I G H T 50 SAMPLE B-3 0.00050.005 CLAY #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 11.2 11.4 54.3 3/8" 5 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 BH-3 BH-3 BH-3 10.0 - 11.5 12.5 - 14.0 16.0 - 16.5 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL % MC LL PL PI 90 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 0.05 5/8" 70 #4 #200 S-4 S-5 S-6b 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 30 30 27 28 #10 50.6 61.5 (ML) Olive gray, sandy SILT (SM) Olive gray, silty SAND (SM) Dark olive gray, silty SAND #20 Fine Coarse DEPTH (ft)SYMBOL Gravel % Sand % Fines % 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND 10 3" 0.0 0.0 0.0 1-1/2" PE R C E N T F I N E R B Y W E I G H T 50 SAMPLE B-4 3 0.00050.005 CLAY #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 55.2 49.4 38.5 3/8" 5 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 BH-4 BH-4 BH-4 255.5 - 6.5 10.0 - 11.5 15.0 - 16.5 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL % MC LL PL PI 90 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 0.05 5/8" 70 #4 #200 S-2b S-4 S-6 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 23 39 27 37 #10 37.0 92.1 (ML) Brown, sandy SILT (ML) Olive brown, SILT (SP-SM) Dark olive brown, poorly graded SAND with silt #20 Fine Coarse DEPTH (ft)SYMBOL Gravel % Sand % Fines % 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND 10 3" 7.3 0.0 0.0 1-1/2" PE R C E N T F I N E R B Y W E I G H T 50 SAMPLE B-5 7 0.00050.005 CLAY #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 55.7 86.6 7.9 3/8" 5 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 BH-5 BH-5 BH-5 30 3.5 - 3.8 7.5 - 9.0 12.5 - 14.0 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL % MC LL PL PI 90 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 0.05 5/8" 70 #4 #200 S-3 S-5 S-7 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 27 33 32 #10 50.5 (ML) Dark olive brown, sandy SILT (SM) Olive brown, silty SAND (SM) Dark olive brown, silty SAND #20 Fine Coarse DEPTH (ft)SYMBOL Gravel % Sand % Fines % 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND 10 3" 0.0 0.0 0.0 1-1/2" PE R C E N T F I N E R B Y W E I G H T 50 SAMPLE B-6 0.00050.005 CLAY #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 57.1 49.5 37.5 3/8" 5 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 BH-5 MW-1 MW-1 15.0 - 16.5 15.0 - 16.5 20.0 - 21.5 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL % MC LL PL PI 90 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 0.05 5/8" 70 #4 #200 S-8 S-4 S-6 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 19 32 37 #10 58.0(SM) Yellowish brown, silty SAND with gravel (SM) Dark olive brown, silty SAND (SM) Dark olive brown, silty SAND #20 Fine Coarse DEPTH (ft)SYMBOL Gravel % Sand % Fines % 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND 10 3" 29.5 0.0 0.0 1-1/2" PE R C E N T F I N E R B Y W E I G H T 50 SAMPLE B-7 0.00050.005 CLAY #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 12.5 42.2 47.9 3/8" 5 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 MW-2 MW-2 MW-2 7.5 - 9.0 18.5 - 19.0 20.0 - 20.6 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL % MC LL PL PI 90 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 0.05 5/8" 70 #4 #200 S-1 S-5b S-6a 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 % MC LL CL-ML MH SAMPLE PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X ( P I ) SYMBOL PL PI S-2 S-2b S-3 S-5 S-6 S-4 5.0 - 6.0 5.5 - 6.5 7.5 - 9.0 7.5 - 9.0 10.0 - 11.5 15.0 - 16.5 25 25 31 30 27 28 31 30 43 39 38 42 36 28 40 37 37 42 LIQUID LIMIT, PLASTIC LIMIT AND PLASTICITY INDEX OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D4318 55.2 86.6 CL (ML) Olive brown, SILT (ML) Olive gray, sandy SILT (ML) Olive gray, SILT (ML) Olive brown, SILT (ML) Olive brown, SILT (ML) Olive gray, SILT B-8 11 3 9 7 10 14 CH CLASSIFICATIONDEPTH (ft)% Fines LIQUID LIMIT (LL) BH-3 BH-4 BH-4 BH-5 BH-5 MW-2 ML 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAATTB 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 % MC LL CL-ML MH SAMPLE PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X ( P I ) SYMBOL PL PI S-5a 17.5 - 18.5 355254 LIQUID LIMIT, PLASTIC LIMIT AND PLASTICITY INDEX OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D4318 CL (MH) Olive brown, elastic SILT B-9 19 CH CLASSIFICATIONDEPTH (ft)% Fines LIQUID LIMIT (LL) MW-2 ML 2013-063-21PROJECT NO.: HWAATTB 2013-063T200.GPJ 4/24/14 FIGURE: Logan Ave N Improvements Renton, Washington City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX F ENVIRONMENTAL DOCUMENTS C o n s t r u c t i o n S t o r m w a t e r G e n e r a l P e r m i t P r o p o s e d N e w D i s c h a r g e t o a n I m p a i r e d W a t e r B o d y E C O L O G Y S t a t e o f W a s h i n g t o n P a r t 1 . S i t e i n f o r m a t i o n l a . S i t e o r P r o j e c t N a m e : L o g a n A v e N I m p r o v e m e n t s l b . S i t e A d d r e s s o r L o c a t i o n D e s c r i p t i o n : C i t y : C o u n t y : L o g a n A v e N b e t w e e n t h e C e d a r R i v e r B r a n d N 6 t h S t R e n t o n K i n g l c . I m p a i r e d W a t e r B o d y : C e d a r R i v e r i d . I m p a i r m e n t P o l l u t a n t ( s ) : F e c a l C o l i f o r m B a c t e r i a , p H , a n d T e m p e r a t u r e P a r t 2 . D i s c h a r g e C e r t i f i c a t i o n E c o l o g y w i l l n o t g r a n t c o v e r a g e u n d e r t h e C o n s t r u c t i o n S t o r m w a t e r G e n e r a l P e r m i t ( C S W G P ) f o r n e w d i s c h a r g e s t o a n i m p a i r e d w a t e r b o d y i f t h e d i s c h a r g e w i l l c a u s e o r c o n t r i b u t e t o a v i o l a t i o n o f w a t e r q u a l i t y s t a n d a r d s . A n i m p a i r e d w a t e r b o d y m a y b e a C a t e g o r y 4 ( w i t h a n a p p r o v e d T o t a l M a x i m u m D a i l y L o a d [ T M D L ] p l a n o r o t h e r p o l l u t i o n c o n t r o l p l a n ) , o r a C a t e g o r y 5 ( n o a p p r o v e d T M D L i n p l a c e ) . F o r E c o l o g y t o d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r p e r m i t c o v e r a g e i s a p p r o p r i a t e , t h e s i t e o p e r a t o r ( P e r m i t t e e ) m u s t s e l e c t o n e o f t h e t h r e e o p t i o n s b e l o w , c o m p l e t e t h i s f o r m , a n d p r o v i d e t h e r e q u i r e d d o c u m e n t a t i o n t o E c o l o g y . S e l e c t t h e o n e o p t i o n b e l o w t h a t m o s t c l e a r l y a p p l i e s t o y o u r s i t e . * A d d i t i o n a l l y , s u b m i t d o c u m e n t a t i o n t h a t s u p p o r t s t h e c h o s e n o p t i o n . T h i s s a m e d o c u m e n t a t i o n m u s t a l s o b e i n c l u d e d a s p a r t o f y o u r S W P P P a n d k e p t o n s i t e w h e n t h e S W P P P i s p r e p a r e d . L I 2 a . T h e p o l l u t a n t ( s ) f o r w h i c h t h e w a t e r b o d y i s i m p a i r e d i s / a r e n o t p r e s e n t o n t h e s i t e . D o c u m e n t a t i o n o f t h i s f i n d i n g i s c o n t a i n e d w i t h i n t h e S W P P P . ( I f t h e w a t e r b o d y i s i m p a i r e d f o r m o r e t h a n o n e p o l l u t a n t , c h e c k t h i s b o x o n l y i f N O N E o f t h e i m p a i r m e n t p o l l u t a n t s a r e p r e s e n t o n s i t e ) . * 2 b . S t o r m w a t e r w i l l n o t b e e x p o s e d t o t h e p o l l u t a n t ( s ) f o r w h i c h t h e w a t e r b o d y i s i m p a i r e d , a n d t h e S W P P P d e t a i l s p r o c e d u r e s t a k e n t o p r e v e n t e x p o s u r e o n s i t e . ( T h i s s t a t e m e n t m u s t b e t r u e f o r a l l p o l l u t a n t s f o r w h i c h t h e w a t e r b o d y i s i m p a i r e d . I f a n y i m p a i r m e n t p o l l u t a n t d o e s n o t m e e t 2 a o r 2 b , y o u m u s t c o m p l e t e 2 c ) . L I 2 c . Y o u d o n ’ t e x p e c t t h e d i s c h a r g e t o c a u s e o r c o n t r i b u t e t o a n e x c e e d a n c e o f a w a t e r q u a l i t y s t a n d a r d . P r o v i d e E c o l o g y w i t h d a t a t o s u p p o r t t h i s s t a t e m e n t , a n d r e t a i n s u c h d a t a o n s i t e w i t h t h e S W P P P . T h e o p e r a t o r m u s t p r o v i d e d a t a a n d o t h e r t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n t o E c o l o g y t h a t s u f f i c i e n t l y d e m o n s t r a t e s o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : i . F o r d i s c h a r g e s t o w a t e r s w i t h o u t a n E P A - a p p r o v e d o r e s t a b l i s h e d T M D L ( w a t e r c l e a n u p p l a n ) , t h e d i s c h a r g e o f t h e i m p a i r m e n t p o l l u t a n t ( s ) w i l l m e e t i n - s t r e a m w a t e r q u a l i t y c r i t e r i a a t t h e p o i n t o f d i s c h a r g e t o t h e w a t e r b o d y . i i . F o r d i s c h a r g e s t o w a t e r s w i t h a n E P A - a p p r o v e d o r e s t a b l i s h e d T M D L , t h e r e i s s u f f i c i e n t r e m a i n i n g w a s t e l o a d a l l o c a t i o n i n t h e T M D L t o a l l o w t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n s t o r m w a t e r d i s c h a r g e a n d t h a t e x i s t i n g d i s c h a r g e r s t o t h e w a t e r b o d y a r e s u b j e c t t o c o m p l i a n c e s c h e d u l e s d e s i g n e d t o b r i n g t h e w a t e r b o d y i n t o a t t a i n m e n t w i t h w a t e r q u a l i t y s t a n d a r d s . * l f n o n e o f t h e a b o v e o p t i o n s a p p l y t o y o u r s i t e , y o u r s i t e w i l l n o t b e e l i g i b l e f o r c o v e r a g e u n d e r t h e p e r m i t . E C Y 0 7 0 - 3 9 9 ( 0 4 / 1 1 ) 1 E c o l o g y i s a n e q u a l o p p o r t u n i t y a g e n c y . P a r t 3 . S i g n a t u r e T i t l e 5 / 2 8 / 2 i 5 * F e d e r a l r e g u l a t i o n s r e q u i r e t h i s a p p l i c a t i o n i s s i g n e d b y o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : A . F o r a c o r p o r a t i o n : B y a p r i n c i p a l e x e c u t i v e o f f i c e r o f a t l e a s t t h e l e v e l o f v i c e p r e s i d e n t . B . F o r a p a r t n e r s h i p o r s o l e p r o p r i e t o r s h i p : B y a g e n e r a l p a r t n e r o r t h e p r o p r i e t o r , r e s p e c t i v e l y . C . F o r a m u n i c i p a l i t y , s t a t e , f e d e r a l , o r o t h e r p u b l i c f a c i l i t y : B y e i t h e r a p r i n c i p a l e x e c u t i v e o f f i c e r o r r a n k i n g e l e c t e d o f f i c i a l . P l e a s e s i g n a n d r e t u r n t h i s d o c u m e n t t o t h e f o l l o w i n g a d d r e s s : W a s h i n g t o n D e p a r t m e n t o f E c o l o g y - S t o r m w a t e r P 0 B o x 4 7 6 9 6 O l y m p i a , W A 9 8 5 0 4 - 7 6 9 6 I f y o u h a v e q u e s t i o n s , p l e a s e c a l l : L o c a t i o n C o n t a c t N a m e P h o n e E - m a i l A d a m s , A s o t i n , C o l u m b i a , F e r r y , S h a w n H o p k i n s 3 6 0 - 4 0 7 - 6 4 4 2 s h a w n . h o p k i n s ( e c y . w a . g o v F r a n k l i n , G a r f i e l d , G r a n t , L i n c o l n , P e n d O r e i l l e , S k a g i t , S n o h o m i s h , S p o k a n e , S t e v e n s , W a l l a W a l l a , W h a t c o m , a n d W h i t m a n c o u n t i e s I s l a n d , K i n g ( e x c e p t S e a t t l e ) , a n d S a n C l a y K e o w n 3 6 0 - 4 0 7 - 6 0 4 8 c l a y . k e o w n ( e c y . w a . q o v J u a n c o u n t i e s C i t y o f S e a t t l e a n d K i t s a p , P i e r c e , a n d J o s h K l i m e k 3 6 0 - 4 0 7 - 7 4 5 1 i o s h . k l i m e k ( e c y . w a . q o v T h u r s t o n c o u n t i e s B e n t o n , C h e l a n , C l a l l a m , C l a r k , J o y c e S m i t h 3 6 0 - 4 0 7 - 6 8 5 8 o y c e . s m i t h ( e c y . w a . q o v C o w l i t z , D o u g l a s , G r a y s H a r b o r , J e f f e r s o n , K i t t i t a s , K l i c k i t a t , L e w i s , M a s o n , O k a n o g a n , P a c i f i c , S k a m a n i a , W a h k i a k u m , a n d Y a k i m a c o u n t i e s I f y o u n e e d t h i s d o c u m e n t i n a f o r m a t f o r t h e v i s u a l l y i m p a i r e d , c a l l t h e W a t e r Q u a l i t y P r o g r a m a t 3 6 0 - 4 0 7 - 6 6 0 0 . P e r s o n s w i t h h e a r i n g l o s s c a n c a l l 7 1 1 f o r W a s h i n g t o n R e l a y S e i v i c e . P e r s o n s w i t h a s p e e c h d i s a b i l i t y c a n c a l l 8 7 7 - 8 3 3 - 6 3 4 1 . 3 a . l c e r t i f ’ u n d e r p e n a l t y o f l a w t h a t t h i s d o c u m e n t a n d a l l a t t a c h m e n t s w e r e p r e p a r e d u n d e r m y d i r e c t i o n o r s u p e r v i s i o n i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h a s y s t e m d e s i g n e d t o a s s u r e t h a t q u a l i f i e d p e r s o n n e l p r o p e r l y g a t h e r a n d e v a l u a t e t h e i n f o r m a t i o n s u b m i t t e d . B a s e d o n m y i n q u i r y o f t h e p e r s o n o r p e r s o n s w h o m a n a g e t h e s y s t e m o r t h o s e d i r e c t l y r e s p o n s i b l e f o r g a t h e r i n g t h e i n f o r m a t i o n , t h e i n f o r m a t i o n s u b m i t t e d i s , t o t h e b e s t o f m y k n o w l e d g e a n d b e l i e f , t r u e , a c c u r a t e , a n d c o m p l e t e . I a m a w a r e t h a t t h e r e a r e s i g n i f i c a n t p e n a l t i e s f o r s u b m i t t i n g f a l s e i n f o r m a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g t h e p o s s i b i l i t y o f f i n e a n d i m p r i s o n m e n t f o r k n o w i n g v i o l a t i o n s . ” J a m e s W i l h o i t 1 C i t y o f R e n t o n P r i n t e d N a m 9 J C o m p a n y ( O p e r a t o r l P e r m i t t e e o n l y ) L / / / 1 P r o j e c t M a n a g e r S i g n a t u r e o f O p e r a t o r l P e r m i t t e e * D a t e E C Y 0 7 0 - 3 9 9 ( 0 4 / 1 1 ) 2 E c o l o g y i s a n e q u a l o p p o r t u n i t y a g e n c y . W / i d e n e r & A s s o c i a t e s T r a n s p o r t a t i o n & E n i r o n m e n i a l P l a n n i n g 1 0 1 0 8 3 2 ’ ” / i e W , S u i l e L ) . E v e r e t i , \ 4 . 9 8 2 0 4 T e l ( 4 2 5 ) 3 4 8 - 3 0 5 9 [ : i ( 4 2 5 ) 3 - 4 8 - 3 1 2 4 M a y 2 6 , 2 0 1 5 L o g a n A v e N I m p r o v e m e n t s R E : S e c t i o n I X — D i s c h a r g e / R e c e i v i n g W a t e r I n f o r m a t i o n A d d i t i o n a l D o c u m e n t a t i o n f o r D i s c h a r g e t o I m p a i r e d W a t e r s D e a r C l a y , T h i s i n f o r m a t i o n i s b e i n g p r o v i d e d t o s u p p l e m e n t t h e N O l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e a b o v e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t p e r y o u r r e q u e s t . T h e p r o j e c t u l t i m a t e l y d i s c h a r g e s s t o r m w a t e r t o t h e C e d a r R i v e r w h i c h i s i m p a i r e d f o r f e c a l c o l i f o r m b a c t e r i a , p H , a n d t e m p e r a t u r e . S t o r m w a t e r f r o m t h e p r o j e c t w i l l n o t c o n t r i b u t e p o l l u t a n t s t h a t t h e C e d a r R i v e r i s i m p a i r e d f o r . T h e r e a r e n o k n o w n s o u r c e s o f f e c a l c o l i f o r m b a c t e r i a t h a t c o u l d i n c r e a s e i m p a i r m e n t a t t h e s i t e . A p p r o p r i a t e B M P s w i l l b e i m p l e m e n t e d t o p r e v e n t a n i n c r e a s e o f c o n s t r u c t i o n r e l a t e d s t o r m w a t e r c o n t a m i n a t e s t h a t c o u l d h a v e a n e f f e c t o n p H a n d t e m p e r a t u r e . O n c e c o m p l e t e , t h e p r o j e c t ’ s S W P P P w i l l d e s c r i b e t h e B M P m e a s u r e s t h a t w i l l b e u s e d o n s i t e . T h e s e w i l l i n c l u d e : • C o v e r i n g e x p o s e d a n d u n w o r k e d s o i l s w i t h s t r a w o r p l a s t i c t o p r e v e n t s o i l / s e d i m e n t s a n d a n y p h o s p h o r o u s i t m a y c o n t a i n f r o m e n t e r i n g s t o r m w a t e r • I n s t a l l a t i o n o f a p p r o p r i a t e s e d i m e n t c o n t r o l m e a s u r e s s u c h a s s i l t f e n c e a n d / o r s t r a w w a t t l e s • P r o p e r c o n t a i n m e n t a n d c l e a n u p m e a s u r e s d u r i n g c o n c r e t e w o r k • P e r f o r m t h e m a j o r i t y o f g r o u n d d i s t u r b i n g w o r k d u r i n g t h e d r y s e a s o n s o t h a t m i n i m a l s t o r m w a t e r r u n o f f i s g e n e r a t e d . A n y s t o r m w a t e r r u n o f f t h a t i s g e n e r a t e d w o u l d b e a n i n s i g n i f i c a n t a m o u n t t o h a v e a n e f f e c t o n t h e t e m p e r a t u r e o f t h e r e c e i v i n g w a t e r b o d y . • N o o v e r h a n g i n g s h o r e l i n e v e g e t a t i o n w i l l b e r e m o v e d a s p a r t o f t h i s p r o j e c t a n d t h e p r o j e c t w i l l n o t h a v e a n e f f e c t o n s h a d e r e s o u r c e s t o t h e C e d a r R i v e r ; t e m p e r a t u r e w i l l n o t b e a f f e c t e d A l l B M P i n s t a l l a t i o n s w i l l b e r e g u l a r l y i n s p e c t e d a n d r e p a i r e d a s n e c e s s a r y t o e n s u r e t h e y w o r k a s i n t e n d e d p e r c o n d i t i o n 5 4 . I f t h e y a r e n o t w o r k i n g a s i n t e n d e d , a d d i t i o n a l B M P s w i l l b e i n s t a l l e d a s n e c e s s a r y . P l e a s e l e t m e k n o w i f y o u h a v e a n y q u e s t i o n s . S i n c e r e l y , / ‘ / ‘ L R o s s W i d e n e r W i d e n e r & A s s o c i a t e s 4 2 5 - 5 0 3 - 3 6 2 9 Notice of Intent Construction Stormwater General Permit Permittee First Name:Last Name: Company Name: Honorific: Title: Mailing Address: City:State:Zip Code: Business Phone:Fax:Cell Phone: Email: UBI Number: James Wilhoit City of Renton Project Manager 1055 S Grady Way 98057-3232 jwilhoit@Rentonwa.gov Renton WA 425-430-7319 Site Contact First Name:Last Name: Company Name: Honorific: Title: Mailing Address: City:State:Zip Code: Business Phone:Fax:Cell Phone: Email: UBI Number: Ross Widener Widener and Associates Project Manager 10108 32nd Ave W Suite D 98204-1302 rwidener@prodigy.net Everett WA 425-348-3059 Site Owner First Name:Last Name: Company Name: Honorific: Title: Mailing Address: City:State:Zip Code: Business Phone:Fax:Cell Phone: Email: UBI Number: James Wilhoit City of Renton Project Manager 1055 S Grady Way 98057-3232 jwilhoit@Rentonwa.gov Renton WA 425-430-7319 II. Electronic Discharge Monitoring Reporting I. Contact Information You must submit monthly discharge monitoring reports using Ecology’s Electronic Discharge Monitoring Reporting (WQWebDMR) system. To sign up for WQWebDMR, or to register a new site, go to www.ecy.wa.gov/stormwater, and click on the “Construction Stormwater” link. You will find information on WQWebDMR under the “WQWebDMR and PARIS” link on the right-hand side. If you are unable to submit your DMRs electronically, you may contact Ecology to request a waiver. Ecology will generally only grant waiver requests to those permittees without internet access. Only a permittee or representative, designated in writing, may request access to or a waiver from WQWebDMR. To have the ability to use the system immediately, you must submit the Electronic Signature Agreement with your application. If you have questions on this process, contact Ecology’s WQWebDMR staff at WQWebPortal@ecy.wa.gov or 360-407-7097. III. Site Information NOI : 6977NewRenewalPermit Number:XApplication Type: Page 1 of 4Submission ID: 1500621 Site Project Name:Logan Ave N improvements Street Address or Location Description:Logan Ave N between the Cedar River Bridge and N 6th Street City:County:Zip Code:Renton King 98057 Latitude:-122.20807Longitude:47.488327 X X Type of Construction Activity: Residential Industrial Highway or Road (city, county, state) Commercial Utilities (specify):light Other (specify): Site Acreage Total size of your site/project:5.5 acres Total disturbed area of your site/project: 4.9 acres Concrete/Engineered Soils How many yards of concrete will be poured over the life of the project? 318 cubic yards Will any engineered soils or recycled concrete be used? XYes No Estimated project start date:Estimated project completion date:6/22/2015 12/31/2015 IV. Existing Site Conditions 1. Are you aware of contaminated soils on this site?XYes No 2. Are you aware of groundwater contamination located within the site boundary?XYes No 3. If you answered yes to question 1 or 2, will any contaminated soils be distrubed or will any contaminated groundwater be discharged due to the proposed construction activity?Yes No If yes, please provide detailed information on the locations, contaminants, and contaminant concentrations (if known), and pollution prevention and/or treatment Best Management Practices (BMPs) proposed to control the discharge of soil/groundwater contaminants. This information should include related portions of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) that describe how contaminated and potentially contaminated construction stormwater and dewatering water will be managed. You may attach this information separately, if needed. V. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) You must develop a SWPPP prior to starting construction. Do not submit your SWPPP with your application. The exception is that Ecology may request a copy of all or part of your SWPPP if you answered yes to the questions in Part IV. You must use the BMPs listed in the Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington or the Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington or other manuals approved by Ecology. Alternatively, you may use demonstrably equivalent BMPs on the basis of permit condition S9.C.4. If you intend to use a BMP at your site that is not included in these manuals, but that you believe meets the definition of a demonstrably equivalent BMP, you must notify the appropriate regional office. (See Definitions in the Construction Stormwater General Permit).* http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/contacts.html VI. Best Management Practices (BMPs) *Note that if you receive permit coverage without indicating the preference for a demonstrably equivalent BMP and later decide to use one, you must provide Ecology with notice of the selection of an equivalent BMP no less than 60 days before the intended use of the equivalent BMP. VII. Discharge/Receiving Water Information Indicate whether your site’s stormwater and/or dewatering water could enter surface waters, directly and/or indirectly: X Other Permits None Page 2 of 4Submission ID: 1500621 Water will discharge directly or indirectly (through a storm drain system or roadside ditch) into one or more surface waterbodies (wetlands, creeks, lakes, and all other surface waters and water courses). If your discharge is to a storm sewer system, provide the name of the operator of the storm sewer system: City of Renton (NOTE: If your stormwater discharges to a storm sewer system operated by the City of Seattle, King County, Snohomish County, City of Tacoma, Pierce County, or Clark County, you must also submit a copy of this NOI to the appropriate jurisdiction.) Water will discharge to ground with 100% infiltration, with no potential to reach surface waters under any conditions. If your project includes dewatering, you must include dewatering plans and discharge locations in your site Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. Location of Discharge into Surface Waterbody Outfall Number Outfall Description Surface Waterbody Name Outfall Type Latitude Longitude 1 Cedar River Cedar River Surface Water Body 47.486154 -122.209347 VIII. State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) This Notice of Intent (NOI) is incomplete and cannot be approved until the applicable SEPA requirements under Chapter 197-11 WAC are met. Who is the SEPA lead agency on your site? Has the SEPA lead agency issued a final decision on your checklist? If No: The NOI is incomplete. Ecology will hold the application until a final SEPA decision is made or the Construction Stormwater NOI public comment period ends, whichever is later. You must notify Ecology once the lead agency has issued a determination. If Yes: Type of SEPA decision issued: Date of final SEPA decision: Date when all SEPA-related comment & appeal periods ended or will end: City of Renton Yes No X Exempt If Exempt: X Watershed Restoration & Fish Habitat Enhancement Exemption (RCW 43.21C.0382). Planned Action Exemption (RCW 43.21C.031). Categorical Exemption. Under what section of the SEPA Rule (WAC 197-11-800) is it exempt? Infill Development Exemption (RCW 43.21C.229). Section:WAC 197-11-800(3) Repair, remodeling, and maintenance activities IX. Public Notice You must publish a public notice at least once a week for two consecutive weeks with seven days between publications, in at least a single newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the construction is to take place. Ecology cannot grant permit coverage sooner than the end of the 30-day public comment period, which begins on the date of the second public notice. Newspaper Name First Public Notice Date Second Public Notice Date Renton Reporter 5/15/2015 5/22/2015 X. Certification of Permittees Page 3 of 4Submission ID: 1500621 A p p l i c a t i o n I d : 6 9 7 7 C e r t I f i c a t i o n R e c e i v e d : ( E c o l o g y u s e ) F a c i l i t y / S i t e N a m e : L o g a n A v e N i m p r o v e m e n t s P e r m i t N u m b e r : ( E c o l o g y u s e ) F a c i l i t y A d d r e s s : L o c a t i o n D e s c r i p t h n S u p p l i e d F a c i l i t y C o u n t y : K i n g P e r m i t t e e N a m e : J a m e s W l i h o i t P e r m i t t e e l i t l e : P r o j e c t M a n a g e r P e r m i t t u e E m a i l : j w l l h o i t @ R e n t o n w a . g o v P e r m i t t e e P h o n e : 4 2 5 - 4 3 0 - 7 3 1 9 P e r m i t t e e A d d r e s s : 1 0 5 5 S G r a d y W a y C o m p a n y N a m e : C i t y o f R e n t o n R e n t o n , W A 9 8 0 5 7 C e r t i f i c a t i o n o f P e r m i t t e e 7 c e r t I ( ’ u n d e r p e n a l t y o f l a w t h a t t h i s d o c u m e n t a n d a l l a t t a c h m e n t s w e r e p r e p a r e d u n d e r m y d i r e c t i o n o r s u p e r v i s i o n I n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h a s y s t e m d e s i g n e d t o a s s u r e t h a t q u a l i f i e d p e r s o n n e l p r o p e r l y g a t h e r a n d e v a l u a t e t h e I n f o r m a t i o n s u b m i t t e d . B a s e d o n m y i n q u i r , ’ o f t h e p e r s o n o r p e r s o n s w h o m a n a g e t h e s y s t e m o r t h o s e d i r e c t l y r e s p o n s i b l e f o r g a t h e r i n g t h e i n f o r m a t i o n , t h e i n f o r m a t i o n s u b m i t t e d i s , t o t h e b e s t o f m y k n o w l e d g e a n d b e l i e f , t r u e , a c c u r a t e , a n d c o m p l e t e . l a m a w a r e t h a t t h e r e a r e s i g n i f i c a n t p e n a l t i e s f o r s u b m i t t i n g f a l s e i n f o r m a t i o n , I n c l u d i n g t h e p o s s i b i l i t y o f f i n e a n d i m p r i s o n m e n t f o r k n o w i n g v i o l a t i o n s . ” ç 0 j r C / T / a F o P r i n t e d N a m e / C o m p a n y T i t l e 0 7 2 S i g n a t u r e o f P e r m l t t e e * D a t e A . F o r a c o r p o r a t i o n : B y a r e s p o n s i b l e c o r p o r a t e o f f i c e r . 5 . F o r a p a r t n e r s h i p o r s o l e p r o p r i e t o r s h i p : B y a g e n e r a l p a r t n e r o r t h e p r o p r i e t o r , r e s p e c t i v e l y . C . F o r a m u n i c i p a l i t y , s t a t e , f e d e r a l , o r o t h e r p u b l i c f a c i l i t y : B y e i t h e r a p r i n c i p a l e x e c u t i v e o f f i c e r o r r a n k i n g e l e c t e d o f f i c i a l . P l e a s e p r i n t , s i g n a r i d m a i l t h i s f o r m t o t h e f o l l o w i n g a d d r e s s : D e p a r t m e n t o f E c o l o g y A T T N : W a t e r Q u a l i t y P r o g r a m , C o n s t r u c t i o n S t o r m w a t e r P . O . B o x 4 7 6 9 6 O l y m p i a , W A 9 8 5 0 4 - 7 6 9 6 Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF TABLES .......................................................................................................................... 3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................................... 5 S1. PERMIT COVERAGE ........................................................................................................5 S2. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................8 S3. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS .............................................................................11 S4. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................12 S5. REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS .........................................19 S6. PERMIT FEES...................................................................................................................22 S7. SOLID AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL ....................................................................22 S8. DISCHARGES TO 303(D) OR TMDL WATER BODIES ..............................................22 S9. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN...................................................26 S10. NOTICE OF TERMINATION ..........................................................................................34 GENERAL CONDITIONS .......................................................................................................... 36 G1. DISCHARGE VIOLATIONS ...........................................................................................36 G2. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................................36 G3. RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND ENTRY .........................................................................37 G4. GENERAL PERMIT MODIFICATION AND REVOCATION ......................................37 G5. REVOCATION OF COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT .............................................37 G6. REPORTING A CAUSE FOR MODIFICATION ............................................................38 G7. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS AND STATUTES .............................................38 G8. DUTY TO REAPPLY .......................................................................................................38 G9. TRANSFER OF GENERAL PERMIT COVERAGE .......................................................39 G10. REMOVED SUBSTANCES .............................................................................................39 G11. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION ...........................................................................39 G12. OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF 40 CFR ...........................................................................39 G13. ADDITIONAL MONITORING ........................................................................................39 G14. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATING PERMIT CONDITIONS .............................................40 G15. UPSET ...............................................................................................................................40 Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 3 G16. PROPERTY RIGHTS ........................................................................................................40 G17. DUTY TO COMPLY ........................................................................................................40 G18. TOXIC POLLUTANTS.....................................................................................................41 G19. PENALTIES FOR TAMPERING .....................................................................................41 G20. REPORTING PLANNED CHANGES .............................................................................41 G21. REPORTING OTHER INFORMATION ..........................................................................42 G22. REPORTING ANTICIPATED NON-COMPLIANCE .....................................................42 G23. REQUESTS TO BE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT ..........42 G24. APPEALS ..........................................................................................................................42 G25. SEVERABILITY ...............................................................................................................43 G26. BYPASS PROHIBITED ....................................................................................................43 APPENDIX A – DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................. 46 APPENDIX B – ACRONYMS .................................................................................................... 54 LIST OF TABLES Table 1. Summary of Permit Report Submittals ....................................................................... 4 Table 2. Summary of Required On-site Documentation........................................................... 4 Table 3. Summary of Primary Monitoring Requirements ...................................................... 12 Table 4. Monitoring and Reporting Requirements ................................................................. 16 Table 5. Turbidity, Fine Sediment & Phosphorus Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed ... 24 Table 6. pH Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters .................................................. 24 Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 4 SUMMARY OF PERMIT REPORT SUBMITTALS Refer to the Special and General Conditions within this permit for additional submittal requirements. Appendix A provides a list of definitions. Appendix B provides a list of acronyms. Table 1. Summary of Permit Report Submittals Permit Section Submittal Frequency First Submittal Date S5.A and S8 High Turbidity/Transparency Phone Reporting As Necessary Within 24 hours S5.B Discharge Monitoring Report Monthly* Within 15 days of applicable monitoring period S5.F and S8 Noncompliance Notification As necessary Immediately S5.F Noncompliance Notification – Written Report As necessary Within 5 Days of non- compliance G2. Notice of Change in Authorization As necessary G6. Permit Application for Substantive Changes to the Discharge As necessary G8. Application for Permit Renewal 1/permit cycle No later than 180 days before expiration G9. Notice of Permit Transfer As necessary G20. Notice of Planned Changes As necessary G22. Reporting Anticipated Non- compliance As necessary SPECIAL NOTE: *Permittees must submit Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to the Washington State Department of Ecology monthly, regardless of site discharge, for the full duration of permit coverage. Refer to Section S5.B of this General Permit for more specific information regarding DMRs. Table 2. Summary of Required On-site Documentation Document Title Permit Conditions Permit Coverage Letter See Conditions S2, S5 Construction Stormwater General Permit See Conditions S2, S5 Site Log Book See Conditions S4, S5 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) See Conditions S9, S5 Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 5 SPECIAL CONDITIONS S1. PERMIT COVERAGE A. Permit Area This Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) covers all areas of Washington State, except for federal and Tribal lands as specified in Special Condition S1.E.3. B. Operators Required to Seek Coverage Under this General Permit: 1. Operators of the following construction activities are required to seek coverage under this CSWGP: a. Clearing, grading and/or excavation that results in the disturbance of one or more acres and discharges stormwater to surface waters of the State; and clearing, grading and/or excavation on sites smaller than one acre that are part of a larger common plan of development or sale, if the common plan of development or sale will ultimately disturb one acre or more and discharge stormwater to surface waters of the State. i. This includes forest practices (including, but not limited to, class IV conversions) that are part of a construction activity that will result in the disturbance of one or more acres, and discharge to surface waters of the State (that is, forest practices that prepare a site for construction activities); and b. Any size construction activity discharging stormwater to waters of the State that the Department of Ecology ( ―Ecology‖): i. Determines to be a significant contributor of pollutants to waters of the State of Washington. ii. Reasonably expects to cause a violation of any water quality standard. 2. Operators of the following activities are not required to seek coverage under this CSWGP (unless specifically required under Special Condition S1.B.1.b. above): a. Construction activities that discharge all stormwater and non-stormwater to ground water, sanitary sewer, or combined sewer, and have no point source discharge to either surface water or a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. b. Construction activities covered under an Erosivity Waiver (Special Condition S2.C). c. Routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of a facility. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 6 C. Authorized Discharges: 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity. Subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit, Permittees are authorized to discharge stormwater associated with construction activity to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. (Note that ―surface waters of the State‖ may exist on a construction site as well as off site; for example, a creek running through a site.) 2. Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activity. This permit also authorizes stormwater discharge from support activities related to the permitted construction site (for example, an on-site portable rock crusher, off-site equipment staging yards, material storage areas, borrow areas, etc.) provided: a. The support activity relates directly to the permitted construction site that is required to have a NPDES permit; and b. The support activity is not a commercial operation serving multiple unrelated construction projects, and does not operate beyond the completion of the construction activity; and c. Appropriate controls and measures are identified in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the discharges from the support activity areas. 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges. The categories and sources of non-stormwater discharges identified below are authorized conditionally, provided the discharge is consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit: a. Discharges from fire-fighting activities. b. Fire hydrant system flushing. c. Potable water, including uncontaminated water line flushing. d. Pipeline hydrostatic test water. e. Uncontaminated air conditioning or compressor condensate. f. Uncontaminated ground water or spring water. g. Uncontaminated excavation dewatering water (in accordance with S9.D.10). h. Uncontaminated discharges from foundation or footing drains. i. Water used to control dust. Permittees must minimize the amount of dust control water used. j. Routine external building wash down that does not use detergents. k. Landscape irrigation water. The SWPPP must adequately address all authorized non-stormwater discharges, except for discharges from fire-fighting activities, and must comply with Special Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 7 Condition S3. At a minimum, discharges from potable water (including water line flushing), fire hydrant system flushing, and pipeline hydrostatic test water must undergo the following: dechlorination to a concentration of 0.1 parts per million (ppm) or less, and pH adjustment to within 6.5 – 8.5 standard units (su), if necessary. D. Prohibited Discharges: The following discharges to waters of the State, including ground water, are prohibited. 1. Concrete wastewater. 2. Wastewater from washout and clean-up of stucco, paint, form release oils, curing compounds and other construction materials. 3. Process wastewater as defined by 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 122.1 (see Appendix A of this permit). 4. Slurry materials and waste from shaft drilling. 5. Fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance. 6. Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing. 7. Wheel wash wastewater, unless discharged according to Special Condition S9.D.9.d. 8. Discharges from dewatering activities, including discharges from dewatering of trenches and excavations, unless managed according to Special Condition S9.D.10. E. Limits on Coverage Ecology may require any discharger to apply for and obtain coverage under an individual permit or another more specific general permit. Such alternative coverage will be required when Ecology determines that this CSWGP does not provide adequate assurance that water quality will be protected, or there is a reasonable potential for the project to cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards. The following stormwater discharges are not covered by this permit: 1. Post-construction stormwater discharges that originate from the site after completion of construction activities and the site has undergone final stabilization. 2. Non-point source silvicultural activities such as nursery operations, site preparation, reforestation and subsequent cultural treatment, thinning, prescribed burning, pest and fire control, harvesting operations, surface drainage, or road construction and maintenance, from which there is natural runoff as excluded in 40 CFR Subpart 122. 3. Stormwater from any federal project or project on federal land or land within an Indian Reservation except for the Puyallup Reservation. Within the Puyallup Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 8 Reservation, any project that discharges to surface water on land held in trust by the federal government may be covered by this permit. 4. Stormwater from any site covered under an existing NPDES individual permit in which stormwater management and/or treatment requirements are included for all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity. 5. Stormwater from a site where an applicable Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) requirement specifically precludes or prohibits discharges from construction activity. S2. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Permit Application Forms 1. Notice of Intent Form/Timeline a. Operators of new or previously unpermitted construction activities must submit a complete and accurate permit application (Notice of Intent, or NOI) to Ecology. b. The operator must submit the NOI at least 60 days before discharging stormwater from construction activities and must submit it on or before the date of the first public notice (see Special Condition S2.B below for details). The 30-day public comment period required by WAC 173-226-130(5) begins on the publication date of the second public notice. Unless Ecology responds to the complete application in writing, based on public comments, or any other relevant factors, coverage under the general permit will automatically commence on the thirty-first day following receipt by Ecology of a completed NOI, or the issuance date of this permit, whichever is later, unless Ecology specifies a later date in writing. c. Applicants who propose to discharge to a storm or sewer system operated by Seattle, King County, Snohomish County, Tacoma, Pierce County, or Clark County must also submit a copy of the NOI to the appropriate jurisdiction. d. If an applicant intends to use a Best Management Practice (BMP) selected on the basis of Special Condition S9.C.4 (―demonstrably equivalent‖ BMPs), the applicant must notify Ecology of its selection as part of the NOI. In the event the applicant selects BMPs after submission of the NOI, it must provide notice of the selection of an equivalent BMP to Ecology at least 60 days before intended use of the equivalent BMP. e. Permittees must notify Ecology regarding any changes to the information provided on the NOI by submitting an updated NOI. Examples of such changes include, but are not limited to, i. changes to the Permittee’s mailing address, ii. changes to the on-site contact person information, and Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 9 iii. changes to the area/acreage affected by construction activity. 2. Transfer of Coverage Form The Permittee can transfer current coverage under this permit to one or more new operators, including operators of sites within a Common Plan of Development, provided the Permittee submits a Transfer of Coverage Form in accordance with General Condition G9. Transfers do not require public notice. B. Public Notice For new or previously unpermitted construction activities, the applicant must publish a public notice at least one time each week for two consecutive weeks, at least 7 days apart, in a newspaper with general circulation in the county where the construction is to take place. The notice must contain: 1. A statement that ―The applicant is seeking coverage under the Washington State Department of Ecology’s Construction Stormwater NPDES and State Waste Discharge General Permit." 2. The name, address and location of the construction site. 3. The name and address of the applicant. 4. The type of construction activity that will result in a discharge (for example, residential construction, commercial construction, etc.), and the number of acres to be disturbed. 5. The name of the receiving water(s) (that is, the surface water(s) to which the site will discharge), or, if the discharge is through a storm sewer system, the name of the operator of the system. 6. The statement: "Any persons desiring to present their views to the Washington State Department of Ecology regarding this application, or interested in Ecology’s action on this application, may notify Ecology in writing no later than 30 days of the last date of publication of this notice. Ecology reviews public comments and considers whether discharges from this project would cause a measurable change in receiving water quality, and, if so, whether the project is necessary and in the overriding publ ic interest according to Tier II antidegradation requirements under WAC 173-201A-320. Comments can be submitted to: Department of Ecology, P.O. Box 47696, Olympia, WA 98504-7696 Attn: Water Quality Program, Construction Stormwater.‖ Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 10 C. Erosivity Waiver Construction site operators may qualify for an erosivity waiver from the CSWGP if the following conditions are met: 1. The site will result in the disturbance of fewer than 5 acres and the site is not a portion of a common plan of development or sale that will disturb 5 acres or greater. 2. Calculation of Erosivity ―R‖ Factor and Regional Timeframe: a. The project’s rainfall erosivity factor (―R‖ Factor) must be less than 5 during the period of construction activity, as calculated using either the Texas A&M University online rainfall erosivity calculator at: http://ei.tamu.edu/ or EPA's calculator at http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/lew/lewcalculator.cfm. The period of construction activity starts when the land is first disturbed and ends with final stabilization. In addition: b. The entire period of construction activity must fall within the following timeframes: i. For sites west of the Cascades Crest: June 15 – September 15. ii. For sites east of the Cascades Crest, excluding the Central Basin: June 15 – October 15. iii. For sites east of the Cascades Crest, within the Central Basin: no additional timeframe restrictions apply. The Central Basin is defined as the portions of Eastern Washington with mean annual precipitation of less than 12 inches. For a map of the Central Basin (Region 2), refer to http://www.ecy.wa.gov/pubs/ecy070202.pdf. 3. Construction site operators must submit a complete Erosivity Waiver certification form at least one week before disturbing the land. Certification must include statements that the operator will: a. Comply with applicable local stormwater requirements; and b. Implement appropriate erosion and sediment control BMPs to prevent violations of water quality standards. 4. This waiver is not available for facilities declared significant contributors of pollutants as defined in Special Condition S1.B.1.b. 5. This waiver does not apply to construction activities which include non- stormwater discharges listed in Special Condition S1.C.3. 6. If construction activity extends beyond the certified waiver period for any reason, the operator must either: a. Recalculate the rainfall erosivity ―R‖ factor using the original start date and a new projected ending date and, if the ―R‖ factor is still under 5 and the entire Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 11 project falls within the applicable regional timeframe in Special Condition S2.C.2.b, complete and submit an amended waiver certification form before the original waiver expires; or b. Submit a complete permit application to Ecology in accordance with Special Condition S2.A and B before the end of the certified waiver period. S3. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS A. Discharges must not cause or contribute to a violation of surface water quality standards (Chapter 173-201A WAC), ground water quality standards (Chapter 173-200 WAC), sediment management standards (Chapter 173-204 WAC), and human health- based criteria in the National Toxics Rule (40 CFR Part 131.36). Discharges not in compliance with these standards are not authorized. B. Prior to the discharge of stormwater and non-stormwater to waters of the State, the Permittee must apply all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention, control, and treatment (AKART). This includes the preparation and implementation of an adequate Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), with all appropriate BMPs installed and maintained in accordance with the SWPPP and the terms and conditions of this permit. C. Ecology presumes that a Permittee complies with water quality standards unless discharge monitoring data or other site-specific information demonstrates that a discharge causes or contributes to a violation of water quality standards, when the Permittee complies with the following conditions. The Permittee must fully: 1. Comply with all permit conditions, including planning, sampling, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping conditions. 2. Implement stormwater BMPs contained in stormwater management manuals published or approved by Ecology, or BMPs that are demonstrably equivalent to BMPs contained in stormwater technical manuals published or approved by Ecology, including the proper selection, implementation, and maintenance of all applicable and appropriate BMPs for on-site pollution control. (For purposes of this section, the stormwater manuals listed in Appendix 10 of the Phase I Municipal Stormwater Permit are approved by Ecology.) D. Where construction sites also discharge to ground water, the ground water discharges must also meet the terms and conditions of this CSWGP. Permittees who discharge to ground water through an injection well must also comply with any applicable requirements of the Underground Injection Control (UIC) regulations, Chapter 173-218 WAC. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 12 S4. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, BENCHMARKS AND REPORTING TRIGGERS Table 3. Summary of Primary Monitoring Requirements Size of Soil Disturbance1 Weekly Site Inspections Weekly Sampling w/ Turbidity Meter Weekly Sampling w/ Transparency Tube Weekly pH Sampling2 Requires CESCL Certification? Sites that disturb less than 1 acre, but are part of a larger Common Plan of Development Required Not Required Not Required Not Required No Sites that disturb 1 acre or more, but fewer than 5 acres Required Sampling Required – either method3 Required Yes Sites that disturb 5 acres or more Required Required Not Required4 Required Yes A. Site Log Book The Permittee must maintain a site log book that contains a record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements, including the installation and maintenance of BMPs, site inspections, and stormwater monitoring. B. Site Inspections The Permittee’s (operator’s) site inspections must include all areas disturbed by construction activities, all BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points. (See Special Conditions S4.B.3 and B.4 below for detailed requirements of the Permittee’s Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead [CESCL]). 1 Soil disturbance is calculated by adding together all areas affected by construction activity. Construction activity means clearing, grading, excavation, and any other activity that disturbs the surface of the land, including ingress/egress from the site. 2 If construction activity results in the disturbance of 1 acre or more, and involves significant concrete work (1,000 cubic yards of poured or recycled concrete over the life of a project) or the use of engineered s oils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement-treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD], or fly ash), and stormwater from the affected area drains to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer stormwater collection system that drains to other surface waters of the State, the Permittee must conduct pH monitoring sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.D. 3 Sites with one or more acres, but fewer than 5 acres of soil disturbance, must conduct turbidity or transparency sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.C. 4 Sites equal to or greater than 5 acres of soil disturbance must conduct turbidity sampling using a turbidity meter in accordance with Special Condition S4.C. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 13 Construction sites one acre or larger that discharge stormwater to surface waters of the State must have site inspections conducted by a certified CESCL. Sites less than one acre may have a person without CESCL certification conduct inspections; sampling is not required on sites that disturb less than an acre. 1. The Permittee must examine stormwater visually for the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil sheen. The Permittee must evaluate the effectiveness of BMPs and determine if it is necessary to install, maintain, or repair BMPs to improve the quality of stormwater discharges. Based on the results of the inspection, the Permittee must correct the problems identified by: a. Reviewing the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and making appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection. b. Immediately beginning the process of fully implementing and maintaining appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems no later than within 10 days of the inspection. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when an extension is requested by a Permittee within the initial 10-day response period. c. Documenting BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. 2. The Permittee must inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours of any discharge from the site. (For purposes of this condition, individual discharge events that last more than one day do not require daily inspections. For example, if a stormwater pond discharges continuously over the course of a week, only one inspection is required that week.) The Permittee may reduce the inspection frequency for temporarily stabilized, inactive sites to once every calendar month. 3. The Permittee must have staff knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment control. The CESCL (sites one acre or more) or inspector (sites less than one acre) must have the skills to assess the: a. Site conditions and construction activities that could impact the quality of stormwater, and b. Effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures used to control the quality of stormwater discharges. 4. The SWPPP must identify the CESCL or inspector, who must be present on site or on-call at all times. The CESCL must obtain this certification through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the minimum training standards established by Ecology (see BMP C160 in the manual referred to in Special Condition S9.C.1 and 2). Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 14 5. The Permittee must summarize the results of each inspection in an inspection report or checklist and enter the report/checklist into, or attach it to, the site log book. At a minimum, each inspection report or checklist must include: a. Inspection date and time. b. Weather information, the general conditions during inspection and the approximate amount of precipitation since the last inspection, and precipitation within the last 24 hours. c. A summary or list of all implemented BMPs, including observations of all erosion/sediment control structures or practices. d. A description of the locations: i. Of BMPs inspected. ii. Of BMPs that need maintenance and why. iii. Of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or intended, and iv. Where additional or different BMPs are needed, and why. e. A description of stormwater discharged from the site. The Permittee must note the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil sheen, as applicable. f. Any water quality monitoring performed during inspection. g. General comments and notes, including a brief description of any BMP repairs, maintenance or installations made following the inspection. h. A summary report and a schedule of implementation of the remedial actions that the Permittee plans to take if the site inspection indicates that the site is out of compliance. The remedial actions taken must meet the requirements of the SWPPP and the permit. i. The name, title, and signature of the person conducting the site inspection, a phone number or other reliable method to reach this person, and the following statement: ―I certify that this report is true, accurate, and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.‖ C. Turbidity/Transparency Sampling Requirements 1. Sampling Methods a. If construction activity involves the disturbance of 5 acres or more, the Permittee must conduct turbidity sampling per Special Condition S4.C. b. If construction activity involves 1 acre or more but fewer than 5 acres of soil disturbance, the Permittee must conduct either transparency sampling or turbidity sampling per Special Condition S4.C. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 15 2. Sampling Frequency a. The Permittee must sample all discharge locations at least once every calendar week when stormwater (or authorized non-stormwater) discharges from the site or enters any on-site surface waters of the state (for example, a creek running through a site). b. Samples must be representative of the flow and characteristics of the discharge. c. Sampling is not required when there is no discharge during a calendar week. d. Sampling is not required outside of normal working hours or during unsafe conditions. e. If the Permittee is unable to sample during a monitoring period, the Permittee must include a brief explanation in the monthly Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR). f. Sampling is not required before construction activity begins. 3. Sampling Locations a. Sampling is required at all points where stormwater associated with construction activity (or authorized non-stormwater) is discharged off site, including where it enters any on-site surface waters of the state (for example, a creek running through a site). b. The Permittee may discontinue sampling at discharge points that drain areas of the project that are fully stabilized to prevent erosion. c. The Permittee must identify all sampling point(s) on the SWPPP site map and clearly mark these points in the field with a flag, tape, stake or other visible marker. d. Sampling is not required for discharge that is sent directly to sanitary or combined sewer systems. 4. Sampling and Analysis Methods a. The Permittee performs turbidity analysis with a calibrated turbidity meter (turbidimeter) either on site or at an accredited lab. The Permittee must record the results in the site log book in nephelometric turbidity units (NTU). b. The Permittee performs transparency analysis on site with a 1¾-inch- diameter, 60-centimeter (cm)-long transparency tube. The Permittee will record the results in the site log book in centimeters (cm). Transparency tubes are available from: http://watermonitoringequip.com/pages/stream.html. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 16 Table 4. Monitoring and Reporting Requirements Parameter Unit Analytical Method Sampling Frequency Benchmark Value Phone Reporting Trigger Value Turbidity NTU SM2130 or EPA 180.1 Weekly, if discharging 25 NTU 250 NTU Transparency cm Manufacturer instructions, or Ecology guidance Weekly, if discharging 33 cm 6 cm 5. Turbidity/Transparency Benchmark Values and Reporting Triggers The benchmark value for turbidity is 25 NTU or less. The benchmark value for transparency is 33 centimeters (cm). Note: Benchmark values do not apply to discharges to segments of water bodies on Washington State’s 303(d) list (Category 5) for turbidity, fine sediment, or phosphorus; these discharges are subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity. Refer to Special Condition S8 for more information. a. Turbidity 26 – 249 NTU, or Transparency 32 – 7 cm: If the discharge turbidity is 26 to 249 NTU; or if discharge transparency is less than 33 cm, but equal to or greater than 6 cm, the Permittee must: i. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. ii. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period. iii. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. b. Turbidity 250 NTU or greater, or Transparency 6 cm or less: If a discharge point’s turbidity is 250 NTU or greater, or if discharge transparency is less than or equal to 6 cm, the Permittee must complete the reporting and adaptive management process described below. i. Telephone the applicable Ecology Region’s Environmental Report Tracking System (ERTS) number within 24 hours, in accordance with Special Condition S5.F. Central Region (Okanogan, Chelan, Douglas, Kittitas, Yakima, Klickitat, Benton): (509) 575-2490 Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 17 Eastern Region (Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Pend Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, Walla Walla, Whitman): (509) 329-3400 Northwest Region (Kitsap, Snohomish, Island, King, San Juan, Skagit, Whatcom): (425) 649-7000 Southwest Region (Grays Harbor, Lewis, Mason, Thurston, Pierce, Clark, Cowlitz, Skamania, Wahkiakum, Clallam, Jefferson, Pacific): (360) 407-6300 These numbers are also listed at the following web site: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/permit.html ii. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. iii. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period. iv. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. v. Continue to sample discharges daily until: a) Turbidity is 25 NTU (or lower); or b) Transparency is 33 cm (or greater); or c) The Permittee has demonstrated compliance with the water quality limit for turbidity: 1) No more than 5 NTU over background turbidity, if background is less than 50 NTU, or 2) No more than 10% over background turbidity, if background is 50 NTU or greater; or d) The discharge stops or is eliminated. D. pH Sampling Requirements -- Significant Concrete Work or Engineered Soils If construction activity results in the disturbance of 1 acre or more, and involves significant concrete work (significant concrete work means greater than 1000 cubic yards poured concrete or recycled concrete used over the life of a project ) or the use of engineered soils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement-treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD], or fly ash), and stormwater from the affected area Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 18 drains to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the state, the Permittee must conduct pH monitoring as set forth below. Note: In addition, discharges to segments of water bodies on Washington State’s 303(d) list (Category 5) for high pH are subject to a numeric effluent limit for pH; refer to Special Condition S8. 1. For sites with significant concrete work, the Permittee must begin the pH monitoring period when the concrete is first poured and exposed to precipitation, and continue weekly throughout and after the concrete pour and curing period, until stormwater pH is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5 (su). 2. For sites with engineered soils, the Permittee must begin the pH monitoring period when the soil amendments are first exposed to precipitation and must continue until the area of engineered soils is fully stabilized. 3. During the applicable pH monitoring period defined above, the Permittee must obtain a representative sample of stormwater and conduct pH analysis at least once per week. 4. The Permittee must monitor pH in the sediment trap/pond(s) or other locations that receive stormwater runoff from the area of significant concrete work or engineered soils before the stormwater discharges to surface waters. 5. The benchmark value for pH is 8.5 standard units. Anytime sampling indicates that pH is 8.5 or greater, the Permittee must either: a. Prevent the high pH water (8.5 or above) from entering storm sewer systems or surface waters; or b. If necessary, adjust or neutralize the high pH water until it is in the range of pH 6.5 to 8.5 (su) using an appropriate treatment BMP such as carbon dioxide (CO2) sparging or dry ice. The Permittee must obtain written approval from Ecology before using any form of chemical treatment other than CO2 sparging or dry ice. 6. The Permittee must perform pH analysis on site with a calibrated pH meter, pH test kit, or wide range pH indicator paper. The Permittee must record pH monitoring results in the site log book. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 19 S5. REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS A. High Turbidity Phone Reporting Anytime sampling performed in accordance with Special Condition S4.C indicates turbidity has reached the 250 NTU phone reporting level, the Permittee must call Ecology's Regional office by phone within 24 hours of analysis. The web site is http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/permit.html. Also see phone numbers in Special Condition S4.C.5.b.i. B. Discharge Monitoring Reports Permittees required to conduct water quality sampling in accordance with Special Conditions S4.C (Turbidity/Transparency), S4.D (pH), S8 (303[d]/TMDL sampling), and/or G13 (Additional Sampling) must submit the results to Ecology. Permittees must submit monitoring data using Ecology's WebDMR program. To find out more information and to sign up for WebDMR go to: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/permits/paris/webdmr.html. Permittees unable to submit electronically (for example, those who do not have an internet connection) must contact Ecology to request a waiver and obtain instructions on how to obtain a paper copy DMR at: Mailing Address: Department of Ecology Water Quality Program Attn: Stormwater Compliance Specialist PO Box 47696 Olympia, WA 98504-7696 Permittees who obtain a waiver not to use WebDMR must use the forms provided to them by Ecology; submittals must be mailed to the address above. Permittees shall submit DMR forms to be received by Ecology within 15 days following the end of each month. If there was no discharge during a given monitoring period, all Permittees must submit a DMR as required with ―no discharge" entered in place of the monitoring results. For more information, contact Ecology staff using information provided at the following web site: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/spills/response/assistancesoil%20map.pdf C. Records Retention The Permittee must retain records of all monitoring information (site log book, sampling results, inspection reports/checklists, etc.), Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, and any other documentation of compliance with permit requirements for the entire life of the construction project and for a minimum of three years following the termination of permit coverage. Such information must include all calibration and maintenance records, and records of all data used to complete the application for this Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 20 permit. This period of retention must be extended during the course of any unresolved litigation regarding the discharge of pollutants by the Permittee or when requested by Ecology. D. Recording Results For each measurement or sample taken, the Permittee must record the following information: 1. Date, place, method, and time of sampling or measurement. 2. The first and last name of the individual who performed the sampling or measurement. 3. The date(s) the analyses were performed. 4. The first and last name of the individual who performed the analyses. 5. The analytical techniques or methods used. 6. The results of all analyses. E. Additional Monitoring by the Permittee If the Permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit using test procedures specified by Special Condition S4 of this permit, the results of this monitoring must be included in the calculation and reporting of the data submitted in the Permittee’s DMR. F. Noncompliance Notification In the event the Permittee is unable to comply with any part of the terms and conditions of this permit, and the resulting noncompliance may cause a threat to human health or the environment, the Permittee must: 1. Immediately notify Ecology of the failure to comply by calling the applicable Regional office ERTS phone number (find at http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/spills/response/assistancesoil%20map.pdf) or refer to Special Condition S4.C.5.b.i. 2. Immediately take action to prevent the discharge/pollution, or otherwise stop or correct the noncompliance, and, if applicable, repeat sampling and analysis of any noncompliance immediately and submit the results to Ecology within five (5) days of becoming aware of the violation. 3. Submit a detailed written report to Ecology within five (5) days, unless requested earlier by Ecology. The report must contain a description of the noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and the steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 21 The Permittee must report any unanticipated bypass and/or upset that exceeds any effluent limit in the permit in accordance with the 24-hour reporting requirement contained in 40 C.F.R. 122.41(l)(6)). Compliance with these requirements does not relieve the Permittee from responsibility to maintain continuous compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit or the resulting liability for failure to comply. Refer to Section G14 of this permit for specific information regarding non-compliance. G. Access to Plans and Records 1. The Permittee must retain the following permit documentation (plans and records) on site, or within reasonable access to the site, for use by the operator or for on-site review by Ecology or the local jurisdiction: a. General Permit. b. Permit Coverage Letter. c. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). d. Site Log Book. 2. The Permittee must address written requests for plans and records listed above (Special Condition S5.G.1) as follows: a. The Permittee must provide a copy of plans and records to Ecology within 14 days of receipt of a written request from Ecology. b. The Permittee must provide a copy of plans and records to the public when requested in writing. Upon receiving a written request from the public for the Permittee’s plans and records, the Permittee must either: i. Provide a copy of the plans and records to the requester within 14 days of a receipt of the written request; or ii. Notify the requester within 10 days of receipt of the written request of the location and times within normal business hours when the plans and records may be viewed; and provide access to the plans and records within 14 days of receipt of the written request; or Within 14 days of receipt of the written request, the Permittee may submit a copy of the plans and records to Ecology for viewing and/or copying by the requester at an Ecology office, or a mutually agreed location. If plans and records are viewed and/or copied at a location other than at an Ecology office, the Permittee will provide reasonable access to copying services for which a reasonable fee may be charged. The Permittee must notify the requester within 10 days of receipt of the request where the plans and records may be viewed and/or copied. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 22 S6. PERMIT FEES The Permittee must pay permit fees assessed by Ecology. Fees for stormwater discharges covered under this permit are established by Chapter 173-224 WAC. Ecology continues to assess permit fees until the permit is terminated in accordance with Special Condition S10 or revoked in accordance with General Condition G5. S7. SOLID AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL The Permittee must handle and dispose of solid and liquid wastes generated by construction activity, such as demolition debris, construction materials, contaminated materials, and waste materials from maintenance activities, including liquids and solids from cleaning catch basins and other stormwater facilities, in accordance with: A. Special Condition S3, Compliance with Standards. B. WAC 173-216-110. C. Other applicable regulations. S8. DISCHARGES TO 303(D) OR TMDL WATER BODIES A. Sampling and Numeric Effluent Limits For Certain Discharges to 303(d)-listed Water Bodies 1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies listed as impaired by the State of Washington under Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, must conduct water quality sampling according to the requirements of this section, and Special Conditions S4.C.2.b-f and S4.C.3.b-d, and must comply with the applicable numeric effluent limitations in S8.C and S8.D. 2. All references and requirements associated with Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act mean the most current listing by Ecology of impaired waters (Category 5) that exists on January 1, 2011, or the date when the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later. B. Limits on Coverage for New Discharges to TMDL or 303(d)-listed Waters Operators of construction sites that discharge to a 303(d)-listed water body are not eligible for coverage under this permit unless the operator: 1. Prevents exposing stormwater to pollutants for which the water body is impaired, and retains documentation in the SWPPP that details procedures taken to prevent exposure on site; or 2. Documents that the pollutants for which the water body is impaired are not present at the site, and retains documentation of this finding within the SWPPP; or Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 23 3. Provides Ecology with data indicating the discharge is not expected to cause or contribute to an exceedance of a water quality standard, and retains such data on site with the SWPPP. The operator must provide data and other technical information to Ecology that sufficiently demonstrate: a. For discharges to waters without an EPA-approved or -established TMDL, that the discharge of the pollutant for which the water is impaired will meet in-stream water quality criteria at the point of discharge to the water body; or b. For discharges to waters with an EPA-approved or -established TMDL, that there is sufficient remaining wasteload allocation in the TMDL to allow construction stormwater discharge and that existing dischargers to the water body are subject to compliance schedules designed to bring the water body into attainment with water quality standards. Operators of construction sites are eligible for coverage under this permit if Ecology issues permit coverage based upon an affirmative determination that the discharge will not cause or contribute to the existing impairment. C. Sampling and Numeric Effluent Limits for Discharges to Water Bodies on the 303(d) List for Turbidity, Fine Sediment, or Phosphorus 1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category 5) for turbidity, fine sediment, or phosphorus must conduct turbidity sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.C.2 and comply with either of the numeric effluent limits noted in Table 5 below. 2. As an alternative to the 25 NTU effluent limit noted in Table 5 below (applied at the point where stormwater [or authorized non-stormwater] is discharged off-site), permittees may choose to comply with the surface water quality standard for turbidity. The standard is: no more than 5 NTU over background turbidity when the background turbidity is 50 NTU or less, or no more than a 10% increase in turbidity when the background turbidity is more than 50 NTU. In order to use the water quality standard requirement, the sampling must take place at the following locations: a. Background turbidity in the 303(d)-listed receiving water immediately upstream (upgradient) or outside the area of influence of the discharge. b. Turbidity at the point of discharge into the 303(d)-listed receiving water, inside the area of influence of the discharge. 3. Discharges that exceed the numeric effluent limit for turbidity constitute a violation of this permit. 4. Permittees whose discharges exceed the numeric effluent limit shall sample discharges daily until the violation is corrected and comply with the non- compliance notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 24 Table 5. Turbidity, Fine Sediment & Phosphorus Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters Parameter identified in 303(d) listing Parameter Sampled Unit Analytical Method Sampling Frequency Numeric Effluent Limit1 Turbidity Fine Sediment Phosphorus Turbidity NTU SM2130 or EPA180.1 Weekly, if discharging 25 NTU, at the point where stormwater is discharged from the site; OR In compliance with the surface water quality standard for turbidity (S8.C.1.a) 1Permittees subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity may, at their discretion, choose either numeric effluent limitation based on site-specific considerations including, but not limited to, safety, access and convenience. D. Discharges to Water Bodies on the 303(d) List for High pH 1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category 5) for high pH must conduct pH sampling in accordance with the table below, and comply with the numeric effluent limit of pH 6.5 to 8.5 su (Table 6). Table 6. pH Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters Parameter identified in 303(d) listing Parameter Sampled/Units Analytical Method Sampling Frequency Numeric Effluent Limit High pH pH /Standard Units pH meter Weekly, if discharging In the range of 6.5 – 8.5 2. At the Permittee's discretion, compliance with the limit shall be assessed at one of the following locations: a. Directly in the 303(d)-listed water body segment, inside the immediate area of influence of the discharge; or b. Alternatively, the permittee may measure pH at the point where the discharge leaves the construction site, rather than in the receiving water. 3. Discharges that exceed the numeric effluent limit for pH (outside the range of 6.5 – 8.5 su) constitute a violation of this permit. 4. Permittees whose discharges exceed the numeric effluent limit shall sample discharges daily until the violation is corrected and comply with the non- compliance notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 25 E. Sampling and Limits for Sites Discharging to Waters Covered by a TMDL or Another Pollution Control Plan 1. Discharges to a water body that is subject to a Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus must be consistent with the TMDL. Refer to http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/tmdl/index.html for more information on TMDLs. a. Where an applicable TMDL sets specific waste load allocations or requirements for discharges covered by this permit, discharges must be consistent with any specific waste load allocations or requirements established by the applicable TMDL. i. The Permittee must sample discharges weekly or as otherwise specified by the TMDL to evaluate compliance with the specific waste load allocations or requirements. ii. Analytical methods used to meet the monitoring requirements must conform to the latest revision of the Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants contained in 40 CFR Part 136. Turbidity and pH methods need not be accredited or registered unless conducted at a laboratory which must otherwise be accredited or registered. b. Where an applicable TMDL has established a general waste load allocation for construction stormwater discharges, but has not identified specific requirements, compliance with Special Conditions S4 (Monitoring) and S9 (SWPPPs) will constitute compliance with the approved TMDL. c. Where an applicable TMDL has not specified a waste load allocation for construction stormwater discharges, but has not excluded these discharges, compliance with Special Conditions S4 (Monitoring) and S9 (SWPPPs) will constitute compliance with the approved TMDL. d. Where an applicable TMDL specifically precludes or prohibits discharges from construction activity, the operator is not eligible for coverage under this permit. 2. Applicable TMDL means a TMDL for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus that is completed and approved by EPA before January 1, 2011, or before the date the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later. TMDLs completed after the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology become applicable to the Permittee only if they are imposed through an administrative order by Ecology, or through a modification of permit coverage. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 26 S9. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN The Permittee must prepare and properly implement an adequate Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for construction activity in accordance with the requirements of this permit beginning with initial soil disturbance and until final stabilization. A. The Permittee’s SWPPP must meet the following objectives: 1. To implement best management practices (BMPs) to prevent erosion and sedimentation, and to identify, reduce, eliminate or prevent stormwater contamination and water pollution from construction activity. 2. To prevent violations of surface water quality, ground water quality, or sediment management standards. 3. To control peak volumetric flow rates and velocities of stormwater discharges. B. General Requirements 1. The SWPPP must include a narrative and drawings. All BMPs must be clearly referenced in the narrative and marked on the drawings. The SWPPP narrative must include documentation to explain and justify the pollution prevention decisions made for the project. Documentation must include: a. Information about existing site conditions (topography, drainage, soils, vegetation, etc.). b. Potential erosion problem areas. c. The 12 elements of a SWPPP in Special Condition S9.D.1-12, including BMPs used to address each element. d. Construction phasing/sequence and general BMP implementation schedule. e. The actions to be taken if BMP performance goals are not achieved—for example, a contingency plan for additional treatment and/or storage of stormwater that would violate the water quality standards if discharged. f. Engineering calculations for ponds and any other designed structures. 2. The Permittee must modify the SWPPP if, during inspections or investigations conducted by the owner/operator, or the applicable local or state regulatory authority, it is determined that the SWPPP is, or would be, ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. The Permittee must then: a. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection or investigation. b. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems no later than 10 days from the inspection or investigation. If Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 27 installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when an extension is requested by a Permittee within the initial 10-day response period, c. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. The Permittee must modify the SWPPP whenever there is a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance at the construction site that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to waters of the State. C. Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) BMPs must be consistent with: 1. Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (most recent edition), for sites west of the crest of the Cascade Mountains; or 2. Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington (most recent edition), for sites east of the crest of the Cascade Mountains; or 3. Revisions to the manuals listed in Special Condition S9.C.1. & 2., or other stormwater management guidance documents or manuals which provide an equivalent level of pollution prevention, that are approved by Ecology and incorporated into this permit in accordance with the permit modification requirements of WAC 173-226-230; or 4. Documentation in the SWPPP that the BMPs selected provide an equivalent level of pollution prevention, compared to the applicable Stormwater Management Manuals, including: a. The technical basis for the selection of all stormwater BMPs (scientific, technical studies, and/or modeling) that support the performance claims for the BMPs being selected. b. An assessment of how the selected BMP will satisfy AKART requirements and the applicable federal technology-based treatment requirements under 40 CFR part 125.3. D. SWPPP – Narrative Contents and Requirements The Permittee must include each of the 12 elements below in Special Condition S9.D.1- 12 in the narrative of the SWPPP and implement them unless site conditions render the element unnecessary and the exemption from that element is clearly justified in the SWPPP. 1. Preserve Vegetation/Mark Clearing Limits a. Before beginning land-disturbing activities, including clearing and grading, clearly mark all clearing limits, sensitive areas and their buffers, and trees that are to be preserved within the construction area. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 28 b. Retain the duff layer, native top soil, and natural vegetation in an undisturbed state to the maximum degree practicable. 2. Establish Construction Access a. Limit construction vehicle access and exit to one route, if possible. b. Stabilize access points with a pad of quarry spalls, crushed rock, or other equivalent BMPs, to minimize tracking sediment onto roads. c. Locate wheel wash or tire baths on site, if the stabilized construction entrance is not effective in preventing tracking sediment onto roads. d. If sediment is tracked off site, clean the affected roadway thoroughly at the end of each day, or more frequently as necessary (for example, during wet weather). Remove sediment from roads by shoveling, sweeping, or pickup and transport of the sediment to a controlled sediment disposal area. e. Conduct street washing only after sediment removal in accordance with Special Condition S9.D.2.d. Control street wash wastewater by pumping back on site or otherwise preventing it from discharging into systems tributary to waters of the State. 3. Control Flow Rates a. Protect properties and waterways downstream of development sites from erosion and the associated discharge of turbid waters due to increases in the velocity and peak volumetric flow rate of stormwater runoff from the project site, as required by local plan approval authority. b. Where necessary to comply with Special Condition S9.D.3.a, construct stormwater retention or detention facilities as one of the first steps in grading. Assure that detention facilities function properly before constructing site improvements (for example, impervious surfaces). c. If permanent infiltration ponds are used for flow control during construction, protect these facilities from siltation during the construction phase. 4. Install Sediment Controls The Permittee must design, install and maintain effective erosion controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants. At a minimum, the Permittee must design, install and maintain such controls to: a. Construct sediment control BMPs (sediment ponds, traps, filters, etc.) as one of the first steps in grading. These BMPs must be functional before other land disturbing activities take place. b. Minimize sediment discharges from the site. The design, installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the amount, frequency, intensity and duration of precipitation, the nature of Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 29 resulting stormwater runoff, and soil characteristics, including the range of soil particle sizes expected to be present on the site. c. Direct stormwater runoff from disturbed areas through a sediment pond or other appropriate sediment removal BMP, before the runoff leaves a construction site or before discharge to an infiltration facility. Runoff from fully stabilized areas may be discharged without a sediment removal BMP, but must meet the flow control performance standard of Special Condition S9.D.3.a. d. Locate BMPs intended to trap sediment on site in a manner to avoid interference with the movement of juvenile salmonids attempting to enter off- channel areas or drainages. e. Provide and maintain natural buffers around surface waters, direct stormwater to vegetated areas to increase sediment removal and maximize stormwater infiltration, unless infeasible. f. Where feasible, design outlet structures that withdraw impounded stormwater from the surface to avoid discharging sediment that is still suspended lower in the water column. 5. Stabilize Soils a. The Permittee must stabilize exposed and unworked soils by application of effective BMPs that prevent erosion. Applicable BMPs include, but are not limited to: temporary and permanent seeding, sodding, mulching, plastic covering, erosion control fabrics and matting, soil application of polyacrylamide (PAM), the early application of gravel base on areas to be paved, and dust control. b. The Permittee must control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion. c. The Permittee must control stormwater discharges, including both peak flow rates and total stormwater volume, to minimize erosion at outlets and to minimize downstream channel and stream bank erosion. d. Depending on the geographic location of the project, the Permittee must not allow soils to remain exposed and unworked for more than the time periods set forth below to prevent erosion: West of the Cascade Mountains Crest During the dry season (May 1 - Sept. 30): 7 days During the wet season (October 1 - April 30): 2 days East of the Cascade Mountains Crest, except for Central Basin* During the dry season (July 1 - September 30): 10 days During the wet season (October 1 - June 30): 5 days The Central Basin*, East of the Cascade Mountains Crest Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 30 During the dry Season (July 1 - September 30): 30 days During the wet season (October 1 - June 30): 15 days *Note: The Central Basin is defined as the portions of Eastern Washington with mean annual precipitation of less than 12 inches. e. The Permittee must stabilize soils at the end of the shift before a holiday or weekend if needed based on the weather forecast. f. The Permittee must stabilize soil stockpiles from erosion, protected with sediment trapping measures, and where possible, be located away from storm drain inlets, waterways, and drainage channels. g. The Permittee must minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity. h. The Permittee must minimize the disturbance of steep slopes. i. The Permittee must minimize soil compaction and, unless infeasible, preserve topsoil. 6. Protect Slopes a. The Permittee must design and construct cut-and-fill slopes in a manner to minimize erosion. Applicable practices include, but are not limited to, reducing continuous length of slope with terracing and diversions, reducing slope steepness, and roughening slope surfaces (for example, track walking). b. The Permittee must divert off-site stormwater (run-on) or ground water away from slopes and disturbed areas with interceptor dikes, pipes, and/or swales. Off-site stormwater should be managed separately from stormwater generated on the site. c. At the top of slopes, collect drainage in pipe slope drains or protected channels to prevent erosion. i. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Temporary pipe slope drains must handle the peak 10-minute velocity of flow from a Type 1A, 10-year, 24- hour frequency storm for the developed condition. Alternatively, the 10- year, 1-hour flow rate predicted by an approved continuous runoff model, increased by a factor of 1.6, may be used. The hydrologic analysis must use the existing land cover condition for predicting flow rates from tributary areas outside the project limits. For tributary areas on the project site, the analysis must use the temporary or permanent project land cover condition, whichever will produce the highest flow rates. If using the Western Washington Hydrology Model (WWHM) to predict flows, bare soil areas should be modeled as "landscaped area.‖ Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 31 ii. East of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Temporary pipe slope drains must handle the expected peak flow velocity from a 6-month, 3-hour storm for the developed condition, referred to as the short duration storm. d. Place excavated material on the uphill side of trenches, consistent with safety and space considerations. e. Place check dams at regular intervals within constructed channels that are cut down a slope. 7. Protect Drain Inlets a. Protect all storm drain inlets made operable during construction so that stormwater runoff does not enter the conveyance system without first being filtered or treated to remove sediment. b. Clean or remove and replace inlet protection devices when sediment has filled one-third of the available storage (unless a different standard is specified by the product manufacturer). 8. Stabilize Channels and Outlets a. Design, construct and stabilize all on-site conveyance channels to prevent erosion from the following expected peak flows: i. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Channels must handle the peak 10- minute velocity of flow from a Type 1A, 10-year, 24-hour frequency storm for the developed condition. Alternatively, the 10-year, 1-hour flow rate indicated by an approved continuous runoff model, increased by a factor of 1.6, may be used. The hydrologic analysis must use the existing land cover condition for predicting flow rates from tributary areas outside the project limits. For tributary areas on the project site, the analysis must use the temporary or permanent project land cover condition, whichever will produce the highest flow rates. If using the WWHM to predict flows, bare soil areas should be modeled as "landscaped area.‖ ii. East of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Channels must handle the expected peak flow velocity from a 6-month, 3-hour storm for the developed condition, referred to as the short duration storm. b. Provide stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes, and downstream reaches at the outlets of all conveyance systems. 9. Control Pollutants Design, install, implement and maintain effective pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants. The Permittee must: Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 32 a. Handle and dispose of all pollutants, including waste materials and demolition debris that occur on site in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. b. Provide cover, containment, and protection from vandalism for all chemicals, liquid products, petroleum products, and other materials that have the potential to pose a threat to human health or the environment. On-site fueling tanks must include secondary containment. Secondary containment means placing tanks or containers within an impervious structure capable of containing 110% of the volume contained in the largest tank within the containment structure. Double- walled tanks do not require additional secondary containment. c. Conduct maintenance, fueling, and repair of heavy equipment and vehicles using spill prevention and control measures. Clean contaminated surfaces immediately following any spill incident. d. Discharge wheel wash or tire bath wastewater to a separate on-site treatment system that prevents discharge to surface water, such as closed-loop recirculation or upland land application, or to the sanitary sewer with local sewer district approval. e. Apply fertilizers and pesticides in a manner and at application rates that will not result in loss of chemical to stormwater runoff. Follow manufacturers’ label requirements for application rates and procedures. f. Use BMPs to prevent contamination of stormwater runoff by pH-modifying sources. The sources for this contamination include, but are not limited to: bulk cement, cement kiln dust, fly ash, new concrete washing and curing waters, waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing, exposed aggregate processes, dewatering concrete vaults, concrete pumping and mixer washout waters. (Also refer to the definition for "concrete wastewater" in Appendix A-- Definitions.) g. Adjust the pH of stormwater if necessary to prevent violations of water quality standards. h. Assure that washout of concrete trucks is performed offsite or in designated concrete washout areas only. Do not wash out concrete trucks onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. Do not dump excess concrete on site, except in designated concrete washout areas. Concrete spillage or concrete discharge to surface waters of the State is prohibited. i. Obtain written approval from Ecology before using chemical treatment other than CO2 or dry ice to adjust pH. 10. Control Dewatering a. Permittees must discharge foundation, vault, and trench dewatering water, which have characteristics similar to stormwater runoff at the site, into a Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 33 controlled conveyance system before discharge to a sediment trap or sediment pond. b. Permittees may discharge clean, non-turbid dewatering water, such as well- point ground water, to systems tributary to, or directly into surface waters of the State, as specified in Special Condition S9.D.8, provided the dewatering flow does not cause erosion or flooding of receiving waters. Do not route clean dewatering water through stormwater sediment ponds. Note that ―surface waters of the State‖ may exist on a construction site as well as off site; for example, a creek running through a site. c. Other treatment or disposal options may include: i. Infiltration. ii. Transport off site in a vehicle, such as a vacuum flush truck, for legal disposal in a manner that does not pollute state waters. iii. Ecology-approved on-site chemical treatment or other suitable treatment technologies. iv. Sanitary or combined sewer discharge with local sewer district approval, if there is no other option. v. Use of a sedimentation bag with discharge to a ditch or swale for small volumes of localized dewatering. d. Permittees must handle highly turbid or contaminated dewatering water separately from stormwater. 11. Maintain BMPs a. Permittees must maintain and repair all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function in accordance with BMP specifications. b. Permittees must remove all temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs within 30 days after achieving final site stabilization or after the temporary BMPs are no longer needed. 12. Manage the Project a. Phase development projects to the maximum degree practicable and take into account seasonal work limitations. b. Inspection and monitoring -- Inspect, maintain and repair all BMPs as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. Conduct site inspections and monitoring in accordance with Special Condition S4. c. Maintaining an updated construction SWPPP -- Maintain, update, and implement the SWPPP in accordance with Special Conditions S3, S4 and S9. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 34 E. SWPPP – Map Contents and Requirements The Permittee’s SWPPP must also include a vicinity map or general location map (for example, a USGS quadrangle map, a portion of a county or city map, or other appropriate map) with enough detail to identify the location of the construction site and receiving waters within one mile of the site. The SWPPP must also include a legible site map (or maps) showing the entire construction site. The following features must be identified, unless not applicable due to site conditions: 1. The direction of north, property lines, and existing structures and roads. 2. Cut and fill slopes indicating the top and bottom of slope catch lines. 3. Approximate slopes, contours, and direction of stormwater flow before and after major grading activities. 4. Areas of soil disturbance and areas that will not be disturbed. 5. Locations of structural and nonstructural controls (BMPs) identified in the SWPPP. 6. Locations of off-site material, stockpiles, waste storage, borrow areas, and vehicle/equipment storage areas. 7. Locations of all surface water bodies, including wetlands. 8. Locations where stormwater or non-stormwater discharges off-site and/or to a surface water body, including wetlands. 9. Location of water quality sampling station(s), if sampling is required by state or local permitting authority. 10. Areas where final stabilization has been accomplished and no further construction- phase permit requirements apply. S10. NOTICE OF TERMINATION A. The site is eligible for termination of coverage when it has met any of the following conditions: 1. The site has undergone final stabilization, the Permittee has removed all temporary BMPs (except biodegradable BMPs clearly manufactured with the intention for the material to be left in place and not interfere with maintenance or land use), and all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity have been eliminated; or 2. All portions of the site that have not undergone final stabilization per Special Condition S10.A.1 have been sold and/or transferred (per General Condition G9), and the Permittee no longer has operational control of the construction activity; o r Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 35 3. For residential construction only, the Permittee has completed temporary stabilization and the homeowners have taken possession of the residences. B. When the site is eligible for termination, the Permittee must submit a complete and accurate Notice of Termination (NOT) form, signed in accordance with General Condition G2, to: Department of Ecology Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, Washington 98504-7696 The termination is effective on the date Ecology receives the NOT form, unless Ecology notifies the Permittee within 30 days that termination request is denied because the Permittee has not met the eligibility requirements in Special Condition S10.A. Permittees transferring the property to a new property owner or operator/permittee are required to complete and submit the Notice of Transfer form to Ecology, but are not required to submit a Notice of Termination form for this type of transaction. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 36 GENERAL CONDITIONS G1. DISCHARGE VIOLATIONS All discharges and activities authorized by this general permit must be consistent with the terms and conditions of this general permit. Any discharge of any pollutant more frequent than or at a level in excess of that identified and authorized by the general permit must constitute a violation of the terms and conditions of this permit. G2. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All permit applications must bear a certification of correctness to be signed: 1. In the case of corporations, by a responsible corporate officer of at least the level of vice president of a corporation; 2. In the case of a partnership, by a general partner of a partnership; 3. In the case of sole proprietorship, by the proprietor; or 4. In the case of a municipal, state, or other public facility, by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. B. All reports required by this permit and other information requested by Ecology must be signed by a person described above or by a duly authorized representative of that person. A person is a duly authorized representative only if: 1. The authorization is made in writing by a person described above and submitted to the Ecology. 2. The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility, such as the position of plant manager, superintendent, position of equivalent responsibility, or an individual or position having overall responsibility for environmental matters. C. Changes to authorization. If an authorization under paragraph G2.B.2 above is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of paragraph G2.B.2 above must be submitted to Ecology prior to or together with any reports, information, or applications to be signed by an authorized representative. D. Certification. Any person signing a document under this section must make the following certification: ―I certify under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 37 information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.‖ G3. RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND ENTRY The Permittee must allow an authorized representative of Ecology, upon the presentation of credentials and such other documents as may be required by law: A. To enter upon the premises where a discharge is located or where any records are kept under the terms and conditions of this permit. B. To have access to and copy – at reasonable times and at reasonable cost -- any records required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit. C. To inspect -- at reasonable times – any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, methods, or operations regulated or required under this permit. D. To sample or monitor – at reasonable times – any substances or parameters at any location for purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the Clean Water Act. G4. GENERAL PERMIT MODIFICATION AND REVOCATION This permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 173-226 WAC. Grounds for modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination include, but are not limited to, the following: A. When a change occurs in the technology or practices for control or abatement of pollutants applicable to the category of dischargers covered under this permit. B. When effluent limitation guidelines or standards are promulgated pursuant to the CWA or Chapter 90.48 RCW, for the category of dischargers covered under this permit. C. When a water quality management plan containing requirements applicable to the category of dischargers covered under this permit is approved, or D. When information is obtained that indicates cumulative effects on the environment from dischargers covered under this permit are unacceptable. G5. REVOCATION OF COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT Pursuant to Chapter 43.21B RCW and Chapter 173-226 WAC, the Director may terminate coverage for any discharger under this permit for cause. Cases where coverage may be terminated include, but are not limited to, the following: Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 38 A. Violation of any term or condition of this permit. B. Obtaining coverage under this permit by misrepresentation or failure to disclose fully all relevant facts. C. A change in any condition that requires either a temporary or permanent reduction or elimination of the permitted discharge. D. Failure or refusal of the Permittee to allow entry as required in RCW 90.48.090. E. A determination that the permitted activity endangers human health or the environment, or contributes to water quality standards violations. F. Nonpayment of permit fees or penalties assessed pursuant to RCW 90.48.465 and Chapter 173-224 WAC. G. Failure of the Permittee to satisfy the public notice requirements of WAC 173-226- 130(5), when applicable. The Director may require any discharger under this permit to apply for and obtain coverage under an individual permit or another more specific general permit. Permittees who have their coverage revoked for cause according to WAC 173-226-240 may request temporary coverage under this permit during the time an individual permit is being developed, provided the request is made within ninety (90) days from the time of revocation and is submitted along with a complete individual permit application form. G6. REPORTING A CAUSE FOR MODIFICATION The Permittee must submit a new application, or a supplement to the previous application, whenever a material change to the construction activity or in the quantity or type of discharge is anticipated which is not specifically authorized by this permit. This application must be submitted at least sixty (60) days prior to any proposed changes. Filing a request for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not relieve the Permittee of the duty to comply with the existing permit until it is modified or reissued. G7. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS AND STATUTES Nothing in this permit will be construed as excusing the Permittee from compliance with any applicable federal, state, or local statutes, ordinances, or regulations. G8. DUTY TO REAPPLY The Permittee must apply for permit renewal at least 180 days prior to the specified expiration date of this permit. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 39 G9. TRANSFER OF GENERAL PERMIT COVERAGE Coverage under this general permit is automatically transferred to a new discharger, including operators of lots/parcels within a common plan of development or sale, if: A. A written agreement (Transfer of Coverage Form) between the current discharger (Permittee) and new discharger, signed by both parties and containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage, and liability is submitted to the Director; and B. The Director does not notify the current discharger and new discharger of the Director’s intent to revoke coverage under the general permit. If this notice is not given, the transfer is effective on the date specified in the written agreement. When a current discharger (Permittee) transfers a portion of a permitted site, the current discharger must also submit an updated application form (NOI) to the Director indicating the remaining permitted acreage after the transfer. G10. REMOVED SUBSTANCES The Permittee must not re-suspend or reintroduce collected screenings, grit, solids, sludges, filter backwash, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of stormwater to the final effluent stream for discharge to state waters. G11. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION The Permittee must submit to Ecology, within a reasonable time, all information that Ecology may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating this permit or to determine compliance with this permit. The Permittee must also submit to Ecology, upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this permit [40 CFR 122.41(h)]. G12. OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF 40 CFR All other requirements of 40 CFR 122.41 and 122.42 are incorporated in this permit by reference. G13. ADDITIONAL MONITORING Ecology may establish specific monitoring requirements in addition to those contained in this permit by administrative order or permit modification. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 40 G14. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATING PERMIT CONDITIONS Any person who is found guilty of willfully violating the terms and conditions of this permit shall be deemed guilty of a crime, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) and costs of prosecution, or by imprisonment in the discretion of the court. Each day upon which a willful violation occurs may be deemed a separate and additional violation. Any person who violates the terms and conditions of a waste discharge permit shall incur, in addition to any other penalty as provided by law, a civil penalty in the amount of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for every such violation. Each and every such violation shall be a separate and distinct offense, and in case of a continuing violation, every day’s continuance shall be deemed to be a separate and distinct violation. G15. UPSET Definition – ―Upset‖ means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology-based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the Permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, or careless or improper operation. An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with such technology-based permit effluent limitations if the requirements of the following paragraph are met. A Permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset must demonstrate, through properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs or other relevant evidence that: 1) an upset occurred and that the Permittee can identify the cause(s) of the upset; 2) the permitted facility was being properl y operated at the time of the upset; 3) the Permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in Special Condition S5.F, and; 4) the Permittee complied with any remedial measures required under this permit. In any enforcement proceeding, the Permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof. G16. PROPERTY RIGHTS This permit does not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege. G17. DUTY TO COMPLY The Permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit. Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the Clean Water Act and is grounds for enforcement action; for permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or denial of a permit renewal application. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 41 G18. TOXIC POLLUTANTS The Permittee must comply with effluent standards or prohibitions established under Section 307(a) of the Clean Water Act for toxic pollutants within the time provided in the regulations that establish those standards or prohibitions, even if this permit has not yet been modified to incorporate the requirement. G19. PENALTIES FOR TAMPERING The Clean Water Act provides that any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained under this permit shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 per violation, or by imprisonment for not more than two years per violation, or by both. If a conviction of a person is for a violation committed after a first conviction of such person under this condition, punishment shall be a fine of not more than $20,000 per day of violation, or imprisonment of not more than four (4) years, or both. G20. REPORTING PLANNED CHANGES The Permittee must, as soon as possible, give notice to Ecology of planned physical alterations, modifications or additions to the permitted construction activity. The Permittee should be aware that, depending on the nature and size of the changes to the original permit, a new public notice and other permit process requirements may be required. Changes in activities that require reporting to Ecology include those that will result in: A. The permitted facility being determined to be a new source pursuant to 40 CFR 122.29(b). B. A significant change in the nature or an increase in quantity of pollutants discharged, including but not limited to: for sites 5 acres or larger, a 20% or greater increase in acreage disturbed by construction activity. C. A change in or addition of surface water(s) receiving stormwater or non-stormwater from the construction activity. D. A change in the construction plans and/or activity that affects the Permittee’s monitoring requirements in Special Condition S4. Following such notice, permit coverage may be modified, or revoked and reissued pursuant to 40 CFR 122.62(a) to specify and limit any pollutants not previously limited. Until such modification is effective, any new or increased discharge in excess of permit limits or not specifically authorized by this permit constitutes a violation. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 42 G21. REPORTING OTHER INFORMATION Where the Permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application, or submitted incorrect information in a permit application or in any report to Ecology, it must promptly submit such facts or information. G22. REPORTING ANTICIPATED NON-COMPLIANCE The Permittee must give advance notice to Ecology by submission of a new application or supplement thereto at least forty-five (45) days prior to commencement of such discharges, of any facility expansions, production increases, or other planned changes, such as process modifications, in the permitted facility or activity which may result in noncompliance with permit limits or conditions. Any maintenance of facilities, which might necessitate unavoidable interruption of operation and degradation of effluent quality, must be scheduled during non-critical water quality periods and carried out in a manner approved by Ecology. G23. REQUESTS TO BE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT Any discharger authorized by this permit may request to be excluded from coverage under the general permit by applying for an individual permit. The discharger must submit to the Director an application as described in WAC 173-220-040 or WAC 173-216-070, whichever is applicable, with reasons supporting the request. These reasons will fully document how an individual permit will apply to the applicant in a way that the general permit cannot. Ecology may make specific requests for information to support the request. The Director will either issue an individual permit or deny the request with a statement explaining the reason for the denial. When an individual permit is issued to a discharger otherwise subject to the construction stormwater general permit, the applicability of th e construction stormwater general permit to that Permittee is automatically terminated on the effective date of the individual permit. G24. APPEALS A. The terms and conditions of this general permit, as they apply to the appropriate class of dischargers, are subject to appeal by any person within 30 days of issuance of this general permit, in accordance with Chapter 43.21B RCW, and Chapter 173-226 WAC. B. The terms and conditions of this general permit, as they apply to an individual discharger, are appealable in accordance with Chapter 43.21B RCW within 30 days of the effective date of coverage of that discharger. Consideration of an appeal of general permit coverage of an individual discharger is limited to the general permit’s applicability or nonapplicability to that individual discharger. C. The appeal of general permit coverage of an individual discharger does not affect any other dischargers covered under this general permit. If the terms and conditions of this general permit are found to be inapplicable to any individual discharger(s), the matter Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 43 shall be remanded to Ecology for consideration of issuance of an individual permit or permits. G25. SEVERABILITY The provisions of this permit are severable, and if any provision of this permit, or application of any provision of this permit to any circumstance, is held invalid, the application of such provision to other circumstances, and the remainder of this permit shall not be affected thereby. G26. BYPASS PROHIBITED A. Bypass Procedures Bypass, which is the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility, is prohibited for stormwater events below the design criteria for stormwater management. Ecology may take enforcement action against a Permittee for bypass unless one of the following circumstances (1, 2, 3 or 4) is applicable. 1. Bypass of stormwater is consistent with the design criteria and part of an approved management practice in the applicable stormwater management manual. 2. Bypass for essential maintenance without the potential to cause violation of permit limits or conditions. Bypass is authorized if it is for essential maintenance and does not have the potential to cause violations of limitations or other conditions of this permit, or adversely impact public health. 3. Bypass of stormwater is unavoidable, unanticipated, and results in noncompliance of this permit. This bypass is permitted only if: a. Bypass is unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage. ―Severe property damage‖ means substantial physical damage to property, damage to the treatment facilities which would cause them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. b. There are no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime (but not if adequate backup equipment should have been installed in the exercise of reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventative maintenance), or transport of untreated wastes to another treatment facility. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 44 c. Ecology is properly notified of the bypass as required in Special Condition S5.F of this permit. 4. A planned action that would cause bypass of stormwater and has the potential to result in noncompliance of this permit during a storm event. The Permittee must notify Ecology at least thirty (30) days before the plann ed date of bypass. The notice must contain: a. a description of the bypass and its cause b. an analysis of all known alternatives which would eliminate, reduce, or mitigate the need for bypassing. c. a cost-effectiveness analysis of alternatives including comparative resource damage assessment. d. the minimum and maximum duration of bypass under each alternative. e. a recommendation as to the preferred alternative for conducting the bypass. f. the projected date of bypass initiation. g. a statement of compliance with SEPA. h. a request for modification of water quality standards as provided for in WAC 173-201A-110, if an exceedance of any water quality standard is anticipated. i. steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the bypass. 5. For probable construction bypasses, the need to bypass is to be identified as early in the planning process as possible. The analysis required above must be considered during preparation of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and must be included to the extent practical. In cases where the probable need to bypass is determined early, continued analysis is necessary up to and including the construction period in an effort to minimize or eliminate the bypass. Ecology will consider the following before issuing an administrative order for this type bypass: a. If the bypass is necessary to perform construction or maintenance-related activities essential to meet the requirements of this permit. b. If there are feasible alternatives to bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, stopping production, maintenance during normal periods of equipment down time, or transport of untreated wastes to another treatment facility. c. If the bypass is planned and scheduled to minimize adverse effects on the public and the environment. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 45 After consideration of the above and the adverse effects of the proposed bypass and any other relevant factors, Ecology will approve, conditionally approve, or deny the request. The public must be notified and given an opportunity to comment on bypass incidents of significant duration, to the extent feasible. Approval of a request to bypass will be by administrative order issued by Ecology under RCW 90.48.120. B. Duty to Mitigate The Permittee is required to take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 46 APPENDIX A – DEFINITIONS AKART is an acronym for ―all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention, control, and treatment.‖ AKART represents the most current methodology that can be reasonably required for preventing, controlling, or abating the pollutants and controlling pollution associated with a discharge. Applicable TMDL means a TMDL for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, which was completed and approved by EPA before January 1, 2011, or before the date the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later. Applicant means an operator seeking coverage under this permit. Best Management Practices (BMPs) means schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other physical, structural and/or managerial practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of waters of the State. BMPs include treatment systems, operating procedures, and practices to control: stormwater associated with construction activity, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage. Buffer means an area designated by a local jurisdiction that is contiguous to and intended to protect a sensitive area. Bypass means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility. Calendar Day A period of 24 consecutive hours starting at 12:00 midnight and ending the following 12:00 midnight. Calendar Week (same as Week) means a period of seven consecutive days starting at 12:01 a.m. (0:01 hours) on Sunday. Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) means a person who has current certification through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the minimum training standards established by Ecology (see BMP C160 in the SWMM). Clean Water Act (CWA) means the Federal Water Pollution Control Act enacted by Public Law 92-500, as amended by Public Laws 95-217, 95-576, 96-483, and 97-117; USC 1251 et seq. Combined Sewer means a sewer which has been designed to serve as a sanitary sewer and a storm sewer, and into which inflow is allowed by local ordinance. Common Plan of Development or Sale means a site where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules and/or by different contractors, but still under a single plan. Examples include: 1) phased projects and projects with multiple filings or lots, even if the separate phases or filings/lots will be constructed under separate contract or by separate owners (e.g., a development where lots are sold to separate builders); 2) a development plan that may be phased over multiple years, but is still under a Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 47 consistent plan for long-term development; 3) projects in a contiguous area that may be unrelated but still under the same contract, such as construction of a building extension and a new parking lot at the same facility; and 4) linear projects such as roads, pipelines, or utilities. If the project is part of a common plan of development or sale, the disturbed area of the entire plan must be used in determining permit requirements. Composite Sample means a mixture of grab samples collected at the same sampling point at different times, formed either by continuous sampling or by mixing discrete samples. May be "time-composite" (collected at constant time intervals) or "flow-proportional" (collected either as a constant sample volume at time intervals proportional to stream flow, or collected by increasing the volume of each aliquot as the flow increases while maintaining a constant time interval between the aliquots. Concrete wastewater means any water used in the production, pouring and/or clean-up of concrete or concrete products, and any water used to cut, grind, wash, or otherwise modify concrete or concrete products. Examples include water used for or resulting from concrete truck/mixer/pumper/tool/chute rinsing or washing, concrete saw cutting and surfacing (sawing, coring, grinding, roughening, hydro-demolition, bridge and road surfacing). When stormwater comingles with concrete wastewater, the resulting water is considered concrete wastewater and must be managed to prevent discharge to waters of the state, including ground water. Construction Activity means land disturbing operations including clearing, grading or excavation which disturbs the surface of the land. Such activities may include road construction, construction of residential houses, office buildings, or industrial buildings, and demolition activity. Contaminant means any hazardous substance that does not occur naturally or occurs at greater than natural background levels. See definition of ―hazardous substance‖ and WAC 173-340-200. Demonstrably Equivalent means that the technical basis for the selection of all stormwater BMPs is documented within a SWPPP, including: 1. The method and reasons for choosing the stormwater BMPs selected. 2. The pollutant removal performance expected from the BMPs selected. 3. The technical basis supporting the performance claims for the BMPs selected, including any available data concerning field performance of the BMPs selected. 4. An assessment of how the selected BMPs will comply with state water quality standards. 5. An assessment of how the selected BMPs will satisfy both applicable federal technology- based treatment requirements and state requirements to use all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention, control, and treatment (AKART). Department means the Washington State Department of Ecology. Detention means the temporary storage of stormwater to improve quality and/or to reduce the mass flow rate of discharge. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 48 Dewatering means the act of pumping ground water or stormwater away from an active construction site. Director means the Director of the Washington Department of Ecology or his/her authorized representative. Discharger means an owner or operator of any facility or activity subject to regulation under Chapter 90.48 RCW or the Federal Clean Water Act. Domestic Wastewater means water carrying human wastes, including kitchen, bath, and laundry wastes from residences, buildings, industrial establishments, or other places, together with such ground water infiltration or surface waters as may be present. Ecology means the Washington State Department of Ecology. Engineered Soils means the use of soil amendments including, but not limited, to Portland cement treated base (CTB), cement kiln dust (CKD), or fly ash to achieve certain desirable soil characteristics. Equivalent BMPs means operational, source control, treatment, or innovative BMPs which result in equal or better quality of stormwater discharge to surface water or to ground water than BMPs selected from the SWMM. Erosion means the wearing away of the land surface by running water, wind, ice, or other geological agents, including such processes as gravitational creep. Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs means BMPs intended to prevent erosion and sedimentation, such as preserving natural vegetation, seeding, mulching and matting, plastic covering, filter fences, sediment traps, and ponds. Erosion and sediment control BMPs are synonymous with stabilization and structural BMPs. Final Stabilization (same as fully stabilized or full stabilization) means the establishment of a permanent vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as riprap, gabions or geotextiles) which prevents erosion. Ground Water means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the land surface or a surface water body. Hazardous Substance means any dangerous or extremely hazardous waste as defined in RCW 70.105.010 (5) and (6), or any dangerous or extremely dangerous waste as designated by rule under chapter 70.105 RCW; any hazardous sub-stance as defined in RCW 70.105.010(14) or any hazardous substance as defined by rule under chapter 70.105 RCW; any substance that, on the effective date of this section, is a hazardous substance under section 101(14) of the federal cleanup law, 42 U.S.C., Sec. 9601(14); petroleum or petroleum products; and any substance or category of substances, including solid waste decomposition products, determined by the director Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 49 by rule to present a threat to human health or the environment if released into the environment. The term hazardous substance does not include any of the following when contained in an underground storage tank from which there is not a release: crude oil or any fraction thereof or petroleum, if the tank is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local law. Injection Well means a well that is used for the subsurface emplacement of fluids. (See Well.) Jurisdiction means a political unit such as a city, town or county; incorporated for local self- government. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) means the national program for issuing, modifying, revoking and reissuing, terminating, monitoring, and enforcing permits, and imposing and enforcing pretreatment requirements, under sections 307, 402, 318, and 405 of the Federal Clean Water Act, for the discharge of pollutants to surface waters of the State from point sources. These permits are referred to as NPDES permits and, in Washington State, are administered by the Washington Department of Ecology. Notice of Intent (NOI) means the application for, or a request for coverage under this general permit pursuant to WAC 173-226-200. Notice of Termination (NOT) means a request for termination of coverage under this general permit as specified by Special Condition S10 of this permit. Operator means any party associated with a construction project that meets either of the following two criteria: The party has operational control over construction plans and specifications, including the ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications; or The party has day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that are necessary to ensure compliance with a SWPPP for the site or other permit conditions (e.g., they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities required by the SWPPP or comply with other permit conditions). Permittee means individual or entity that receives notice of coverage under this general permit. pH means a liquid’s measure of acidity or alkalinity. A pH of 7 is defined as neutral. Large variations above or below this value are considered harmful to most aquatic life. pH monitoring period means the time period in which the pH of stormwater runoff from a site must be tested a minimum of once every seven days to determine if stormwater pH is between 6.5 and 8.5. Point source means any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including but not limited to, any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, and container from which pollutants are or may be discharged to surface waters of the State. This term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture. (See Fact Sheet for further explanation.) Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 50 Pollutant means dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, filter backwash, sewage, garbage, domestic sewage sludge (biosolids), munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste. This term does not include sewage from vessels within the meaning of section 312 of the CWA, nor does it include dredged or fill material discharged in accordance with a permit issued under section 404 of the CWA. Pollution means contamination or other alteration of the physical, chemical, or biological properties of waters of the State; including change in temperature, taste, color, turbidity, or odor of the waters; or such discharge of any liquid, gaseous, solid, radioactive or other substance into any waters of the State as will or is likely to create a nuisance or render such waters harmful, detrimental or injurious to the public health, safety or welfare; or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural, recreational, or other legitimate beneficial uses; or to livestock, wild animals, birds, fish or other aquatic life. Process wastewater means any water which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into direct contact with or results from the production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product (40 CFR 122.1). Receiving water means the water body at the point of discharge. If the discharge is to a storm sewer system, either surface or subsurface, the receiving water is the water body to which the storm system discharges. Systems designed primarily for other purposes such as for ground water drainage, redirecting stream natural flows, or for conveyance of irrigation water/return flows that coincidentally convey stormwater are considered the receiving water. Representative means a stormwater or wastewater sample which represents the flow and characteristics of the discharge. Representative samples may be a grab sample, a time- proportionate composite sample, or a flow proportionate sample. Ecology’s Construction Stormwater Monitoring Manual provides guidance on representative sampling. Sanitary sewer means a sewer which is designed to convey domestic wastewater. Sediment means the fragmented material that originates from the weathering and erosion of rocks or unconsolidated deposits, and is transported by, suspended in, or deposited by water. Sedimentation means the depositing or formation of sediment. Sensitive area means a water body, wetland, stream, aquifer recharge area, or channel migration zone. SEPA (State Environmental Policy Act) means the Washington State Law, RCW 43.21C.020, intended to prevent or eliminate damage to the environment. Significant Amount means an amount of a pollutant in a discharge that is amenable to available and reasonable methods of prevention or treatment; or an amount of a pollutant that has a Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 51 reasonable potential to cause a violation of surface or ground water quality or sediment management standards. Significant concrete work means greater than 1000 cubic yards poured concrete or recycled concrete over the life of a project. Significant Contributor of Pollutants means a facility determined by Ecology to be a contributor of a significant amount(s) of a pollutant(s) to waters of the State of Washington. Site means the land or water area where any "facility or activity" is physically located or conducted. Source control BMPs means physical, structural or mechanical devices or facilities that are intended to prevent pollutants from entering stormwater. A few examples of source control BMPs are erosion control practices, maintenance of stormwater facilities, constructing roofs over storage and working areas, and directing wash water and similar discharges to the sanitary sewer or a dead end sump. Stabilization means the application of appropriate BMPs to prevent the erosion of soils, such as, temporary and permanent seeding, vegetative covers, mulching and matting, plastic covering and sodding. See also the definition of Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs. Storm drain means any drain which drains directly into a storm sewer system, usually found along roadways or in parking lots. Storm sewer system means a means a conveyance, or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, manmade channels, or storm drains designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater. This does not include systems which are part of a combined sewer or Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW) as defined at 40 CFR 122.2. Stormwater means that portion of precipitation that does not naturally percolate into the ground or evaporate, but flows via overland flow, interflow, pipes, and other features of a stormwater drainage system into a defined surface water body, or a constructed infiltration facility. Stormwater Management Manual (SWMM) or Manual means the technical Manual published by Ecology for use by local governments that contain descriptions of and design criteria for BMPs to prevent, control, or treat pollutants in stormwater. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) means a documented plan to implement measures to identify, prevent, and control the contamination of point source discharges of stormwater. Surface Waters of the State includes lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, inland waters, salt waters, and all other surface waters and water courses within the jurisdiction of the state of Washington. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 52 Temporary Stabilization means the exposed ground surface has been covered with appropriate materials to provide temporary stabilization of the surface from water or wind erosion. Materials include, but are not limited to, mulch, riprap, erosion control mats or blankets and temporary cover crops. Seeding alone is not considered stabilization. Temporary stabilization is not a substitute for the more permanent ―final stabilization.‖ Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) means a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant that a water body can receive and still meet state water quality standards. Percentages of the total maximum daily load are allocated to the various pollutant sources. A TMDL is the sum of the allowable loads of a single pollutant from all contributing point and nonpoint sources. The TMDL calculations must include a "margin of safety" to ensure that the water body can be protected in case there are unforeseen events or unknown sources of the pollutant. The calculation must also account for seasonable variation in water quality. Treatment BMPs means BMPs that are intended to remove pollutants from stormwater. A few examples of treatment BMPs are detention ponds, oil/water separators, biofiltration, and constructed wetlands. Transparency means a measurement of water clarity in centimeters (cm), using a 60 cm transparency tube. The transparency tube is used to estimate the relative clarity or transparency of water by noting the depth at which a black and white Secchi disc becomes visible when water is released from a value in the bottom of the tube. A transparency tube is sometimes referred to as a ―turbidity tube.‖ Turbidity means the clarity of water expressed as nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) and measured with a calibrated turbidimeter. Uncontaminated means free from any contaminant, as defined in MTCA cleanup regulations. See definition of ―contaminant‖ and WAC 173-340-200. Waste Load Allocation (WLA) means the portion of a receiving water’s loading capacity that is allocated to one of its existing or future point sources of pollution. WLAs constitute a type of water quality based effluent limitation (40 CFR 130.2[h]). Water quality means the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of water, usually with respect to its suitability for a particular purpose. Waters of the State includes those waters as defined as "waters of the United States" in 40 CFR Subpart 122.2 within the geographic boundaries of Washington State and "waters of the State" as defined in Chapter 90.48 RCW, which include lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, inland waters, underground waters, salt waters, and all other surface waters and water courses within the jurisdiction of the state of Washington. Well means a bored, drilled or driven shaft, or dug hole whose depth is greater than the largest surface dimension. (See Injection well.) Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 53 Wheel wash wastewater means any water used in, or resulting from the operation of, a tire bath or wheel wash (BMP C106: Wheel Wash), or other structure or practice that uses water to physically remove mud and debris from vehicles leaving a construction site and prevent track- out onto roads. When stormwater comingles with wheel wash wastewater, the resulting water is considered wheel wash wastewater and must be managed according to Special Condition S9.D.9. Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010 Page 54 APPENDIX B – ACRONYMS AKART All Known, Available, and Reasonable Methods of Prevention, Control, and Treatment BMP Best Management Practice CESCL Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead CFR Code of Federal Regulations CKD Cement Kiln Dust cm Centimeters CTB Cement-Treated Base CWA Clean Water Act DMR Discharge Monitoring Report EPA Environmental Protection Agency ESC Erosion and Sediment Control FR Federal Register NOI Notice of Intent NOT Notice of Termination NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit RCW Revised Code of Washington SEPA State Environmental Policy Act SWMM Stormwater Management Manual SWPPP Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan TMDL Total Maximum Daily Load UIC Underground Injection Control USC United States Code USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency WAC Washington Administrative Code WQ Water Quality WWHM Western Washington Hydrology Model City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX G ELECTRIC LIGHTWAVE SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRIC LIGHTWAVE SPECIFICATIONS Notifications by City Contractor The Contractor shall notify Lightwave in two (2) different occasions when Lightwave is required to perform the cable placing, splicing and aerial cable removal, the first notice shall be a minimum of 45 days in advance and the second notice shall be a minimum of 21 days in advance to confirm the date that Lightwave needs to be on site to perform their work. For additional information see Section 1-07.17 of the Special Provisions. Trench and Backfill by City Contractor City contractor shall provide all surveying, trenching, shoring, bedding material and installation, work area protection and backfill. Trench shall be free of standing water during installation of conduits and vaults. Conduits shall be shaded with sand prior to backfill. Sand will not be necessary if the city requires CDF to encase conduits. City contractor shall notify Electric Lightwave inspector 10 working days and again at 48 hrs. before initial delivery of conduit and vaults is required. City contractor shall verify the locations of all installations prior to backfill. City contractor shall protect installed conduits and vaults until the road project is complete. If an obstruction or damage to conduit was caused by the backfill operation or other City contractor work, the City contractor shall replace the affected section of conduit, mandrel the conduit and place pull tape at no cost to Electric Lightwave. If a vault and/or lid is damaged by the City contractor due to grading or other work, the vault or lid shall be replaced at no cost to Electric Lightwave. City contractor shall adjust vault lids to final grade prior to paving or landscaping in the presence of an Electric Lighwave inspector. Notify Electric Lightwave inspector 24 hrs. in advance of any adjustment. City contractor shall notify Electric Lightwave inspector 24 hrs. in advance for final inspection of vaults. All paving and landscaping shall be complete prior to final inspection. City contractor shall remove any debris in vaults caused by contractors work, not limited to adjustments of vault lids, grading, paving or landscaping. Conduit Installed by City Contractor Conduit shall be 4” ID PVC Schedule 40 except when placed underneath roadway and driveway locations where it shall be Schedule 80 and shall be furnished by Electric Lightwave. Electric Lightwave shall supply conduit, bends, fittings, caps, and measurement pull tape (mule tape). Temporary caps shall be placed at the end of all conduits, in an unfinished trench, to prevent soil, water or miscellaneous debris from entering conduit. The first 3 feet of conduit installed outside of vaults shall be straight and level. Each run shall not exceed a total of 270 degree in bends/sweeps. All 45 and 90 degree bends shall have a minimum radius of 36 inches and shall be encased in concrete unless specified otherwise. Conduit ends and bells shall be cleaned prior to gluing and joining with PVC cement. A minimum of 12 inches separation is required between electric and communications conduit. A minimum of 1 ½ inches separation is required between communications conduit and 2 inches from trench walls. Conduits shall be cut off flush with inside wall of vault. Minimum cover required is 36 inches unless specified otherwise on the construction drawings. All conduits shall be cleaned and mandrelled by hand in the presence of an Electric Lightwave inspector. The mandrel shall be minimum 3 5/8” OD, minimum 6 inches long and made of solid wood, nylon, or similar material. A measuring tape (mule tape) with a minimum 1800 lb. tensile strength shall be left in all conduits. Leave a 40’ tail at each end and in all vaults. City contractor shall place riser conduit at termination poles. Conduit shall be 10’ long and attached to a standoff bracket provided by the power company. Conduit shall have a minimum of 5” clearance from pole and be in line and plumb with power conduits. Do not glue riser conduit. Vaults installed by City Contractor Vaults shall be furnished by Electric Lightwave and City contractor shall install vaults and racking. Install 2 racks per wall. Grout all conduit knockouts and lift holes. Cable Placing, Splicing and Cable Removal by Electric Lightwave Upon acceptance of all conduit runs, Electric Lightwave shall require 5 continuous working days for cable placing, , cutover and cable removal. For additional information see Section 1-07.17 of the Special Provisions. City of Renton Contract Provisions for Logan Ave N – Airport Way to N 6th Street Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX I BOEING LOT 11 LIGHTING AS-BUILTS